Memorex LOCK - VERSION 2-24 Specifications

BIM-EPIC
DISK / TAPE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
USER REFERENCE
Release 6.3
(COPYRIGHT © 2001, B I MOYLE ASSOCIATES, INC.)
BIM-EPIC is a proprietary product of B I Moyle Associates, Inc. It cannot be reproduced,
changed, copied, or stored in any form (including, but not limited to, copies on magnetic
media) without the express prior written permission of B I Moyle Associates, Inc.
This documentation applies to
Release 6.3 of the program product
BIM-EPIC.
Original Printing ................ 01/08/2001
Last Revised....................... 10/15/2001
Contents
Trademark Information................................................................................................. x
Preface .........................................................................................................................xi
Related Publications .................................................................................................. xiv
Chapter 1 Introduction.......................................................................................................1-1
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals...............................................................................................1-2
Configuration Options ...............................................................................................1-2
Controlled Datasets....................................................................................................1-3
Start Track 1 Datasets................................................................................................1-4
Controlling Different Types of Datasets ....................................................................1-5
DSN Catalog Entries..................................................................................................1-6
DSN Catalog Management ........................................................................................1-7
DSN Catalog Maintenance ........................................................................................1-8
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs) .........................................................................1-9
Introduction ...............................................................................................................1-9
EDD Tape Information ............................................................................................1-12
EDD Disk Information.............................................................................................1-14
Version Information .....................................................................................................1-16
Introduction .............................................................................................................1-16
Automatic Cataloging ..............................................................................................1-19
Retention and Scratching .........................................................................................1-21
Rules for Dataset Retention .....................................................................................1-22
Examples .................................................................................................................1-23
Retention for Start Track 1 Datasets........................................................................1-24
Overriding Standard Retention ................................................................................1-25
Automatic Generation Purge....................................................................................1-26
The Recorder File ........................................................................................................1-27
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions ............................................................1-28
LUB Allocation .......................................................................................................1-28
Managing Tape Devices ..........................................................................................1-29
Managing Disk Devices...........................................................................................1-31
Starting and Stopping Partitions ..............................................................................1-32
Creating Reports ......................................................................................................1-33
The BIM-EPIC Environment .......................................................................................1-34
When is BIM-EPIC On? ..........................................................................................1-34
What Happens When BIM-EPIC Scratches or Deletes a Dataset? ..........................1-35
BIM-EPIC JCL ........................................................................................................1-36
Physical Input/Output Control System and Pre-Open Checking..............................1-37
What happens if the job cancels?.............................................................................1-38
BIM-EPIC Job Control ................................................................................................1-39
Introduction .............................................................................................................1-39
Tape Processing.......................................................................................................1-40
Disk Processing .......................................................................................................1-42
Quick Disk Allocation (QDAS) ......................................................................1-42
Chapter 2 BIM-EPIC Online Manager.............................................................................2-1
Introduction to Manual Cataloging ................................................................................2-2
Introduction to Online Manager .....................................................................................2-3
Overview....................................................................................................................2-3
Contents
iii
Online Catalog Management Commands...................................................................2-5
Using the Online Manager..............................................................................................2-7
Configuring Online Security ......................................................................................2-7
Maintaining User Profiles ........................................................................................2-12
Customizing the EDD Display.................................................................................2-13
Customizing the Version Display.............................................................................2-14
Customizing the Confirmation Options....................................................................2-15
Using Online Manager Help ....................................................................................2-16
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs) ......................................................2-18
Displaying BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions..............................................................2-19
Managing EDDs.......................................................................................................2-21
Displaying a Dataset Definition ...............................................................................2-22
Creating a Dataset Definition...................................................................................2-23
Updating a Dataset Definition..................................................................................2-25
Locking a Dataset Definition ...................................................................................2-26
Releasing a Locked Dataset Definition ....................................................................2-27
Unlocking a Dataset Definition................................................................................2-28
Deleting a Dataset Definition...................................................................................2-29
Managing Dataset Versions..........................................................................................2-30
Displaying Version Information...............................................................................2-30
Selecting a Version from a List................................................................................2-32
Displaying Version Attributes..................................................................................2-33
Adding Version Information ....................................................................................2-34
Locking a Version....................................................................................................2-35
Releasing a Locked Version ....................................................................................2-36
Unlocking a Version ................................................................................................2-37
Closing a Version.....................................................................................................2-38
Removing Version Information from the DSN Catalog...........................................2-39
Managing Tapes ...........................................................................................................2-40
How BIM-EPIC Selects Tapes for Mounting ..........................................................2-41
Displaying Tape Volume Information .....................................................................2-42
Maintaining Tape Volume Information ...................................................................2-43
Purging a Tape Volume ...........................................................................................2-44
Recording Tape Cleaning ........................................................................................2-45
Retention and Scratching..............................................................................................2-46
Understanding Retention Concepts..........................................................................2-46
Setting Dataset Definition Retention........................................................................2-47
Modifying Dataset Definition Retention ..................................................................2-48
Setting or Modifying Dataset Version Retention .....................................................2-49
Cycling a Dataset Version........................................................................................2-50
Scratching a Dataset Version ...................................................................................2-52
Chapter 3 DSN Catalog Management Utility .................................................................. 3-1
Command Summary .......................................................................................................3-3
BIM-EPIC System Requirements...................................................................................3-4
BIM-EPIC Requirements...........................................................................................3-4
CA-EPIC for CMS Requirements ..............................................................................3-5
TSIDMNT Commands ...................................................................................................3-6
Command Syntax .......................................................................................................3-6
PASSWORD..............................................................................................................3-7
ADD...........................................................................................................................3-8
CAPACITY .............................................................................................................3-11
iv
User Reference
CATALOG ..............................................................................................................3-12
CLEAN....................................................................................................................3-18
CLOSE.....................................................................................................................3-19
CYCLE ....................................................................................................................3-20
DELETE ..................................................................................................................3-22
DEQ.........................................................................................................................3-23
DISPLAY ................................................................................................................3-24
ENQ.........................................................................................................................3-27
LOCK ......................................................................................................................3-28
MCATALOG...........................................................................................................3-29
MOVE .....................................................................................................................3-30
OFFLINE (VSE Only).............................................................................................3-31
ONLINE (VSE Only) ..............................................................................................3-32
PURGE ....................................................................................................................3-33
QUIESCE (VSE Only) ............................................................................................3-34
RELEASE................................................................................................................3-35
RENAME ................................................................................................................3-36
RETAIN ..................................................................................................................3-37
SCRATCH...............................................................................................................3-39
TRANSFER.............................................................................................................3-41
UNLOCK.................................................................................................................3-42
UPDATE .................................................................................................................3-43
Chapter 4 Accessing the DSN Catalog ..............................................................................4-1
Displaying DSN Catalog Entries (TSIDUTL DSPLY) ..................................................4-2
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2) ...............................................................4-5
TSIDAC2 Calling Procedure .....................................................................................4-6
TSIDAC2 Search Arguments and Calls.....................................................................4-8
ADDRESS EPIC..........................................................................................................4-11
Chapter 5 BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL Statements .......................................................5-1
TLBL Statements ...........................................................................................................5-2
TLBL Options............................................................................................................5-6
DLBL Statements...........................................................................................................5-8
DLBL Options .........................................................................................................5-10
Chapter 6 BIM-EPIC DD Statements ...............................................................................6-1
Specifying the DD Statement .........................................................................................6-2
Introduction ...............................................................................................................6-2
DD Statement Syntax.................................................................................................6-3
Special DD Names.....................................................................................................6-5
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets ...................................................................6-7
Introduction to the Parameters ...................................................................................6-7
What to do for Different Types of Datasets ...............................................................6-9
AMP Parameter .......................................................................................................6-12
DCB Parameter........................................................................................................6-13
DISP Parameter .......................................................................................................6-15
Normal Termination Subparameters ........................................................................6-17
Deleting Datasets Using DDGEN and the DISP Parameter.....................................6-18
Abnormal Termination Subparameters ....................................................................6-21
DSN Parameter ........................................................................................................6-22
FREE Parameter ......................................................................................................6-24
Contents
v
LABEL Parameter ...................................................................................................6-25
OPTION Parameter .................................................................................................6-26
SPACE Parameter....................................................................................................6-30
UNIT Parameter.......................................................................................................6-33
VOLUME Parameter ...............................................................................................6-35
DD Statements For Printer and Punch Datasets ...........................................................6-38
DD Statements for In-Stream Datasets.........................................................................6-39
DD Statements for Dummy Datasets............................................................................6-41
Chapter 7 Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC....................................................................... 7-1
Introduction ....................................................................................................................7-2
Unsupported Datasets ................................................................................................7-2
JCL or DSN Catalog? ................................................................................................7-3
Input Dataset Selection ..............................................................................................7-4
Defining Your Datasets With TLBL, DLBL, and DD Statements.............................7-5
Rules For Dataset Name ............................................................................................7-6
LUB Allocation and the ASSGN Statement ..............................................................7-7
Disk Processing ..............................................................................................................7-8
Controlled Datasets....................................................................................................7-8
Start Track 1 Datasets ................................................................................................7-9
Reusing the Same Space ..........................................................................................7-10
Processing Tape Datasets .............................................................................................7-11
Processing Internal Tape Labels ..............................................................................7-11
Rewind Options and MTC Statements.....................................................................7-12
Multi-Volume Processing ........................................................................................7-13
Multi-Dataset Processing .........................................................................................7-14
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples.........................................................................7-18
Types of Datasets .........................................................................................................7-24
Sequential Datasets ..................................................................................................7-24
Direct Access Datasets.............................................................................................7-25
ISAM Datasets.........................................................................................................7-26
VSAM and VSAM-Managed SAM Datasets...........................................................7-28
Work Datasets..........................................................................................................7-29
CPU and Partition Independence .............................................................................7-30
Common Work Datasets (CWDS) ...........................................................................7-31
TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs........................................................................................7-32
Compiler Work Datasets..........................................................................................7-33
Uncontrolled Datasets..............................................................................................7-34
Physical IOCS Processing........................................................................................7-35
Sorting with BIM-EPIC................................................................................................7-37
Introduction..............................................................................................................7-37
BIM-EPIC Sort Interface (TSIDSRT) .....................................................................7-38
Sort Specifics ...........................................................................................................7-39
SORTWK Datasets ..................................................................................................7-41
IDCAMS BACKUP and RESTORE............................................................................7-43
IDCAMS REPRO ........................................................................................................7-44
IDCAMS IMPORT/EXPORT......................................................................................7-45
LIBR BACKUP/RESTORE.........................................................................................7-46
DITTO..........................................................................................................................7-47
VSE/POWER ACCOUNT FILE..................................................................................7-48
VSE/POWER PDISPLAY, POFFLOAD and Printer/Punch Tape Spooling ...............7-49
SQL/VSE Tape Output Functions ................................................................................7-51
vi
User Reference
VSE/ICCF and Interactive Partition GETVIS Requirements with BIM-EPIC ............7-52
Processing with COBOL II ..........................................................................................7-53
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features .................................................................................7-54
Restarting Programs from a Checkpoint ..................................................................7-54
Choosing the Device Type.......................................................................................7-56
System Datasets and VSE Device Independence.....................................................7-59
Dummy Datasets and ASSGN IGNORE .................................................................7-60
Concatenating Datasets............................................................................................7-61
Processing Multiple Datasets with the Same DTF Name (Dataset Drop)................7-63
Running Test Jobs With Production Datasets..........................................................7-64
Chapter 8 BIM-EPIC Utilities ...........................................................................................8-1
Pre-Open Processing (TSIDASS) ..............................................................................8-2
Using the BIM-EPIC Sort Interface (TSIDSRT) .......................................................8-6
Deleting Datasets (TSIDDEL)...................................................................................8-7
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD) .............................................................8-9
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP).................................................................................8-16
Accessing the VSE Label Area (TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB)....................................8-21
Chapter 9 Job Management Control Language ...............................................................9-1
JMCL Statements ...........................................................................................................9-2
Introduction ...............................................................................................................9-2
Using JOB, EXEC, and OPTION Statements............................................................9-3
Using Comment Statements .......................................................................................9-4
JMCL Parameters...........................................................................................................9-5
JCL Syntax Checking.................................................................................................9-5
Condition Checking and Branching ...........................................................................9-7
Conditions and IF ......................................................................................................9-9
Setting Values..........................................................................................................9-11
Symbolic Replacements...........................................................................................9-12
RESET .....................................................................................................................9-13
JMCL Example........................................................................................................9-14
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2) .........................................................................9-15
Introduction .............................................................................................................9-15
Retrieving JMCL Data (GET REQUEST)...............................................................9-16
Updating JMCL Data (PUT REQUEST).................................................................9-17
TSIDJC2 Return Codes ...........................................................................................9-19
Executing CP Commands.............................................................................................9-20
Chapter 10 Job Scheduling.................................................................................................10-1
Event Posting ...............................................................................................................10-2
Introduction .............................................................................................................10-2
Scheduling Functions...............................................................................................10-3
Posting an Event and Releasing Matching Jobs (TSIDREL and TSIDCREL) ........10-4
Posting an Event Only (TSIDLOC) .........................................................................10-5
Checking for a Posted Event (TSIDCHK and TSIDCCHK) ...................................10-6
Deleting a Posted Event (TSIDUNL) ......................................................................10-7
Executing in Batch Jobs...........................................................................................10-8
Executing Standard Processing Subroutines ................................................................10-9
Processing Requirements for TSIDREL, TSIDLOC, and TSIDUNL......................10-9
Processing Requirements for TSIDCHK ...............................................................10-10
Executing in CICS......................................................................................................10-11
Contents
vii
Using the Subroutines ............................................................................................10-11
Return Codes..........................................................................................................10-12
Processing Requirements .......................................................................................10-14
Creating Job Setup/Run Sheets (TSIDFAV) ..............................................................10-15
Chapter 11 Job Activity Reports ...................................................................................... 11-1
Recorder History Dataset.........................................................................................11-2
Creating the Activity Log Report (TSIDARP).........................................................11-3
EXCLUDE Control Statement.................................................................................11-4
TSIDARP Control Statement...................................................................................11-5
Creating the DSN/Job Cross-Reference Report (TSIDBRP) ...................................11-6
Job Accounting Reports by Job (TSIDJAC) ............................................................11-8
Job Accounting Reports by Partition (TSIDTAC) ...................................................11-9
Maintaining the Job Accounting Database (TSIDJLD) .........................................11-10
Online Access to the Job Accounting Database (TOJA)........................................11-13
Chapter 12 Managing Tape Volumes ............................................................................... 12-1
Introduction ..................................................................................................................12-2
Attention Routine Commands ......................................................................................12-5
FREE and STATUS Commands..............................................................................12-6
Mounting Tapes ...........................................................................................................12-7
Output ......................................................................................................................12-7
Input.........................................................................................................................12-8
Initializing Tapes (TSIDINIT).................................................................................12-9
Printing External Volume Serial Labels (TSIDLBL).............................................12-14
Printing Dataset Labels (TSIDBPR and TSIDPRT) ..............................................12-16
Tape Vaulting.............................................................................................................12-17
Introduction............................................................................................................12-17
Assigning Vaulting Methods to Datasets ...............................................................12-19
Moving Volumes (TSIDVLT) ...............................................................................12-20
Reporting Current Locations of Vaulted Tapes .....................................................12-21
Manually Controlled Vaults...................................................................................12-22
Vault To Dataset Cross-Reference Report (TSIDPRV).........................................12-23
Dataset to Tape Report (TSIDDIS) .......................................................................12-24
Tape to Dataset Report (TSIDSDS).......................................................................12-25
Chapter 13 Disk Space Management................................................................................ 13-1
Introduction ..................................................................................................................13-2
Dataset Fragmentation .............................................................................................13-2
Secondary Allocation...............................................................................................13-3
Truncation................................................................................................................13-4
Converting Uncontrolled Disk Datasets...................................................................13-5
Placing Datasets on Specific Volumes in a Pool......................................................13-6
VTOC Utilities .............................................................................................................13-7
Introduction..............................................................................................................13-7
Printing VTOC Entries (TSIDLVT) ........................................................................13-8
Online VTOC Displays (TVTO)............................................................................13-11
Offload System...........................................................................................................13-15
Introduction............................................................................................................13-15
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)..................................................13-17
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL).................................................13-22
Onloading and Restoring Datasets (TSIDONL) ....................................................13-27
viii
User Reference
TSIDONL Control Statements...............................................................................13-29
Differences Between TSIDONL Onload and TSIDONL Restore .........................13-32
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC) ........................................................13-34
Appendix A BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples ....................................................A-1
Customized Reports..................................................................................................A-2
TOJA Report Examples ............................................................................................A-3
TSIDARP Report......................................................................................................A-6
TSIDBRP Reports ....................................................................................................A-8
TSIDDIS Report .....................................................................................................A-11
TSIDJAC Report ....................................................................................................A-13
TSIDLVT Report....................................................................................................A-15
TSIDMNT Reports .................................................................................................A-17
TSIDOFD Report ...................................................................................................A-19
TSIDOFL Report....................................................................................................A-20
TSIDONL Report ...................................................................................................A-21
TSIDPRV Report....................................................................................................A-22
TSIDSDS Report ....................................................................................................A-23
TSIDTAC Report ...................................................................................................A-24
TSIDUTL Reports ..................................................................................................A-26
Volume Serial Number and Vault Sequences .........................................................A-29
Display Vault Report ..............................................................................................A-32
Display Scratch Report ...........................................................................................A-33
Projected Scratch (PSCRATCH) Report ................................................................A-34
TSIDVLT Reports ..................................................................................................A-35
Master Index .......................................................................................................................M-1
Contents
ix
Trademark Information
This manual refers to the following brand or product names, registered trademarks, and trademarks which are listed
according to their respective owners.
Software Diversified Systems, Inc.
DUSP™
MAXBACK/VSE
Automatic Tape Library (ATL)
Library Management Software (LMS)
Storage Technology Corporation (Storage Tek®)
Host Software Component (HSC)
Computer Associates International, Inc. (CA)
CA-ALERT
CA-DRIVER
CA-DYNAM
CA-DYNAM/D
CA-DYNAM/FI
CA-DYNAM/T
CA-Easytrieve
CA-EPIC
CA-FAQS
CA-FAQS/ASO for VSE
CA-FAQS™/PCS
CA-JARS
CA-JCL/MANAGER
CA-Librarian
CA-LIBRARIAN
CA-PANVALET
CA-SORT
CA-SPACE/MANAGER
CA-Super-EPAT
CA-System/Manager
CA-TAPE/MANAGER
CA-VOLLIE
Compuware Corporation
Abend- AID
International Business Machines Corporation (IBM)
CMS
IBM
MVS
MVS/ESA™
MVS/SP
MVS/XA™
VM
VM/CMS
VM/ESA
VM/SP
VM/XA™
VSE
VSE/ESA
VTAM
Memorex Telex Corporation
x
User Reference
Software Pursuits, Inc.
MVT/VSE
SPRI
Syncsort Inc.
SyncSort
Universal Software, Inc.
ADAS™
PSAM™
Preface
Most BIM-EPIC features operate only in conjunction with controlled datasets (datasets that
BIM-EPIC catalogs and maintains), and controlled datasets are assumed in the discussion of
each feature. Activity involving uncontrolled datasets is noted explicitly.
BIM-EPIC configuration options govern how BIM-EPIC operates and what you can expect
BIM-EPIC to do. Default options are assumed in the main body of this manual. Variations
caused by non–default options are described in the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide.
Please consult your systems programmer if BIM-EPIC appears different from the description
in the documentation.
This manual contains references to the products BIM-GSS and BIM-FAQS/ASO. Unless
specifically stated otherwise, the products CA-GSS and/or CA-FAQS/ASO from Computer
Associates can be used instead of the BIM products.
Special Terms
Command Syntax
The following terms have specific meanings in this manual:
Term
Means...
Enter
Type the boldfaced characters and press the ENTER key.
Type
Type the boldfaced characters without pressing ENTER.
Character
Alphanumeric characters such as A to Z and 0 to 9.
Descriptions of BIM-EPIC commands and control statements include the correct syntax or
format used. The following example shows the special characters and conventions used to
represent command syntax.
COMMAND
value
[,PARM1=(value1,value2,...valuen)]
,NOFUNCTION
{ ,FUNCTION }
[,DOTHIS=YES|NO]
Upper–case characters (COMMAND) must be specified as shown.
Italics (value) represent variable information. In command lines, do not enter the characters
shown. Instead, enter the information they represent.
In command lines, square brackets ([ PARM1=... ]) indicate optional items. To use the
option, specify only the information inside the brackets. Do not code the brackets ([])
themselves.
Parentheses (()) should be specified as shown. They are used to group multiple subparameters
or values together within a single parameter. If only one value is coded for a parameter,
parentheses are not required.
Preface
xi
Braces ({ NOFUNCTION }) also indicate required items. They surround lists of values or
parameters where only one must be supplied. Specify only one of the choices. Do not code
the braces ({}) themselves.
The vertical bar symbol (YES|NO) separates choices that are mutually exclusive. Enter only
one of the choices.
An underlined item (YES) indicates a default value that is used if the parameter is not
specified.
Unless otherwise noted, parameters must be specified in the order shown.
Parameter Tables
Most commands, control statements, and macro statements use parameters. Parameter tables
provide quick reference to those specifications. These tables indicate whether the parameter is
required or optional, what values are valid, and any defaults. Parameter tables display
information in the following way:
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
value
Yes
1 to 99 characters
PARM1
No
See syntax
VALUEA
YES or NO
YES
One of the following two is required:
FUNCTION
NOFUNCTION
DOTHIS
No
Contacting BIMEPIC Technical
Support
You can reach BIM-EPIC Technical Support at any time. Our normal operating hours are
from 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Central Time. In addition to our regular customer support, we
have technicians on call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for emergency support. If you are
outside the United States or Canada, contact your BIM Sales Agent.
Technical Support
During Normal
Operating Hours
Please remember that we rely on your description of the situation in order for us to determine
its cause accurately. The more information you can provide, the more promptly we are able to
solve your problem. By following the guidelines below, you can help us provide you with the
exceptional service our customers have learned to expect.
xii
User Reference
Procedure
Step
Action
1
Gain as thorough an understanding of the situation as you can, and classify your
call using one of the following categories:
1. MALFUNCTION IN A USER PROGRAM: A user program behaves
differently with BIM-EPIC turned on than with BIM-EPIC turned off.
2. MALFUNCTION IN VSE: VSE malfunctions when BIM-EPIC is turned
on. For example, you receive non-interruptible wait states, system loops,
and so on.
3. BIM-EPIC FAILURE: An overall BIM-EPIC failure (abend).
4. OPERATIONAL MALFUNCTION: A particular BIM-EPIC function or
message does not operate correctly.
5. QUESTION: Seeking “how-to” information or general knowledge.
2
Have your documentation ready and available. We require the following
documentation for problems in classes 1 through 4:
A current TSIDDEB Summary Report, containing details concerning BIM-EPIC
and your system configuration.
The CONSOLE LOG (with our messages turned on): This provides a step-by-step
account of the situation.
The JCL, including expanded procedures: This is necessary to enable the
technical staff to re-create the problem.
A DUMP (if one is produced): This is necessary if we cannot re-create your
problem due to differences in hardware or software.
3
Call us at 952- 933-2885. Please answer the questions asked by our receptionist as
accurately as possible. This will enhance our ability to interpret your situation
accurately and respond promptly.
Our FAX number is 952- 933-7764.
After-Hours
Emergency
Support
Please follow the guidelines outlined under "Technical Support During Normal Operating
Hours" to gather the information required by our technical staff to solve your problem.
When calling for after-hours emergency support, an outside answering service will answer
your call. Please be clear and precise when giving your name, company, your (after-hours)
telephone number, and a brief description of the problem. Be sure to mention clearly that you
need assistance with the product BIM-EPIC. EPIC can sound a lot like EDIT, another BIM
product, and you could end up in the wrong support area.
The answering service will page the support technician on call. It will take approximately 35
minutes for you to receive a call back. If you do not receive a call in this time, call again to
verify that the answering service has your correct phone number. Long delays usually indicate
that we are having difficulty contacting you with the information given to us.
Preface
xiii
Related Publications
The documents described below contain important BIM-EPIC technical information.
Familiarity with the relevant IBM operating system is assumed.
•
•
•
•
•
•
xiv
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide contains detailed procedures for BIM-EPIC
system installation, configuration, and maintenance. It assumes that you have access to
the User Reference.
BIM-EPIC User Reference Guid serves as both user guide and reference to BIM-EPIC
operating features.
BIM-EPIC Messages and Codes lists and describes BIM-EPIC messages and codes,
including message responses and problem resolution.
BIM-EPIC Conversion Guide contains instructions for converting to BIM-EPIC from
another tape and disk management system.
BIM-EPIC Technical Release Notice lists enhancements and feature changes that have
been put in place since the last release. It also describes any special information
required for upgrading to the current release.
Technical Notes, distributed on the BIM-EPIC installation tape, contains the latest
technical information, including updates to BIM-EPIC printed documentation.
1
Introduction
This chapter contains an overview of features and functions provided by BIM-EPIC®. This
manual is written to include the novice mainframe programmer. If you have more experience
in the field, you already are familiar with some of the subjects discussed and you may want to
skim those sections. However, most of the chapter presents information unique to BIM-EPIC,
so we encourage everyone to read the chapter for a full introduction.
Chapter Contents
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals...............................................................................................1-2
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs) .........................................................................1-9
Version Information .....................................................................................................1-16
The Recorder File ........................................................................................................1-27
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions ............................................................1-28
The BIM-EPIC Environment .......................................................................................1-34
BIM-EPIC Job Control ................................................................................................1-39
1-1
Configuration Options
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
Configuration Options
Description
BIM-EPIC provides configuration options which allow you to customize many aspects of your
processing.
Many configuration options are discussed in this manual. Please consult your systems
programmer or the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide if you have a question about a
specific configuration option.
1-2
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
Controlled Datasets
Controlled Datasets
Description
BIM-EPIC controls datasets best when they are known to its Dataset Name (DSN) Catalog.
The information contained in the records that make up a DSN Catalog entry determines how
a dataset is processed.
With DSN Catalog control of a dataset, BIM-EPIC specifies the following:
•
•
•
•
•
where each existing version is written and where new versions can be written
how each version is written (allocation size, block size, density, multi-dataset, and so
on)
how long each version is retained and how many versions are kept at one time
processing statistics for each version (creation date, last access date, block count)
each tape version’s vault location
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-3
Start Track 1 Datasets
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
Start Track 1 Datasets
Description
A Start Track 1 dataset is a disk dataset that is defined by the use of the number “1” in the
relative track field of the VSE EXTENT statement. For example:
// DLBL MYFILE,’ANY.FILE’
// EXTENT SYS005,SYSWK3,1,0,1,20
The use of the number “1” in the relative track field above indicates that BIM-EPIC will
allocate the dataset. The use of any other number in this field indicates that BIM-EPIC does
not handle the allocation.
Start Track 1 datasets are only partially controlled. BIM-EPIC allocates disk space for the
dataset on both input and output. However, you supply the name of disk pool to be used and
the number of tracks or blocks to allocate for the dataset. All information is supplied by JCL.
Start Track 1 datasets provide one benefit: the dataset does not have to be entered in the DSN
Catalog. However, they are less efficient than DSN Catalog datasets and they provide limited
control over retention.
Start Track 1 datasets also require more I/O operations when they are opened. Because a Start
Track 1 dataset’s extents are not recorded in the catalog, BIM-EPIC must find the dataset’s
extents from the VTOC. In addition, all controlled datasets are written in pools, and pools can
contain more than one volume. BIM-EPIC must read the VTOC of every volume in the pool
until it finds the dataset’s extents. This is true for both input and output. BIM-EPIC deletes
any previous version of a Start Track 1 dataset before creating a new one. BIM-EPIC must
search on output to locate and delete the old version.
In contrast, BIM-EPIC only needs to read a few records in the DSN Catalog to locate each
extent of a cataloged dataset, no matter where it is written.
Start Track 1 datasets are retained and scratched like uncontrolled datasets. BIM-EPIC does
not protect them from being scratched, and only one version can exist at a time. To retain the
dataset using JCL, specify an expiration date or the number of days. If you do not specify an
expiration date or Days Retention, BIM-EPIC provides a default retention of seven days.
Because of the limitations on retention, Start Track 1 datasets are useful only for work
datasets. Because of the overhead required for these datasets, even a work dataset in a
frequently run job should be cataloged to improve performance.
Configuration
Options
1-4
User Reference
Start Track 1 datasets are affected by the AUTOCAT, CATRT1, MINRET, NCATDSK, and
STRTRK configuration options. In addition, they can be affected by other configuration
options that apply to disk. See the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for further
information.
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
Controlling Different Types of Datasets
Controlling Different Types of Datasets
Description
BIM-EPIC can control SAM, ISAM, and DA datasets.
If the VSAM configuration option is set to YES, BIM-EPIC logs VSAM extent information in
the DSN Catalog. Logging occurs each time a VSAM dataset is opened. BIM-EPIC always
reflects the currently used extents, even if the dataset contains multiple secondary allocations.
BIM-EPIC can only control TYPEFLE=WORK files on disk. It cannot control them on tape.
BIM-EPIC does not control datasets processed with the DTF names IJSYSNR, IJSYSPC, or
IJSYSRx, even if the dataset name is cataloged. The system programmer can exclude more
DTF names from BIM-EPIC control by adding the DTF name to the ILIST parameter of the
TSIDMAP macro.
Configuration
Options
The CNTRL, UNCDSK, UNCTAP, and UNCTL configuration options affect the way
uncontrolled datasets are processed. See the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for
details about the TSIDMAP macro.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-5
DSN Catalog Entries
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
DSN Catalog Entries
Description
BIM-EPIC’s control of datasets is based on information contained in the DSN Catalog. All
information pertaining to one cataloged dataset name is called a DSN Catalog entry. The
format and contents of an entry are described below.
DSN Catalog information is divided into two levels: the BIM-EPIC dataset definition
(EDD) level and the version level.
Each EDD contains all the attributes associated with a unique dataset name. When you
process a controlled dataset, BIM-EPIC uses these attributes to control processing. The EDD
is discussed later in this chapter.
BIM-EPIC enters version information automatically as each version is created. At least one
catalog record is created for each version of the dataset. If the version spans more than one
volume or extent, a catalog record is created for each additional volume or extent.
Version information include the version’s location, its expiration date, creation date, and so
on. BIM-EPIC uses this data to control the use and retention of each version individually.
The following sections give a detailed explanation of the data contained in each DSN Catalog
entry, and how the various fields operate in conjunction with each other.
1-6
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
DSN Catalog Management
DSN Catalog Management
Description
Most updates to the DSN Catalog are made automatically as datasets are processed. However,
sometimes you want to add a special dataset or change the defaults you have supplied for an
existing EDD. This manual cataloging can be done using either the Online Manager or the
TSIDMNT utility.
The BIM-EPIC Online Manager (EOM) is a panel-driven catalog management program. It
leads you step-by-step through the catalog management process and allows you to view the
modifications you have made to a dataset entry. The TSIDMNT program provides the same
functions in batch mode.
Please refer to Chapters 2 and 3 for more information about what these programs can do.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-7
DSN Catalog Maintenance
BIM-EPIC Fundamentals
DSN Catalog Maintenance
Description
The DSN Catalog must be maintained regularly. Maintenance includes regular backups and
scratch runs, as well as periodic re-indexing.
Catalog maintenance is done using the DSN Catalog maintenance utility (TSIDUTL). See the
BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for information about required maintenance.
1-8
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Introduction
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Introduction
Dataset Name
BIM-EPIC uses the dataset name in the DSN Catalog to identify a dataset as controlled. Each
time a controlled dataset is opened, BIM-EPIC participates in processing.
The rules for dataset naming are:
•
Dataset names can be up to 44 characters long, except for generation datasets (see
below), whose names are limited to 35 characters.
Special considerations apply to tape datasets that belong to a multi-dataset group. See “Prime
Dataset Name” under “EDD Tape Information” in this chapter.
Comment
You can record one 30-character comment with any BIM-EPIC dataset definition. Comments
provide additional documentation for the dataset and are printed in BIM-EPIC reports.
Passwords
Passwords provide protection against unauthorized use of RELEASE and UNLOCK on this
dataset and its versions. RELEASE and UNLOCK are described in Chapters 2 and 3.
Entering a password does not lock, release, or unlock the dataset.
Encryption
Password
Data encryption encodes tape datasets as they are written. They are decoded only when they
are read under the control of the same DSN Catalog that was used to write them. Data
encryption can be used to prevent tape datasets from being read at external locations. It
provides no protection against unauthorized internal use.
Entering an encryption password for a dataset invokes data encryption for each tape version
created. You do not have to remember this password.
The encryption password and the dataset password (above) function independently of each
other. You can use both if you wish.
WARNING!
Encrypted dataset versions must not be deleted from the DSN Catalog. Once a version is
deleted, it cannot be decoded and is unreadable. Furthermore the encryption password cannot
be added, changed, or deleted once the dataset is cataloged.
User ID and System
ID
System ID and User ID assist in grouping tape datasets for reporting and scratching purposes.
Each can contain any two-character code that is significant to you and your installation. There
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-9
Introduction
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
is no difference in function between them. You can use both together to group datasets at two
levels. Either one or both can be used for any dataset.
SYS Number
You can cause a specific SYS number to be used for a dataset by entering that SYS number in
the EDD. This inhibits LUB allocation (described in Chapter 7) for the dataset each time it is
processed. We recommend that you avoid assigning a SYS number here unless it is absolutely
necessary. It is better to allow LUB allocation to assign a SYS number for you, or to inhibit
LUB allocation through JCL. If you do assign a SYS number in the EDD, ensure that you do
not use the same number in your JCL for a different dataset in the same job step.
Block Size
Block size reblocks datasets. It overrides any block size coded in the program’s DTF. If the
block size specified is not a multiple of the record length, BIM-EPIC automatically rounds
down to the closest multiple.
Reblocking is valid only for sequential datasets with fixed or variable record formats, and the
program DTF must already specify a blocked format. It is supported for all datasets processed
by logical IOCS, but may be ignored by programs that use physical IOCS to process the
dataset. It is not valid for tape datasets which are read backward.
Block size and CISIZE are mutually exclusive; you can only specify one of these in a BIMEPIC dataset definition.
Generation or Work
Dataset
BIM-EPIC provides four retention criteria: generation or work (described here), and
retention days, cycles retention, and DLA retention (described below). All of them work
together to determine retention for active versions.
The ‘generation or work’ field specifies whether to keep more than one version of the dataset
at a time. When you designate a dataset as a generation dataset, BIM-EPIC maintains at least
the number of versions specified in the cycles retention field. Because each version is also
retained as long as the retention days and DLA retention fields dictate, BIM-EPIC can retain
more versions than the number specified with cycles retention.
When you designate a dataset as a non-generation (or work) dataset, BIM-EPIC retains only
one version of the dataset at a time. As long as no new version is created, that version is
retained as long as the retention days and DLA retention dictate. So, for disk versions, when
you create a new version of a non-generation dataset, the old version is scratched
automatically, whether or not the old version has expired. In addition, entries are
automatically scratched from the VTOC to avoid the “OVERLAP ON UNEXPIRED FILE”
error generated by VSE. For tape versions, the old version is scratched when you execute the
SCRATCH function of the TSIDUTL program.
When you specify a cycles retention of one (1) for a non-generation dataset, BIM-EPIC
always retains one version, even if its other retention criteria have expired.
Retention Days
1-10
User Reference
The retention days field specifies the number of days each version should be retained after its
creation date.
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Introduction
You can use the retention days field to specify permanent retention (PERM). When a disk
version is created with permanent retention, an expiration date of 2099366 is recorded in the
VTOC entry. When BIM-EPIC sees the 2099366 expiration date, it does not allow the
operator to display or delete the dataset in response to an INSUFFICIENT SPACE condition.
Cycles Retention
The cycles retention field specifies the minimum number of versions (cycles) to maintain at all
times. To maintain more than one version, you must also designate the dataset as a generation
dataset (see above).
Days after Last
Access (DLA)
Retention
DLA retention relates expiration to dataset use. Even if other retention criteria have expired,
the dataset cannot expire if it has been processed as input during the last n days.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-11
EDD Tape Information
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
EDD Tape Information
Standard Label
The label field specifies whether an output tape dataset is to be created on a labeled or
unlabeled tape.
Tape Density
The tape density specifies which density to use when creating a tape dataset. When a density
is specified, BIM-EPIC only scans drives that support the specified density when it looks for a
valid scratch tape. For example, you can use this field to assign a dataset to cartridge tapes
only.
A default density for your site can be specified using the MODE configuration option.
Specifying a tape density in the EDD overrides the MODE default. Specifying a density in the
JCL overrides both the MODE default and the EDD tape density. If no density is specified in
any of these places, BIM-EPIC uses the last density that was assigned to the selected drive.
Prime Dataset
Name
The prime dataset name links all datasets in a multi-dataset group. The link is accomplished
in the DSN Catalog records, and it allows BIM-EPIC to group the datasets automatically. The
prime dataset is the first dataset on the tape. The second and subsequent datasets on the tape
are called subdatasets.
Multi-dataset processing can be complex, and there are pre-processing tasks required before a
multi-dataset group can be created. Multi-dataset processing is described in detail in Chapter
7.
Tape Pool ID
The tape pool ID field associates a dataset with a particular tape pool. Once a dataset is
assigned to a tape pool, it can only be written on scratch tapes from that pool. Datasets not
assigned to a tape pool can only be written on scratch tapes that are not assigned to any tape
pool.
Owner ID
The owner ID is a secondary pooling mechanism for tape datasets. An owner ID is a twocharacter code that matches the first two characters of a tape’s volume serial number. Owner
ID is provided primarily for compatibility with older tape management systems. If an owner
ID is specified for a dataset, all new tape versions must be created on tape volumes which
begin with those two characters.
Revolving Tape
Datasets
Specifying Revolving Tapes=YES for a dataset establishes an exclusive relationship between
the dataset and the tapes it uses. A revolving tape volume can only contain a version of a
specific dataset, and a revolving tape dataset can only be written on specific tape volumes. A
revolving tape volume cannot be used in an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL).
1-12
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
EDD Tape Information
Tape Size
If you specify Tape Size as SMALL, BIM-EPIC requests a small scratch tape when the dataset
is created. If a tape volume serial number ends in ‘S’, BIM-EPIC considers the tape small.
Large tapes are the default, and they have no restriction on their volume serial numbers.
Vault Method
Number
A vault method establishes a pattern of movement through tape vaults for each tape volume in
the dataset. The vault method number field assigns a vault method and activates vaulting for
the dataset.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-13
EDD Disk Information
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
EDD Disk Information
CISIZE
The CISIZE field specifies a CISIZE for FBA devices and forces the dataset to be written to
maximize the number of records written to a control interval. Use CISIZE instead of block
size for datasets to be written on FBA devices.
Block size and CISIZE are mutually exclusive; you can only specify one of these in a BIMEPIC dataset definition.
Disk Pool Name
The disk pool name field is used to assign disk datasets to a disk pool. Disk pools are created
by the systems programmer. They are referenced by a six-character pool name which can be a
real volume serial number or an assigned name.
The systems programmer can establish CPU or partition-independent disk pools. To specify
CPU and partition-independent pools, use three dashes at the end of the pool name (for
example, POL - - -). For partition-independent pools, use two dashes at the end of the name
(for example, POOL - -).
If you don’t assign a pool, and a default pool has been specified by the DEFPOL configuration
option, the dataset will be assigned to the default pool.
Primary Extent Size
The primary extent size field defines the number of tracks or blocks to be allocated to the first
extent. The minimum size is 1 CKD track or your CISIZE for FBA.
Secondary Extent
Size
Secondary extents are allocated automatically to a version of a sequential disk dataset when
the primary extent is filled. Secondary extents are only supported for programs that use
logical IOCS and programs that use physical IOCS programs if they support secondary
allocations.
The secondary extent size field defines the number of tracks or blocks to be allocated to every
extent after the first. The default secondary extent size is 50% of the size of the primary
extent.
Number of
Secondary
Allocations
You can specify the maximum number of secondary extents allowable for a single dataset
version. The maximum is 255.
Allocation by
Logical Records
Allocation by logical records (ALR) is used to calculate the size of the primary extent
automatically. It overrides the primary extent size field. BIM-EPIC calculates the extent size
based on:
•
1-14
User Reference
record length
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
•
•
•
EDD Disk Information
estimated number of records
block size
track/block capacity of the selected volume.
ALR allows you to migrate from one device type to another without changing the allocation
size.
ALR is valid only for sequential disk datasets created with a DTFSD.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-15
Introduction
Version Information
Version Information
Introduction
Description
As each version of a dataset is created, BIM-EPIC automatically records attributes specific to
that version in the DSN Catalog. The attributes recorded at this level are described in this
section.
Version Number
The current (most recently created) version is always version 1. Whenever a new version of a
dataset is created, previous versions are incremented automatically. Versions in scratch, open,
or conditionally cataloged status (see below) do not have version numbers.
Generation Number
A generation number is assigned to each generation disk version. It is a nine-character suffix
that is appended to the dataset name (in the VTOC only) as “.G=nnnnnn”, beginning in
position 36 of the dataset name.
Since several versions of a generation dataset can be written on the same disk volume, BIMEPIC appends a unique generation number to the dataset name to ensure that the dataset name
in the VTOC is unique.
Although the VSE VTOC name of the dataset includes the generation number, BIM-EPIC
does not consider the generation number to be part of the dataset name. Therefore, do not
include it in your JCL when you want BIM-EPIC to process the dataset under DSN Catalog
control. Specify the dataset name only as it appears in the BIM-EPIC dataset definition.
Version Status
BIM-EPIC tracks the status of each version. BIM-EPIC status types are:
Active (A) is the default status of an unlocked active version.
Open (O) indicates that close processing did not complete successfully. An open version
cannot be used or scratched until you declare it closed using the Online Manager or
TSIDMNT program.
Conditional Catalog (C) indicates that the version was created with the TESTJOB feature or
a conditional catalog option in the JCL. It is accessible as input only if it is the latest in the
dataset’s chain of versions. In addition, it can only be accessed by a job with the same name
as the job that created it. To make it an active version, declare it closed it using Online
Manager or the TSIDMNT utility.
Open and conditionally cataloged versions have different rules for retention from active
versions. See “Rules for Dataset Retention” in this chapter for details.
1-16
User Reference
Version Information
Introduction
Scratch (S) denotes a tape version in scratch status. The tape can be overwritten at any time.
Disk version records are deleted, not marked as scratch.
Lock (L) denotes a version in locked status. It cannot be accessed as input until it is unlocked
or released using Online Manager or the TSIDMNT utility.
Subdataset (N) denotes a dataset in a multi-dataset group with file sequence number 2 or
greater.
Work (W) indicates a non-generation dataset.
Unlabeled (U) indicates that the version was created on an unlabeled tape.
MCAT (M) indicates that the version has been MCATALOGed. It can be an MCAT master
or alias version.
Offload status indicates that a disk version has been moved to tape with BIM-EPIC’s offload
system. The offload system is described in detail in Chapter 13.
Volume Serial
Number
The volume serial number field indicates the volume serial number of the tape or disk volume
on which the version is written. For multi-volume datasets, there is one volume serial number
recorded for each volume.
Reel Number
The reel number indicates the tape volume sequence number for multi-volume datasets.
File Sequence
Number
The file sequence number field indicates the position of the dataset in a multi-dataset group.
Extent Number and
Address
BIM-EPIC records the extent addresses used for each disk dataset. For each extent it records:
•
•
•
•
the extent sequence (1 for primary, 2 for the first secondary, and so on)
the beginning relative track or block number
the size of the initial allocation
the amount of allocation actually used
The amount of allocation actually used is smaller than the initial allocation if the dataset has
been truncated.
BIM-EPIC can allocate an extra extent (called an EOF extent) if the extent being processed is
nearly full when the dataset is closed. See 1-43 in this manual.
Record Format,
Length, Block
Count, Block Size
The version’s actual record format, record length, block count and block size are recorded.
This information is recorded when the dataset is created by a program that uses logical IOCS;
it can be zeros if the dataset is created by a program that uses physical IOCS.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-17
Introduction
Version Information
Creation Date/Time
BIM-EPIC records the date and time the version was written.
Creating
Job/Device
Address
BIM-EPIC records the name of the job that created the version, the partition in which it was
created, and the address (cuu) of the device on which it was created.
Last Access: Job
and Date
At each open, BIM-EPIC records the date the version was accessed and the name of the job
that accessed it.
Expiration Date
BIM-EPIC calculates an expiration date for each version based on retention days and DLA
retention. A version remains active past its expiration date if it is still needed to satisfy cycles
retention.
Tape Use and Error
Count
The tape use count indicates the number of times the tape has been opened. The tape error
count indicates the number of read/write errors encountered.
Both counts are kept for each tape while it has belonged to this version and for total tape use
since the last date the tape was cleaned.
Current Vault and
Slot Location
1-18
User Reference
The current vault and slot location are recorded for each tape if the dataset is subject to a vault
rotation method.
Version Information
Automatic Cataloging
Automatic Cataloging
Description
Each new dataset and version must have an entry in the DSN Catalog to be controlled. These
entries can be created automatically for uncontrolled datasets using the AUTOCAT and
AUTOLOG features or the parameter DISP=(x,CATLG) parameter on a DD statement.
AUTOCAT and AUTOLOG are configuration options described in the BIM-EPIC
Installation and System Guide.
AUTOCAT and AUTOLOG operate globally on all qualifying datasets. DISP=(x,CATLG)
operates locally on the single dataset named in the DD statement that contains this parameter.
For more information on DISP=(x,CATLG), see Chapter 6, “BIM-EPIC DD Statements”.
AUTOCAT and AUTOLOG are independent but parallel functions. They operate under the
same rules. However there is an important functional difference between them: AUTOCAT
catalogs uncontrolled output tape datasets and versions. AUTOLOG catalogs uncontrolled
input tape datasets only (no versions).
AUTOCAT
AUTOCAT creates a dataset definition for an output dataset if that dataset is not already
entered in the DSN Catalog. All subsequent versions created under the dataset name will also
be cataloged, including the one that triggers the AUTOCAT operation.
When autocataloging multi-dataset groups that are read out of sequence, ensure that the prime
dataset is entered in the DSN Catalog before any subdataset in the group is read. This
requirement is automatically satisfied when the datasets are read in sequence beginning with
the prime dataset.
The following fields are entered in each autocataloged dataset definition:
•
•
•
•
Retention days
Cycles retention
Default disk pool
Default primary extent
On reports and displays, automatically cataloged datasets are identified by a User ID of “AC”
and given the comment “**** AUTO CATALOGUE ****”. All automatically cataloged
datasets are generation datasets. These dataset definitions can be changed later using Online
Manager or the TSIDMNT utility.
AUTOLOG
AUTOLOG creates a BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD) for an input tape dataset that is not
already in the DSN Catalog. However, AUTOLOG does not also autocatalog any versions to
the EDD, as AUTOCAT does. AUTOLOG is primarily used to force standard EP001
MOUNT messages for previously uncontrolled input tape datasets.
When autologging multi-dataset groups that are are read out of sequence, ensure that the prime
dataset is entered in the DSN Catalog before any subdataset in the group is read. This
requirement is satisfied automatically when datasets are read in sequence beginning with the
prime dataset.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-19
Automatic Cataloging
Configuration
Options
Version Information
Automatic cataloging is affected by the AUTOCAT, AUTOLOG, CATRT1, NCATDSK,
CYCL, RETEN, DEFPOL, and DEFEXT configuration options. AUTOCAT functions can be
specified differently for tape and disk.
There are three choices for automatic cataloging functions: Global, SYSPARM, and None.
Global AUTOCAT
Global automatic cataloging catalogs all datasets.
SYSPARM
AUTOCAT
Only selected datasets are cataloged under SYSPARM automatic cataloging. They are
cataloged automatically if the current SYSPARM matches the SYSPARM in the AUTOCAT
or AUTOLOG configuration option.
No Automatic
Cataloging
When you turn off automatic cataloging, new datasets can only be cataloged using Online
Manager or the TSIDMNT utility.
1-20
User Reference
Version Information
Retention and Scratching
Retention and Scratching
Description
All catalog-controlled datasets must be scratched before tapes and disk space can be reused.
However, BIM-EPIC does not scratch any datasets unless specifically told to do so. This can
be done in four ways.
•
•
•
•
Using JCL options (work/non-generation datasets only)
Defining a dataset as “work” or as a common work dataset (CWDS)
Using the Online Manager or TSIDMNT
Using the SCRATCH function of the TSIDUTL utility
The JCL scratch functions can be used to delete work (non-generation) dataset versions when
they are closed as input or at the end of the job or job step. These versions are scratched
regardless of whether or not the retention criteria have been satisfied.
By design, BIM-EPIC maintains only one version of a work (non-generation) dataset. As
soon as a new version is opened, work dataset scratch processing immediately deletes any
previous disk versions. Any previous tape versions become eligible for scratch.
BIM-EPIC common work datasets (CWDS) are retained only for the duration of a VSE job.
Scratch processing always deletes a CWDS at end of job, whether the job completes normally
or not.
Online Manager and TSIDMNT scratch functions delete only the dataset versions you specify.
Those versions are scratched regardless of whether or not the retention criteria have been
satisfied.
The SCRATCH function of the TSIDUTL program reviews all the datasets in the DSN
Catalog and deletes all versions that are eligible for scratch. A dataset is considered eligible
for scratch when ALL the retention criteria have been satisfied.
You can also preview a scratch run with TSIDUTL’s projected scratch function
(PSCRATCH) which gives you a listing of all tape datasets that are eligible for scratch on a
particular date. Use this report to identify any expired datasets you might want to save, and to
obtain an estimate of the number of scratch tapes you will have available at any point.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-21
Rules for Dataset Retention
Version Information
Rules for Dataset Retention
Cataloged Datasets
BIM-EPIC’s retention rules for cataloged datasets are:
Tapes are not made available for reuse and disk space is not released until dataset versions are
scratched.
Non-temporary versions are not scratched until the SCRATCH function of the TSIDUTL
utility is executed. TSIDUTL does not scratch any versions until they are eligible. A version
is not eligible until ALL the retention criteria have been satisfied.
Any version can be scratched at any time using the SCRATCH function of Online Manager or
the TSIDMNT utility.
A previous work dataset version is scratched immediately when a new version is opened. A
previous tape work dataset version becomes eligible for scratch when a new version is opened.
Work dataset versions can be scratched at close (on input) or at end of job or job step using
JCL options. Disk space is freed and tapes become available for reuse immediately.
Multi-dataset tape volumes are not made available for reuse until all dataset versions on the
tape have been scratched.
Conditionally cataloged versions become eligible for scratch the day after their creation.
Common work dataset versions are always scratched at end of job.
Open versions become eligible for scratch according to the THLDOPEN and DHLDOPEN
parameters of the TSIDUTL utility’s SCRATCH function. The default is to retain open tape
versions for one day and open disk versions for two days after their creation dates.
WARNING!
1-22
User Reference
Tapes in open status can be reused before they are actually scratched. They are accepted as
scratch tapes if they are accessed in the same partition with a different job name. While this
means that the tape is vulnerable to accidental reuse, it also means that these tapes are
immediately available as scratch. Please ensure that your operators are informed of this. Use
of tapes in open status can be modified by BIM-EPIC special options.
Version Information
Examples
Examples
Description
This section contains examples of retention under multiple criteria.
Retain x Versions
for y Days
You need to retain each version of an inventory dataset for 100 days. You also need to retain
the last 10 versions, regardless of when they were created. The dataset definition specifies:
Generation Dataset......YES
Retention Days.......100
Retention Cycles.....10
Retention DLA........0
Case 1
During the first 100 days after creating the first version, you create a total of nine versions.
On day 101, no versions are scratched because you still have not completed 10 cycles.
Case 2
If you create Version 11 after only 60 days, no version is eligible for scratch because the first
version you created is only 60 days old. It is retained until day 100 regardless of the number
of versions created up to that time.
Retain a Work
Dataset x Days
after its Last
Access
An accounting job produces results from work datasets in multiple stages. If you decide to
save the work datasets for 15 days after the last time you use the data, catalog the dataset with:
Generation Dataset......NO
Retention Days.......0
Retention Cycles.....0
Retention DLA........15
Each version is saved for 15 days after its last access.
Temporary
Datasets
If you want a temporary dataset, you specify:
Generation Dataset......NO
Retention Days.......0
Retention Cycles.....0
Retention DLA........0
All versions are eligible for scratch at all times.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-23
Retention for Start Track 1 Datasets
Version Information
Retention for Start Track 1 Datasets
Description
By default, BIM-EPIC’s retains Start Track 1 datasets with period retention only. Expiration
is determined by the JCL or by the default retention for Start Track 1 datasets specified in the
DSKRET configuration option. The existing version is deleted as a new version is created.
The space occupied by a Start Track 1 dataset becomes available when the expiration date in
the VTOC has been reached.
1-24
User Reference
Version Information
Overriding Standard Retention
Overriding Standard Retention
Description
Since the default retention criteria may not be suitable for every version of every dataset, you
may want to modify retention criteria occasionally. You can change retention for new
versions, for existing versions, or for the dataset as a whole.
Retention days or an expiration date specified on a TLBL, DLBL, or DD statement for an
output dataset overrides the catalog default.
You can change the retention of a cataloged version with the RETAIN and CYCLE commands
of Online Manager or the TSIDMNT program. To update the retention for all new versions of
a dataset, you must update the retention of previous versions explicitly with RETAIN or
CYCLE.
You can update existing Start Track 1 datasets to permanent retention with the RETAIN,
PERM, and PACKSCAN functions of TSIDVUT. You can delete them before their
expiration date is reached with the DELETE or PACKSCAN functions.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-25
Automatic Generation Purge
Version Information
Automatic Generation Purge
Description
When Automatic Generation Purge (AGP) is enabled, BIM-EPIC automatically deletes
DSN Catalog information about any disk dataset whose version number exceeds the cycles
retention in the BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD).
AGP is enabled by setting the AGP configuration option to YES when creating or updating an
EDD in the DSN Catalog.
What Happens if
the Job Cancels?
If the configuration option PURBYP is set to ‘YES’, the automatic purge is bypassed if the
job cancels. If PURBYP is set to NO, AGP remains in effect and the version is deleted.
AGP Example
The following TSIDMNT command adds an EDD to the DSN Catalog. BIM-EPIC retains 3
versions of the dataset DSNA at all times. When a new version is created, the oldest version is
automatically deleted at end-of-job.
CAT
1-26
User Reference
'DSNA',CYC=3,AGP=YES,...
The Recorder File
The Recorder File
Description
The Recorder logs controlled dataset activity. This includes:
•
•
•
all DSN Catalog maintenance transactions, excluding TSIDVLT (vaulting) maintenance
all opens and closes of controlled datasets
machine use and job accounting statistics
The Recorder File is vital to emergency recovery of the DSN Catalog. It contains a record of
all changes made to the DSN Catalog since the last catalog backup. BIM-EPIC uses the data
in the Recorder File to bring your recovered DSN Catalog completely up to date.
Recorder data can also be used to produce job accounting reports.
You can also log your own comments in the Recorder File for documentation using the
Recorder maintenance utility (TSIDRFS) which is documented in the BIM-EPIC Installation
and System Guide.
WARNING!
We strongly recommend keeping the Recorder active at all times.
Configuration
Options
Configuration options RECORD, RECWARN, RECWMSG, and RECSHR affect the
functioning of the Recorder feature.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-27
LUB Allocation
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions
LUB Allocation
Description
VSE’s Logical Unit Block (LUB) connects the logical unit (SYS number) in a program’s file
definition (DTF) with the physical device (cuu) that controls the dataset.
The LUB allocation feature of BIM-EPIC assigns logical units for tape and disk devices if
they are opened when the SYS number specified in the program is already in use. This
eliminates potential conflicts in SYS number assignments when:
•
•
a program or job stream uses the same SYS number for two different datasets, and the
datasets are stored on two different DASDs or
the requested SYS number is permanently assigned to another device
The LUB allocation feature reassigns new SYS numbers (LUBs) to both datasets, and
continues processing without interruption. In addition, LUB allocation allows BIM-EPIC to
write multiple extents for a single dataset on separate disk volumes to make full use of its disk
pooling feature.
When a dataset is opened, if its SYS number is already in use, BIM-EPIC selects an unused
SYS number. For disk datasets, it begins assigning SYS numbers with the number specified in
the DSKLUB configuration option. For tape datasets, it begins with the number specified in
the TAPLUB configuration option.
LUB allocation is automatic in most circumstances. In some cases, it is inhibited
automatically. You can also inhibit it using JCL parameters.
1-28
User Reference
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions
Managing Tape Devices
Managing Tape Devices
Drive Assignments
BIM-EPIC makes and releases drive assignments automatically with the Automatic Volume
Recognition (AVR), Autoattach, and Early Drive Release features. With these functions, tape
drives are assigned to a partition or virtual machine only between open and close. They aren’t
tied up between job start and open time or between close time and EOJ, so tape drive
availability is increased.
Tape drive assignments are affected by the SHARE and AUTOATT configuration options.
Early Drive Release is activated for uncontrolled tapes if the configuration option
UNCTAP=YES is specified.
Automatic Volume
Recognition
BIM-EPIC does Automatic Volume Recognition (AVR) processing for both tape and disk.
When necessary, it searches available drives for the correct volume and assign that drive to the
partition running the job.
A tape drive is considered available for output if it:
•
•
•
•
•
•
contains a valid tape, that is, the tape volume serial number is in the DSN Catalog in
scratch status, or it has been initialized by DITTO
is ready and at load point
supports the mode setting selected for the dataset
is not in “device down” status
is not assigned to any partition
is not attached to any VM machine if Autoattach is on, or is attached to your machine if
Autoattach is off
When AVR finds the tape, BIM-EPIC assigns the drive to the partition running the job. To
function at its best, AVR requires you to delete your ASSGN statements from your JCL. For
more information about assignments and JCL, please see “ASSGN Statements and LUB
Allocation”.
Auto Stop
If AVR cannot find an appropriate tape, BIM-EPIC pauses the partition and waits for the
interval specified by the AUTOSTP configuration option, then AVR scans the drives again.
This process repeats at the interval specified by the AUTOSTP configuration option. If AVR
still cannot find the appropriate tape after this process has completed, then it sends a mount
message to the operator and puts the partition in a wait state until the operator responds.
Autoattach
Autoattach attaches tape drives to virtual machines. Autoattach works with AVR to attach a
tape drive to the virtual machine while AVR assigns it to the partition.
Autoattach adds two new commands to VM: VATTACH and VDETACH. VATTACH
corresponds to the IBM ATTACH command. VDETACH corresponds to the IBM DETACH
command.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-29
Managing Tape Devices
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions
BIM-EPIC issues these commands during AVR to search for the desired tape on a drive that is
owned by VM.
These commands differ from their IBM counterparts in the following ways:
•
•
Early Drive Release
VDETACH detaches the tape drive without unloading the tape. This leaves the tape
accessible for another AVR search.
Both the VATTACH and VDETACH commands operate in “silent” mode. That is,
they do not issue messages.
At close time, BIM-EPIC releases the tape drive assignment with Early Drive Release and
Autoattach.
Early Drive Release and Autoattach are automatic, but they are inhibited if you use alternate
assignments.
Autoattach cannot detach a drive if the job cancels or when the assignment is held past close
with the TLBL option 8 or DD parameter FREE=END. However, another job on that virtual
machine can be assigned to the drive, and if that job releases the assignment at close,
Autoattach detaches the drive automatically.
Managing Your
Tape Volumes
BIM-EPIC’s tape initialization program (TSIDINIT) prevents initializing tapes with duplicate
volume serial numbers and adds new tape volumes to the DSN Catalog.
TSIDLBL creates gummed volume labels for your tapes.
Vault management facilities control tape vaulting.
Tapes are added to the DSN Catalog automatically as you process datasets. In most
circumstances, they do not have to be added manually. If you wish to add tapes to the DSN
Catalog manually, use the ADD command (in Online Manager or the TSIDMNT program) or
reinitialize the tapes with TSIDINIT.
You can migrate to cartridge tapes automatically by specifying a cartridge density as the
global default for all output tapes. To do so, use the MODE configuration option.
1-30
User Reference
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions
Managing Disk Devices
Managing Disk Devices
Disk Pooling
BIM-EPIC uses disk pooling to make disk allocation more flexible and more efficient. The
systems programmer defines disk pools for use in your installation. Disk pools can include
one or more disk volumes. Part of a volume can also be allocated to a pool.
Each disk dataset must be assigned to a disk pool before allocation. Each time the dataset is
written, its allocation is made in that pool. Disk pools are referenced with a six-character pool
name. The same pool can also be referenced by alias pool names. In addition, you can have
CPU and partition-independent pool names. If these are defined, you can reference a partition
independent pool by ending its name with two dashes (for example, P O O L - -). For CPU
and partition independent pools, end the name with three dashes (for example, ‘P O L – – –’).
Pool names are assigned to datasets through JCL or the DSN Catalog.
Leveling
Leveling reduces head contention by distributing allocations over the entire disk pool, rather
than concentrating them on a single volume. Each time a new extent is written, BIM-EPIC
makes the allocation on the next volume in the pool sequence.
Leveling is activated for each disk pool when the pool is defined.
Offload Utilities
BIM-EPIC’s offload utility moves datasets from disk to tape and back again. Processing is
done logically, so you can use the offload utility for backup, or to reorganize your disk space,
or just to offload infrequently used datasets (which remain known to BIM-EPIC and
automatically reload to a temporary disk dataset whenever needed). The only restriction is
that the offload utility only processes controlled, sequential datasets.
VTOC Utilities
BIM-EPIC provides three utilities for displaying and updating your VTOC entries. TSIDLVT
lists VTOC entries in batch mode. TVTO displays them online. TSIDVUT allows you to
modify existing VTOC entries.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-31
Starting and Stopping Partitions
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions
Starting and Stopping Partitions
Description
You can stop a partition by responding STOP to most BIM-EPIC messages. To restart,
submit the following command to the attention routine (AR):
MSG xx
where xx specifies the partition identifier (for example, BG, F1, F2).
Partitions can be stopped and restarted at any time using the VSE STOP and START
commands.
1-32
User Reference
Additional BIM-EPIC Features and Functions
Creating Reports
Creating Reports
Description
BIM-EPIC programs provide a variety of reports about tape and disk datasets, storage use,
and even job accounting. For report examples and an explanation of report fields, see “Report
Fields and Examples”.
You can create your own reports containing BIM-EPIC data from the DSN Catalog and the
Recorder File. For more information, see “Customized Reports”.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-33
When is BIM-EPIC On?
The BIM-EPIC Environment
The BIM-EPIC Environment
When is BIM-EPIC On?
Description
BIM-EPIC is activated by partition. If you have just IPLed your system, or you have
deactivated and reactivated BIM-EPIC, BIM-EPIC becomes functional when the first OPEN
is issued in the partition.
BIM-EPIC does no processing until it is activated. This means that JCL enhancements (such
as DD statements) cannot be processed until then.
There is one exception to this rule: QDAS can always be active, whether BIM-EPIC is active
or not. QDAS is described below.
1-34
User Reference
The BIM-EPIC Environment
What Happens When BIM-EPIC Scratches or Deletes a Dataset?
What Happens When BIM-EPIC Scratches or Deletes a Dataset?
Description
BIM-EPIC provides several methods for scratching datasets. Datasets can be scratched at
your request using JCL, Online Manager, the TSIDMNT catalog management utility, or the
TSIDUTL catalog maintenance utility. Regardless of which method is used, BIM-EPIC
scratch processing is the same.
When BIM-EPIC scratches a disk dataset, it deletes the VTOC entry, and that disk space is
made available for reuse. The DSN Catalog entry for that version is deleted.
For tapes containing only one dataset, the tape is made eligible for scratch immediately. For
multi-dataset tapes, the tape will not be scratched until all its datasets have been scratched.
The dataset’s version entry in the DSN Catalog is changed to scratch status; it is not deleted.
If the dataset’s definition (EDD) still exists, the scratched version record remains in the DSN
Catalog. If the dataset definition is deleted, the tape version record is moved to the definition
name
‘** DSN DELETED **’.
For both tape and disk, only the version record is affected in normal scratch processing.
However, dataset definitions can also be deleted from the DSN Catalog with the DELETE and
PURGE functions. DELETE scratches all versions and VTOC entries but does not remove
tape volumes from the DSN Catalog. PURGE scratches all versions and VTOC entries, and
removes tape volumes from the DSN Catalog.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-35
BIM-EPIC JCL
The BIM-EPIC Environment
BIM-EPIC JCL
Description
1-36
User Reference
BIM-EPIC changes the way you use JCL. It offers many enhancements to standard VSE job
control. It also requires some changes to function properly.
The BIM-EPIC Environment
Physical Input/Output Control System and Pre-Open Checking
Physical Input/Output Control System and Pre-Open Checking
Description
Programs that use physical IOCS cause conflicts with tape and disk management programs.
As the following sections describe, BIM-EPIC doesn’t get control until your program issues a
request to the VSE supervisor for open, end-of-volume/extent, or close.
Physical IOCS programs cause conflicts because they don’t strictly follow most logical IOCS
program conventions. For example, they perform “pre-open checking”: they check to see
what kind of device is to be used to process a dataset before they open it, before BIM-EPIC
can make the assignment. Most PIOCS programs don’t update the DTF with block size,
record size, record count and address of the last record written, so BIM-EPIC can’t find the
necessary information about the dataset at end-of-volume/extent or close.
However, processing controlled datasets with physical IOCS is not difficult. It requires some
special definitions in the JCL and, in some instances, special defaults in the BIM-EPIC dataset
definition (EDD). See 7-35 in this manual for complete requirements.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-37
What happens if the job cancels?
The BIM-EPIC Environment
What happens if the job cancels?
Description
At open time, versions are entered into the DSN Catalog with an open status. When close
processing is requested, BIM-EPIC updates the version record and indicates that the version
has been closed and is now active.
If the job cancels before a version is closed, the version remains in open status. Open versions
cannot be used as input, and they become eligible for scratch differently from closed versions.
Generation datasets become eligible for scratch according to the time limits you set for the
THLDOPEN and DHLDOPEN parameters of the TSIDUTL program’s SCRATCH function.
The default is to scratch open disk datasets after two days, tape datasets after one day. Nongeneration datasets are automatically scratched the next time an output version is created.
You can also use BIM-EPIC JCL options to specify that non-generation disk datasets are to be
deleted immediately if a job cancels.
If a dataset is successfully closed before the job cancels, it becomes an active version, and is
handled exactly as if the job had processed normally.
1-38
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Job Control
Introduction
BIM-EPIC Job Control
Introduction
JCL Enhancements
Because BIM-EPIC offers JCL enhancements which VSE cannot process, BIM-EPIC
processes JCL options before VSE so that no error is generated. BIM-EPIC checks dataset
status and generates the required VSE label information.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-39
Tape Processing
BIM-EPIC Job Control
Tape Processing
Open Processing
Open, end-of-volume, and close processing are the most significant processing periods for
BIM-EPIC, and open processing is the most important of the three. In each case, processing is
different for tape and disk. Each is discussed separately. When a tape dataset is opened,
BIM-EPIC carries out the following tasks:
BIM-EPIC determines whether a dataset is tape or disk by checking the JCL and the DSN
Catalog.
BIM-EPIC determines whether the dataset is controlled. If it isn’t controlled, BIM-EPIC
passes control to VSE immediately. If the dataset is controlled, it reads the catalog entry to
determine how to process this version.
BIM-EPIC performs AVR processing by searching available drives for the correct input tape
or for a BIM-EPIC scratch tape for output.
If it doesn’t find an appropriate tape, it issues a message to the operator and waits for a
response.
When the tape is mounted, it assigns the drive to the requesting partition and attaches the drive
to the VSE machine if Autoattach is active.
It updates the DSN Catalog (creates a dataset definition if automatic cataloging is required and
records information about the version being created). The version is placed in open status.
BIM-EPIC updates the VSE Label Area. On input, it clears the dataset name from the label
and substitutes the correct volume serial number. On output, it adds a period to the VOL1
label to mark the tape as a BIM-EPIC tape and writes a 99365 expiration in the HDR1 label to
protect the tape against accidental overwrites.
BIM-EPIC passes control to VSE before the dataset is written. VSE then uses the information
BIM-EPIC has written in the VSE Label Area to process the dataset.
End-of-Volume
Processing
The steps performed in end-of-volume (EOV) processing are similar to those performed in
open processing. BIM-EPIC sets the stage for reading or writing the next tape. In EOV
processing, BIM-EPIC must gain and pass control to VSE more than once.
BIM-EPIC releases the assignment made for the drive that was just used and detaches the tape
drive from the VSE machine if Autoattach is active.
It performs AVR for the next volume.
If it can’t locate the volume, it issues a message to the operator.
When the tape is mounted on an available drive, BIM-EPIC assigns and attaches the drive.
It updates the DSN Catalog. On output, it writes another volume record for the version, places
that volume in open status, and places the previous volume in conditional catalog status. On
input, it updates date last accessed, use count, and other statistical information.
1-40
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Job Control
Tape Processing
It passes final control to VSE.
Closing Tape
Datasets
In close processing for tape, BIM-EPIC gains control from and passes control to VSE more
than once.
BIM-EPIC tells VSE how to position the tape, whether to unload it, rewind it, or leave it in
place.
It releases the drive’s assignments and detaches the drive from the VSE machine is Autoattach
is active.
On output, it writes to the DSN Catalog, placing all volumes in closed status.
BIM-EPIC passes final control to VSE.
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-41
Disk Processing
BIM-EPIC Job Control
Disk Processing
Open and End-ofExtent Processing
The tasks required for disk open and end-of-extent processing are similar to those for tape.
BIM-EPIC reads the DSN Catalog, issues messages, makes an assignment, and so on. For
disk, however, BIM-EPIC must make the allocation, which is more complicated than finding
the correct tape volume.
Quick Disk
Allocation (QDAS)
At every open, VSE reads the VTOC sequentially, which can require thousands of I/O
operations. BIM-EPIC provides the Quick Disk Allocation System (QDAS) to dramatically
decrease the time required to allocate an output dataset.
QDAS maps disk volume free space to virtual storage. One map is created for each volume
when the system is initialized. When disk space is used or freed for any dataset (controlled or
uncontrolled), QDAS updates its map in storage.
Operational Notes: QDAS only updates its maps when the VTOCs of the disk volumes under
its control are updated using the VSE common VTOC handler ($IJJHCVH). Programs that
update the VTOC directly may bypass the QDAS interface and cause its maps to get out of
sync with the VTOC. This applies to a very limited number of programs (such as DITTO).
However, should this condition occur, you can refresh the QDAS map tables at any time. See
the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for procedures.
Because QDAS only maps free space, it is necessary to refresh its tables daily to pick up the
space made available by Start Track 1 files that have expired. This is not necessary if all your
disk files are catalog controlled. It is recommended that this procedure be performed daily
after midnight as part of the BIM-EPIC daily maintenance procedures. See “Regular
Maintenance” in Chapter 4 of the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for further
information.
On Output
1. BIM-EPIC locates the pool to which the dataset is assigned. For cataloged datasets, it
finds the pool in the DSN Catalog entry. For Start Track 1 datasets, it finds the pool that is
specified in the JCL.
2. If the dataset is non-generation, BIM-EPIC deletes the old version. This is simple for
cataloged datasets, since the location of the dataset is contained in the DSN Catalog. For Start
Track 1 datasets, BIM-EPIC has to read each VTOC in the pool until it finds the old dataset.
3. BIM-EPIC decides which disk volume in that pool will be allocated using the leveling
feature, if active, so that datasets will be allocated evenly across all volumes in the pool.
4. BIM-EPIC checks the VTOC (or QDAS) for a large enough free extent. (BIM-EPIC does
not find free extents through the DSN Catalog.) If it cannot find sufficient space in the pool
for the extent, it issues a message and waits for a response from the operator.
5. BIM-EPIC updates the VSE Label Area, creating an extent and assigning the disk volume.
1-42
User Reference
BIM-EPIC Job Control
On Input
Disk Processing
1. BIM-EPIC locates the dataset. For cataloged datasets, it finds the dataset’s location in the
DSN Catalog. For Start Track 1 datasets, it has to read each VTOC in the pool until it finds
the first extent of the dataset.
2. It updates the VSE Label Area, creating an extent and assigning the disk volume.
Cataloged dataset processing requires a great deal less overhead than Start Track 1 processing.
Although BIM-EPIC has to write to the DSN Catalog each time it accesses a cataloged
dataset, it uses many fewer I/O operations than would be required to read all the VTOC entries
found in your disk pool. We strongly recommend using cataloged datasets instead of Start
Track 1 datasets in most cases. We also recommend that you use Start Track 1 datasets only
in disk pools that contain fewer than three volumes.
Space Holder
Records
Before we can discuss close processing for disk datasets, you need to understand space holder
records.
Each time BIM-EPIC allocates an extent for a dataset, it writes a VTOC entry called a space
holder record to prevent the same space from being used when allocating another BIM-EPIC
dataset. The VTOC entry for the space holder record contains the name of the dataset with a
right parenthesis substituted for the first letter: )ATASET.NAME for DATASET.NAME.
The entry is written with today’s date as its expiration date.
If QDAS is running, no space holder record is created. Instead, BIM-EPIC reserves the space
in the QDAS map.
Close Processing
When a program requests close processing for its datasets, some records can be left in the
buffer. These are written to disk when VSE closes the dataset. In some cases there are too
many records in the buffer to fit in the space remaining in the current extent, and another
extent is necessary to accommodate the excess.
When BIM-EPIC closes a disk dataset, it takes the buffer into account. It determines from the
buffer size and from the amount of space left in the extent whether another extent may be
necessary. If another extent is needed, BIM-EPIC makes the allocation.
If VSE runs out of room when writing the buffered records, it checks the VSE Label Area for
another extent. It will find the extent that BIM-EPIC has placed there. VSE then reads the
VTOC, finds an expired dataset there, and rewrites the VTOC entry with the real dataset
name.
If the extent isn’t necessary, the VTOC entry remains as a space holder record. Since the
entry indicates the dataset is expired, the space can be used for any uncontrolled dataset at any
time, and BIM-EPIC reuses space holder extents on an as-needed basis.
You may see space holder records in your VTOC listings. You may also see an extra extent in
the DSN Catalog entry for the version. Neither of these adversely affects processing.
When closing an output disk dataset:
Chapter 1. Introduction
1-43
Disk Processing
BIM-EPIC Job Control
BIM-EPIC determines whether a precautionary extent is required. If so, it writes the space
holder record, updates the VSE Label Area with the new extent information, and writes the
extent record in the DSN Catalog.
It places the version in closed status in the DSN Catalog.
BIM-EPIC passes control to VSE.
1-44
User Reference
2
BIM-EPIC Online Manager
This chapter describes the BIM-EPIC Online Manager.
Chapter Contents
Introduction to Manual Cataloging ................................................................................2-2
Introduction to Online Manager .....................................................................................2-3
Using the Online Manager .............................................................................................2-7
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs) ......................................................2-18
Managing Dataset Versions..........................................................................................2-30
Managing Tapes...........................................................................................................2-40
Retention and Scratching .............................................................................................2-46
2-1
Introduction to Manual Cataloging
Introduction to Manual Cataloging
Description
There are several reasons for doing manual cataloging and catalog management. Automatic
cataloging is global in scope, so it will not match the exact requirements of all datasets. You
may want to:
•
•
•
ensure that precise catalog defaults are established before the dataset is written for the
first time
update a definition after it is created in a job
change a dataset’s requirements due to changes in government regulations or datacenter
procedures
For manual cataloging, BIM-EPIC provides a panel–driven system called the Online Manager.
Online Manager is easy to use, and its full–screen fill–in–the–blank formats lead you through
the catalog management task step–by–step.
BIM-EPIC also provides a command–driven catalog management program called TSIDMNT
for batch cataloging of new datasets and versions, for updating fields in existing dataset
entries, and for DSN Catalog reporting. TSIDMNT is discussed in Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog
Management Utility”.
BIM-EPIC programs do not require leading zeros; numeric values are zero–filled on the left.
However, in Online Manager and TSIDMNT, you can suppress the zero–fill by entering a
volume serial number as a six–character string with blanks on the right (Example: "12 ").
Using Online
Manager with BIMEPIC for CMS
If you are using BIM-EPIC Online Manager under CMS, we recommend defining at least four
(4) megabytes of virtual storage for your CMS machine.
Sharing a BIM-EPIC
Catalog with CAEPIC for CMS
If you run both BIM-EPIC and CA-EPIC for CMS, and share a DSN Catalog on VSE, you
can update tape datasets from your CMS machines. You can also scratch tapes used for CAEPIC for CMS backup/archive datasets.
2-2
User Reference
Introduction to Online Manager
Overview
Introduction to Online Manager
Overview
Description
This chapter gets you started with online management, including:
•
•
•
•
accessing Online Manager
using panels and menus
getting help
exiting Online Manager
Online Access
Using CICS
Online Manager can be accessed as a CICS transaction. See the BIM-EPIC Installation and
System Guide for information on installing the CICS EPIC transaction. If online access will
be through BIM-FAQS/ASO only, installing the CICS EPIC transaction is not required.
Online Access
Using BIMFAQS/ASO
If BIM’s BIM-FAQS/ASO product is installed, and BIM-EPIC is defined to it, the Online
Manager can be accessed by entering EPIC from any BIM-FAQS/ASO command line. If
online access will be through BIM-FAQS/ASO only, installing the CICS EPIC transaction is
not required.
Online Access
From CMS
When using CA-EPIC for CMS, the Online Manager can be accessed by entering EPICCMS
from CMS. This requires a VM user ID with the authority to access Online Manager.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-3
Overview
Primary Option
Menu
Introduction to Online Manager
When the Online Manager is accessed, the Primary Option Menu is displayed first.
TSIO0001.O -------- BIM-EPIC - Primary Option Menu ------------- USER=TR91
OPTION ===>
OPTION
F1=Help
COMMAND
DESCRIPTION
M
D
S
P
C
MANAGE
DEFINE
SYSTEM
PROFILE
CAPACITY
Search and manage BIM-EPIC Catalog
Define BIM-EPIC dataset (EDD)
Manage BIM-EPIC system configuration
Manage BIM-EPIC user profiles
Display BIM-EPIC Catalog statistics
H
X
HELP
EXIT
Learn about online help
Exit BIM-EPIC
F3=Return
F5=Recall
F12=Exit
Using Menus
When the Primary Option Menu is displayed, press PF1 to read the help information for the
primary online features. Select the H (Help) option to learn more about online help
capabilities.
Using Online Help
Online Manager provides a number of Help options. Choose the H (Help) option on the
Primary Option Menu to learn about these. Whether the cursor is located on a panel’s
command area or an input field, the PF1 key always provides help information.
Exiting the Online
Manager
The X (Exit) command on the Primary Option Menu ends the online session.
2-4
User Reference
Introduction to Online Manager
Online Catalog Management Commands
Online Catalog Management Commands
Description
Even while using Online Manager panels for your catalog management, you can still execute
TSIDMNT functions in command mode. To do this, place the cursor in a panel’s command
area, and type EPIC, followed by a space and the normal TSIDMNT syntax. See Chapter 3,
“DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for more information.
DSN Catalog Usage
Display
Use CAPACITY to display statistics on current DSN Catalog file use.
Cataloging New
Datasets
There are two commands for entering new files in the catalog. Use DEFINE to create new
BIM-EPIC dataset definitions (EDDs). Use ADD to enter new versions to cataloged datasets.
Updating Datasets
There are several commands available for modifying the characteristics of existing DSN
Catalog entries.
UPDATE modifies the BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD).
RETAIN modifies creation and expiration data for a version.
CYCLE modifies retention for a selected version and all previous versions.
CLOSE changes open and conditionally cataloged versions to active status.
LOCK locks datasets and versions, UNLOCK unlocks locked datasets and versions, and
RELEASE releases locked datasets and versions for one use only.
Scratching
Datasets
There are three commands for scratching files: SCRATCH, DELETE, and PURGE.
DELETE deletes the dataset definition and all dataset versions. PURGE deletes the dataset
definition and all its versions, and deletes associated volume serial numbers from the DSN
Catalog. SCRATCH deletes one version only.
Changing the
Name of a EDD
Change a BIM-EPIC dataset definition name with RENAME. Transfer a version from one
dataset name to another with TRANSFER. You can make a tape version accessible with two
dataset names using MCATALOG.
Tape Management
Commands
CLEAN records tape cleaning.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-5
Online Catalog Management Commands
Disk Volume
Control (BIM-EPIC
only)
2-6
User Reference
Introduction to Online Manager
Using TSIDMNT commands, you can temporarily remove disk packs from BIM-EPIC
processing. Use QUIESCE to prevent writing controlled output datasets on a disk volume,
while still allowing datasets to be read from it. Use OFFLINE to remove the volume from
both input and output processing. ONLINE returns the volume to full processing.
Using the Online Manager
Configuring Online Security
Using the Online Manager
Configuring Online Security
Controlling Access
to BIM-EPIC Online
Manager
Online Manager has its own panel–driven security system. This system allows online catalog
management functions and some BIM-EPIC system functions to be restricted selectively to
individual users, and for multiple users to inherit (model) an individual set of security
attributes. It also provides a set of security defaults for users who are not defined to BIMEPIC online security.
Defining a security profile for every potential user at a large site can be a tedious task. BIMEPIC Online Manager security overcomes this problem by allowing flexible combinations of
global defaults, group modeling and unique individual profiles. One site may wish to grant
wide system access and restrict only a few users, while another may want widespread
restrictions and limited user access. All are easily accomplished with BIM-EPIC online
security.
BIM-EPIC Online Manager is supplied unsecured. A default security profile ($DEFSEC)
automatically governs all unsecured users; its global security defaults can be modified as
needed. Users with security system access can also use a non–modifiable unsecured profile
($EPIC) as an initial model for additional profiles. The first time you modify one profile that
was modeled on another, the modified profile becomes independent. If you modify any
profile on which others are modeled, the changes are inherited by the others. In this way, any
combination of independent and related security profiles can be created as desired.
Online Help
Online help is provided for the security panels and input fields. To receive help, place the
cursor on the first character of the command area or an input field and press PF1.
Planning Your
Online Manager
Security
There are some issues you need to consider if you plan to use Online Manager security. First,
the online security profile names you create must follow the convention appropriate for your
operating environment. For example, if you are running BIM-EPIC under BIM-FAQS/ASO,
user IDs defined for BIM-EPIC security must be known to BIM-FAQS/ASO.
Second, you should always reserve exclusive security system access for your security
administrator and then secure $DEFSEC itself against security system access (see below).
Third, you should determine whether the global default settings ($DEFSEC) will be adequate
for most users, with occasional exceptions to be defined, or whether you need a number of
different security profiles for specific users or groups of users (by department, for example).
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-7
Configuring Online Security
Using the Online Manager
Accessing the
Online Security
System
To access the security system from the Primary Option Menu, type SECURITY at the
command line and press ENTER, or select the SYSTEM option to display the System
Configuration Menu. To access the security system from the System Configuration Menu,
select the SECURITY option.
Secured Users
Panel
The Secured Users panel displays the names of security profiles that are defined to Online
Manager. Users authorized to do so can use the Secured Users panel to create, modify, and
model security profiles.
TSIO0800.T ----------- BIM-EPIC - Secured Users ---------------- USER=TR91
COMMAND ===>
User ID
_ $DEFSEC
(MODEL)
User ID
(MODEL)
_ $EPIC
L = Delete
M = Model
U = Update
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F6=Add
User ID
_ SJA
(MODEL)
$EPIC
F12=Exit
Default Security
Profile ($DEFSEC)
The $DEFSEC profile is supplied unsecured and always acts as the default security profile for
all unsecured users, so that the security administrator does not have to define a profile for
every user. To prevent unauthorized access to Online Manager, $DEFSEC cannot be used as
a user ID even if left unsecured. If Bypass the BIM-EPIC Sign–On Panel is set to ‘N’ in
$DEFSEC, all unsecured users will be locked out of Online Manager unless they know a
secured ID and password.
The $EPIC Security
Profile
$EPIC is an unmodifiable, unsecured profile that is supplied for use as a model. After
$DEFSEC has been secured, you can grant total system access to selected users by modeling
their user IDs after $EPIC. Users modeled on $EPIC can themselves be modified to create
customized security profiles, as with any other model. To prevent unauthorized access to
Online Manager, $EPIC cannot be used as a user ID. Use caution when modeling user
profiles after $EPIC and leaving them unmodified, because whoever learns one such profile
name could use the Sign–On panel to gain total system access!
Creating a New
User Security
Profile
To create a brand new Secured User, use an existing security profile as the initial model.
2-8
User Reference
Using the Online Manager
Configuring Online Security
Example
Enter SECURITY at an Online Manager command line to display the Secured Users panel.
Place M (for Model) in front of the $DEFSEC profile, and press ENTER. When prompted for
a new profile name, enter USER99. The list displays USER99 and shows that it is modeled
on $DEFSEC. USER99 now possess the security attributes of $DEFSEC.
The User Security
Panel
Users authorized to do so can use the User Security panel to modify and model security
settings for a selected user or group ID. The panel allows changing the security password,
setting user global options for security access, and enabling or disabling specific BIM-EPIC
DSN Catalog management functions for a user or group ID.
TSIO0801.u ----------- BIM-EPIC - User Security ---------------- USER=TR91
COMMAND ===>
USER INFORMATION
UserID:
SJA
Password ===>
Verify
===>
Model
===> $EPIC
USER GLOBAL OPTIONS
Security system access
Bypass the SIGN ON panel
VSE System option access
Profile system access
Confirmation changes?
Other users' profiles?
F1=Help
User Security Panel
Fields
F3=Return
F5=Recall
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
DSN CATALOG COMMAND ALLOWED?
Add
===> Y Clean
===>
Close
===> Y Cycle
===>
Define
===> Y Delete
===>
Display ===> Y Lock
===>
MCatalog ===> Y Move
===>
Purge
===> Y Release ===>
Rename
===> Y Retain
===>
Scratch ===> Y Transfer ===>
Unlock
===> Y Update
===>
Poolcmd: Off/Onl/Qui
===>
F6=Update Rules
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
F12=Exit
USER INFORMATION - When the BIM-EPIC Sign-On panel has been enabled for a user
(see below), a user password will be requested. The Password and Verify fields can be used
to create and modify this password. An asterisk (*) at the end of these fields indicates an
existing password. For privacy, neither entry is displayed on the screen. The Model field can
be used to import security settings from another secured user.
USER GLOBAL OPTIONS - The Security system access field determines whether the
selected user can make security system changes. The Bypass the SIGN ON panel field
determines whether access to Online Manager is controlled by the BIM-EPIC Sign-On Panel
(see example below). In BIM-EPIC only, the VSE System option access field controls access
to BIM-EPIC's processing options. The Profile system access field controls access to the
user’s PROFILE display formats. Subsequent fields can be used to restrict the user’s access to
their own confirmation settings and other users’ profiles, if desired. We recommend that
access to Other users’ profiles be set to ‘N’, so that profile modeling cannot be affected by
anyone besides the owner of a model profile.
DSN CATALOG COMMANDS - These fields control access to individual DSN Catalog
management functions.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-9
Configuring Online Security
Using the Online Manager
Changing Security
Settings for One
User
Enter SECURITY at an Online Manager command line to display the Secured Users panel.
Place U (for Update) in front of the selected user’s security profile, and press ENTER. When
the User Security panel is displayed, make the necessary changes. Press PF6 to accept the
changes. If the security profile was formerly modeled after another, this relationship no longer
exists, as reflected in the now–empty Model fields for this user.
Sign–On Panel
The Sign–On panel is used to require a password from a secured user. The panel prompts the
user for a secured user ID and the appropriate password. The panel will only recognize user
IDs listed on the Secured Users panel. If Bypass the SIGN On panel is set to ‘N’ in
$DEFSEC, all unsecured users are locked out of Online Manager unless they know a secured
user ID and password.
TSIOSIGN.0 head
COMMAND ===>
BBBB
B
B
B
B
BBBB
B
B
B
B
BBBB
USER=SJA
IIIII
I
I
I
I
I
IIIII
M
M
MM
MM
M M M M
M M M
M
M
M
M
M
M
OOO
O
Y
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
Y Y
Y
Y
O
OOO
Y
Y
BIM-EPIC - ONLINE MANAGER
User ID ===> ________
Password ===>
F1=Help
2-10
User Reference
F3=Return
F5=Recall
F12=Exit
Y
L
L
L
L
L
L
LLLLL
EEEEE
E
E
EEEE
E
E
EEEEE
Using the Online Manager
Security
Administration
Example
Configuring Online Security
Step
Action
1
Use your security administrator’s user ID as the name for a new security profile
modeled on $EPIC.
2
Update the new administrator profile with password protection and enable
password prompting by setting Bypass the BIM-EPIC Sign–On Panel to ‘N’. Be
sure to update rules with PF6 before exiting from the modified administrator
profile (if you do not do this, your administrator’s profile may still model $EPIC).
3
Modify $DEFSEC to deny all system access (including security) and catalog
update functions to unsecured users.
4
Create any desired group security profiles. For instance, you can create a
departmental profile named DEPT1 and provide it with desired catalog update
access for that department. Then model several key departmental user IDs after
DEPT1.
5
Create any additional customized user security profiles as desired.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-11
Maintaining User Profiles
Using the Online Manager
Maintaining User Profiles
Description
Online Manager allows users to customize the way dataset definition and version information
is displayed. BIM supplies two default profiles containing display layouts and confirmation
options. The $DEFPROF default profile provides a modifiable layout that applies to all users
who are not specifically defined to Online Manager. The $EPIC default profile provides a
fixed standard layout. Users can model either default profile under a name of their choice and
modify the characteristics of the new profile as desired. Whenever you model an existing user
profile, the new profile’s attributes can then be modified, but this "disconnects" it from
inheriting the model’s attributes in the future.
Access
From the Primary Option Menu, choose P for PROFILE. You can also type PROFILE at the
command line on most panels and press ENTER.
User Profiles Panel
TSIO0300.0 ----------- BIM-EPIC - User Profiles ---------------- USER=SJA
COMMAND ===>
The SJA profile has been added using the $EPIC profile as a model.
Profile
(MODEL)
_ $DEFPROF
Active Profile:
Profile
(MODEL)
_ $EPIC
Profile
_ SJA
(MODEL)
$EPIC
$DEFPROF
A = Activate
L = Delete
M = Model
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F6=Add
U = Update
F12=Exit
From this panel, you can create and modify user profiles with different panel display formats
and confirmation options. Press PF1 to display help information on using User Profiles
panels.
Select M (for Model) to create a copy of the $EPIC or any other existing profile, and give the
copy another name.
Use U (for Update) to modify the attributes of an existing profile. The first of three attribute
panels is displayed. After you have changed any of your profile defaults, press ENTER to
update your changes. Press PF3 to exit without changes.
2-12
User Reference
Using the Online Manager
Customizing the EDD Display
Customizing the EDD Display
Description
Use the Modify EDD Display panel to change the screen display format for BIM-EPIC dataset
definitions.
The Current Display Order area provides functions to Move (M) a field to a new location
Following (F) or Preceding (P) another field, or to Remove (R) a field from the display. Press
PF1 for more information.
TSIO0301.u ------ BIM-EPIC - User Profile Definition ----------COMMAND ===>
The SJA profile is modeled after $EPIC.
** MODIFY EDD DISPLAY **
CURRENT DISPLAY FORMAT
Dataset Name
Width ===> 25
CURRENT DISPLAY ORDER
_ 1 Cyc
_ 5 GEN or WRK
_ 9 Prime Dataset
_ 13 SYSnnn
_ 17 System ID
_
Primary Alloc
USER=SJA
More: +>
Cyc Reten
Profile: SJA
_ 2 Reten
_ 6 Tape Pool
_ 10 Owner ID
_ 14 Reblock Value
_ 18 Last Output
_
Sec Alloc
DLA ----- Attributes ------ GEN or
Lock Rel Rev Unlbl NSub WRK
Model: $EPIC
_ 3 DLA
_ 7 Tape Mode
_ 11 AGP
_ 15 Comment
_ 19 Create Date
_
Max Sec
_ 4 Attributes
_ 8 Vault Method
_ 12 Alloc Req
_ 16 User ID
_
Disk Pool
F = Following
M = Move
P = Preceding
R = Remove
F1=Help F3=Return F6=Update F8=Fwd F11=Right F12=Exit
Press F6 to accept the new display order. The Current Display Format area will change to
show the new arrangement. Press F8 to scroll to additional User Profile Definition panels.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-13
Customizing the Version Display
Using the Online Manager
Customizing the Version Display
Description
Use the Modify Version Display panel to change the screen display format for dataset version
information.
The Current Display Order area provides functions to Move (M) a field to a new location
Following (F) or Preceding (P) another field, or to Remove (R) a field from the display. Press
PF1 for more information.
TSIO0302.8 ------ BIM-EPIC - User Profile Definition ----------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
** MODIFY VERSION DISPLAY **
CURRENT DISPLAY FORMAT
More: -+>
Dataset Name
Width ===> 25
Version Number-of First --- Creation --Vols/Exts Volser Date
Time
CURRENT DISPLAY ORDER
_ 1 Version
_ 5 Create Job
_ 9 Last Acc Info
_ 13 File Seq
_ 17 Block Size
_ 21 GEN or WRK
_
Create Info
_
Reten
Profile: SJA
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
2
6
10
14
18
22
Exts/Vols
Expire Date
Media Type
Vault Method
Record Size
SYSLOG ID
Last Acc Date
Cyc
Model: $EPIC
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
3
7
11
15
19
23
First Volser
Gen Number
Attributes
Slot
Tape Pool
CPU ID
Last Acc Job
DLA
F = Following
M = Move
P = Preceding
R = Remove
F1=Help F3=Return F6=Update F7=Bkwd F8=Fwd F11=Right
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
4
8
12
16
20
24
Create Date
Status
Extent Info
Blocks
Tape Mode
Reel
Reten Info
Last Backup
F12=Exit
Press F6 to accept the new display order. The Current Display Format area will change to
show the new arrangement. Press F8 to scroll to the Modify Profile Defaults panel. Press F7
to scroll back to the Modify EDD Display panel.
2-14
User Reference
Using the Online Manager
Customizing the Confirmation Options
Customizing the Confirmation Options
Description
Use the Modify Profile Defaults panel to enable or disable confirmation prompts to a variety
of BIM-EPIC functions, and to change the default level for a catalog search. The $EPIC
default profile always requests confirmation.
TSIO0303.8 ------ BIM-EPIC - User Profile Definition ----------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
** MODIFY PROFILE DEFAULTS **
More: Profile: SJA
Model: $EPIC
CONFIRMATION SETTINGS
Add Ver
Close
Define
Lock
Move
Release
Retain
Sys Opts
Unlock
F1=Help
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
F3=Return
Clean
Cycle
Delete
MCatalog
Purge
Rename
Scratch
Transfer
Update
LEVEL FOR CATALOG SEARCH
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
F6=Update
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
F7=Bkwd
Level ===> E
E = EDD
V = Version
( X = Exploded list )
SYSTEM PASSWORD PROMPT
Prompt on initial entry ===> Y
F12=Exit
Change confirmation settings and Search Catalog level as desired. Press F6 to accept the new
settings. Press F7 to scroll back to previous User Profile Definition panels.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-15
Using Online Manager Help
Using the Online Manager
Using Online Manager Help
Description
The Online Manager provides a number of types of online help for the user. These include:
•
•
•
•
Panel help
Input field help
Command help
Panel navigation help
Help for Help
The H (Help) option of the Primary Option Menu provides a description of the Help system.
Panel Help
Press PF1 in the command line of any panel to display help for that panel.
Field Help
Place the cursor at the beginning of any input field and press PF1 to display online help for
that field.
Command Help
The Online Manager provides help in understanding BIM-EPIC management commands. To
view a list of these commands, enter CMDHELP at the command line on any panel.
Panel Navigation
Help
The Online Manager provides help in understanding panel navigation. To view a diagram of
its panel system, enter the command EPICFLOW at the command line on any panel. The
Online Flow panel below is displayed along with a highlighted path showing how the user got
to their current location. Help for any panel on this diagram can be viewed by entering its
panel ID on the command line in the Online Flow panel and pressing ENTER.
2-16
User Reference
Using the Online Manager
Panel IDs Display
(I)
Using Online Manager Help
TSIO0901.b ------------ BIM-EPIC - Online Flow ----------------- USER=SJA
COMMAND ===>
TSIO0001
v
EPICFLOW Titles ===> I (D/I)
+---------+---------+---------+------------------------------------>
|
|
|
|
+------>--------------+
TSIO0300
|
TSIO0500
TSIO0100
|
|
v
v
v
|
+--> TSIO0400
v
+-------+
TSIO0103 <-+
+----->---+----+
|
v
|
|
|
v
v
|
TSIO0401 <--+
+-> TSIO0301 TSIO0104 <-+
+--< TSIO0101 >---+
|
|
+<--+
v
|
+--> TSIO0205
+-> TSIO0302 TSIO0105 <-+
+--< TSIO0102 <---+
|
|
|
v
|
+--> TSIO0206
+-> TSIO0303 TSIO0106 <--<--+
+---------+
|
|
^
v
+--> TSIO0207 ---+
TSIO0202 <-+
+-------<---- TSIO0200 -->+
v
|
v
|
|
v
|
TSIO0208
v
+-------+
|
v
TSIO0201 -->+
v ^
|
|
|
|
|
|
TSIO0209 <--+
+-> TSIO0203 <-+
+-> TSIO0212 <---+
|
|
|
|
|
+--> TSIO0210
+-> TSIO0204 <-+
+-> TSIO0213 <---+
|
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F11=Right F12=Exit
+--> TSIO0211
To view the Online Flow in terms of its panel functions, enter D (for Descriptions) on the
EPICFLOW Titles field and press ENTER to display the panel below:
Panel Descriptions
Display (D)
TSIO0901.b ------------ BIM-EPIC - Online Flow ----------------- USER=SJA COMMAND
===>
MAINMENU
|
EPICFLOW Titles ===> D (D/I)
+---------+---------+---------+-------------------------------------->
|
|
|
|
+------->--------------+
PROFILE
|
CAPACITY
MANAGE
|
|
v
v
|
|
+--> TAPE MGT
v
+-------+
DEFINE <-+
+----->---+---+
|
v
|
|
|
|
v
^
VOL INFO <--+
+-> E FORMAT
UPDATE <-+
+--< EDD MGMT >---+
|
|
|<--+
|
|
+--> MCATALOG
+-> V FORMAT
RENAME <-+
+--< EDD INFO <---+
|
|
|
v
|
+--> TRANSFER
+-> CONFIRM
PASSWORD <--<--+
+
+
|
|
|
v
+--> EXT MGMT >--+
ADD VER <-+
+-------<----- VER MGMT -->|
v
|
v
|
|
v
|
RECOVERY
v
+-------+
|
v
VER INFO -->|
v ^
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXT INFO <--+
+-> ADDTAPEV <-+
+-> APP TAPE <---+
|
|
|
|
|
+-->
RETAIN
+-> ADDDISKV <-+
+-> APP EXT <---+
|
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F11=Right F12=Exit
+-->
CYCLE
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-17
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Description
2-18
User Reference
BIM-EPIC maintains a dataset–level description for each unique dataset name it controls,
regardless of the number of versions of it that exist. This BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD)
can be created automatically during processing, or it can be defined manually.
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Displaying BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions
Displaying BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions
Introduction
Use the Search Catalog panel to search for dataset definitions in the DSN Catalog. You can
search for EDDs using the following criteria:
•
•
•
Two–character user–defined User ID (not your system USERID)
Two–character user–defined System ID (not the SMFID)
Tape pool ID
Using the Manage EDDs panel, you can view, modify, and update dataset definitions.
Access
Search Catalog
Panel
From the Primary Option Menu, select M (for MANAGE) and press ENTER to display the
Search Catalog panel.
TSIO0100.M ---------- BIM-EPIC - Search Catalog ---------------COMMAND ===>
Specify a dataset/token or volser.
USER=SJA
CATALOG SEARCH
Name
===> ____________________________________________
Level ===> E
E = EDD
or
V = Version ( X = Exploded List )
Volser ===> ______
DISPLAY FORMAT
Active Profile ===> $DEFPROF (1-8 characters)
Profile Level ===> _
E = EDD
V = Version
C = Confirmation
EDD FILTERS
User ID
===> __
System ID ===> __
Tape Pool ===> __
F1=Help
F3=Return
(2 chars)
(2 chars)
(0-9 or A-Z)
F5=Recall
VERSION FILTERS
Tape or Disk ===> _
(T/D)
Scratched
===> _
(Y/N)
Create Job
===> ________
F12=Exit
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-19
Displaying BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions
Procedure
2-20
User Reference
Step
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Action
1
Type a fully or partially qualified dataset name in the Name field. If you specify a
partial dataset name, all EDDs that meet the name criteria are displayed. An
asterisk (*) can be substituted for dataset levels. A question mark (?) can be
substituted for any individual character.
2
Enter an 'E' in the Level field to view selected EDDs.
3
If you want more specific search criteria, use the EDD filters at the bottom of the
panel.
4
Press ENTER to display the Manage EDDs panel listing the dataset definitions
that match your search criteria. Or press PF3 to exit the Search Catalog panel
without listing dataset definitions.
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Managing EDDs
Managing EDDs
Introduction
The Manage EDDs panel lists dataset definitions matching the dataset name or expression you
entered in the Search Catalog panel. From this panel, you can select a dataset definition to
display or update. You can add, delete, lock, purge, release or unlock a dataset definition.
You can also request a list of its versions.
Access
From the Primary Option Menu, press M (for MANAGE). Complete the Search Catalog
panel and press ENTER to display the Manage EDDs panel.
Manage EDDs
Panel
TSIO0101.Z ----------- BIM-EPIC - Manage EDDs -----------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: >
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
BATCH CONVERT OUT
BILL BACKUP
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
BLS.REC
BUD.ACASH.BKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP1
Cyc Reten
1
4
2
1
60
6
1
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DLA ----- Attributes ------ GEN or
Lock Rel Rev Unlbl NSub WRK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
A = Add-Ver C = Close F = Release I = Info
J = Lock K = Unlock L = Delete
M = Model
P = Purge R = Rename U = Update V = Versions ( X = Exploded Lst)
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F11=Right F12=Exit
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
DISPLAY
Step
Action
1
To manage a dataset definition entry, type the letter of the command you want to
execute in front of the dataset name to be processed. You can enter commands for
as many entries as you wish.
2
Press ENTER to invoke the commands entered. Press PF3 to exit without
performing any commands.
BIM-EPIC also provides the DISPLAY command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to list dataset definitions. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for
information on using the DISPLAY command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-21
Displaying a Dataset Definition
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Displaying a Dataset Definition
Introduction
The EDD Information panel displays the dataset definition attributes. You can update those
attributes or create a new definition based on the one displayed.
Access
From the Manage EDDs panel, place an I (Information) in front of a dataset definition entry
and press ENTER to display the EDD Information panel.
EDD Information
Panel
TSIO0102.G ---------- BIM-EPIC - EDD Information --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
( _ ) Dataset: BATCH CONVERT OUT
TAPE INFORMATION
TPAdev: N Mode: NO
Tape Pool:
.
Vault Method: 0
Owner ID:
.
Tape Size:
LARGE
DATASET INFORMATION
GEN or WRK: GEN
BLKSZ:
Reten:
0
Create Date:
Cycles:
1
Last Output:
DLA:
0
System ID:
SYSnnn:
0
User ID:
DISK INFORMATION
Disk Pool:
DISK02
Primary:
50
Secondary:
25
Max Sec:
255
Primary ALR: Auto Purge:
N
DATASET ATTRIBUTES
Prime:
Y
Revolving:
Locked:
N
Unlabeled:
Newsub:
N
Released:
Pswd Prot: N
Comment:
Prime DSN:
OPT
01/31/1997
08/01/1997
.
.
N
N
N
.
.
A = Add-Ver C = Close F = Release J = Lock
K = Unlock
L = Delete
M = Model
P = Purge R = Rename U = Update V = Versions ( X = Exploded Lst)
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F12=Exit
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
DISPLAY
2-22
User Reference
Step
Action
1
If you want to manage the dataset definition displayed, type the desired command in
front of the dataset name.
2
Press ENTER to execute the desired function. Press PF3 to exit without performing
any commands.
BIM-EPIC also provides the DISPLAY command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to list dataset definitions. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for
information on using the DISPLAY command.
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Creating a Dataset Definition
Creating a Dataset Definition
Introduction
Use the Define an EDD panel to create new dataset definitions. The attributes on this panel
are those of the dataset being modeled if you typed M in the input field of the EDD
Information panel.
Access
You can access the Define an EDD panel by entering D (for DEFINE) on the Primary Option
Menu. Or enter M (for Model) in front of the dataset definition name on either the Manage
EDDs or EDD Information panels.
Define an EDD
Panel
TSIO0103.D ----------- BIM-EPIC - Define an EDD ---------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
DEFINE
Dataset ===> ____________________________________________
Model
===> ____________________________________________
TAPE INFORMATION
TPAdev: N Mode: __
Tape Pool ===> __
Vault Meth ===> ___
Owner ID
===> __
Unlabeled ===> _
Tape Size ===> _
Revolving ===> _
DISK INFORMATION
Disk Pool
===>
Primary
===>
Secondary
===>
Max Sec
===>
Primary ALR ===>
Auto Purge ===>
______
_______
_______
___
_______
_
Comment
===> ______________________________
Prime DSN ===> _________________
F1=Help
Procedure
Step
F3=Return
F5=Recall
DATASET INFORMATION
GEN or WRK
===>
Retention
===>
Cycles
===>
DLA
===>
BLKSZ( _ CISZ) ===>
SYSnnn
===>
System ID
===>
User ID
===>
Password
===>
Encrypt Key
===>
___
____
___
____
_____
___
__
__
F12=Exit
Action
1
To create a new EDD from scratch, specify a dataset name in the Dataset field. The
dataset name is the key BIM-EPIC uses to locate a record in the DSN Catalog. For
this reason, the dataset name must be unique. It must also follow all CMS naming
rules. Use the Model field when you are defining a new dataset which is similar to
a previously defined dataset.
2
Update any desired attributes for the dataset. Any modifications you make on the
Create an EDD panel override modeled attributes.
3
Press ENTER to create the new EDD. All data entered are verified for syntactic
correctness and defaults added. Press PF3 to exit the panel without creating the
EDD.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-23
Creating a Dataset Definition
Using TSIDMNT
CATALOG
2-24
User Reference
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
BIM-EPIC also provides the CATALOG command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to create a BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD). See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog
Management Utility”, for information on using the CATALOG command.
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Updating a Dataset Definition
Updating a Dataset Definition
Introduction
Online Manager provides the Update an EDD panel to update your BIM-EPIC dataset
definitions (EDDs) in the DSN Catalog. The attributes displayed on this panel are the defaults
for all output datasets using this dataset name. Any modifications affect subsequent versions
only.
Access
Select M (for MANAGE) from the Primary Option Menu, and use the Search Catalog panel to
specify dataset name criteria. From the Manage EDDs list displayed, place a U next to the
name of the dataset definition you wish to update and press ENTER.
Update an EDD
Panel
TSIO0104.e ----------- BIM-EPIC - Update an EDD ---------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
UPDATE
Dataset: BATCH CONVERT OUT
TAPE INFORMATION
TPAdev: N Mode: NO
Tape Pool ===> __
Vault Meth ===> 0
Owner ID
===> __
Unlabeled ===> N
Tape Size ===> L
Revolving ===> N
Comment
F1=Help
Procedure
Step
1
DISK INFORMATION
Disk Pool
===>
Primary
===>
Secondary
===>
Max Sec
===>
Primary ALR ===>
Auto Purge ===>
DISK02
50
25
255
_______
N
===> ______________________________
F3=Return
F5=Recall
DATASET INFORMATION
GEN or WRK
===>
Retention
===>
Cycles
===>
DLA
===>
BLKSZ( _ CISZ) ===>
SYSnnn
===>
System ID
===>
User ID
===>
Password
===>
GEN
0
1
0
OPT
0
__
__
F12=Exit
Action
Update any desired attributes for the dataset definition.
To remove the Disk Pool specification, replace the current value with the word
"NO".
To remove the "Primary", "Secondary", "Max Sec", or "Primary ALR" value,
replace the current value with a zero (0).
2
Using TSIDMNT
UPDATE
Press ENTER to update the EDD, or press PF3 to exit without updating.
BIM-EPIC also provides the UPDATE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to modify a BIM-EPIC dataset definition. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management
Utility”, for information on using the UPDATE command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-25
Locking a Dataset Definition
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Locking a Dataset Definition
Introduction
Locking a BIM-EPIC dataset definition prevents its use for output (creating a new version
with the same dataset name). You can lock a dataset definition from the Manage EDDs panel.
Access
From the Primary Option Menu, press M (for MANAGE). Complete the Search Catalog
panel and press Enter.
Manage EDDs
Panel
TSIO0101.Z ----------- BIM-EPIC - Manage EDDs -----------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: >
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
BATCH CONVERT OUT
BILL BACKUP
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
BLS.REC
BUD.ACASH.BKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP1
Cyc Reten
1
4
2
1
60
6
1
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DLA ----- Attributes ------ GEN or
Lock Rel Rev Unlbl NSub WRK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
A = Add-Ver C = Close F = Release I = Info
J = Lock K = Unlock L = Delete
M = Model
P = Purge R = Rename U = Update V = Versions ( X = Exploded Lst)
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F11=Right F12=Exit
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
LOCK
2-26
User Reference
Step
Action
1
Place the cursor in front of the name of the dataset definition you wish to lock.
2
Type J (Lock) on the line and press Enter.
BIM-EPIC also provides the LOCK command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility
to lock a BIM-EPIC dataset definition. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”,
for information on using the LOCK command.
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Releasing a Locked Dataset Definition
Releasing a Locked Dataset Definition
Introduction
Releasing a locked BIM-EPIC dataset definition permits one use of the EDD for output
(creating one new version with the EDD name and attributes). You can release a dataset
definition from the Manage EDDs panel. To permanently release an EDD, use the UNLOCK
procedure.
Access
From the Primary Option Menu, press M (for MANAGE). Complete the resulting Search
Catalog panel and press Enter.
Manage EDDs
Panel
TSIO0101.Z ----------- BIM-EPIC - Manage EDDs -----------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: >
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
BATCH CONVERT OUT
BILL BACKUP
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
BLS.REC
BUD.ACASH.BKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP1
Cyc Reten
1
4
2
1
60
6
1
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DLA ----- Attributes ------ GEN or
Lock Rel Rev Unlbl NSub WRK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
A = Add-Ver C = Close F = Release I = Info
J = Lock K = Unlock L = Delete
M = Model
P = Purge R = Rename U = Update V = Versions ( X = Exploded Lst)
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F11=Right F12=Exit
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
RELEASE
Step
Action
1
Place the cursor in front of the name of the the dataset definition you wish to
release.
2
Type F (Release) on the line and press ENTER.
BIM-EPIC also provides the RELEASE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to allow one use of a locked BIM-EPIC dataset definition. See Chapter 3, “DSN
Catalog Management Utility”, for information on using the RELEASE command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-27
Unlocking a Dataset Definition
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Unlocking a Dataset Definition
Introduction
Unlocking a BIM-EPIC dataset definition allows its unrestricted use for output (creating new
versions with the EDD name and attributes). You can lock a dataset definition from the
Manage EDDs panel.
Access
From the Primary Option Menu, press M for MANAGE. Complete the Search Catalog panel
and press ENTER.
Manage EDDs
Panel
TSIO0101.Z ----------- BIM-EPIC - Manage EDDs -----------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: >
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
BATCH CONVERT OUT
BILL BACKUP
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
BLS.REC
BUD.ACASH.BKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP1
Cyc Reten
1
4
2
1
60
6
1
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DLA ----- Attributes ------ GEN or
Lock Rel Rev Unlbl NSub WRK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
A = Add-Ver C = Close F = Release I = Info
J = Lock K = Unlock L = Delete
M = Model
P = Purge R = Rename U = Update V = Versions ( X = Exploded Lst)
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F11=Right F12=Exit
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
UNLOCK
2-28
User Reference
Step
Action
1
Place the cursor in front of the name of the dataset definition you wish to unlock.
2
Type K (Unlock) on the line and press ENTER.
BIM-EPIC also provides the UNLOCK command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to unlock a BIM-EPIC dataset definition for unrestricted access. See Chapter 3, “DSN
Catalog Management Utility”, for information on using the UNLOCK command.
Managing BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions (EDDs)
Deleting a Dataset Definition
Deleting a Dataset Definition
Introduction
When you delete a BIM-EPIC dataset definition, all version information is removed from the
DSN Catalog, but tape volume information is kept under the dataset name
‘** DSN DELETED **’ until the volume serial number is reused or purged. You can remove
an EDD from the DSN Catalog using the Manage EDDs panel.
Access
From the Primary Option Menu, press M (for MANAGE). Complete the Search Catalog
panel and press ENTER.
Manage EDDs
Panel
TSIO0101.Z ----------- BIM-EPIC - Manage EDDs -----------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: >
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
BATCH CONVERT OUT
BILL BACKUP
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
BLS.REC
BUD.ACASH.BKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP1
Cyc Reten
1
4
2
1
60
6
1
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DLA ----- Attributes ------ GEN or
Lock Rel Rev Unlbl NSub WRK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
GEN
A = Add-Ver C = Close F = Release I = Info
J = Lock K = Unlock L = Delete
M = Model
P = Purge R = Rename U = Update V = Versions ( X = Exploded Lst)
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F11=Right F12=Exit
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
DELETE
Step
Action
1
Place the cursor next to the dataset definition you wish to delete.
2
Type L (Delete) on the line and press ENTER.
BIM-EPIC also provides the DELETE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to remove a BIM-EPIC dataset definition. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management
Utility”, for information on using the DELETE command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-29
Displaying Version Information
Managing Dataset Versions
Managing Dataset Versions
Displaying Version Information
Introduction
In order to view or maintain a dataset version online, you must first find its entry in the DSN
Catalog. Online Manager provides the Search Catalog panel to request a list of dataset
versions according to specified criteria. You can search for versions using the following
criteria:
•
•
•
•
•
Access
Search Catalog
Panel
Two–character user–defined User ID (not system USERID)
Two–character user–defined System ID (not SMFID)
Whether scratch or active
Tape pool ID
Creation job name
From the Primary Option Menu, press M (for MANAGE) to display the Search Catalog panel.
TSIO0100.3 ---------- BIM-EPIC - Search Catalog ---------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
CATALOG SEARCH
Name
===> ____________________________________________
Level ===> E
E = EDD
or
V = Version ( X = Exploded List )
Volser ===> ______
DISPLAY FORMAT
Active Profile ===> $DEFPROF (1-8 characters)
Profile Level ===> _
E = EDD
V = Version
C = Confirmation
EDD FILTERS
User ID
===> __
System ID ===> __
Tape Pool ===> __
F1=Help
2-30
User Reference
F3=Return
(2 chars)
(2 chars)
(0-9 or A-Z)
F5=Recall
F12=Exit
VERSION FILTERS
Tape or Disk ===> _
(T/D)
Scratched
===> _
(Y/N)
Create Job
===> ________
Managing Dataset Versions
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
DISPLAY
Displaying Version Information
Step
Action
1
Type a fully or partially qualified dataset name in the Name field. If you specify a
partial dataset name, all versions that meet the name criteria are displayed. An
asterisk (*) can be substituted for dataset levels. A question mark (?) can be
substituted for any individual character.
2
Enter an V in the Level field to view selected versions.
3
If you want more specific search criteria, use the version filters at the bottom of
the panel.
4
Press ENTER to display the Manage Versions panel listing the dataset versions
that match your search criteria. Or press PF3 to exit the Search Catalog panel
without listing dataset versions.
BIM-EPIC also provides the DISPLAY command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to list version information. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for
information on using the DISPLAY command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-31
Selecting a Version from a List
Managing Dataset Versions
Selecting a Version from a List
Introduction
The Manage Versions panel lists dataset versions based on the search criteria specified on the
Search Catalog panel. From Manage Versions, you can select a specific version for display.
You can also close, lock, unlock, release, scratch, retain or cycle the version. From Manage
Versions, you can also display and maintain tape volume information.
Access
Once you have used the Search Catalog panel to enter your search criteria, the Manage
Versions panel is displayed, listing all dataset versions that meet the criteria specified. The
listing begins with the dataset name you entered. If you did not enter a dataset name, the
listing begins with the first dataset in the DSN Catalog meeting any criteria you specified. The
size of the DSN Catalog determines how long it takes to retrieve the data.
Manage Versions
Panel
TSIO0200.D ---------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Versions --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: +>
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Procedure
TSIDMNT
2-32
User Reference
Version Number-of First --- Creation --Vols/Exts Volser Date
Time
BATCH CONVERT OUT
1
1
DUMMY6 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
1
1
DUMMY1 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
2
1
DUMMY1 07/31/1997
BILL BACKUP
3
1
DUMMY1 07/30/1997
BILL BACKUP
4
1
DUMMY3 07/29/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
1
1
DUMMY3 08/01/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
2
1
DUMMY6 07/31/1997
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
1
1
DUMMY0 08/01/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
1
1
000050 07/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
2
1
000024 06/26/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
3
1
000061 05/28/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
4
1
000019 04/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
5
1
000143 03/28/1997
A = Append C = Close E = Ext/Reels F = Release H = Retain
I
J = Lock
K = Unlock M = Mcatalog S = Scratch T = Transfer Y
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F8=Fwd F11=Right F12=Exit
Step
18:20
19:51
20:57
19:23
19:30
11:27
15:05
17:55
14:14
14:20
16:42
09:57
09:00
= Information
= Cycle
Action
1
To manage a version entry, type the letter of the command you want to execute in
front of the version to be processed. You can enter commands for as many entries
as you wish.
2
Press ENTER to invoke the commands entered. Press PF3 to exit without
performing any commands.
BIM-EPIC provides the TSIDMNT catalog management utility to manage dataset versions.
See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for information on TSIDMNT.
Managing Dataset Versions
Displaying Version Attributes
Displaying Version Attributes
Introduction
The Version Information panel lists information on a specific dataset version. From this panel
you can add a new version or display information on associated volumes.
Access
From the Manage Versions panel, place an I (Information) next to the dataset name and press
ENTER.
Version
Information Panel
TSIO0201.G -------- BIM-EPIC - Version Information ------------COMMAND ===>
( _ ) Dataset: BILL.REPRINT.FILE
VERSION HISTORY
Create Date:
08/01/1997
Create Time:
11:27
Create Job:
OCNRPRNT
Last Acc Date: 08/02/1997
Last Acc Job: TSIBACK
Expire Date:
DLA:
Cycles:
Reten:
Last Backup:
VERSION INFORMATION
GEN or WRK:
GEN
Generation:
138
File Seq:
SYSLOG ID:
C2
CPU ID:
9
Vault ID:
Tape Pool:
NA
Block Size:
Record Size:
Blocks:
Tape Mode:
Media Type:
Slot:
Extents:
Version: 1
08/01/1997
0
2
0
000235
STATUS
Scratched:
Open:
Locked:
Released:
CondCat:
Offloaded:
N
N
N
N
N
N
999
3
0
DISK
1
ATTRIBUTES
Newsub:
Revolving:
MCataloged:
Unlabeled:
Cycled:
Prime:
N
N
N
N
N
Y
A = Append C = Close
E = Extents F = Release
K = Unlock M = Mcatalog S = Scratch T = Transfer
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F12=Exit
Using TSIDMNT
DISPLAY
USER=SJA
H = Retain
Y = Cycle
J = Lock
BIM-EPIC also provides the DISPLAY command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to list version information in batch mode. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management
Utility”, for information on using the DISPLAY command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-33
Adding Version Information
Managing Dataset Versions
Adding Version Information
Introduction
Using the Add a Tape Version panel, you can add a new version to an existing dataset
definition or you can add new volume serial numbers to an existing dataset version.
Access
To add a new tape version to a controlled dataset definition, access the Manage EDDs panel
and enter A (for Add) to display the Add a Tape Dataset panel. To append reels to an existing
version, access the Manage Versions panel and enter A (for Append) in the input field and
press ENTER.
Add a Tape Version
Panel
TSIO0203.t ---- BIM-EPIC - Add a Tape Dataset Version ---------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
Dataset ===> BILRECS BKUP TAPE
VERSION INFORMATION
Version Number
Version Block Size
File Seq Number
Offload Seq Number
Use scratch tapes
VOLSER(S)
1 ______
7 ______
13 ______
19 ______
25 ______
31 ______
37 ______
43 ______
F1=Help
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
ADD
2-34
User Reference
Step
2
8
14
20
26
32
38
44
F3=Return
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
3
9
15
21
27
33
39
45
F5=Recall
1
_____
____
____
_
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
F8=Fwd
4
10
16
22
28
34
40
46
(1 - 9999)
(1 - 32767)
(2 - 9999)
(1 - 9999)
(Y/N)
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
5
11
17
23
29
35
41
47
F11=Disk Add
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
More: +
6 ______
12 ______
18 ______
24 ______
30 ______
36 ______
42 ______
48 ______
F12=Exit
Action
1
Specify the desired attributes and volsers for the new version.
2
Press ENTER to add the tape version.
BIM-EPIC also provides the ADD command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility to
add a version to a controlled dataset. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for
information on using the ADD command.
Managing Dataset Versions
Locking a Version
Locking a Version
Introduction
Locking a version prevents its use as input. You can lock a version from any panel that allows
general version management.
Access
Enter the dataset name and Level V on the Search Catalog panel, and press ENTER to display
the Manage Versions panel.
Manage Versions
Panel
TSIO0200.D ---------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Versions --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: +>
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
LOCK
Version Number-of First --- Creation --Vols/Exts Volser Date
Time
BATCH CONVERT OUT
1
1
DUMMY6 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
1
1
DUMMY1 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
2
1
DUMMY1 07/31/1997
BILL BACKUP
3
1
DUMMY1 07/30/1997
BILL BACKUP
4
1
DUMMY3 07/29/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
1
1
DUMMY3 08/01/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
2
1
DUMMY6 07/31/1997
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
1
1
DUMMY0 08/01/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
1
1
000050 07/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
2
1
000024 06/26/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
3
1
000061 05/28/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
4
1
000019 04/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
5
1
000143 03/28/1997
A = Append C = Close E = Ext/Reels F = Release H = Retain
I
J = Lock
K = Unlock M = Mcatalog S = Scratch T = Transfer Y
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F8=Fwd F11=Right F12=Exit
Step
18:20
19:51
20:57
19:23
19:30
11:27
15:05
17:55
14:14
14:20
16:42
09:57
09:00
= Information
= Cycle
Action
1
Place the cursor on the selection line of the version you wish to lock.
2
Type J (Lock) on the line and press ENTER.
BIM-EPIC also provides the LOCK command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility
to lock a version. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for information on
using the LOCK command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-35
Releasing a Locked Version
Managing Dataset Versions
Releasing a Locked Version
Introduction
Releasing a version permits one use of a locked version as input. You can release a locked
version from any panel that allows general version management.
Access
Enter the dataset name and Level V on the Search Catalog panel, and press ENTER to display
the Manage Versions panel.
Manage Versions
Panel
TSIO0200.D ---------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Versions --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: +>
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
RELEASE
2-36
User Reference
Version Number-of First --- Creation --Vols/Exts Volser Date
Time
BATCH CONVERT OUT
1
1
DUMMY6 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
1
1
DUMMY1 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
2
1
DUMMY1 07/31/1997
BILL BACKUP
3
1
DUMMY1 07/30/1997
BILL BACKUP
4
1
DUMMY3 07/29/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
1
1
DUMMY3 08/01/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
2
1
DUMMY6 07/31/1997
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
1
1
DUMMY0 08/01/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
1
1
000050 07/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
2
1
000024 06/26/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
3
1
000061 05/28/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
4
1
000019 04/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
5
1
000143 03/28/1997
A = Append C = Close E = Ext/Reels F = Release H = Retain
I
J = Lock
K = Unlock M = Mcatalog S = Scratch T = Transfer Y
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F8=Fwd F11=Right F12=Exit
Step
18:20
19:51
20:57
19:23
19:30
11:27
15:05
17:55
14:14
14:20
16:42
09:57
09:00
= Information
= Cycle
Action
1
Place the cursor on the selection line of the version you wish to lock.
2
Type F (Release) on the line and press ENTER.
BIM-EPIC also provides the RELEASE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to allow one use of a locked version for input. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog
Management Utility”, for information on using the RELEASE command.
Managing Dataset Versions
Unlocking a Version
Unlocking a Version
Introduction
Unlocking a version allows its unrestricted use as input. You can unlock a version from any
panel that allows general version management.
Access
Enter the dataset name and Level V on the Search Catalog panel, and press ENTER to display
the Manage Versions panel.
Manage Versions
Panel
TSIO0200.D ---------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Versions --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: +>
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
UNLOCK
Version Number-of First --- Creation --Vols/Exts Volser Date
Time
BATCH CONVERT OUT
1
1
DUMMY6 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
1
1
DUMMY1 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
2
1
DUMMY1 07/31/1997
BILL BACKUP
3
1
DUMMY1 07/30/1997
BILL BACKUP
4
1
DUMMY3 07/29/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
1
1
DUMMY3 08/01/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
2
1
DUMMY6 07/31/1997
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
1
1
DUMMY0 08/01/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
1
1
000050 07/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
2
1
000024 06/26/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
3
1
000061 05/28/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
4
1
000019 04/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
5
1
000143 03/28/1997
A = Append C = Close E = Ext/Reels F = Release H = Retain
I
J = Lock
K = Unlock M = Mcatalog S = Scratch T = Transfer Y
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F8=Fwd F11=Right F12=Exit
Step
18:20
19:51
20:57
19:23
19:30
11:27
15:05
17:55
14:14
14:20
16:42
09:57
09:00
= Information
= Cycle
Action
1
Place the cursor on the selection line of the version you wish to lock.
2
Type K (Unlock) on the line and press ENTER.
BIM-EPIC also provides the UNLOCK command of the TSIDMNT batch management utility
to unlock a version for unrestricted use as input. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management
Utility”, for information on using the UNLOCK command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-37
Closing a Version
Managing Dataset Versions
Closing a Version
Introduction
It may be necessary to manually close a dataset version when it is in open status or
conditionally cataloged by the abnormal termination of a job. You can close a version from
the Manage Versions panel.
Access
Once you have used the Search Catalog panel to enter your search criteria, the Manage
Versions panel is displayed, listing all dataset versions that meet the name criteria specified.
Manage Versions
Panel
TSIO0200.D ---------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Versions --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: +>
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
CLOSE
2-38
User Reference
Version Number-of First --- Creation --Vols/Exts Volser Date
Time
BATCH CONVERT OUT
1
1
DUMMY6 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
1
1
DUMMY1 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
2
1
DUMMY1 07/31/1997
BILL BACKUP
3
1
DUMMY1 07/30/1997
BILL BACKUP
4
1
DUMMY3 07/29/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
1
1
DUMMY3 08/01/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
2
1
DUMMY6 07/31/1997
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
1
1
DUMMY0 08/01/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
1
1
000050 07/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
2
1
000024 06/26/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
3
1
000061 05/28/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
4
1
000019 04/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
5
1
000143 03/28/1997
A = Append C = Close E = Ext/Reels F = Release H = Retain
I
J = Lock
K = Unlock M = Mcatalog S = Scratch T = Transfer Y
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F8=Fwd F11=Right F12=Exit
Step
18:20
19:51
20:57
19:23
19:30
11:27
15:05
17:55
14:14
14:20
16:42
09:57
09:00
= Information
= Cycle
Action
1
Place the cursor on the selection line of the version you wish to close.
2
Type C (Close) on the line and press ENTER.
BIM-EPIC also provides the CLOSE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility
to close a dataset version. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for
information on using the CLOSE command.
Managing Dataset Versions
Removing Version Information from the DSN Catalog
Removing Version Information from the DSN Catalog
Introduction
A dataset’s version information can be removed from the DSN Catalog by deleting its dataset
definition or by purging its tape volume serial number.
Procedure
See “Deleting a Dataset Definition” or “Purging a Tape Volume” for information on actions
which delete version information.
Using TSIDMNT
DELETE and
PURGE
BIM-EPIC also provides the DELETE and PURGE commands of the TSIDMNT catalog
management utility to remove a dataset definition or purge a tape volume from the DSN
Catalog. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for information on using the
DELETE and PURGE commands.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-39
Managing Tapes
Managing Tapes
Tapes in the DSN
Catalog
Every tape used for a BIM-EPIC-controlled dataset is recorded in the DSN Catalog. Tapes
are identified in the DSN Catalog by volume serial number. New tapes are added to the DSN
Catalog automatically when BIM-EPIC-controlled datasets residing on those tapes are
processed. You can also enter tape information into the DSN Catalog by using the Online
Manager or the TSIDMNT ADD command. Volumes entered into an ACL are added to the
dataset name ‘***.VOLUME.DSN.**’ if they do not already exist.
Valid Volsers
Every controlled tape used must have a unique volume serial number. Even unlabeled tapes
must be identified with their own volume serial numbers. This strict identification simplifies
tape control and retrieval. For controlled datasets opened for output, BIM-EPIC checks the
volume serial number of any new tape against the DSN Catalog and requires you to enter a
new one or use a different tape if there is a duplication and still–active datasets on the tape.
Volume serial numbers can be any combination of alphanumeric characters, up to six
characters in length. However, volume serial number 000000 is reserved by BIM-EPIC. It is
used as a special marker in the DSN Catalog and cannot be used. Groups of volsers do not
have to be consecutive. Any unique volume serial number is valid. Since tape pools are
defined by ranges of volume serial numbers, it is helpful to initialize pool tapes with
consecutive volume serial numbers.
How BIM-EPIC
Produces Scratch
Tapes
Scratch tapes are produced by the SCRATCH functions of the Online Manager and
TSIDMNT. In addition, the TSIDUTL SCRATCH function produces a report listing all
available scratch tapes. See 2-46 in this manual for more information. When a tape is
scratched in the DSN Catalog, it is automatically scratched in the ACL also.
Tape Pooling
You can use tape pooling to group similar types of tapes into tape pools. For instance, your
high quality tapes could constitute one pool, short tapes another, long tapes a third, and so on.
Datasets are assigned to tape pools through the DSN Catalog. When a pooled dataset is
created, BIM-EPIC requests the operator for a scratch tape from the appropriate pool.
Each pool is given a one–character pool code (A to Z or 0 to 9) and is assigned one or more
volume serial number ranges. If a volume serial number falls within a pool’s range, the tape
belongs to that pool. A pool tape can only be used to write datasets assigned to that pool. If a
volume serial number does not fall in any of the defined ranges, the tape is not a pool tape. It
can only be used to write datasets which are not assigned to a tape pool. Datasets can be
assigned to tape pools by manual or automatic cataloging.
If you use ACL support with pooling, the pools must be defined to the ACL system as
"POOL-x" where x is the one–character BIM-EPIC pool code. Refer to the ACL vendor’s
documentation for information about tape pools.
2-40
User Reference
Managing Tapes
How BIM-EPIC Selects Tapes for Mounting
How BIM-EPIC Selects Tapes for Mounting
Introduction
BIM-EPIC controls which tapes can be used for output. It checks the volume serial number of
every tape processed. If the mounted volume is controlled, its serial number is compared with
its corresponding DSN Catalog entry for scratch status before it can be used as output.
If the tape is uncontrolled, BIM-EPIC checks to see if the volume serial number is unique
within the DSN Catalog. If the tape passes this test, it is added to the DSN Catalog and used
automatically. If it does not, the tape is unloaded and a new tape requested.
Single or Prime
Dataset Output
If the file has no restrictions, the operator can mount any valid scratch tape which does not
belong to a tape pool.
If the file belongs to a tape pool, BIM-EPIC issues a general request for a scratch or a specific
mount from that pool.
If revolving tapes are used, BIM-EPIC issues a general request for a scratched revolving tape
from that dataset.
Subdataset Output
If the tape is not already mounted, BIM-EPIC requests the operator to mount the volume serial
number of the last tape used for that multi–file group.
Uncontrolled
Datasets
Ordinarily, no BIM-EPIC–controlled tape can be used to write an uncontrolled dataset.
ACL Support
If ACL support is activated, BIM-EPIC always attempts to satisfy a mount using an ACL
volume. The ACL volume must meet the criteria of scratch status, mode, drive, availability,
and so on, to be selected. If the ACL cannot satisfy the mount request, normal AVR is
attempted, followed by the operator mount request message.
ACL cartridges should never be pre–mounted, unlike normal drives which can benefit from
AVR.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-41
Displaying Tape Volume Information
Managing Tapes
Displaying Tape Volume Information
Introduction
Online Manager provides the Tape Volume Information panel to display information on any
controlled tape volume. You can also execute tape functions from the Tape Volume
Information panel.
Access
Choose M (for MANAGE) on the Primary Option Menu to display the Search Catalog panel.
Type the desired volume serial number in the Volume Serial Number field. Press ENTER to
display the Tape Volume Information panel.
Tape Volume
Information Panel
TSIO0401.V ------ BIM-EPIC - Tape Volume Information ----------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
( _ ) Volser ===> 000143
VOLUME HISTORY
Expire Date:
Last Acc Date:
Last Acc Job:
Clean Date:
03/28/1997
03/28/1997
TVMBRRST
.
VOLUME INFORMATION
Reel:
1
Tape Pool:
NA
Device Addr:
0610
Tape Size:
LARGE
Blocks:
9987
Current Dataset:
First DS on Volume:
Create Date:
Create Time:
Create Job:
CPU ID:
SYSLOG ID:
03/28/1997
09:00
TVMBRBKP
9
C1
ATTRIBUTES
Scratched:
Unlabeled:
Open:
Revolving:
CondCat:
N
N
N
N
N
Use Count:
Error Count:
Media Type:
Tape Mode:
6
NA
CART
F8
LOCATION
Vault:
Slot:
ACL Name:
ACL Cell:
0
0
.
.
.
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
C = Clean M = Move P = Purge
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F12=Exit
2-42
User Reference
Managing Tapes
Maintaining Tape Volume Information
Maintaining Tape Volume Information
Introduction
Use the Manage Tape Volumes panel to manage tape volume information.
Access
Choose M (for MANAGE) on the Primary Option Menu to display the Search Catalog panel.
Enter the name of the dataset that owns the tape volume you want to manage, enter a 'V' in
Level and press ENTER to display the Manage Versions panel. Type an 'E' to the left of the
line containing the tape volume you wish to manage and press ENTER to display the Tape
Volume Information panel.
Manage Tape
Volumes Panel
TSIO0400.r -------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Tape Volumes ------------COMMAND ===>
Dataset: BILRECS BKUP TAPE
Volser Reel
_ 000143
Creation
Date
USER=SJA
More: NO
Version: 5
Expire
Date
--- Last Access --- Use Vault
Date
Job
Count
1 03/28/1997 03/28/1997 03/28/1997 TVMBRRST
6
0
Slot
0
C = Clean I = Information M = Move P = Purge
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F12=Exit
Procedure
Both the Manage Tape Volumes and Tape Volume Information panels provides access to the
following functions:
•
•
•
CLEAN
MOVE
PURGE
Step
TSIDMNT
Action
1
You will be able to purge this volser from the Manage tape Volumes panel.
NOTE: If you want BIM-EPIC to confirm all PURGE requests, make sure that the
PURGE field is set to ‘Y’ in the Modify Profile Defaults (CONFIRM) panel.
2
Press ENTER to execute the requested function.
BIM-EPIC also provides the TSIDMNT catalog management utility to manage tape volumes.
See 3-1 in this manual for information on TSIDMNT.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-43
Purging a Tape Volume
Managing Tapes
Purging a Tape Volume
Introduction
You can purge a tape volume from the DSN Catalog by using the Manage Tape Volumes
panel.
Access
Choose M (for MANAGE) on the Primary Option Menu to display the Search Catalog panel.
Enter the name of the dataset that owns the tape volume you want to manage, enter a 'V' in
Level and press ENTER to display the Manage Versions panel. Type an 'E' to the left of the
line containing the tape volume you wish to manage and press ENTER to display the Tape
Volume Information panel.
Manage Tape
Volumes Panel
TSIO0400.r -------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Tape Volumes ------------COMMAND ===>
More: NO
Version: 5
Dataset: BILRECS BKUP TAPE
Volser Reel
_ 000143
Creation
Date
USER=SJA
Expire
Date
--- Last Access --- Use Vault
Date
Job
Count
1 03/28/1997 03/28/1997 03/28/1997 TVMBRRST
6
0
Slot
0
C = Clean I = Information M = Move P = Purge
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F12=Exit
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
PURGE
2-44
User Reference
Step
Action
1
Place a P in the input area to the left of the Volser field and press ENTER.
2
If prompted, type YES to confirm the purge.
BIM-EPIC also provides the PURGE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility
to remove tape volume information from the DSN Catalog. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog
Management Utility”, for information on using the PURGE command.
Managing Tapes
Recording Tape Cleaning
Recording Tape Cleaning
Introduction
You can record tape cleaning using either the Tape Volume Information or Manage Tape
Volumes panels.
Access
Choose M (for MANAGE) on the Primary Option Menu to display the Search Catalog panel.
Enter the name of the dataset that owns the tape volume you want to manage, enter a 'V' in
Level and press ENTER to display the Manage Versions panel. Type an 'E' to the left of the
line containing the tape volume you wish to manage and press ENTER to display the Tape
Volume Information panel.
Tape Volume
Information Panel
TSIO0400.r -------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Tape Volumes ------------COMMAND ===>
More: NO
Version: 5
Dataset: BILRECS BKUP TAPE
Volser Reel
_ 000143
Creation
Date
USER=SJA
Expire
Date
--- Last Access --- Use Vault
Date
Job
Count
1 03/28/1997 03/28/1997 03/28/1997 TVMBRRST
6
0
Slot
0
C = Clean I = Information M = Move P = Purge
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F12=Exit
Procedure
Step
Action
1
Place a C in the input area to the left of the Volser field and press ENTER.
2
Press ENTER to record tape cleaning.
You can also record tape cleaning from the Tape Volume Information panel. Place C in the
input area in front of the Volser field and press ENTER.
Using TSIDMNT
CLEAN
BIM-EPIC also provides the CLEAN command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility
to record tape cleaning. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for information
on using the CLEAN command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-45
Understanding Retention Concepts
Retention and Scratching
Retention and Scratching
Understanding Retention Concepts
Introduction
Retention is how long a dataset is kept before it can be discarded. Retention is one of the
most critical areas of information control. Scratching, or making a tape available for reuse, is
the physical storage consequence of the expiration of a tape dataset’s retention. All automated
tape management systems must ensure that retention is monitored and controlled in order to
protect information assets.
How BIM-EPIC
Implements
Retention
BIM-EPIC maintains a variety of retention criteria. Retention can expire only when all
criteria are met. This implementation protects your datasets against inadvertent scratching.
The DELETE
Function
Use the DELETE function to remove a dataset definition and all its versions from the DSN
Catalog and from BIM-EPIC control. All tape volumes associated with the dataset definition
become scratch tapes according to the rules for single–file and multi–file tape volumes and are
listed in the DSN Catalog under the dataset name ‘** DSN DELETED **’. See the section on
"Managing Dataset Definitions" for further information.
The SCRATCH
Function
Use the SCRATCH function to scratch versions of a specific dataset. Associated tape
volumes can be used immediately as output tapes if all datasets on the affected tape have been
scratched. BIM-EPIC resequences version numbers as you scratch each version. So if you
scratch version number 1, what used to be 2 becomes 1, 3 becomes 2, and so on.
Initiating the
Scratch Process
You must run a scratch before BIM-EPIC expires a dataset or allows a tape to be reused.
Scratches can be performed by manual catalog management, using either the Online Manager
or the TSIDMNT utility.
There are two BIM-EPIC functions for removing datasets: DELETE and SCRATCH. Singlefile tape volumes associated with scratched dataset versions become valid scratch tapes
immediately after using either of these functions. Multi–file tape volumes become valid
scratch tapes when all associated datasets are scratched.
The TSIDUTL scratch process searches the entire DSN Catalog for all dataset versions which
have satisfied their retention criteria and expires them. However, you can limit the scratch to
certain user IDs or system IDs.
2-46
User Reference
Retention and Scratching
Setting Dataset Definition Retention
Setting Dataset Definition Retention
Introduction
When a dataset definition is created manually using the Define an EDD panel, a new set of
retention criteria is defined which will apply to all future versions of that dataset.
Access
Select D (for DEFINE) from the Primary Option Menu to display the Define an EDD panel.
Define an EDD
Panel
TSIO0103.D ----------- BIM-EPIC - Define an EDD ---------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
DEFINE
Dataset ===> ____________________________________________
Model
===> ____________________________________________
TAPE INFORMATION
TPAdev: N Mode: __
Tape Pool ===> __
Vault Meth ===> ___
Owner ID
===> __
Unlabeled ===> _
Tape Size ===> _
Revolving ===> _
DISK INFORMATION
Disk Pool
===>
Primary
===>
Secondary
===>
Max Sec
===>
Primary ALR ===>
Auto Purge ===>
______
_______
_______
___
_______
_
Comment
===> ______________________________
Prime DSN ===> _________________
F1=Help
F3=Return
F5=Recall
DATASET INFORMATION
GEN or WRK
===>
Retention
===>
Cycles
===>
DLA
===>
BLKSZ( _ CISZ) ===>
SYSnnn
===>
System ID
===>
User ID
===>
Password
===>
Encrypt Key
===>
___
____
___
____
_____
___
__
__
F12=Exit
Procedure
Enter the desired criteria to create the new dataset definition.
Using TSIDMNT
CATALOG
BIM-EPIC also provides the CATALOG command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to set dataset definition retention. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”,
for information on using the CATALOG command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-47
Modifying Dataset Definition Retention
Retention and Scratching
Modifying Dataset Definition Retention
Introduction
When an existing dataset definition is modified using the Update an EDD panel, the existing
retention criteria can be changed. The changes will apply to all subsequent versions of that
dataset.
Access
Select M (for MANAGE) from the Primary Option Menu to display the Search Catalog panel.
After you have entered your search criteria, press ENTER to display the Manage EDDs panel.
Place the cursor in front of the dataset definition you wish to modify and type U (for
UPDATE). Press ENTER to display the Update an EDD panel.
Update an EDD
Panel
TSIO0104.e ----------- BIM-EPIC - Update an EDD ---------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
UPDATE
Dataset: BATCH CONVERT OUT
TAPE INFORMATION
TPAdev: N Mode: NO
Tape Pool ===> __
Vault Meth ===> 0
Owner ID
===> __
Unlabeled ===> N
Tape Size ===> L
Revolving ===> N
Comment
F1=Help
DISK INFORMATION
Disk Pool
===>
Primary
===>
Secondary
===>
Max Sec
===>
Primary ALR ===>
Auto Purge ===>
DISK02
50
25
255
_______
N
===> ______________________________
F3=Return
F5=Recall
DATASET INFORMATION
GEN or WRK
===>
Retention
===>
Cycles
===>
DLA
===>
BLKSZ( _ CISZ) ===>
SYSnnn
===>
System ID
===>
User ID
===>
Password
===>
GEN
0
1
0
OPT
0
__
__
F12=Exit
Procedure
To modify the dataset definition, change the values in the desired input fields.
Using TSIDMNT
UPDATE
BIM-EPIC also provides the UPDATE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to modify dataset definition retention. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management
Utility”, for information on using the UPDATE command.
2-48
User Reference
Retention and Scratching
Setting or Modifying Dataset Version Retention
Setting or Modifying Dataset Version Retention
Introduction
Use the Retain a Version panel to set or modify the expiration date, creation date, and creation
job name of a version. If the version is not in active status, it is put in active status
automatically.
Access
From the Manage Versions panel, place an H (for Retain) next to a dataset name and press
ENTER. The dataset name and version number to be updated are displayed on the Retain a
Version panel.
Retain a Version
Panel
TSIO0210.R --------- BIM-EPIC - Retain a Version --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
RETAIN
Tape Dataset: BILRECS BKUP TAPE
Version:
1
to
Expire Date
Days + Today
Create Date
Create Job
TPA Device
Mode
F1=Help
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
RETAIN
Step
F3=Return
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
===>
_______
___
_______
________
_
__
F5=Recall
(YYYYDDD format)
(1 to 999 days)
(YYYYDDD format)
(1 to 8 characters)
(Y or N)
(Creation Density)
F12=Exit
Action
1
Update any desired fields to modify dataset version retention:
2
Press ENTER. All data entered are verified for syntactic correctness and defaults
added. Review the data before proceeding.
3
Press ENTER again to update the version retention or press PF3 to exit without
updating.
BIM-EPIC also provides the RETAIN command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility
to set and modify dataset version retention. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management
Utility”, for information on using the RETAIN command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-49
Cycling a Dataset Version
Retention and Scratching
Cycling a Dataset Version
Introduction
Cycling is a special purpose function for overriding the number of versions (cycles) retained
for a dataset. Use it to take one version out of the normal retention cycle and reserve it for
special retention. The version you cycle is:
•
•
Removed from cycle retention for the dataset (it no longer counts as a version in the
cycle)
Retained until the expiration date you specify
For example, if you have told BIM-EPIC to keep three versions (cycles) of a particular dataset
and you cycle one version, BIM-EPIC maintains four versions (the cycled version plus three
normal versions) until the cycled version reaches its expiration date. All uncycled versions
previous to the version you have just cycled are retained by cycle control only. Days
Retention, Days Last Accessed Retention retention no longer apply. If the dataset is not
retained under cycle control, those versions are eligible for scratch at the next run of
TSIDUTL. Versions which have been cycled in the past are retained until their expiration
date. Cycling a dataset has no effect on versions created after the cycled version. Cycling
also allows you to change the creation date and the creation job name. These two fields have
no effect on file retention.
From the Online Manager, the cycling function is executed using the Cycle a Version panel.
Difference Between
CYCLE and
RETAIN
Cycling looks very similar to the retain function. However, its effect is quite different. Using
the retain function only affects the version you modify. Using the cycling function affects the
version you modify and all previous versions.
Access
From the Manage Versions panel, place a Y next to a version and press ENTER.
2-50
User Reference
Retention and Scratching
Cycle a Version
Panel
Cycling a Dataset Version
TSIO0211.Y ---------- BIM-EPIC - Cycle a Version --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
CYCLE
Tape Dataset: BILRECS BKUP TAPE
Version:
1
to
Expire
Days +
Create
Create
F1=Help
Procedure
Using TSIDMNT
CYCLE
Step
Date
Today
Date
Job
F3=Return
===>
===>
===>
===>
_______
___
_______
________
F5=Recall
(YYYYDDD format)
(1 to 999 days)
(YYYYDDD format)
(1 to 8 characters)
F12=Exit
Action
1
Update any desired fields to cycle the version.
2
Press ENTER. All data entered are verified for syntactic correctness and defaults
added. Review the data before proceeding.
3
Press ENTER again to cycle the version or press PF3 to exit without cycling.
BIM-EPIC also provides the CYCLE command of the TSIDMNT catalog management utility
to cycle dataset versions. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for information
on using the CYCLE command.
Chapter 2. BIM-EPIC Online Manager
2-51
Scratching a Dataset Version
Retention and Scratching
Scratching a Dataset Version
Introduction
There are several different status types that affect when a dataset version becomes eligible for
scratch. Datasets in open status are eligible for scratch only after they have been closed with
the Online Manager. All other versions are eligible for scratch only after all of the retention
criteria specified for the dataset version has been satisfied. Scratching a dataset version using
the Online Manager or the TSIDMNT SCRATCH command expires a specific dataset version
you name. That version is scratched whether it has satisfied its retention criteria or not.
Access
Select M (for MANAGE) from the Primary Option Menu to display the Search Catalog panel.
Enter the search criteria for the EDDs you wish to maintain, and press ENTER to display the
Manage Versions panel. From this list, type V in front of the EDD whose versions you want
to maintain. Press ENTER to display the Manage Versions panel.
Manage Versions
Panel
TSIO0200.D ---------- BIM-EPIC - Manage Versions --------------COMMAND ===>
USER=SJA
More: +>
Dataset Name
Width: 25
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Version Number-of First --- Creation --Vols/Exts Volser Date
Time
BATCH CONVERT OUT
1
1
DUMMY6 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
1
1
DUMMY1 08/01/1997
BILL BACKUP
2
1
DUMMY1 07/31/1997
BILL BACKUP
3
1
DUMMY1 07/30/1997
BILL BACKUP
4
1
DUMMY3 07/29/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
1
1
DUMMY3 08/01/1997
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
2
1
DUMMY6 07/31/1997
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
1
1
DUMMY0 08/01/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
1
1
000050 07/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
2
1
000024 06/26/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
3
1
000061 05/28/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
4
1
000019 04/29/1997
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
5
1
000143 03/28/1997
A = Append C = Close E = Ext/Reels F = Release H = Retain
I
J = Lock
K = Unlock M = Mcatalog S = Scratch T = Transfer Y
F1=Help F3=Return F5=Recall F8=Fwd F11=Right F12=Exit
18:20
19:51
20:57
19:23
19:30
11:27
15:05
17:55
14:14
14:20
16:42
09:57
09:00
= Information
= Cycle
Procedure
Place an S (for Scratch) in front of the version you want to scratch and press ENTER.
Using TSIDMNT
SCRATCH
BIM-EPIC also provides the SCRATCH command of the TSIDMNT catalog management
utility to scratch dataset versions. See Chapter 3, “DSN Catalog Management Utility”, for
information on using the SCRATCH command.
2-52
User Reference
3
DSN Catalog Management Utility
BIM-EPIC provides the TSIDMNT utility program for managing the DSN Catalog. The same
functions can also be performed using the BIM-EPIC Online Manager.
Chapter Contents
Command Summary.......................................................................................................3-3
BIM-EPIC System Requirements...................................................................................3-4
BIM-EPIC Requirements...........................................................................................3-4
CA-EPIC for CMS Requirements..............................................................................3-5
MNT Commands............................................................................................................3-6
Command Syntax.......................................................................................................3-6
PASSWORD .............................................................................................................3-7
ADD ..........................................................................................................................3-8
CAPACITY .............................................................................................................3-11
CATALOG ..............................................................................................................3-12
CLEAN....................................................................................................................3-18
CLOSE.....................................................................................................................3-19
CYCLE ....................................................................................................................3-20
DELETE ..................................................................................................................3-22
DEQ.........................................................................................................................3-23
DISPLAY ................................................................................................................3-24
ENQ.........................................................................................................................3-27
LOCK ......................................................................................................................3-28
MCATALOG...........................................................................................................3-29
MOVE .....................................................................................................................3-30
OFFLINE (VSE Only).............................................................................................3-31
ONLINE (VSE Only) ..............................................................................................3-32
PURGE ....................................................................................................................3-33
QUIESCE (VSE Only) ............................................................................................3-34
RELEASE................................................................................................................3-35
RENAME ................................................................................................................3-36
RETAIN ..................................................................................................................3-37
3-1
SCRATCH ...............................................................................................................3-39
TRANSFER .............................................................................................................3-41
UNLOCK.................................................................................................................3-42
UPDATE .................................................................................................................3-43
3-2
User Reference
Command Summary
Command Summary
Command
Function
ADD
Add a version of a controlled dataset to the DSN Catalog
CAPACITY
Display DSN Catalog utilization statistics
CATALOG
Define a new EDD in the DSN Catalog (in Online Manager, use the
DEFINE command)
CLEAN
Reset tape usage, error counts, and clean date
CLOSE
Change a version’s status from “open” or “conditionally cataloged” to
“active”
CYCLE
Override the cycle control of a dataset
DELETE
Remove a dataset and all of its versions from the DSN Catalog (tapes are
set to scratch status)
DEQ
Dequeue the DSN Catalog
DISPLAY
Display DSN Catalog entries (EDDs, versions, and volumes)
ENQ
Enqueue the DSN Catalog
LOCK
Lock an EDD for output or a version from input
MCATALOG
Specify that a tape dataset can be accessed by more than one dataset name
MOVE
Change the vault and slot location of a tape volume
OFFLINE
Prevent a disk volume from being accessed (VSE only)
ONLINE
Enable access to a disk volume (VSE only)
PASSWORD
Specify or reset system password for catalog update
PURGE
Remove an EDD or versions from the DSN Catalog
QUIESCE
Make a disk volume ineligible for use in creating controlled datasets (VSE
only)
RELEASE
Enable a locked EDD or version to be used once
RENAME
Change the name of a controlled dataset
RETAIN
Change a version’s expiration date, creation date, or creation job, and make
the version active
SCRATCH
Scratch a version of a dataset
TRANSFER
Move a version from one dataset to another
UNLOCK
Unlock a locked EDD or version
UPDATE
Change the attributes of a BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD)
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-3
BIM-EPIC Requirements
BIM-EPIC System Requirements
BIM-EPIC System Requirements
BIM-EPIC Requirements
JCL Requirements
TSIDMNT is designed for use within production job streams, to scratch datasets as necessary
and perform other periodic catalog management such as MCATALOG or CYCLE.
TSIDMNT functions are submitted as shown below:
[// OPTION LOG]
// EXEC TSIDMNT
control-statements
.
.
/*
Print Options
3-4
User Reference
Print output is controlled using the JCL LOG option. If the LOG option is active, all
processed maintenance is printed on SYSLST. If the NOLOG option is in effect, only invalid
commands are printed. If your system log option is NOLOG (the usual default), an //
OPTION LOG statement is required prior to // EXEC TSIDMNT if a list of submitted
commands is desired.
BIM-EPIC System Requirements
CA-EPIC for CMS Requirements
CA-EPIC for CMS Requirements
In order to use TSICMNT commands in CA-EPIC for CMS, link to the minidisk containing
CA-EPIC for CMS user programs (for example, TSICSERV 191), and issue the following
command:
GLOBAL TXTLIB TSICTXT
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-5
Command Syntax
TSIDMNT Commands
TSIDMNT Commands
Command Syntax
Description
TSIDMNT functions follow this syntax:
command [ 'dataset-name' ] [ parameter-expressions ]
The command must always be first. It can be specified in full or abbreviated to its first three
letters. For example, you can use either DISPLAY or DIS for the DISPLAY command.
dataset-name is positional. When used, it must always follow the command and be
enclosed in apostrophes.
parameter-expressions can follow in any order, except where noted otherwise. A
parameter–expression consists of a parameter and its value(s) that are joined by an equal sign
(=). Parameter expressions must be separated from each other by a comma or blank spaces.
Numeric values are automatically zero–filled on the left if required, so it is not necessary to
use leading zeros.
BIM-EPIC
Statements
Statements can be entered in columns 1 through 71, and a statement can span up to three (3)
cards. To continue a statement, place a non–blank character in column 72.
Example
ADD ‘INVENTRY.FILE’,
SER=‘IN0192,IN2323,IN2987,IN9870,IN4573,IN1029,IN3049’
3-6
User Reference
X
TSIDMNT Commands
PASSWORD
PASSWORD
Description
If your installation has used the PASSWD configuration option to invoke DSN Catalog update
protection, you must use the PASSWORD command to enter the required password. The
DSN Catalog password is required for all commands except the following:
•
•
•
•
CAPACITY
DISPLAY
HELP
PASSWORD
Submit the PASSWORD statement before any protected operation. The password is not
printed on SYSLST if the command name (PASSWORD or PAS) begins in column 1. The
password is cleared when the program ends.
Example
PAS LOLLIPOP
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-7
ADD
TSIDMNT Commands
ADD
Description
Use the ADD command to add a new version to a controlled dataset. To create a new BIMEPIC dataset definition (EDD) for a previously uncontrolled dataset, use the CATALOG
command.
ADD can be used to add a new version that was created outside BIM-EPIC control or to
recatalog a deleted version. Once a dataset is controlled, all new versions created under BIMEPIC are added to the DSN Catalog automatically.
BIM-EPIC resequences version numbers as you add new versions. For example, if you add a
new version, the previous version 1 becomes 2, 2 becomes 3, and so on. To add more than
one version in a specific sequence, make sure to add the oldest version first and the newest
version last.
It is possible for some versions of a tape dataset to have standard labels, while other versions
are unlabeled. When you add a tape version to the DSN Catalog, its entry automatically
receives the label type in the EDD. If a particular tape's label type differs from the EDD’s, use
the UPDATE command to modify the EDD’s label type temporarily. Use ADD to add the
new tape version. Then change the EDD back to the previous label type.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported, ADD sets the tape volume to “non–
scratch” status in the ACL inventory.
BIM-EPIC
WARNING!
If the VTOC entry for a disk dataset has been deleted, ADD does not re–create it. As long as
the VTOC entry is deleted, that disk space is free and can be re–used for another dataset. If
this occurs, do the following:
Ensure that the disk space has not already been reused.
Use the BIM-EPIC PACKSCAN ADD function to re–create the VTOC entry as soon as
possible.
Use the ADD command to add the version to the DSN Catalog.
Syntax
ADD
'dataset-name'
[
[
[
[
[
3-8
User Reference
,VER=n
,GEN=n
,FIL=n
,BLK=n
,OFL=1
]
]
]
]
]
SER=volser1,volser2,...,volser23 
ESER=volser1,volser2,...,volsern
VOL=volser,start-track,tracks,... 
EVOL=volser,start-track,tracks,...
TSIDMNT Commands
ADD Parameters
ADD
Parameter
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 44 characters
None
SER (or ESER)
1 to 6 characters
None
VOL (or EVOL)
1 to 6 characters
None
VER
1 to 999
1
GEN
1 to 999999
None
dataset-name
Required?
Yes
Specify only one of the following two (required):
Specify only one of the following two (optional):
Descriptions
FIL
No
2 to 255
None
BLK
No
1 to 65535|MAX|OPT
None
OFL
No
1
None
dataset-name specifies the name of the dataset to which the new version belongs.
SER/ESER (Tape versions only) specifies the tape volume serial number(s) on which this
version is written. Specify the volume serial numbers of multi–volume datasets in reel
sequence order. Use the ESER parameter instead of SER when a version is written on more
than 23 tapes. You can also use ESER to add tapes to a version that is already in the DSN
Catalog.
VOL/EVOL (VSE disk versions only) specifies the extents the dataset occupies. volser
specifies the volume serial number of the volume that contains the extent.
start-track specifies the address at which the extent starts.
blocks specifies the number of blocks or tracks used for the extent.
VOL subparameters are positional. If there are multiple extents, repeat the subparameters in
extent sequence. Use EVOL instead of VOL if the version has more than 10 extents. Also
use it to add extents to a version that is already in the DSN Catalog. Supply extent
information just as for VOL.
NOTE: For both VOL and EVOL, TSIDMNT does not access the disk volume(s) to determine
whether the version exists or whether its extents match the extents you specify.
VER can be used to assign a specific version number for the dataset. If VER is not specified,
VER=1 is assumed.
GEN can be used to specify the absolute generation number for the dataset. A generation
number assigned to an existing version is not allowed, but you can specify a previously used
generation number from a version that has been deleted. To assign a new (never used)
generation number, it must be greater than the next generation number due to be created. For
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-9
ADD
TSIDMNT Commands
example, if the highest current generation number (usually version 1) is 000120, specify a new
generation number of 000122 or greater. The new version is always version 1.
FIL specifies the file sequence number if this version of a tape dataset is not the first dataset
in a multi–dataset group.
BLK specifies the block size of this version of the dataset, if you wish. MAX sets the block
size to track capacity for disk datasets and for tape datasets - 64K for VSE/ESA 2.5 and later,
or 32K for earlier VSE releases. OPT sets the block size to half track for disk and for tape 32K for VSE/ESA 2.5 and later, or 16K for earlier VSE releases.
OFL=1 can be used to identify the version as an offload version. While we do not
recommend purging offload datasets, the OFL parameter can be used to assign offload status
to a disk dataset that has been added to the catalog.
Examples
This example adds version number 3 to the PAYROLL.MASTER dataset. Version 3 is on
tapes PY1234 and PY2764, with a block size of 10000.
ADD 'PAYROLL.MASTER',VER=3,BLK=10000,SER=PY1234,PY2764
This example adds version number 1 to the INVENTRY.237 dataset. Version 1 is on tape
E93837.
ADD 'INVENTRY.237',SER=E93837
3-10
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
Description
Use the CAPACITY control statement to display DSN Catalog usage. This is displayed as
both the number of active/free records, and as a percentage.
Syntax
CAPACITY
Results
The following is an example of the CAPACITY display.
(no parameters)
EP119 TOTAL
EP119 CAPACITY
EP119
4560
CATALOG UTILIZATION
ACTIVE
FREE
PCT
959
3601
21
INDEX UTILIZATION
ACTIVE
FREE
PCT
560
4000
12
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-11
CATALOG
TSIDMNT Commands
CATALOG
Description
Use the CATALOG command to create a new BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD) in the
DSN Catalog, and to define the attributes to be associated with that dataset name. After the
EDD has been created, you can catalog versions of the dataset with the ADD command.
Syntax
CATALOG
3-12
User Reference
'dataset-name'
[ ,AGP=YES|NO ]
[ ,ALR=n ]
[ ,BLK=n|MAX|OPT]
[ ,CIZ=n]
[ ,COM='comment' ]
[ ,COP='existing-dataset-name' ]
[ ,CYC=n ]
[ ,DEC=NO|password ]
[ ,DLA=n ]
[ ,EX2=n ]
[ ,EXT=n ]
[ ,LBL=YES|NO ]
[ ,MOD=<see mode table below> ]
[ ,NSU='prime-dataset-name' ]
[ ,OWN=xx ]
[ ,POL=poolname ]
[ ,PWD=password ]
[ ,RET=n|PERM ]
[ ,REV=NO|YES ]
[ ,SEC=NO|n ]
[ ,SID=NO|xx ]
[ ,SIZ=SMALL|LARGE ]
[ ,SYSnnn ]
[ ,TPA=NO|YES ]
[ ,TPL=x|NO ]
[ ,UID=NO|xx ]
[ ,VLT=n ]
[ ,WRK=NO|YES ]
TSIDMNT Commands
General
Parameters
Descriptions
CATALOG
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
dataset-name
Yes
1 to 44 characters
None
BLK
No
NO|1 to 65535|MAX|OPT
NO
COM
No
1 to 30 characters
None
COP
No
1 to 44 characters
None
CYC
No
0 to 999
None
DLA
No
1 to 9999
None
PWD
No
1 to 8 characters
NO
RET
No
1 to 9999|PERM
None
SID
No
NO|2 characters
NO
SYSnnn
No
000 to 253
000
UID
No
NO|2 characters
NO
WRK
No
YES|NO
NO
dataset-name is used to locate a BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD) in the DSN Catalog.
It must be unique. Generation dataset names can be a maximum of 35 characters long.
VSE Only: When adding CPU and partition–independent datasets, the dataset name must
contain the specific CPU and partition IDs. For example, to use the dataset name
'===.SORTWK1' on a DLBL in a job that will run on CPU 4 in the BG partition, specify the
dataset name 'BG4.SORTWK1'.
BLK specifies the maximum output file blocksize to be used. When the file is opened for
output, the actual blocksize used will be the largest possible value not exceeding the BLK
value. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the Disk parameter CIZ. If both are
specified for the same dataset definition, the last specified will prevail.
COM can be used to make notes about a dataset's use. The comment can be deleted by
specifying COM=' '
COP can be used to define a new dataset that is similar to a previously cataloged dataset. You
must specify the COP parameter immediately following the dataset name. Any other
parameters specified before the COP parameter are ignored. To make modifications to the
copied attributes, you can specify additional parameters after the COP parameter.
PWD can be used to protect the dataset from unauthorized UNLOCK or RELEASE. If you
specify NO, no password protection is provided. This parameter does not lock the dataset.
To do so, use the LOCK command.
RET, CYC, DLA, WRK (Retention Days, Cycles Retention, DLA Retention, and Generation
or Work) work together to determine dataset retention. These are some of the most important
attributes of any dataset, and they must be carefully selected.
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-13
CATALOG
TSIDMNT Commands
RET specifies the number of days to retain the dataset after its creation date.
CYC specifies the number of cycles (versions) to retain.
DLA specifies the number of days to retain the dataset after its last access date.
WRK specifies whether this is a generation dataset (WRK=NO) or a non–generation dataset
(WRK=YES).
SID and UID (VSE Only) can be used to group your dataset with other datasets for catalog
functions. If you specify NO, the ID is inactive.
SYSnnn ( VSE Only) specifies a logical unit number to be used for the dataset, if you wish.
Using this parameter inhibits LUB allocation automatically. If you specify SYS000, the
parameter is deactivated.
Tape Parameters
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
DEC
No
1 to 8 characters
None
LBL
No
YES|NO
YES
MOD
No
<see mode table below>
None
NSU
No
1 to 17 characters
None
OWN
No
1 to 2 characters
None
REV
No
YES|NO
NO
SIZ
No
LARGE|SMALL
LARGE
TPA
No
YES|NO
NO
TPL
No
1 character
NO
VLT
No
1 to 255
None
DEC is used to enter an encryption password if you want tape versions to be encrypted at
creation. The encryption password cannot be added, changed, or deleted once it is entered in
a BIM-EPIC dataset definition. This is not a password, and you will not be asked to re–enter
it.
LBL specify NO for unlabeled, YES for standard labeled.
MOD specify the tape density. The following densities are supported for 3480/3490 devices:
00
08
20
28
Buffered write mode
Buffered write mode with IDRC
Unbuffered write mode
Unbuffered write mode with IDRC
The following densities are supported for 8809/9347 devices:
30
50
60
90
3-14
User Reference
High speed / short gap
Low speed / long gap
Low speed / short gap
High speed / long gap
TSIDMNT Commands
CATALOG
The following densities are supported for 3424/9348 devices:
42
62
C2
E2
Buffered write mode 1600 bpi
Unbuffered write mode 1600 bpi
Buffered write mode 6250 bpi
Unbuffered write mode 6250 bpi
The following densities are supported for 3410/3420/3422/3430 devices:
D0 6250 bpi
C0 1600 bpi
C8 800 bpi
The following densities are supported for 3490E devices:
F0 Buffered write mode (3490E)
F8 Buffered write mode with IDRC (3490E)
Modes F0 and F8 are used internally by BIM-EPIC to distinguish 3490E tape cartridge drives
from 3480/3490. Because VSE/ESA does not support these modes directly, BIM-EPIC sends
mode 00 or 08 to the 3490E hardware whenever modes F0 or F8 are specified.
The following densities are supported for 3590 TPA devices:
00-07
08-0F
20-27
28-2F
Buffered model dependent formats
Buffered compressed model dependent formats
Unbuffered, like densities 00-07
Unbuffered, like densities 08-0F
Density 08 should be used for performance reasons.
NSU specifies that tape versions of the dataset are part of a multi–dataset group. Specify the
name of first dataset on the tape (the prime dataset).
Enter the prime dataset name when the dataset is first cataloged. BIM-EPIC does not allow
you to add a prime dataset name to an existing BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD)..
OWN specifies an Owner ID, if you wish. If you also specify a tape pool, make sure the
Owner ID falls within the tape pool range. If you specify NO, no Owner ID is used.
REV regulates tape selection and can be used for backup tapes. Revolving tapes and datasets
have an exclusive relationship. A revolving tape volume can only be used for its dataset, and
a revolving tape dataset can only be written on tape volumes assigned to it. A revolving tape
dataset cannot be used in an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL).
SIZ specifies a tape size.
TPA can be specified as YES or NO. Specify NO for non-TPA devices, YES for TPA
devices. IF MOD is set for a TPA device, TPA=YES must be coded before the MOD
parameter.
TPL specifies a tape pool ID.
VLT specifies a vault method number, if you want tape vaulting for this dataset.
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-15
CATALOG
Disk Parameters
TSIDMNT Commands
Disk information is only meaningful to BIM-EPIC, but it can be updated from CA-EPIC for
CMS.
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
AGP
No
Yes or NO
NO
ALR
No
1 to 99999
None
CIZ
No
NO|512 to 32768
None
EXT
No
1 to 999999
DEFEXT
EX2
No
0 to 999999
50% of
primary
POL
No
1 to 6 characters
None
SEC
No
0 to 255
255
AGP specifies whether dataset retention is controlled by the Automatic Generation Purge
feature.
ALR specifies the number of records to be written to a version, if you wish. Specifying
allocation by logical records overrides the primary extent size specified by the EXT parameter
if both parameters are specified.
CIZ specifies the desired control interval size to be used when allocating on an FBA DASD.
This parameter should be avoided for files allocating on CKD DASD as its use will defeat
reblocking. The value specified will be adjusted to an even multiple of 512. This parameter
is mutually exclusive with the parameter BLK. If both are specified for the same dataset
definition, the last specified will prevail.
EXT specifies the primary extent size in blocks or tracks. The minimum size is 3 tracks for
CKD devices, or the value specified in the CIZ parameter for FBA devices. If the DEFEXT
configuration option is set to YES for your installation, you can use that as a default primary
extent, if you wish.
EX2 specifies the secondary extent size, if you wish. Remember that the secondary extent
defaults to 50% of the size of the primary extent. The minimum extent size is 3 tracks for
CKD devices, or the value specified in the CIZ parameter for FBA devices.
POL specifies a disk pool name if disk versions are to be created. Use disk pool names
defined in the TSIDPOL macro. If the DEFPOL configuration option is set to YES for your
installation, use that as a default disk pool, if you wish.
SEC specifies the maximum number of secondary extents to be allowed, if you wish. NO (the
default) allows 255 secondary extents. To inhibit all secondary allocations, specify zero (0).
Examples
The following example catalogs the PAYROLL.MASTER dataset, copying dataset attributes
from the 'AP.MASTER' dataset and changing the dataset password to PASSWORD.
CATALOG 'PAYROLL.MASTER',COP='AP.MASTER',PWD='PASSWORD'
3-16
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
CATALOG
The following example catalogs the BALANCE.BUDGET dataset, with day retention of 3 and
days last accessed retention of 3. Disk datasets are written in disk pool POOLA1 with a
primary extent size of 20 and a maximum of 3 secondary extents.
CAT 'BALANCE.BUDGET',RET=3,DLA=3,POL=POOLA1,EXT=20,SEC=3
The following example results in BIM-EPIC retaining three versions of the
BALANCE.BUDGET dataset at all times. When a new version is created, the oldest version
is automatically deleted at end–of–job.
CAT 'BALANCE.BUDGET',CYC=3,AGP=YES...
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-17
CLEAN
TSIDMNT Commands
CLEAN
Description
Use the CLEAN command to record tape cleaning. CLEAN sets the use and error counts for
cleaned tapes to zero.
Syntax
CLEAN
Parameters
SER=volser1,volser2,...
Parameter
volsern
Required?
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 6 characters
None
SER specifies the volume serial numbers of the cleaned tapes.
Example
The following example records the cleaning of tapes A38472, A94874, and 857594
CLEAN SER=A38472,A94874,857594
3-18
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
CLOSE
CLOSE
Description
BIM-EPIC only accesses active versions of a dataset. Datasets that are in “open” or
“conditionally cataloged” status cannot be processed, and they become eligible for scratch
differently from active versions. To access or save an open or conditionally cataloged dataset,
you must close it with the CLOSE command.
CLOSE only changes the DSN Catalog status of a version. It does not perform close
processing, such as writing tape or disk labels.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported, CLOSE sets the tape volume to “non–
scratch” status in the ACL inventory.
Syntax
Parameters
CLOSE
'dataset-name' [ ,SER=volser ] [ ,GEN=nnn ]
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
dataset-name
Yes
1 to 44 characters
None
SER
No
1 to 6 characters
None
GEN
No
1 to 999999
None
dataset-name specifies the name of the dataset.
SER specifies the volume serial number of a tape version.
GEN specifies the generation number of a disk dataset.
If neither SER or GEN is specified, BIM-EPIC closes the most recently created version of
dataset-name.
Example
The following example closes the BATCH.BALANCE dataset.
CLOSE 'BATCH.BALANCE'
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-19
CYCLE
TSIDMNT Commands
CYCLE
Description
The CYCLE command is a special purpose command for overriding the normal Cycles
Retention (CYC) of a dataset. The CYCLE command causes one version to be removed from
the Cycles Retention and reserved for special retention. For example, you might use it to
isolate the correct balance sheet from a series of trial balance runs.
CYCLE looks very similar to the RETAIN command. However, its effect is quite different.
Using RETAIN only affects the version you modify. Using CYCLE affects the version you
modify and all previous versions.
The version you CYCLE is:
•
•
removed from cycle retention for the dataset (that is, it no longer counts as a version in
the cycle).
retained until the expiration date you specify.
For example, if the dataset has CYC=3 retention and you CYCLE one version, BIM-EPIC
maintains four versions (the cycled version plus three normal versions) until the cycled version
reaches its expiration date.
All uncycled versions created before the version that is cycled are retained by cycle control
only. Retention days and DLA retention no longer affect cycled versions. If the dataset does
not have cycle control, uncycled versions are eligible for scratch.
Versions which have been cycled in the past are retained until their expiration date.
The CYCLE command also allows you to change the creation date and the creation job name.
These two fields have no effect on dataset retention.
Syntax
CYCLE
VER=n

'dataset-name',SER=volser
GEN=n

yyyyddd 
,EXD=

,DAY=n
,CDT=yyyyddd 
,JOB=new-name
3-20
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
Parameters
CYCLE
Parameter
dataset-name
Required?
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 44 characters
None
Specify only one of the following three (required):
VER
1 to 999
None
SER
1 to 6 characters
None
GEN
1 to 999999
None
Specify at least one of the following parameters (required):
EXD
1900001 to 2099366
None
DAY
1 to 999
None
CDT
1900001 to 2099366
None
JOB
1 to 8 characters
None
dataset-name specifies the dataset name.
Specify either VER, SER, or GEN:
VER specifies the version number.
SER specifies the volume serial number of the first (or only) volume of a tape version.
GEN specifies the generation number of a disk version.
At least one of the following parameters must be included in the command statement. Specify
dates (EXD and CDT) in Julian format (4–digit year followed by 3–digit day, for example
January 1, 1991 = 1991001).
EXD specifies the new expiration date of the version that was cycled. If neither an expiration
date nor period retention is specified, the version is retained according to the period retention
established in the dataset defaults.
DAY specifies period retention. BIM-EPIC calculates the expiration date as today’s date plus
the number of days entered.
CDT specifies a new creation date. CDT has no effect on dataset expiration.
JOB changes the name of the job that created this version. JOB has no effect on dataset
expiration.
Example
The following example cycles the AGED.TRIAL.BALANCE dataset, setting apart version 3
with a 7–day retention and changing its creating job name to TRIALBAL. All versions earlier
than version 3 (for example, versions 4–9) are now retained by cycle retention only.
CYCLE 'AGED.TRIAL.BALANCE',VER=3,DAY=7,JOB=TRIALBAL
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-21
DELETE
TSIDMNT Commands
DELETE
Description
Use the DELETE command to remove a dataset and all its versions from the DSN Catalog and
from BIM-EPIC control. The BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD) is deleted. All tapes
associated with the dataset become scratch tapes and are listed under the dataset name ‘**
DSN DELETED **’ on BIM-EPIC reports and in Online Manager displays. Disk space
allocated to the dataset is freed.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported, DELETE sets the tape volume to
“scratch” status in the ACL inventory.
WARNING!
Encrypted datasets must not be deleted from the DSN Catalog if you ever plan to use them
again as input. Once an encrypted version's EDD is deleted, it cannot be decoded and is
forever unreadable.
Syntax
DELETE
Parameters
'dataset-name'
Parameter
dataset-name
Required?
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 44 characters
None
dataset-name specifies the dataset name to be deleted.
Example
This example deletes the dataset AP.BATCH.BALANCE.TEST.
DEL 'AP.BATCH.BALANCE.TEST'
3-22
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
DEQ
DEQ
Description
Use DEQ to dequeue the BIM-EPIC DSN Catalog after it has been enqueued with the ENQ
command.
In CA-EPIC for CMS, this command is only meaningful when sharing a BIM-EPIC DSN
Catalog.
Syntax
DEQ
(no parameters)
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-23
DISPLAY
TSIDMNT Commands
DISPLAY
Description
Use the DISPLAY command to display entries in the DSN Catalog. The display lists all
cataloged information about the dataset and each of its versions. The summary display
contains one line of data for each version of each dataset.
If a version resides on multiple volumes, each volume has its own line in the display.
Scratched tape versions continue to be displayed until their tapes are used to write other
datasets.
For a detailed explanation of the displays, see the Appendix. Most of the items listed in the
reports are self–explanatory. However the ST (file status) and the TYPE (file type) headings
require immediate explanation.
A code for dataset status is displayed under the column heading ST. The valid status codes
are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
(blank) - active version
C - conditional catalog status
L - active version in a locked status
M - MCAT version
O - open status
S - scratch status
There are three dataset types listed under the TYPE heading: TAPE, DISK, and EMPTY.
TAPE and DISK indicate the media on which the dataset is written. EMPTY signifies that the
dataset has been cataloged, but it contains no versions. A dataset is empty when it is first
cataloged, before any versions are created. A dataset can also be empty if all its versions have
been scratched and all tapes have been reused.
Syntax
DISPLAY
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
3-24
User Reference
'dataset-name'
SER=volser
ALL

'string.ALL' 
,ACTIVE ]
,DSK | TAP ]
,DSN ]
,JOB=creation-jobname ]
,NEW ]
,POL=poolname ]
,PULL ]
,SCRATCH ]
,SID=xx ]
,UID=xx ]
TSIDMNT Commands
Parameters
DISPLAY
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
Specify one of the following four (required):
dataset-name
1 to 44 characters
None
SER
1 to 6 characters
None
ALL
ALL
None
string.ALL
1 to 44 characters
None
ACTIVE
OFF
ACTIVE
No
Specify only one of the following two (optional):
Primary
Parameters
DSK
DSK
OFF
TAP
TAP
OFF
ACTIVE
No
ACTIVE
OFF
DSN
No
DSN
OFF
JOB
No
1 to 8 characters
None
NEW
No
NEW
OFF
POL
No
1 to 8 characters
None
PULL
No
PULL
OFF
SCRATCH
No
SCRATCH
OFF
SID
No
2 characters
None
UID
No
2 characters
None
dataset-name requests a detailed display of the dataset named.
SER requests a detailed display of the contents of the specified tape volume.
ALL requests a summary display of all datasets and entries in the DSN Catalog. ALL is the
default when you specify any optional parameters.
'string.ALL' requests a summary display of all datasets beginning with the specified
character string.
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-25
DISPLAY
Secondary
Parameters
TSIDMNT Commands
The following parameters are valid with the ALL and string.ALL parameters.
ACTIVE displays only active versions.
DSK displays only disk versions.
DSN displays dataset names only (omits dataset summaries).
JOB displays the latest version of all datasets that were created by the specified jobname. It
also displays any OPEN or conditionally cataloged datasets created by that job since the latest
version was created.
NEW displays all datasets that have been created since the last execution of the TSIDUTL
DSPLY NEW function.
POL displays only datasets from the specified disk pool.
PULL displays only the latest version. Place PULL after the ALL or string.ALL parameter, as
in this example: DIS 'PB.PAY.ALL',PULL
SCRATCH displays only scratch tapes.
SID displays only those datasets with the specified system ID. If specified, the SID and UID
parameters must be the last parameters in the command.
TAP displays only tape versions.
UID displays only those datasets with the specified user ID. If specified, the SID and UID
parameters must be the last parameters in the command.
Example
The following example produces a summary display of all active datasets with the creation job
name of AR8000.
DISPLAY ALL,ACTIVE,JOB=AR8000
The following example produces a summary display of all the scratched versions of datasets
that begin with the character string SDR3.
DIS 'SDR3.ALL',SCRATCH
The following example displays a detailed display of the AP.BALANCE dataset.
DIS 'AP.BALANCE'
3-26
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
ENQ
ENQ
Description
Use ENQ to enqueue the BIM-EPIC DSN Catalog and prevent access to it by jobs running in
other partitions or CPUs. To enqueue a DSN Catalog that is shared by two or more CPUs,
MULTCPU=YES must be specified as a configuration option.
In CA-EPIC for CMS, this command is only meaningful when sharing a BIM-EPIC DSN
Catalog.
Syntax
ENQ
(no parameters)
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-27
LOCK
TSIDMNT Commands
LOCK
Description
Use the LOCK command to lock a dataset or version.
If you do not specify a version, volume serial number, or generation number, the EDD is
locked for output, which means that BIM-EPIC does not permit additional versions to be
created until you release or unlock it. If you do specify a version, volume serial number, or
generation number, only that version of the dataset is locked for input, which means that it
cannot be read until you release or unlock it.
Syntax
LOCK
Parameters
'dataset-name'
Parameter
,VER=n

,SER=volser
,GEN=n

Required?
dataset-name
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 44 characters
None
Specify only one of the following three (optional):
VER
1 to 999
None
SER
1 to 6 characters
None
GEN
1 to 999999
None
dataset-name specifies the name of the dataset to be locked.
To lock a specific version, specify either VER, SER, or GEN:
•
•
•
Example
VER specifies the version number.
SER specifies the volume serial number of the first (or only) volume of a tape version.
GEN specifies the generation number of a disk version.
The following example locks all versions of the PAYROLL.MASTER dataset.
LOCK 'PAYROLL.MASTER'
The following example locks only version 1 of the 'PAYROLL.MASTER' dataset.
LOC 'PAYROLL.MASTER',VER=1
3-28
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
MCATALOG
MCATALOG
Description
Use the MCATALOG command to specify that a tape dataset can be accessed by more than
one dataset name. The new dataset names are known as MCAT aliases. After a version has
been MCATALOGed, it is accessible by both its original dataset name and its MCAT
alias(es). The dataset is retained until all retention criteria from all associated BIM-EPIC
dataset definitions (EDDs) have been satisfied. MCATALOG can be used to create special
retention for a tape version. Subdatasets cannot be MCATALOGed. When a display of an
MCATALOGed version is requested by volume serial number, the original dataset record is
displayed.
Syntax
MCAT
Parameters
'from-dataset-name' {,VER=from-ver|SER=from-ser},
'to-dataset-name' [ ,VER=to-ver ]
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 44 characters
None
from-ver
1 to 999
None
from-ser
1 to 6 characters
None
from-dataset-name
Yes
One of the following two must be specified:
to-dataset-name
Yes
1 to 44 character
None
to-ver
No
1 to 999
1
MCAT parameters are positional.
from-dataset-name specifies the name of the original dataset.
You must specify either SER or VER:
from-ver specify the version number of the original dataset.
from-ser specify the volume serial number of the first (or only) volume of the original
dataset.
to-dataset-name specifies the MCAT alias.
to-ver specifies the version number of the MCAT alias.
Example
Make version 2 of the PAYROLL.MASTER dataset to be also version 1 of the
PAYROLL.PERM dataset, so it can be accessed using either dataset name.
MCA 'PAYROLL.MASTER',VER=2,'PAYROLL.PERM',VER=1
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-29
MOVE
TSIDMNT Commands
MOVE
Description
Use the MOVE command to change the vault and slot location of a tape volume.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported and the tape is moved from the main
vault (Vault 0), the volume is ejected from the ACL at the time the MOVE statement is
processed.
WARNING!
Vaulting reports do not reflect changes specified by MOVE commands. If any dataset on the
volume is controlled by automatic vaulting, the vaulting program will undo your MOVE and
return the tape to its normal place in the rotation.
Syntax
MOVE
Parameters
SER=volser,vault,slot
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
volser
Yes
1 to 6 characters
None
vault
Yes
1 to 255
None
slot
Yes
1 to 9999
None
volser specifies the volume serial number of the tape to be moved.
vault specifies the number of the tape's new vault.
slot specifies the number of the tape's new slot.
vault and slot are positional parameters which must be entered in the sequence shown.
Example
The following example moves tape AP3847 to vault 6, slot 234.
MOV SER=AP3847,6,234
3-30
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
OFFLINE (VSE Only)
OFFLINE (VSE Only)
Description
Use the OFFLINE command to prevent a disk volume from being accessed by BIM-EPIC if
you must dismount the volume or “device down” the drive. Once a volume is in OFFLINE
status, BIM-EPIC will not use it to allocate either output or input datasets. OFFLINE cannot
disable volume access across machines, so you must issue the OFFLINE command from all
machines that have access to the device.
Use the ONLINE command to restore BIM-EPIC access to a volume that has been declared
OFFLINE. See ONLINE and QUIESCE.
Syntax
Parameters
OFFLINE volser
Parameter
volser
Required?
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 6 characters
None
volser specify the serial number of the volume you wish to remove from BIM-EPIC access.
Example
The following example removes the disk volume SYSWK1 from BIM-EPIC access.
OFF SYSWK1
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-31
ONLINE (VSE Only)
TSIDMNT Commands
ONLINE (VSE Only)
Description
Use the ONLINE command to enable BIM-EPIC to access a disk volume for both input and
output datasets. If a disk volume has been placed in OFFLINE or QUIESCE status, use
ONLINE to restore access to the volume. ONLINE cannot enable a volume across machines,
so you must use the ONLINE command in all machines in which the OFFLINE command was
used for the volume.
See OFFLINE and QUIESCE.
Syntax
Parameters
ONLINE volser
Parameter
volser
Required?
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 6 characters
None
volser specify the serial number of the volume you want to place online.
Example
The following example gives BIM-EPIC access to disk volume SYSWK2.
ONL SYSWK2
3-32
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
PURGE
PURGE
Description
Use the PURGE command to remove BIM-EPIC dataset definitions (EDDs), versions, and
tape volume serial numbers from the DSN Catalog. With PURGE, you can delete an entire
dataset and all its versions (tape and disk) or simply remove a tape volume and the versions it
contains.
Datasets which are part of a multi–dataset group cannot be purged until all other datasets in
the group are scratched or deleted. In addition, all versions must be in closed status before
they can be purged.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported, PURGE sets the tape volume to
“scratch” status in the ACL inventory.
WARNING!
Do not use this command for routine deletion of datasets.
When a tape volume is purged, BIM-EPIC does not attempt to determine whether it is a valid
scratch tape. For this reason, use this command only when a physical tape volume is
destroyed or permanently removed from your installation.
Encrypted dataset versions must not be purged from the DSN Catalog. Once information
about an encrypted version is deleted, it cannot be decoded and is forever unreadable.
Syntax
Parameters
PURGE
'dataset-name'



SER=volser1,volser2,...
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
dataset-name
1 to 44 characters
None
SER
1 to 6 characters
None
Specify one of the following two (required):
dataset-name specifies a dataset name when you wish to delete an EDD and all associated
versions from the DSN Catalog. The dataset is no longer controlled.
SER specifies a tape volume serial number when you wish to remove that serial number from
the DSN Catalog, but leave the dataset under BIM-EPIC control. If the volume serial number
contains non–alphanumeric characters, enclose it in apostrophes.
Examples
The following example purges PAYROLL.TABLE and all associated tape volumes.
PURGE 'PAYROLL.TABLE'
The following example purges volume PR3746 and the version written on it.
PUR SER=PR3746
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-33
QUIESCE (VSE Only)
TSIDMNT Commands
QUIESCE (VSE Only)
Description
QUIESCE makes disk volumes ineligible for the creation of controlled datasets. BIM-EPIC
will not allocate output datasets on a volume that has been quiesced. Quiesced volumes are
still eligible for BIM-EPIC input processing and for uncontrolled processing. QUIESCE
cannot disable a volume across machines, so you must use QUIESCE on all machines that
have access to the volume.
Use the ONLINE command to remove a volume from quiesced status. Use the OFFLINE
command to remove a volume from both input and output processing.
Syntax
Parameters
QUIESCE volser
Parameter
volser
Required?
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 6 characters
None
volser specify the serial number of the volume you want to quiesce.
Example
The following example quiesces the disk volume SYSWK1.
QUI SYSWK1
3-34
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
RELEASE
RELEASE
Description
Use the RELEASE command to unlock, for one use only, EDDs or versions that have been
placed in LOCK status (the UNLOCK command allows unlimited access). If you do not
indicate a specific version, the EDD is released for one use as output, so that you can create
one more version of the dataset. The new version is placed in locked status automatically.
If a specific version is indicated, that version is released for input, and BIM-EPIC allows you
to read it only once. After a released version is read, it is automatically put back into locked
status. RELEASE requires prior use of the LOCK command.
Syntax
RELEASE 'dataset-name' [,specifier-expression] [,PWD=password]
Parameters
dataset-name is required and can be up to 44 characters long.
specifier-expression is optional. If used, it must be one of the following:
•
•
•
VER=version-number
SER=volser
GEN=generation-number
where version-number is an integer from 1 to 999. volser identifies the first (or only)
volume of a tape version and can be up to 6 characters. generation-number is an integer
from 1 to 999999.
password must be used if the dataset is password–protected. It can be up to 8 characters.
Examples
The following example releases the PAYROLL.MASTER dataset, supplying its password
HARRY, and permits one more version to be created.
RELEASE 'PAYROLL.MASTER',PWD=HARRY
The following example releases the version of the PAYROLL.MASTER dataset which starts
on volume serial number PR9485, and permits that version to be read once as input.
REL 'PAYROLL.MASTER',SER=PR9485
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-35
RENAME
TSIDMNT Commands
RENAME
Description
The RENAME command allows you to change the name of a cataloged dataset. All existing
versions of the original dataset are referenced by the new dataset name, and all dataset
characteristics remain the same.
If the dataset is a disk dataset, its VTOC entries are also renamed.
WARNING!
Do not rename prime datasets or offload datasets. Results are unpredictable.
Syntax
RENAME 'old-dataset-name','new-dataset-name'
Parameters
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
old-dataset-name
Yes
1 to 44 characters
None
new-dataset-name
Yes
1 to 44 characters
None
old-dataset-name specifies the name of the dataset you want to rename.
new-dataset-name specifies the new dataset name.
Example
The following example changes the name of the dataset CURRENT.MASTER to
APRIL.MASTER.
REN 'CURRENT.MASTER','APRIL.MASTER'
3-36
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
RETAIN
RETAIN
Description
Use the RETAIN command to alter a version's expiration date, creation date, or creation job
name. If the version is not in active status, it is put in active status automatically.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported, RETAIN sets the tape volume to
“non–scratch” status in the ACL inventory. RETAIN also changes the status of a version from
scratch, open or conditional catalog to active status.
Syntax
RETAIN 'dataset-name',specifier-expression,modifierexpression[,OF2]
Parameters
dataset-name is required.
specifier-expression is required. It must be one of the following:
•
•
•
VER=nnn where nnn is an integer from 1 to 999.
SER=xxxxxx where xxxxxx identifies the first (or only) volume of a tape version and
can be up to 6 characters.
GEN=nnnnnn where nnnnnn is an integer from 1 to 999999.
modifier-expression is required. It must be one of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
EXD=expiration-date where expiration date is the new expiration date of the
version in the format yyyyddd.
DAY=retention-days where retention days specifies period retention. BIM-EPIC
calculates the expiration date as today’s date plus the number of retention days.
CDT=creation-date where creation date is the Julian date on which the version
was created in the format yyyyddd.
JOB=jobname where jobname is the name of the job that created this version of the
dataset.
TPA=xxx where xxx is YES for TPA devices, NO for non-TPA devices. If MOD is
specified with a TPA density, then TPA=YES must be specified before the MOD
parameter.
MOD=xx where xx is the density that the version was created with.
OF2 is an optional keyword parameter. If used, it goes at the end of the RETAIN statement.
It can be used to identify the RETAINed version as having FAVER2 offload format. While
we do not recommend purging any offload datasets, the OF2 parameter can be used to assign
FAVER2 offload format to a tape after it has already been ADDed to a dataset with the OFL
parameter.
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-37
RETAIN
Examples
TSIDMNT Commands
The following example retains version 3 of the AGED.TRIAL.BALANCE dataset. Version 3
is closed and is retained for seven days from today, and its creating job name is changed to
TRIALBAL.
RETAIN 'AGED.TRIAL.BALANCE',VER=3,DAY=7,JOB=TRIALBAL
The following example retains the version of PAYROLL.UNEDITED.TRANSACTIONS
which starts on volume PR5867. The version is closed and expires on November 23, 1997.
RET 'PAYROLL.UNEDITED.TRANSACTIONS',SER=PR5867,EXD=1997327
3-38
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
SCRATCH
SCRATCH
Description
Use the SCRATCH command to scratch a version of a dataset. The version must be in active
status to be scratched. If it is in open or conditionally cataloged status, you must first use the
CLOSE command to make it active.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported, SCRATCH sets the tape volume to
“scratch” status in the ACL inventory.
In BIM-EPIC, you can use the TSIDMNT SCRATCH command in a job stream to scratch
disk datasets without supplying the dataset’s password. As long as the current job name and
partition are the same as the creating job’s name and partition, BIM-EPIC disregards its
password protection.
WARNING!
Encrypted dataset versions must not be scratched. If an encrypted version is scratched, it
cannot be decoded and is forever unreadable.
Syntax
SCRATCH
Parameters
,VER=n

,SER=volser [FOR]
,GEN=n

'dataset-name'
Parameter
Required?
dataset-name
Yes
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 44 characters
None
Specify only one of the following three (required):
VER
1 to 999
None
SER
1 to 6 characters
None
GEN
1 to 999999
None
Specify the following optional keyword parameter only if the disk volume on which a
dataset resides is no longer available:
FOR
No
None
N/A
dataset-name specifies the dataset name.
You must specify either VER, SER, or GEN:
VER specifies the version number.
SER specifies the volume serial number of the first (or only) volume of a tape version.
GEN specifies the generation number of a disk version.
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-39
SCRATCH
TSIDMNT Commands
FOR specifies that the disk volume on which a dataset resides is no longer available and the
entry is to be removed from the catalog .
Scratching by volume serial number is not valid for NSU subdatasets or MCAT aliases.
Examples
The following example scratches version 1 of the INVENTRY.SANDIEGO.3847 dataset.
SCRATCH 'INVENTRY.SANDIEGO.3847',VER=1
The following example scratches the version of the INVENTRY.SANDIEGO.3847 dataset
which starts on volume IN4658.
SCR 'INVENTRY.SANDIEGO.3847',SER=IN4658
3-40
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
TRANSFER
TRANSFER
Description
Use the TRANSFER command to move a version from one dataset to another. The version
transferred is no longer associated with its original dataset name. A transferred version retains
all of its original characteristics, except for version number.
VSE Only: If the version is a disk dataset, the associated VTOC entry is also renamed.
Syntax
TRANSFER 'from-dataset-name', from-specifier,
'to-dataset-name'[,VER=to-version]
Parameters
from-dataset-name is required.
from-specifier is required. It must be one of the following:
•
•
VER=version-number where version-number is an integer from 1 to 999.
SER=volser where volser is the serial number of the first (or only) volume of a
tape version.
to-dataset-name is required.
to-version is optional. If specified, it must be an integer from 1 to 999.
Example
The following example transfers version 7 of the IRVINE.INVENTRY dataset to version 1 of
the SANDIEGO.INVENTRY dataset.
TRA
'IRVINE.INVENTRY',VER=7,'SANDIEGO.INVENTRY'
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-41
UNLOCK
TSIDMNT Commands
UNLOCK
Description
Use the UNLOCK command to permanently unlock a locked dataset or version. To unlock a
dataset or version for one use only, use the RELEASE command instead. Use of UNLOCK
requires prior use of the LOCK command.
To permit unlimited access to a specific version, use UNLOCK with a version qualifier. To
permit creation of an unlimited number of new versions, use UNLOCK without a version
qualifier.
'dataset-name',dataset-specifier [,PWD=password]
Syntax
UNLOCK
Parameters
dataset-name is required.
dataset specifier is required. It must be one of the following:
•
•
•
VER=version-number
SER=volser
GEN=generation-number
password must be used if the dataset has been password–protected.
Examples
The following example unlocks the PAYROLL.MASTER dataset, supplying its dataset
password HARRY. Unlimited versions of the dataset can now be created.
UNLOCK 'PAYROLL.MASTER',PWD=HARRY
The following example unlocks version 6 of the INVENT.958575 dataset. It can now be read
as input an unlimited number of times.
UNL 'INVENT.958575',VER=6
3-42
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
UPDATE
UPDATE
Description
Use UPDATE to change the characteristics associated with an EDD in the DSN Catalog. The
updated characteristics will only affect versions created after the update. To update
previously created versions, use CLOSE, CYCLE, or RETAIN.
The parameters available on the UPDATE command are nearly identical to the CATALOG
command parameters. However, the prime dataset name and encryption password parameters
cannot be updated once the dataset is cataloged. To change processing for a dataset once
these parameters have been entered, you must create a new dataset name for it in your DSN
Catalog and change existing JCL.
To remove the following parameters if they are already cataloged, set them to NO:
•
•
•
•
•
disk pool
password
system ID
tape pool
user ID
Syntax
Refer to the CATALOG command earlier in this chapter for complete syntax rules.
Examples
The following example updates the PAYROLL.EDITED.TRANSACTIONS dataset, changing
its vault method to number 3.
UPDATE 'PAYROLL.EDITED.TRANSACTIONS',VLT=3
The following example updates the SR3.INVENTRY.45768 dataset, changing its default
block size to 10,000 and changing its default density to 1600 bpi.
UPD 'SR3.INVENTRY.45768',BLK=10000,MOD=3
Chapter 3. DSN Catalog Management Utility
3-43
UPDATE
3-44
User Reference
TSIDMNT Commands
4
Accessing the DSN Catalog
This chapter discusses several ways to access the DSN Catalog.
Chapter Contents
Displaying DSN Catalog Entries (TSIDUTL DSPLY) ..................................................4-2
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2) ...............................................................4-5
ADDRESS EPIC..........................................................................................................4-11
4-1
Displaying DSN Catalog Entries (TSIDUTL DSPLY)
Displaying DSN Catalog Entries (TSIDUTL DSPLY)
Description
The DSPLY command creates reports from the data maintained in the DSN Catalog. Reports
can be created displaying data associated with all the datasets, all the version entries, specific
datasets, or specific versions which match specified criteria. These reports can also be
produced in different sort sequences.
DSPLY produces reports listing all datasets or groups of datasets in the DSN Catalog. In
most cases, you receive a full report of each dataset's catalog entry. The BIM-EPIC dataset
definition can be made bold by overprinting for easier viewing.
For report examples, see "TSIDUTL Report Examples" in the BIM-EPIC Installation and
System Guide.
UPSI Values
Setting
Action
1xxxx
Lists dates in European format (DD/MM/YY)
x1xxx
Suppresses dataset name overprinting. Use this setting if the report will only
be viewed at a terminal or if the report will be printed on a printer that does
not support overprinting.
xxx1x
Suppresses catalog update when using the NEW subparameter
xxxx1
Bypasses CA-EPIC for CMS Archive datasets
Dataset
Requirements
SORTWK1 is required if you use the SEQ parameter.
Syntax
DSPLY dataset-qualifier [,report-qualifier]
[,SEQ=sort-sequence]
Parameters
dataset-qualifier is required. It must be one of the following:
ACTIVE reports only active datasets.
ALL reports all datasets in the DSN Catalog.
DISK reports only on disk datasets.
DSN='dataset-name' reports only the specified dataset.
4-2
User Reference
Displaying DSN Catalog Entries (TSIDUTL DSPLY)
NEW reports dataset versions created since the last time the DSPLY NEW report was run.
NEW can be used to track the datasets created within a given time frame. NEW updates the
catalog so that at the next run it can distinguish the new datasets. If you do not want the
update, execute TSIDUTL with UPSI xxx1x.
PULL reports the latest version of all datasets.
PULL,DSN=‘dataset-name’ reports the latest version of the named dataset.
SCRATCH reports scratch tapes.
TAPE reports only on tape datasets.
TAPEPOOL reports the tapes in each tape pool. Page breaks occur between tape pools.
VAULT reports the tapes stored in each offsite vault. Page breaks occur between vaults.
report-qualifier is optional. If used, it must be one of the following:
Values
Reports Only...
OWNER
Datasets with the specified owner ID
SYSID
Datasets with the specified system ID
TPL
Tapes within the specified pool
USERID
Datasets with the specified user ID
VLT
datasets stored in the specified vault.
SEQ=sort-sequence defines the sort sequence of your report. Valid sort sequences are
listed below. SEQ=sort-sequence is an optional parameter. If used, it must be the last
parameter specified. If you do not use it, datasets are listed in the order they are found in the
index. You might want to sort the index by using the INDEX function before running reports
without the SEQ parameter.
If SEQ is used, sort-sequence must be one of the following:
Value
Sorts By...
CJOB
Creation jobname
CDATE
Creation date
DSN
Dataset name
ERROR
Total errors
SERIAL
Tape volume serial number
VAULT
Vault and slot numbers
TAPEPOOL
Tape pool ID
XDATE
Expiration date
Chapter 4. Accessing the DSN Catalog
4-3
Displaying DSN Catalog Entries (TSIDUTL DSPLY)
Examples
The following job produces a report listing all datasets belonging to the System ID TS and the
User ID MR. They are listed in the order they are found in the catalog's index.
// JOB DISPLAY DSN CATALOG
// EXEC TSIDUTL
DSPLY ALL,SYSID=TS,USERID=MR
/*
/&
The following job produce a report listing all vaulted tapes. Tapes are listed in dataset name
sequence within the vault.
// JOB DISPLAY DSN CATALOG
// ASSGN SYS001,150
// DLBL SORTWK1,'===.SORTWK1,(X)'
// EXTENT SYS001
// EXEC TSIDUTL
DSPLY VAULT,SEQ=DSN
/*
/&
4-4
User Reference
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2)
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2)
Description
You may want to access DSN Catalog information with your own programs to produce your
own reports or for other reasons. The TSIDAC2 subroutine is provided for this purpose and is
located in the BIM-EPIC installation library as member name TSIDAC2.OBJ.. A sample
COBOL program (TSIDACC2) is located in the BIM-EPIC installation library as member
name TSIDACC2.C.
TSIDAC2 is not reentrant and should not be used in an online CICS environment.
DSN Catalog
Record Structure
Each dataset's DSN Catalog entry consists of two types of records:
•
•
A single dataset definition (EDD) record (called the master record).
Individual version-level records (called detail records). One record exists for each
version, whether it is valid, open, conditionally cataloged, or scratched. If the version is
multi-volume, there is a detail record for each additional volume.
The DSN Catalog dataset also includes an index. Each time a new record is added to the DSN
Catalog file, another index entry is added to the end of the index area. This means that
information obtained sequentially may not be in alphabetical order. To re-sequence the index,
use the INDEX function of TSIDUTL.
About Sequential
and Random
Access
In random access, TSIDAC2 returns the master record for a specific dataset the first time it is
called for that dataset. On each subsequent call, TSIDAC2 returns a detail record for that
dataset.
In sequential access, TSIDAC2 returns each record for a single dataset in order, and then
moves to the next dataset in the DSN Catalog’s index sequence and begins returning its
records, one at a time. Detail records are always returned current version first, then each
successively older version.
Chapter 4. Accessing the DSN Catalog
4-5
TSIDAC2 Calling Procedure
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2)
TSIDAC2 Calling Procedure
Description
TSIDAC2 returns DSN Catalog information for any program language or report writer.
TSIDAC2 is a relocatable module in the BIM-EPIC installation library. The library that
contains TSIDAC2 must be available when you catalog your calling program.
The procedure for using the TSIDAC2 subroutine is:
Step 1
Define the storage area to be used for the parameter list during a TSIDAC2 call.
This storage area begins with a one-byte field that is used as a return code from the TSIDAC2
subroutine. The rest of the storage area contains the data being passed to and received from
the TSIDAC2 subroutine.
The TSIDAC2.C and TSIDAC2.A copybooks contain the layout of the storage area, and are
in the BIM-EPIC installation library. Use one of these copybooks to define the storage area.
Step 2
Place the appropriate argument in the USR-KEY field to tell TSIDAC2 what function to
perform. Function calls are described in detail in the next section.
Step 3
Call TSIDAC2 from your program.
This call requires that a parameter list be passed to TSIDAC2. This parameter list consists
solely of the storage area discussed in Step 1.
Step 4
Following the TSIDAC2 call, you should check the return code that is passed back in the
USER-RETURN-CODE field.
Return Codes
The following return codes are used:
0 indicates that the requested function has been successfully completed and the data has been
returned in USER-CATALOG-DATA.
1 indicates that end-of-file has been reached. This return code is issued when reading the
entire DSN Catalog via Sequential Access or when reading all versions of a specific dataset
using Random Access.
2 indicates that the requested data was not found in the DSN Catalog during a Random Access
call.
3 indicates that the BIM-EPIC system is not active.
4-6
User Reference
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2)
TSIDAC2 Calling Procedure
Data is returned only if the return code is 0.
Example
This is an example of the COBOL coding that can be used to invoke the TSIDAC2 subroutine.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 ACC-RECORD COPY TSIDAC2.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
MOVE (search argument) TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
IF USER-RETURN-OK GO TO PROCESS-THE-RECORD.
IF USER-RETURN-EOF GO TO END-OF-FILE.
IF USER-RETURN-NOT-ACTIVE GO TO SYSTEM-DOWN.
IF USER-RETURN-NOT-FOUND GO TO NOT-FOUND.
PROCESS-THE-RECORD.
Chapter 4. Accessing the DSN Catalog
4-7
TSIDAC2 Search Arguments and Calls
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2)
TSIDAC2 Search Arguments and Calls
Description
The following pages detail the specific procedures necessary to gain different types of access
to the DSN Catalog using TSIDAC2. Implement these procedures as steps 2 and 3 of the
procedure outlined in the previous section.
For the sake of discussion, we use the COBOL copybook (TSIDAC2.C) to name the data
fields described in this section, and all examples are coded in COBOL.
Random Access
To request a complete dataset entry:
1.
2.
Example
Move the dataset name to the USR-KEY field.
Issue multiple calls to TSIDAC2.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
.
.
.
DSN-LOOP.
MOVE 'DATA.SET.NAME.A' TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
IF USER-RETURN-CODE = 1 GO TO END-OF-DSN
(process the catalog information here)
GO TO DSN-LOOP.
To request a master record only:
1.
2.
Example
Move the dataset name to the USR-KEY field.
Call TSIDAC2 just once.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
.
.
.
MOVE 'DATA.SET.NAME.A' TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
.
.
.
To request a detail record by volume serial number:
1.
2.
Example
4-8
User Reference
Move a hex 02 to USR-KEY-POS-1 and move the six-digit volume serial number to
USR-KEY-SER.
Call TSIDAC2.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 HEX-NUMBER
PIC S9(4) COMP VALUE +2.
01 HEX-REDEF REDEFINES HEX-NUMBER.
05 FILLER
PIC X.
05 HEX02
PIC X.
.
.
.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
.
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2)
TSIDAC2 Search Arguments and Calls
.
.
MOVE HEX02 TO USR-KEY-POS-1.
MOVE 'EP3452' TO USR-KEY-SER.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
.
.
.
Sequential Access
To read the entire DSN Catalog sequentially:
1.
2.
Example
Move spaces to the USR-KEY field.
Issue multiple calls to TSIDAC2.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
.
.
.
SEQUENTIAL-READ.
MOVE SPACES TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
IF USER-RETURN_CODE = 1
GO TO END-OF-CATALOG.
(process the catalog information here)
GO TO SEQUENTIAL-READ.
To specify a starting point for sequential processing:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Move the starting dataset name into the USR-KEY field.
Call TSIDAC2.
Move spaces to the USR-KEY field.
Issue multiple calls to TSIDAC2.
Example
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
.
.
.
MOVE 'DATA.SET.NAME.B' TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
SEQUENTIAL-READ.
MOVE SPACES TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
IF USER-RETURN_CODE = 1
GO TO END-OF-CATALOG.
(process the catalog information here)
GO TO SEQUENTIAL-READ.
Terminating
Sequential Access
Sequential access to the DSN Catalog is normally terminated at end-of-file. In certain
circumstances, however, you may wish to terminate sequential processing prior to end-of-file
and allow your programs to change between sequential and random processing. No records
are returned when performing this type of call.
To terminate sequential processing prior to end-of-file:
1.
2.
Move high-values (hex FF) to the USR-KEY field.
Call TSIDAC2.
Chapter 4. Accessing the DSN Catalog
4-9
TSIDAC2 Search Arguments and Calls
Accessing DSN Catalog Records (TSIDAC2)
Example
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
.
.
.
MOVE HIGH-VALUES TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING ACC-RECORD.
.
.
.
Releasing GETVIS
The first time TSIDAC2 is called, it acquires partition GETVIS storage for various purposes.
If you want to release this storage:
1.
2.
Example
4-10
User Reference
Move low-values (hex 00) to USR-KEY.
Call TSIDAC2.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
.
.
.
MOVE LOW-VALUES TO USR-KEY.
CALL 'TSIDAC2' USING DSN-RECORD.
.
.
.
ADDRESS EPIC
ADDRESS EPIC
Description
Return Codes
Command Forms
The ADDRESS EPIC command provides an interface to BIM-EPIC from BIM's Global
Subsystem (BIM-GSS) product.
Code
Explanation
0
Function completed normally
-1
ADDRESS EPIC command is invalid
-2
BIM-EPIC is not active
-4
Invalid keyword on ADDRESS EPIC command line
-5
Invalid keyword value for numeric operand
-6
STEM keyword is missing
-8
ID keyword is missing
-9
Period is missing from STEM operand
-10
STEM name is invalid
-11
Insufficient getvis for VBUF work area
-12
GRXEXCOM error return
-13
GETDSA failure
The following form returns the current BIM-EPIC release. The stem n will be in the format
vv.rr.mm.
ADDRESS EPIC 'EXTRACT RELEASE STEM n.'
The following form returns the master record for the dataset specified by the variable ii. If the
dataset name is coded as a literal and has embedded blanks, it must be enclosed in single
quotes (‘) or double quotes (“). If stem n.0 is null, the requested dataset was not found.
ADDRESS EPIC 'EXTRACT ID' ii 'STEM n.'
The following form returns the master record for datasets whose dataset name starts with the
character string ii. The stem n.0 indicates the total number of records returned as stem
variables. If n.0 is 0, there were no datasets found whose name starts with the specified
character string ii. The COUNT keyword is required describing the maximum number of
records to return. A specification of COUNT * will return all matching records. The SKIP
keyword may optionally be used specify the number of records that will be bypassed before
returning them as stem variables.
Chapter 4. Accessing the DSN Catalog
4-11
ADDRESS EPIC
In the following examples, REXX coding rules apply, that is, if an argument is a literal, it is
within quote marks; if it is a variable it is outside the quote marks. Two examples:
ADDRESS EPIC ‘EXTRACT DSN ID’ ii ‘STEM n. COUNT’ c ‘SKIP’ s
ADDRESS EPIC ‘EXTRACT DSN ID’ ii ‘STEM n. COUNT
5 SKIP 8’
The following form returns the master record for all datasets in the BIM-EPIC catalog. The
stem n.0 indicates the total number of records returned as stem variables. If n.0 is null, there
were no datasets found. The COUNT keyword may optionally be used to specify the
maximum number of records to return. A specification of COUNT *, the default when ID is
*, will return all records. The SKIP keyword may optionally be used to specify the number of
records that will be bypassed before returning them as stem variables.
ADDRESS EPIC ‘EXTRACT DSN ID * STEM n.
COUNT’ c ‘SKIP’ s
The following form returns the detail record for the dataset ii. The stem n.0 indicates the total
number of records returned as stem variables. If n.0 is null, there were no detail records found
for the dataset ii or the datasets is not found in the BIM-EPIC catalog. The COUNT keyword
may optionally be used to specify the maximum number of records to return. A specification
of COUNT *, the default, will return all detail records associated with the datasets. The SKIP
keyword may optionally be used to specify the number of records that will be bypassed before
returning them as stem variables.
ADDRESS EPIC ‘EXTRACT DETAIL ID’ ii ‘STEM n.
COUNT’ c ‘SKIP’ s
The following form returns the detail record for the tape volume v. If stem n.0 is null, the
requested volume serial was not found.
ADDRESS EPIC ‘EXTRACT VOL’ v ‘STEM n.’
Processing Output
4-12
User Reference
If you need to use data records extracted by the EXTRACT ID, EXTRACT DETAIL, or
EXTRACT VOL instructions, they can be decoded by including the GREXX member
EPICREC.OAL in your IMODs. This member is loaded into the MON PDS during Online
Manager installation.
5
BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL Statements
This chapter describes BIM-EPIC’s TLBL and DLBL statements. BIM-EPIC TLBL
statements are slightly different from VSE TLBLs and provide additional options. BIM-EPIC
DLBL statements have the same format as VSE DLBLs and also provide additional options.
BIM-EPIC provides an MVS-style DD statement for VSE. See 6-1 in this manual for further
information. Each type of BIM-EPIC label statement provides its own benefits. Which you
choose depends largely on what you want to do with the dataset you are processing.
Chapter Contents
TLBL Statements ...........................................................................................................5-2
TLBL Options............................................................................................................5-6
DLBL Statements...........................................................................................................5-8
DLBL Options .........................................................................................................5-10
5-1
TLBL Statements
TLBL Statements
Introduction
BIM-EPIC provides modifications to the standard VSE TLBL statement. Similarities and
differences are shown in the table below.
All TLBL fields are positional.
TLBL Format
Parameters
Pos
BIM-EPIC Format and Terminology
VSE Format and Terminology
1
// TLBL dtfname
// TLBL filename
2
[ ,'dataset-name [,alpha-opts]' ]
[ ,'fileid' ]
3
[ ,retention ]
[ ,retention ]
4
[ ,volser ]
[ ,file-serial-number ]
5
[ ,reel-number ]
[ ,volume-sequence-number ]
6
[ ,file-sequence-number ]
[ ,file-sequence-number ]
7
[ ,version-number ]
[ ,generation-number ]
8
[ ,numeric-options ]
[ ,version-number ]
9
[ ,disposition ]
[ ,disposition ]
Parameter
Valid Entry
Default
1 to 7 characters
None
For output
See description below
Blanks
alpha-opts
No
See description below
None
retention
No
1 to 9999 or yyyy/ddd
None
volser
No
1 to 6 characters
None
reel-number
No
1 to 256
1
file-sequence-number
No
1 to 9999
None
version-number
No
1 to 999
1
numeric-options
No
0 to 99
0
dtfname
dataset-name
5-2
User Reference
Required?
Yes
TLBL Statements
dtfname
dtfname specifies the symbolic name that the program uses for the dataset, for example
TAPEIN and SORTIN. IBM calls this field the filename.
Dataset Name Field
The dataset name field consists of dataset-name and any desired alpha-opts. A
beginning and ending apostrophe are required. This parameter is required for output. For
input, the dataset name field can be omitted and a volume serial number supplied instead.
However, if you want BIM-EPIC to select the tape, specify this parameter. The maximum
length of the dataset name field (including dataset-name, commas, options, and
parentheses) is 58 characters.
dataset-name
dataset-name specifies the name of the actual dataset to be used. IBM calls this the
fileid. For BIM-EPIC to control the dataset, dataset-name must be identical to an
EDD name in the DSN Catalog. The maximum length of dataset-name for a prime
dataset in a multi-file group is 17 characters. Single dataset or subdataset names can be up to
44 characters in length.
alpha-opts
alpha-opts are provided for compatibility with tape management products from other
vendors. The JCLOPT configuration option must be YES to use these options. You can
specify alphabetic codes, version requests, and density requests (in any order), as long as they
are separated from dataset-name and each other by commas. See “TLBL Options” below
for alphabetic codes. A specific version can be requested by specifying a parenthetical
expression that contains a minus sign (-) followed by an integer that is one less than the
version desired. For example, to retrieve catalog version 2, specify (-1).
The following densities are supported for 3480/3490 devices:
00
08
20
28
Buffered write mode
Buffered write mode with IDRC
Unbuffered write mode
Unbuffered write mode with IDRC
The following densities are supported for 8809/9347 devices:
30
50
60
90
High speed / short gap
Low speed / long gap
Low speed / short gap
High speed / long gap
The following densities are supported for 3424/9348 devices:
42
62
C2
E2
Buffered write mode 1600 bpi
Unbuffered write mode 1600 bpi
Buffered write mode 6250 bpi
Unbuffered write mode 6250 bpi
The following densities are supported for 3410/3420/3422/3430 devices:
D0 6250 bpi
Chapter 5. BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL Statements
5-3
TLBL Statements
C0 1600 bpi
C8 800 bpi
The following densities are supported for 3490E devices:
F0 Buffered write mode (3490E)
F8 Buffered write mode with IDRC (3490E)
Modes F0 and F8 are used internally by BIM-EPIC to distinguish 3490E tape cartridge drives
from 3480/3490. Because VSE/ESA does not support these modes directly, BIM-EPIC sends
mode 00 or 08 to the 3490E hardware whenever modes F0 or F8 are specified.
retention
retention specifies the number of days to retain this version.
volser
volser requests a specific tape volume serial number. IBM calls this the file serial number.
This field is optional, and we recommend that it be omitted.
reel-number
reel-number specifies the reel number to be processed first. Use this parameter to skip
initial reels in a multi-volume group. If you specify a volume serial number, reel-number
is ignored.
file-sequencenumber
file-sequence-number specifies the file number of the dataset on the tape.
version-number
version-number requests a specific version. Use the number assigned to the version in
the DSN Catalog for the version. If you are requesting version number 2, specify '2' here. If
you specify a volume serial number, version-number is ignored. This parameter replaces
the generation number in the VSE format.
numeric-options
numeric-options specifies numeric option codes. See “TLBL Options” below for the
numeric option codes and their meanings. This parameter replaces the version number in the
VSE format.
disposition
disposition specifies file disposition as DISP=OLD, DISP=NEW, or DISP=MOD. It is
identical to the VSE parameter and is valid only for VSE releases 3.5 and above. Refer to
IBM TLBL documentation for more information.
VSE LOGSRC
Option
The VSE LOGSRC option has no effect on TLBL statements. BIM-EPIC performs the
symbolic parameter substitution and will only display the TLBL after substitution, not before.
5-4
User Reference
TLBL Statements
Examples
In the following example, BIM-EPIC selects the tape volume BACKUP.STR (version 1) from
the DSN Catalog.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'BACKUP.STR'
In the following example, BIM-EPIC selects the BACKUP.STR (version 3) from the DSN
Catalog.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'BACKUP.STR,(-2)'
In the following example, BIM-EPIC honors the request for volume EP6173.
// TLBL TAPEIN,,,EP6173
In the following example, BIM-EPIC selects BACKUP.STR, and specifies "Rewind and
unload at close" and mode '08'.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'BACKUP.STR,U,08'
Chapter 5. BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL Statements
5-5
TLBL Options
TLBL Statements
TLBL Options
Description
TLBL option codes provide special BIM-EPIC processing that is unavailable with standard
VSE TLBL parameters. See “TLBL Statements” above for instructions and restrictions on
specifying parameters.
Alphabetic option codes (called alpha options) are provided for compatibility with other tape
management products. Alpha options can only be specified within the TLBL dataset name
field.
Numeric codes can only be specified in the TLBL numeric-options parameter. To
specify multiple numeric codes, total the different codes together. For example, if you want to
specify option 3 (Do not rewind) and option 64 (Inhibit LUB allocation), specify 67 in the
numeric-options parameter.
Numeric options can be used for uncontrolled datasets.
Option Codes
0 (No Options in
Effect)
Alpha
Numeric
Action
0
No options in effect
W
1
Rewind at close
U
2
Rewind and unload at close
3
Do not rewind
R
4
Scratch at close
H
8
Hold the drive assignment at close
D
16
Data set drop
32
Conditional catalog
48
Concatenating datasets
64
Inhibit LUB allocation
When no options are coded, BIM-EPIC honors the rewind code in your program.
Rewind options in the TLBL override rewind specifications in your program.
1 or W (Rewind)
5-6
User Reference
Rewinds the tape to load point at close. This eliminates operator intervention when the same
tape is reused in another step or job. If a cartridge is being used on an ACL drive, BIM-EPIC
unloads it at close unless the “Hold assignment at close” option (8 or H) is specified.
TLBL Statements
TLBL Options
2 or U (Unload)
Rewinds and unloads the tape at close.
3 (Do not rewind)
Prevents rewinding the tape at close. Use this option when you are creating multi-dataset
tapes.
4 or R (Scratch at
close)
Scratches the dataset when it is closed as input. This option does not affect subdatasets.
8 or H (Hold the
drive assignment
at close)
Prevents BIM-EPIC from releasing the tape drive at close. If Autoattach is on, it also prevents
the drive from being detached. The drive will be released at end-of-job, when the logical unit
is assigned to another device, or when the tape drive is deviced down, whichever occurs first.
16 or D (Dataset
Drop)
Use this option when your program issues multiple "open" requests for the same DTF name.
While VSE alone would process the original label each time the same DTF name is opened
with the drop option, BIM-EPIC processes the next label in the JCL with that DTF name.
(Dataset drop differs from concatenation, since concatenation processes multiple datasets with
one open.)
32 (Conditional
catalog)
Puts the version in the DSN Catalog with conditional catalog status.
48 (Concatenate
datasets)
Reads multiple files using only one open. The files are read as a single dataset. This process
is called dataset concatenation. Use concatenation to read multiple files when your program
performs only one open. This option is valid for controlled datasets only. For coding,
examples, and limitations, see 6-4 in this manual.
64 (Inhibit LUB
allocation)
Inhibits LUB allocation for the dataset. Inhibiting LUB allocation is often necessary when
you are running programs that use physical IOCS, or the BIM-EPIC TSIDASS program. You
do not have to specify this option when LUB allocation is turned off automatically or when a
SYS number is specified in the dataset definition.
Chapter 5. BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL Statements
5-7
DLBL Statements
DLBL Statements
Description
The BIM-EPIC DLBL statement is identical to the VSE DLBL statement, with additional
options provided for special BIM-EPIC processing.
BIM-EPIC DLBL options are specified within the file-id (dataset-name) parameter, beginning
after the dataset name itself and ending with the closing apostrophe ('). Options must be
separated from the dataset name, and from each other, by a comma. The options(s) specified
must be enclosed in parentheses.
BIM-EPIC replaces the options, commans, and parentheses with blanks before creating label
information, so that only the dataset name appears in VTOC entries.
The maximum length allowed for the dataset name, including options, parentheses, and
commas, is 44 characters.
5-8
User Reference
DLBL Statements
Option Codes
Code
A
B=n
Action
Align allocation on cylinder boundaries
Reblock (n=1 to 32767|MAX|OPT)
C
Conditionally catalog
D
Delete after closed as input
E
Concatenate datasets
F
Allow fragmentation
G=n
Access the specified generation (n=1 to 65535)
H
Prevent automatic fragmentation
I
Ignore this dataset
L
Inhibit LUB allocation
M
Issue messages open/close
N
Bypass truncation
O
Use extent size in EXTENT statement
P
Delete (Purge) at End of Job (non-generation files only)
R=n
Allocate by Logical Records (n=1 to 999999)
S
Reuse same space
T
Dataset drop
V=n
X
Access the specified version (n=1 to 65535)
Delete at close or EOJ (non-generation files only)
Chapter 5. BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL Statements
5-9
DLBL Options
DLBL Statements
DLBL Options
A
Aligns the disk allocation on cylinder boundaries. Valid for CKD devices only. Allocations
for direct access (DA) and ISAM datasets are aligned automatically.
B=xxx
Changes the block size of your datasets without recompiling your programs. Valid for
datasets with either fixed or variable record formats. Reblock with caution when running
programs that use physical IOCS; such programs must be able to support reblocking. Specify
a numeric block size, MAX for full-track blocking, or OPT for half-track blocking.
C
Puts the version in the DSN Catalog in conditional catalog status.
D
Deletes the dataset after it is closed as input. It is not required for compiler work areas or
SORTWK files (they are deleted automatically).
E
Invokes dataset concatenation, which causes the problem program to read two or more files as
if they were a single file (using just one open and one close). Dataset concatenation can only
be performed for cataloged datasets. Dataset concatenation differs from dataset drop (option
'T') in that dataset drop only processes one dataset when a single open is issued by the
program.
F
When the requested amount of space is not available, this option allows BIM-EPIC to allocate
the largest available contiguous space. Do not use for TYPEFLE=WORK files (for example,
compiler work areas and FORTRAN disk files) or for any other files that do not support
secondary extents. If you do not specify the F option, and BIM-EPIC cannot find the
requested contiguous extent in the pool, message EP038 is issued, to which operator can
respond FRAG to invoke fragmentation.
G=n
Accesses the specified generation of the dataset. This is useful when you want to access a
specific version of a dataset without reference to its relative version number. The generation
number of a version is listed in the TSIDUTL DSPLY and catalog maintenance DISPLAY
reports. It is valid for cataloged datasets only.
H
Overrides the configuration option FRAG=YES, preventing automatic file fragmentation if the
space requested for allocation is not available. The EP038 message is issued, so FRAG can
still be specified in reply to continue the allocation.
5-10
User Reference
DLBL Statements
DLBL Options
I
Overrides BIM-EPIC's control of dataset. Valid ASSGN and EXTENT statements must be
included to process the dataset.
L
Inhibits LUB allocation for the dataset. Inhibiting LUB allocation is often necessary when
you are running programs that use physical IOCS. It is required with the BIM-EPIC
TSIDASS utility. See "LUB allocation" for more information.
M
Overrides configuration options ALLMALL=NO (default) and ALLMSG=NO for this dataset.
Allocation messages are issued for the dataset and for all other disk datasets opened after it.
For output datasets, EP039 is issued after the dataset has been opened, displaying the extents
allocated. EP052 is issued after the file has been closed, displaying the size of the extent after
truncation.
For input datasets, EP053 is issued to display the extent that has been opened, and EP051 is
issued to indicate that the dataset has been closed.
This option is ignored for system datasets (such as IJSYSLN) held open across job step
boundaries.
N
All unused space between the end-of-file record and the end of the last extent remains
allocated to the dataset. Use this option when additional records may be written to a file after
it is closed if the file is accessed later as a DA file. This option is required for any dataset
processed with a TYPEFLE=WORK DTF. This option is also required when you use the 'S'
option code (reuse same space).
O
Accepts the size specified in the EXTENT statement as the primary extent rather than the size
specified in the DSN Catalog. Pool name and secondary extent size are still taken from the
BIM-EPIC dataset definition. Use this option when the volume of data you are processing for
a dataset is significantly different from normal. This option is valid for cataloged datasets
only.
P
Deletes the dataset at end of job. Use this option for temporary datasets that are not closed as
input. This option is automatically activated for all SORTWK files. This option affects only
cataloged, non-generation datasets. Configuration option JOBACCT=YES is required.
R=nnn
Specifies the number of logical records the file is to contain. BIM-EPIC uses this number to
calculate the size of the extent required.
Chapter 5. BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL Statements
5-11
DLBL Options
DLBL Statements
S
The next version of the dataset is to be written in the same extent space the current version
occupies. This option is useful when you want to create datasets under a fixed head for better
performance. This option affects single extent non-generation datasets only. When you use
this option, you must also inhibit truncation (option 'N') for the dataset.
T
Deletes the label information for this dataset from the label area (not from the VTOC) when
the dataset is closed. If the problem program subsequently issues another open for the file,
this label will not be found. This option is useful for programs that issue more than one open
for the same DTF name. Dataset drop differs from dataset concatenation (option 'E') in that
concatenation causes two or more datasets to be processed as a single dataset when a single
open is issued by the program.
V=n
Specifies a specific version to access. This option is valid for cataloged datasets only.
Remember that the latest version is always version 1.
X
Deletes the dataset at close if it is closed as input or at end of job if it still exists. This option
provides the same function as the combination of the 'P' and the 'D' options. The configuration
option JOBACCT=YES is required for this option to work. This option is valid only for
cataloged, non-generation datasets.
Example
// DLBL INPUT
5-12
User Reference
'INVENTORY,(C,F,E)'
6
BIM-EPIC DD Statements
The BIM-EPIC DD statement is an MVS-style dataset label for VSE installations. For many
users, its primary benefit is compatibility with MVS, because it simplifies moving JCL
between the two operating systems. The DD statement also offers several options which are
unavailable with standard VSE labels, even when using BIM-EPIC TLBL and DLBL options.
Chapter Contents
Specifying the DD Statement .........................................................................................6-2
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets ...................................................................6-7
DD Statements For Printer and Punch Datasets ...........................................................6-38
DD Statements for In-Stream Datasets.........................................................................6-39
DD Statements for Dummy Datasets............................................................................6-41
6-1
Introduction
Specifying the DD Statement
Specifying the DD Statement
Introduction
DD Statement
Identifier (* //)
All DD statements follow the same format. The identifying characters are '* //', which must be
specified in columns 1-4. These are followed immediately by the DD name.
Format
* //ddname
DD Name
ddname performs the same function as the DTF name (filename). It specifies the
program's logical name for the dataset. It must begin in column 5.
DD
parameter-expressions
If you use a DD statement for a DTF that your program defines as a unit record DTF (DTFCD
or DTFPR), ddname is the SYS number that is specified in that DTF. A unit record DTF is
generated for COBOL programs when the SELECT statement contains an assignment name
that specifies the class UR.
Do not use ddname in continuation statements or in the second and following statements of a
concatenation.
Some DTF names are invalid for DD statements. Some have special meanings. See 6-5 in
this manual for more information.
DD (operation)
DD specifies the DD operation. Place at least one blank immediately before and after it. Do
not repeat the DD operation in continuation statements.
Additional
Parameters
You can specify many MVS-compatible parameters to define your datasets. The parameters
that follow the DD operation specify the type of processing to be done for the dataset. Some
parameters are different for:
•
•
•
•
Tape and disk datasets (including GDIUR datasets)
Standard system datasets
SYSIPT data
Dummy datasets
Not all MVS DD parameters are supported by the BIM-EPIC DD facility. BIM-EPIC ignores
unsupported and unrecognized parameters and subparameters. Supported parameters are
discussed in the following sections.
6-2
User Reference
Specifying the DD Statement
DD Statement Syntax
DD Statement Syntax
Specifying
Parentheses and
Commas
You can specify multiple parameters after the DD operation. Some parameters have multiple
subparameters. Separate multiple parameters and subparameters with commas. Enclose
multiple subparameters in parentheses.
Many subparameters are positional. If you omit a subparameter, a comma must be specified
in the omitted position for all but the last subparameter, just as in VSE and MVS.
Examples
* //SYS007
* //
DD
DSN=SORTWK,UNIT=SYSDA,DISP=(NEW,DELETE),
SPACE=(TRK,(5,5),RLSE),VOL=SER=DOSRES
VOL=(,RETAIN,,,REF=*.TAPEOUT)
Specifying
Continuations
All DD statements and continuations can extend through column 71.
Format
* //ddname
* //
Step 1
Interrupt the current statement before column 71. The break must occur on a keyword
boundary. Do not split subparameters. End the statement with a comma. Do not specify a
comment after the comma.
Step 2
Begin the next statement with the statement identifier '* //' in columns 1-4. Omit ddname and
the DD operation code.
MVS Compatibility
In MVS, the first parameter in a continuation line must begin in or before column 16. If you
are specifying a BIM-EPIC DD statement for conversion to MVS, begin your VSE
continuations in or before column 18 to maintain compatibility. To move the statement to
MVS, delete the asterisk and the space that follows it ('* '), shifting the rest of the statement
two columns to the left.
Example
* //SYS007
* //
* //
Specifying Dataset
Drop
To take advantage of BIM-EPIC's dataset drop option, use multiple DD statements with the
same ddname. No special coding is required. This is not valid under MVS. In addition,
VSAM datasets (including VSAM-managed SAM datasets) are not eligible for dataset drop.
DD
DD
parameter,...,parameter,
parameter,...,parameter
DSN=SORTWK,DISP=(NEW,DELETE),
UNIT=SYSDA,VOL=SER=DOSRES,
SPACE=(TRK,(5,5),RLSE)
Do not insert any other JCL, including * comment statements between the DD
statements that are part of the "Dataset Drop" set.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-3
DD Statement Syntax
Specifying the DD Statement
Example
* //TAPEIN
* //TAPEIN
* //TAPEIN
DD
DD
DD
Concatenating
Datasets
BIM-EPIC concatenates all versions of a single input dataset automatically, as does MVS. If
you do not specify a single version on input, all versions are read sequentially, beginning with
the current version.
Example
* //TAPEIN
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.1QTR(0),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN=INVENTRY.2QTR(0),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN=INVENTRY.3QTR(0),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN=INVENTRY.1QTR,DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
To concatenate several versions of the same dataset or several different datasets, use a DD
statement for each version or dataset and omit the ddname on all but the first statement.
Submit the statements in the order you want the datasets processed. If block sizes differ, the
version with the largest BLKSIZE must be specified first. VSAM datasets (including VSAMmanaged SAM datasets) are not eligible for concatenation.
Do not insert any other JCL, including * comment statements between the DD
statements that are part of the "Concatenating Datasets" set.
Example
* //TAPEIN
* //
* //
Syntax Checking
You can have BIM-EPIC check the syntax of DD statements before you run the job. Place a
TYPRUN=SCAN or TYPRUN=SCANS parameter on your JOB statement. See TYPRUN
for details.
6-4
User Reference
DD
DD
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.1QTR(0),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN=INVENTRY.2QTR(0),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN=INVENTRY.3QTR(0),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
Specifying the DD Statement
Special DD Names
Special DD Names
Description
Many ddnames have special purposes in MVS. This affects how the BIM-EPIC DD facility
processes them.
Unsupported DD
Names
Statements containing unsupported ddnames are ignored by the BIM-EPIC DD system and
treated as comments by VSE. Use standard VSE JCL to define datasets processed with these
names.
The following ddnames are not supported:
•
•
•
•
•
•
DD Names with
Special Meanings
The following ddnames have special meaning to BIM-EPIC. If a program's DTF uses one of
these names for a different purpose, use standard VSE JCL to define the dataset.
•
•
•
•
•
•
JOBCAT and
STEPCAT
JOBLIB
STEPLIB
SYSCHK
SYSCKEOV
SYSOUT
SYSPRINT (changed automatically to SYSOUT)
JOBCAT
STEPCAT
SYSABEND
SYSMDUMP
SYSUDUMP
SYSIN
JOBCAT and STEPCAT define VSAM catalogs to be used for VSAM clusters. In the BIMEPIC DD facility (but not in MVS), they also define catalogs to be used for VSAM/SAM
datasets.
JOBCAT defines the catalog for the entire job stream. STEPCAT defines the catalog for a
step. STEPCAT overrides a JOBCAT definition for that step.
A JOBCAT DD must immediately follow the JOB statement. A STEPCAT DD must precede
all VSAM labels which require that catalog.
Example
//JOB VSAM UPDATE
* //JOBCAT DD DSN=VSAM.JOB.CATALOG,DISP=SHR
.
* //STEPCAT DD DSN=VSAM.STEP.CATALOG,DISP=SHR
vsam labels
// EXEC PROGRAM
/&
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-5
Special DD Names
SYSABEND,
SYSUDUMP, and
SYSMDUMP
Specifying the DD Statement
SYSABEND, SYSUDUMP, and SYSMDUMP determine the kind of dump to be generated
when a job cancels. They are similar to the DUMP and PARTDUMP parameters of the VSE
OPTION statement. SYSABEND and SYSUDUMP specify a standard partition dump.
SYSMDUMP specifies a full supervisor and partition dump.
The SYSOUT parameter must be specified with the SYSABEND, SYSUDUMP, and
SYSMDUMP ddnames. SYSOUT identifies a print class in MVS. In VSE, class A indicates
SYSLST, class B indicates SYSPCH.
Example
The following statement calls for a standard partition dump. '// OPTION PARTDUMP' is the
VSE JCL equivalent.
* //SYSABEND
DD
SYSOUT=A
The following statement calls for a full supervisor and partition dump. '// OPTION DUMP' is
the VSE JCL equivalent.
* //SYSMDUMP
SYSIN
6-6
User Reference
DD
SYSOUT=A
SYSIN is used to assign a logical unit to SYSIPT data. For more information, see 6-39 in this
manual.
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
Introduction to the Parameters
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
Introduction to the Parameters
In this section, we present a brief guide to the parameters and their purposes. Following this
section, each parameter is examined in detail in a section of its own. Those sections are
arranged in alphabetical order for quick reference.
The parameters available for defining tape and disk datasets are:
* //ddname
DD
DSN=dataset-name
[ ,AMP=x ]
[ ,DCB=x ]
[ ,DISP=x ]
[ ,FREE ]
[ ,LABEL=x ]
[ ,OPTION=x ]
[ ,SPACE=x ]
[ ,UNIT=x ]
[ ,VOL=x ]
AMP
The AMP parameter is used to define a VSAM cluster or a VSAM/SAM dataset.
DCB
The DCB parameter defines the dataset's record characteristics. DCB is an MVS term that
stands for dataset control block. It determines the block size, logical record length, density
(for tape), and dataset organization (for example, sequential, direct access, or indexed
sequential for disk datasets).
DISP
Use the DISP parameter for almost all datasets. It specifies the current status of the dataset
and its disposition at normal or abnormal termination.
The DISP parameter specifies whether a dataset is new or already exists, whether it should be
retained at close or deleted, whether it should be cataloged or left uncontrolled, and so on.
Because the DISP parameter says so much about the dataset being processed, it also serves as
documentation for your JCL, and it is sometimes used explicitly for that purpose even when
only the defaults are specified.
DSN
DSN defines the name of the dataset to be processed. It is required for all tape and disk
datasets. It also defines which version or versions of the dataset are processed. If you do not
specify a particular version, all versions are read in on input (automatic concatenation).
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-7
Introduction to the Parameters
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
You can also request CPU and partition independence or common work dataset support with
the DSN parameter (these options are not available with MVS).
FREE
The FREE parameter specifies how tape drive assignments are to be handled when the dataset
is closed. When doing multi-dataset processing, use FREE to hold the assignment until all
datasets have been processed. FREE is only valid for tape datasets.
LABEL
The LABEL parameter determines how long output datasets are retained. In most cases, you
will use it for uncataloged datasets. You can use it for a cataloged dataset when you wish to
override the default retention for a version.
OPTION
OPTION is a BIM-EPIC DD parameter that has no counterpart in MVS. It allows you to
specify options available in VSE and BIM-EPIC which have no equivalents in MVS.
SPACE
The SPACE parameter specifies disk space requirements for output datasets. Among other
things, it specifies how much space to use and how to process space after the dataset is closed.
SPACE is optional for cataloged datasets. You can use it to specify an allocation size that is
different from the size in the DSN Catalog, or to inhibit truncation for a version.
SPACE is required for Start Track 1 and uncontrolled datasets.
UNIT
UNIT specifies the type of device (tape or disk, 3380 or 3390, and so on) to be used for an
output dataset.
VOLUME
The VOLUME (VOL) parameter specifies which tape volume, disk volume, or disk pool to
allocate for an output dataset. For tape datasets, it can be used to specify rewind options for
multi-dataset processing.
6-8
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
What to do for Different Types of Datasets
What to do for Different Types of Datasets
This section describes the particular DD parameters to use when you are processing different
kinds of datasets.
Tape
For tape processing, pay particular attention to the VOLUME, FREE, and DISP parameters.
VOLUME has several uses for tape. FREE holds and releases tape drive assignments.
DISP=(x,KEEP) unloads tapes at close.
By default a tape is rewound at close, but left mounted. If you specify DISP=(x,KEEP),
VOL=PRIVATE, or VOL=(,RETAIN) the rewind default is overridden.
For multi-dataset requirements, see "Multi-Dataset Processing,".
Disk
The SPACE parameter plays a particularly important role in disk processing. Use it to
determine the extent allocations for datasets not yet entered in the DSN Catalog. SPACE is
always required for Start Track 1 and uncontrolled datasets. Reuse the same extent with
DISP=MOD. UNIT is required for disk output.
Cataloged
If the dataset is already defined in the catalog, specify DISP=(x,KEEP) for both input and
output. You can override dataset defaults for the version by specifying the equivalent
parameter. For instance, you can override period retention by specifying LABEL=RETPD=n.
Otherwise, parameters do not have to be specified if that information is already in the dataset
definition. If you want to modify the current dataset definition, specifye DISP=(x,CATLG).
You must also set the JCLOVRDE configuration option to YES.
To autocatalog a new output dataset, specify DISP=(NEW,CATLG). It is cataloged using the
data in the DD statement. DD statement parameters cover most of the dataset definition, so
you can do a thorough job of defining the dataset in your JCL. You cannot use DD statements
to autocatalog an input dataset.
Please note: If a dataset qualifies for autocataloging according to the configuration options
you have specified, it will be cataloged automatically even if you don't specify
DISP=(x,CATLG). See "Automatic Cataloging" in Chapter 1 for more information on
autocataloging with configuration options. The recommended method is to use the
DISP=(x,CATLG) parameter to autocatalog all datasets defined with DD statements.
Example
The following example shows a new, cataloged dataset. Its default block size is overridden:
its actual block size is 4080.
* //TAPEOUT
* //
DD
DSN=SARS.BACKUP,DISP=(NEW,KEEP),
DCB=BLKSIZE=4080
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-9
What to do for Different Types of Datasets
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
The following example shows a new, uncataloged dataset. It is automatically cataloged, and
the specified values for block size, period retention and density are entered in the dataset
definition.
* //TAPEOUT
* //
DD DSN=SARS.BACKUP,DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
DCB=(BLKSIZE=4080,DEN=3),LABEL=RETPD=7
Start Track 1
Datasets
To create a Start Track 1 dataset, use the SPACE parameter and specify a relative starting
address (SPACE=TRK, SPACE=CYL, or SPACE=alr). You must also use the VOLUME
parameter, to assign the dataset to a disk pool. Do not catalog the dataset or specify
DISP=(x,CATLG).
Example
* //DISKOUT DD
* //
Uncontrolled
Datasets
To create an uncontrolled (non-VSAM) disk dataset, use the SPACE=ABSTR and VOL
parameters. No special parameters are required to create an uncontrolled tape dataset. Do not
specify DISP=(x,CATLG), or the dataset will be cataloged and therefore controlled.
Configuration
Options
To use BIM-EPIC DD statements for uncontrolled disk datasets, UNCDSK=YES must be
specified.
Example
* //OPTOUT
* //
Sequential and
Direct Access
Datasets
See the corresponding topics in "Types of Datasets".
VSAM/SAM
To process a VSAM/SAM dataset, use the AMP, DISP, and SPACE parameters for both input
and output. You can use the VOLUME parameter to specify a disk volume. Identify the
VSAM catalog with a STEPCAT or JOBCAT DD statement.
Example
In the following example, the STEPCAT DD statement defines the catalog for the
VSAM/SAM dataset. AMP=AMORG indicates that a VSAM or VSAM/SAM dataset is
being defined. DISP=SHR allows the dataset to be accessed by other programs as it is
processed. This example uses ALR to allocate space to the dataset: it indicates a record size
of 240 bytes and allocates a primary extent large enough for 1000 records and a secondary
large enough for 500 records.
DD
* //STEPCAT DD
* //VSAMSAM DD
* //
6-10
User Reference
DSN=TWORK.BG,DISP=(NEW,PASS),
SPACE=(TRK,(10,5),RLSE),VOL=SER=POOL01,UNIT=DISK
DSN=EPIC.LIBRARY,SPACE=(ABSTR,(100,20)),
DISP=NEW,VOL=SER=SYSWK1,UNIT=DISK
DSN=CUSTOMER.CAT,DISP=SHR
DSN=CUSTOMER.MASTER,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG,
SPACE=(240,(1000,500))
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
What to do for Different Types of Datasets
VSAM
You can use existing VSAM datasets using BIM-EPIC DD statements. To process an already
existing VSAM dataset, include the AMP parameter in your statement. Define the VSAM
catalog with a STEPCAT or JOBCAT DD statement.
Example
* //JOBCAT DD
* //VSAMCLU DD
DSN=CUSTOMER.CAT,DISP=SHR
DSN=CUSTOMER.MASTER,DISP=SHR,AMP=AMORG
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-11
AMP Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
AMP Parameter
Description
Use the AMP parameter to define a VSAM cluster or a VSAM/SAM dataset.
Syntax
AMP=(AMORG [ ,BUFSP=x ])
Subparameters
Subparameter
Required?
Valid
Default
AMORG
Yes
None
None
BUFSP
No
0 to 9999999
None
AMORG specifies that this is a VSAM cluster or VSAM/SAM dataset.
BUFSP specifies the number of bytes to be allocated as buffer space. If omitted, VSAM will
determine the size of the buffer.
6-12
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
DCB Parameter
DCB Parameter
Description
Use the DCB parameter to define the characteristics of your dataset. It overrides the DSN
Catalog entry on output, but not on input.
Syntax
DCB=( [ BLKSIZE=x ][ ,DEN=x ][ ,DSORG=x ][ ,LRECL=X ] )
Subparameters
Subparameter
Required?
Valid
Default
BLKSIZE
No
1 to 32767 or MAX|OPT
None
DEN
No
See DEN table (below)
None
DSORG
No
See DSORG table (below)
PS
LRECL
No
1 to 32767
None
BLKSIZE specifies a block size. It is valid for sequential datasets only. MAX requests full
track blocking on disk, and for tape - 64K for VSE/ESA 2.5 and later, or 32K for earlier VSE
releases. OPT requests half-track blocking on disk, and for tape - 32K for VSE/ESA 2.5 and
later, or 16K for earlier VSE releases.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-13
DCB Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
Specifies a recording density. Valid density codes are:
DEN
Code
Density
2
800 bpi
3
1600 bpi
4
6250 bpi
A
8809 streaming short gap
B
8809 start-stop long gap
C
8809 start-stop short gap
D
8809 streaming long gap
E
3480/3490 non-IDRC buffered write mode
F
3480/3490 IDRC buffered write mode
G
3424/9348 1600 bpi buffered write mode
H
3424/9348 1600 bpi unbuffered write mode
I
3424/9348 6250 bpi buffered write mode
J
3424/9348 6250 bpi unbuffered write mode
K
3490E cartridge device
L
3490E IDRC cartridge device
¬ (X'5F')
None specified - use default density
MVS Compatibility
Densities A through L are not recognized by MVS.
DSORG
Specifies the organization of the dataset. It is required for direct access and indexed
sequential datasets. Valid values are:
Code
Organization
DA and DAU
Direct access
IS and ISU
Indexed sequential
PS and PSU
Sequential
MVS Compatibility
There are two options for each type of dataset organization. In MVS, the 'U' indicates that the
dataset is unmovable, so the same extents are used every time. When 'PSU', 'DAU', or 'ISU' is
specified, and the dataset is a disk work dataset, BIM-EPIC allocates the same extents to the
dataset that it already occupies. If you are going to convert to MVS, choose your dataset
organization carefully.
LRECL
Specifies the logical record length of the dataset. The number specified must be less than or
equal to the record length specified in the program's DTF. If it is greater, the LRECL
subparameter is ignored.
6-14
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
DISP Parameter
DISP Parameter
Description
DISP identifies how a dataset is to be opened and what is to be done to the dataset when it is
closed. DISP subparameters define the usage, normal termination and abnormal termination
disposition of a dataset. If more than one subparameter is used, the subparameter list must be
enclosed in parentheses. When a subparameter inside the list is not specified (to use its
default), a comma must still be used for all but the last subparameter.
Syntax
DISP=[usage-status][,normal-end-status][,abnormal-end-status]
Variables
usage-status is optional. If used it must be one of the following:
•
•
•
•
NEW specifies that this is a new dataset or a new version of a dataset.
OLD specifies that this is an existing dataset
SHR specifies that this is an existing dataset
MOD specifies that new data is to be added to an existing version. A new version will
be created if there is no existing version.
When you use MOD with a disk dataset, BIM-EPIC will reuse the extents used for the last
version. For disk datasets, you can only specify MOD for non-generation disk datasets.
When used with tape, MOD causes new data to be written at the end of the dataset, over the
existing EOF record. A new EOF will be created.
WARNING!
MOD does not extend an existing disk dataset as it does for tape, or as MVS does. If MOD is
specified for an existing disk dataset that is opened as output, the same extent is used but
records are written at the beginning of the dataset. Any data already in the dataset is
overwritten and lost.
If usage-status is not specified, NEW is assumed.
normal-end-status is optional. If used it must be one of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
CATLG
CONDCAT
DELETE
KEEP
PASS
If normal-end-status is not specified, PASS is assumed if usage-status is NEW or
MOD. KEEP is assumed if usage-status is OLD, SHR, or SHARE.
abnormal-end-status is optional. If used it must be one of the following:
•
CATLG
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-15
DISP Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
•
•
DELETE
KEEP
If abnormal-end-status is used without both usage-status and normal-end
status, normal-end status will be used for abnormal-end-status.
6-16
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
Normal Termination Subparameters
Normal Termination Subparameters
DELETE
Causes datasets to be scratched automatically after they have been used. Based upon the
dataset usage, the scratching may be done at close, end of step (EOS) or at end of job (EOJ).
Several factors determine when and if the DELETE disposition will be effective or bypassed.
The factors are:
•
•
•
work vs. generation dataset
used for input or output
for disk, if concatenation is being used
In the cases where the DELETE disposition is bypassed, it will function the same as the PASS
disposition.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-17
Deleting Datasets Using DDGEN and the DISP Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
Deleting Datasets Using DDGEN and the DISP Parameter
Description
The DDGEN configuration option controls when a dataset is to be deleted based upon its
DISP DD parameter. The table belows shows when deletion occurs based upon the possible
DDGEN and DISP combinations. Where there is no entry in the table, no deletion occurs.
For simplicity, the table below descibes the basic DISP combinations. For those combinations
not explicitly defined in the table, the following rules apply:
•
•
•
•
If the usage-status is SHR, it will be treated the same as OLD.
If the usage-status is MOD, it will be treated the same as OLD if there is an existing
version. If there is no existing version, it will be treated the same as NEW.
The CONDCAT normal-end-status will be treated the same as KEEP.
The CATLG normal-end-status and abnormal-end-status will be treated the same as
KEEP.
When DISP=
If DDGEN=NO, then...
If DDGEN=YES, then...
NEW
deletes at end-of-job
deletes at end-of-step
NEW,KEEP,DELETE
deletes at end-of-job only if job abends
deletes at end-of-step only if step abends
NEW,DELETE
deletes at end-of-job
deletes at end-of-step
NEW,DELETE,KEEP
deletes at end-of-job only if good eoj
deletes at end-of-step only if good eoj
NEW,DELETE,DELETE
deletes at end-of-job
deletes at end-of-step
NEW,PASS
deletes at end-of-job
deletes at end-of-job
NEW,PASS,KEEP
deletes at end-of-job only if good eoj
deletes at end-of-job only if good eoj
NEW,PASS,DELETE
deletes at end-of-job
deletes at end-of-job
OLD,KEEP
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
OLD,KEEP,KEEP
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
OLD,KEEP,DELETE
deletes at end-of-job only if job abends
deletes at end-of-step only if step abends
OLD,DELETE
deletes at close (Note 2)
deletes at end-of-step
OLD,DELETE,KEEP
deletes at end-of-job only if good eoj
deletes at end-of-step only if good eoj
OLD,DELETE,DELETE
deletes at close (Note 2)
deletes at end-of-step
deletes at end-of-job only if job abends
deletes at end-of-step only if job abends
NEW,KEEP
NEW,KEEP,KEEP
OLD
OLD,PASS
OLD,PASS,KEEP
OLD,PASS,DELETE
6-18
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
Deleting Datasets Using DDGEN and the DISP Parameter
NOTE 1
DISP=(OLD,KEEP) and DISP=(OLD,KEEP,KEEP) will automatically reset any delete at
end-of-step or delete at end-of-job action currently in effect for the the specified dataset
NOTE 2
Normal deletion will occur at file close but, when used in conjunction with the automatic
concatenation feature, deletion will occur at end-of-step. If usage is MOD, deletion will occur
at end-of-job.
PURBYP Override
In cases of abnormal termination, the end-of-step and end-of-job deletions above can be
overridden. To do this, set the PURBYP configuration option to YES.
EPS049 Option
BIM-EPIC does not delete datasets at end-of-step or end-of-job unless they have been opened.
This can be overriden to allow the deletions even though there has not been an open. To do
this, set both the DDGEN configuration option and the EPS049 special option to YES.
Additional DISP
Settings
For both normal and abnormal terminations, other DISP settings are treated as follows:
Setting
Is Treated Like...
DISP=MOD
DISP=NEW
DISP=SHR
DISP=OLD.
DISP=(xxx,CATLG)
DISP=(xxx,KEEP)
DISP=(xxx,CONDCAT)
DISP=(,xxx)
defaults to DISP=(NEW,xxx).
KEEP
For tape datasets, if KEEP is explicitly specified, the tape will be unloaded when it is closed
If KEEP is not explicitly specified, the tape will not be unloaded at close. As a default, KEEP
does not unload the tape. VOL=RETAIN overrides KEEP.
CATLG
(1) Catalogs the dataset automatically if no entry for it already exists in the DSN Catalog or
(2) updates the dataset definition if one exists only when configuration option
JCLOVRDE=YES is used.
CATLG can cause the following fields to be updated:
Tape/Disk
Tape Only
Disk Only
Retention
Tape pool
Disk pool
Block size
CISIZE
Density
Primary extent size
Secondary extent size
Maximum number of secondary extents
BIM-EPIC uses the information specified in your DD statement to create or update the dataset
definition.
By default, tape datasets are always cataloged as generation datasets, and disk datasets as nongeneration datasets. The exception to this occurs when LABEL=RETPD=xx is specified for a
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-19
Deleting Datasets Using DDGEN and the DISP Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
disk dataset; in that case the disk dataset will be cataloged as a generation dataset. If the
startup option DDGEN is set to YES, tape and disk datasets will both be automatically
cataloged as non-generation datasets unless a plus sign (+) is found in the DSN parameter.
See the DDGEN configuration option in the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for
more information.
Note: The automatic cataloging configuration options (AUTOCAT and AUTOLOG) do not
affect CATLG. However CATLG's updating function is permitted by the JCLOVRDE
configuration option. Cataloging datasets as generation or non-generation is affected by the
DDGEN configuration option.
CONDCAT conditionally catalogs the version. This is not a valid subparameter in MVS.
PASS retains the dataset for use in a later job step.
6-20
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
Abnormal Termination Subparameters
Abnormal Termination Subparameters
Description
The default disposition for abnormal termination depends on both the normal termination
subparameter and the PURBYP configuration option.
KEEP and CATLG
Retain the dataset if the job cancels.
The abnormal termination disposition is KEEP unless both of the following are true:
•
•
Normal termination disposition is DELETE
PURBYP is set to NO
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-21
DSN Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
DSN Parameter
Description
The DSN parameter specifies the name of the dataset being processed. It is required for all
tape and disk datasets. It also determines which version or versions of the dataset will be used
for input.
The rules for dataset names with DD statements are slightly different from those with standard
VSE JCL. Both tape and disk dataset names can be up to 44 characters long. Generation
dataset names are limited to 35 characters. If the dataset name contains blanks, enclose it in
apostrophes.
Only the first 17 characters of the dataset name are written on a tape's HDR1 label.



(0)
n)
((+n)
(area)
.Gnnnn[Vnnn]
Syntax
DSN=dataset-name
or
DSN=&[&]dsname
Subparameters
Subparameter
Required?
Valid
Default
dataset-name
Yes
1 to 44 characters
None
.Gnnnn[Vnnn]
No
Generation number
None
n
No
Zero or signed integer
See text
area
No
INDEX|PRIME|OVFLOW
None
dataset-name specifies the dataset name.
.Gnnnn[Vnnn] specifies a disk version by generation number. Specify the generation
number after the G, but before the V, if any. The Vnnn portion of the parameter is ignored by
BIM-EPIC and can be omitted. It is included for MVS compatibility only.
(0), (-n), or (+n) specify a version by version number. (0) indicates the current version. A
minus sign (-) indicates a previous version for input. A plus sign (+) indicates a new version
for output.
WARNING!
6-22
User Reference
For input, if no version is specified in the dataset name, all versions of a generation dataset
will be concatenated and read!
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
DSN Parameter
For compatibility with MVS, the current version is indicated by a zero instead of a one as in
the DSN Catalog. That means that when you enter a version number with a minus sign, it
should be one less than the version number displayed in the DSN Catalog. For example, if the
version number in the DSN Catalog is 3, specify DSN=dataset-name(-2).
Also note that specifying '(+n)' is not necessary for output datasets. Specifying the dataset
name is sufficient to cause a new version to be created. However, specifying '(+n)' with
DISP=(x,CATLG) causes disk datasets to be cataloged as generation datasets, if the DDGEN
configuration option is set to YES. If DDGEN is set to NO, and you do not specify
LABEL=RETPD or LABEL=EXPDT, the dataset is cataloged as a non-generation dataset.
(area)
Specifies which area of an ISAM dataset is being defined. INDEX indicates the cylinder
index component. PRIME indicates the prime data area. OVFLOW indicates the overflow
area.
&&dsname,
&dsname
Can be used to specify work datasets. In MVS, placing two ampersands (&&) before a dataset
name indicates a temporary dataset. In BIM-EPIC, two ampersands (&&) indicate CPU and
partition independence. A single ampersand (&) indicates CPU independence only. The
dataset name can be up to 44 characters.
CPU and partition independence can also be indicated with equal signs (=) or dollar signs ($),
as with TLBL and DLBL statements (see "CPU and Partition Independence" and "Common
Work Datasets"). Please note, however, that equal signs and dollar signs are not supported by
MVS. The MULTCPU configuration option affects CPU independence.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-23
FREE Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
FREE Parameter
Specifies when a tape drive assignment is to be released. FREE is valid for tape datasets only.
If FREE is not specified, the assignment is released when the dataset is closed.
When you are processing multi-dataset tapes, you must specify FREE=END for every dataset
except the last one processed in the job.
Syntax
CLOSE
FREE={ END }
Values
CLOSE releases the assignment when the dataset is closed. This is the default.
END holds the assignment beyond the close of the dataset. The assignment is released at the
end of the job.
Example
The following example shows how the FREE parameter is used to hold the assignment until
the last dataset is closed.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
6-24
User Reference
//INPUT1
//
//
//
//
//INPUT2
//
//
//
//
//INPUT3
//
//
DD
DD
DD
DSN='INPUT.DSN.1'
UNIT=TAPE,
DISP=(OLD,KEEP),
FREE=END,
VOL=(,RETAIN)
DSN='INPUT.DSN.2'
UNIT=TAPE,
DISP=(OLD,KEEP),
FREE=END,
VOL=(,RETAIN)
DSN='INPUT.DSN.3',
UNIT=TAPE,
DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
LABEL Parameter
LABEL Parameter
Description
The LABEL parameter can be used to define the dataset's retention. You can specify an
explicit expiration date or specify the number of days the dataset is to be retained.
The LABEL parameter overrides the CYCL and RETEN configuration options. If a dataset is
being autocataloged for the first time, the new EDD will take the LABEL value. If a dataset is
already cataloged, a new version takes the LABEL value instead of the EDD value.
LABEL is valid only with DISP=NEW. If you specify LABEL=EXPDT or LABEL=RETPD
with DISP=(NEW,CATLG), the dataset is cataloged as a generation dataset.
Syntax
Subparameters
EXPDT={yyddd or yyyy/ddd}
LABEL={ RETPD=nnnn
}
Subparameter
Required?
Valid
Default
Specify only one of the following (required):
EXPDT
00001 to 99365
None
2000/001 to 2099/365
RETPD
1 to 9999
See below
EXPDT specifies an expiration date for the dataset. Enter the date in Julian format (for
example, 92365 for December 31, 1992). If the date is January 1, 2000 or later, you can
specify the full year with a slash between the year and the day (for example, 2000/001), or you
can omit the slash (2000001).
RETPD specifies the number of days to retain the dataset. If the LABEL parameter is omitted
or LABEL=RETPD=7 is specified, the RETEN configuration option value will be used.
Otherwise, the value specified will be used.
Examples
* //OUTPUT
* //
DD
DSN=OUT.DATA.SET,LABEL=EXPDT=98365,
DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
* //OUTPUT
* //
DD
DSN=OUT.DATA.SET,LABEL=RETPD=5,
DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-25
OPTION Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
OPTION Parameter
Description
The OPTION parameter can be used to invoke a BIM-EPIC feature applicable for which there
is no equivalent MVS JCL parameter. OPTION can be used to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
selectively activate disk allocation messages
specify the name of an applicable VSAM catalog
specify an FBA CISIZE
specify a specific logical unit number
specify a tape pool ID
base current disk allocation size on the size used by a different dataset
selectively remove a VSE label from the label area
override rewind options specified by DISP or VOL parameters
When multiple subparameters are used, they must be separated by commas and the list must
be enclosed in parentheses. The subparameters are not positional, so it is not necessary to use
commas in place of unspecified subparameters.





Syntax
OPTION=
Subparameters
6-26
User Reference
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
,ALLMSGS ]
,CAT=ddname ]
,CISIZE=n ]
,NOREW ]
,RESET ]
,REW ]
,RUN ]
,SPACE=*.ddname[x] ]
,SYSnnn ]
,TPL=x ]
Subparameter
Required?





Valid
Default
ALLMSGS
No
OFF
CISIZE=
No
NOREW
No
see below
RESET
No
OFF
REW
No
see below
RUN
No
see below
SPACE=
No
1 to 15 characters
None
nnn
No
000 to 254|RDR|IPT|LST|PCH
None
TPL=
No
A to Z or 0 to 9 (Use "¬" {X'5F} to
indicate no TPL value is desired)
None
512, 1024, 2048, 3072, 4096
None
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
OPTION Parameter
ALLMSGS
Overrides configuration options ALLMALL=NO (default) and ALLMSG=NO for this dataset
in the current job step only. It enables all allocation messages for the disk dataset. This
subparameter performs the same function as the BIM-EPIC DLBL option 'M'. The
ALLMSGS subparameter is valid for disk datasets only and is ignored if specified for a tape
dataset.
CAT=ddname
Specifies the DD name used in a previous DD or DLBL statement to define this dataset's
VSAM catalog. Use this parameter only when you are defining a VSAM dataset. It will
override any JOBCAT or STEPCAT statement for the dataset.
CISIZE=nnnn
Specifies the CISIZE to be used for an FBA disk dataset according to IBM rules. NOTE: If
the dataset is a Start Track 1 dataset and CISIZE= is specified, specification of the maximum
number of secondary extents in the VOLUME parameter is ignored.
NOREW
OPTION=NOREW can be used to not rewind the tape at close. It overrides any rewind
option defaulted to by the DISP or VOL parameters.
RESET
Specifies that the control of a dataset by the Generic Device Independence for Unit Record
(GDIUR) feature is to be ended. If OPTION=RESET is used, it must be the only parameter
specified on the DD statement, and no other OPTION subparameter can be used.
A DD statement with OPTION=RESET is only required when the job contains no TLBL,
DLBL, or DD statements in any step following the DD statement that was used to invoke
GDIUR control of the dataset. The ddname on the DD statement that specifies
OPTION=RESET must be the same as the ddname on the DD statement that was used to
invoke GDIUR control of the dataset.
RESET Example
In this example, SYSIPT control statements are read by the first LIBR execution from the tape
or disk dataset "SYSIPT.DATA". The second DD statement for IJSYSIN with the
OPTION=RESET insures that the SYSIPT control statements for the second LIBR execution
will be read from the instream data, not from the "SYSIPT.DATA" dataset.
* //IJSYSIN DD
// EXEC LIBR
/*
* //IJSYSIN DD
// EXEC LIBR
LD L=IJSYSRS
/*
REW
DSN=SYSIPT.DATA,DISP=OLD
OPTION=RESET
OPTION=REW can be used to rewind the tape at close. It overrides any rewind option
defaulted to by the DISP or VOL parameters.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-27
OPTION Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
RUN
OPTION=RUN can be used to unload the tape at close. It overrides any rewind option
defaulted to by the DISP or VOL parameters.
SPACE=
*.ddname[x]
Specifies that the primary extent allocation is to be based on the amount of space used by a
dataset that was defined previously in the same job step. Identify the dataset you are referring
to by specifying its ddname in the SPACE parameter. RLSE is automatically invoked with
SPACE refer-back.
There are several ways in which the size of the allocation can be varied:
1. To specify that the dataset is to be exactly the same size as the referenced dataset, use the
format:
SPACE=*.ddname
2. To specify that a dataset is to be larger than the referenced dataset by an exact number of
tracks or FBA blocks, use the format:
SPACE=*.ddname+n
where n is the number of tracks or FBA blocks to be added to the size of the referenced
dataset.
3. To specify that a dataset is to be smaller than the referenced dataset by an exact number of
tracks or FBA blocks, use the format:
SPACE=*.ddname-n
where n is the number of tracks or FBA blocks to be subtracted from the size of the referenced
dataset. Note that an error will result if the calculated allocation is not a positive number.
4. To specify that the size of the dataset is to be a percentage of the size of the referenced
dataset, use the format:
SPACE=*.ddname*n
where n is a number between 000.01 and 999.99 (leading zeroes are not required).
If the referenced dataset is cataloged, the allocation will be based on the amount of space the
referenced dataset actually occupies (the sum of its primary extent space and all secondary
extent spaces). If the referenced dataset is uncataloged, the allocation will be based on the
amount of space in the referenced dataset's primary extent only.
SPACE Examples
The following DD statement defines the referenced dataset:
* //REFFILE DD DSN=dataset-name,DISP=SHR
To allocate a new dataset one track larger than the space the referenced dataset occupies,
specify:
* //FILEOUT DD DSN=dataset-name,DISP=(NEW,CATLG)
* //
UNIT=SYSDA,OPTION=SPACE=*.REFFILE+1
6-28
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
OPTION Parameter
To allocate a new dataset five tracks smaller than the space the referenced dataset occupies,
specify:
* //FILEOUT DD DSN=dataset-name,DISP=(NEW,CATLG)
* //
UNIT=SYSDA,OPTION=SPACE=*.REFFILE-5
To allocate a new dataset half of the space occupied by the referenced dataset, specify:
* //FILEOUT DD DSN=dataset-name,DISP=(NEW,CATLG)
* //
UNIT=SYSDA,OPTION=SPACE=*.REFFILE*.5
To allocate a new dataset twice the space occupied by the referenced dataset, specify:
* //FILEOUT DD DSN=dataset-name,DISP=(NEW,CATLG)
* //
UNIT=SYSDA,OPTION=SPACE=*.REFFILE*2
SYSnnn
Causes the specified SYS number to be assigned to this dataset. Replace nnn with the
appropriate programmer logical unit number or 'RDR', 'IPT', 'PCH', or 'LST'.
You can use OPTION=SYSnnn to satisfy the pre-open checking that is performed by some
programs, such as IBM's SORT/MERGE. For most jobs, this eliminates the need to execute
TSIDASS ASSGN for tape datasets or to use // ASSGN statements for disk datasets before
such programs. For disk datasets, ensure that the pool name is specified in the DSN Catalog
or on the VOL=SER parameter.
SYSnnn Example
// JOB IDCAMS REPRO DISK TO TAPE
* //IN
DD DSN=DISK.SEQ,DISP=OLD,
* //
UNIT=DISK,OPTION=SYS007
* //OUT
DD DSN=DISK.SEQ.BACKUP,OPTION=SYS005,
* //
DISP=(NEW,KEEP,DELETE)
// EXEC IDCAMS,SIZE=AUTO
REPRO INFILE(IN ENVIRONMENT (RECFM(FIXBLK) BLKSZ(800) RECSZ(40) )) OUTFILE(OUT ENVIRONMENT ( PDEV(2400) RECFM(FIXBLK) BLKSZ(8000) RECSZ(40) ))
/*
/&
TPL=x
Specifies a tape pool for new tape datasets. TPL=x is honored only when
DISP=(NEW,CATLG) is specified causing a new data set to be automatically cataloged or an
existing dataset to be updated (only allowed with configuration option JCLOVRDE=YES).
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-29
SPACE Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
SPACE Parameter
Description
SPACE specifies the allocation of a disk dataset. Space is used to:
•
•
•
•
specify allocation size
permit or inhibit truncation at close for an output dataset
invoke dataset fragmentation if contiguous space is unavailable
align allocation on track or cylinder boundaries on CKD devices
Parentheses are used to enclose the positional subparameters of the SPACE parameter.
Additional parentheses are used to enclose the actual allocation amounts when supplying a
prime allocation size with a secondary size and/or an index size. SPACE has two types of
syntax, one for BIM-EPIC-controlled datasets and one for uncontrolled datasets.
Configuration
Options
Using DD statements for uncontrolled disk datasets is permitted by the UNCDSK
configuration option.
Controlled Dataset
Syntax
SPACE=(type,(size-spec),RLSE,frag-control,ROUND)
type is required. It must be one of the following:
•
•
•
TRK specifies allocation in tracks or FBA blocks.
CYL specifies allocation in cylinders and forces the dataset to begin and end on
cylinder boundaries.
block-length specifies the dataset's block size for allocation by number of logical
records (ALR). block-length can also be used to specify the record size of
VSAM/SAM datasets.
size-spec is required. It must be enclosed in parentheses and takes the form:
primary-qty[,secondary-qty][,index]
where primary-qty specifies the amount of the primary allocation in tracks, FBA blocks,
cylinders, or number of logical records depending on the value specified by type. To use the
SPACE parameter to indicate an option for a cataloged dataset (such as fragmentation, no
truncation, or align on cylinder boundaries) without affecting the allocation size, specify zero
(0) in primary-qty. When primary-qty is zero, BIM-EPIC uses the allocation size in
the dataset definition.
secondary-qty specifies the size of the secondary allocation. To specify a maximum
number of secondary allocations, use the VOLUME parameter.
index specifies the size of the index component for an ISAM dataset. Use it only when both
the prime and the index areas are defined with a single set of parameters. If you use index
but omit secondary-qty, be sure to specify the comma for secondary-qty.
RLSE is optional. RLSE causes truncation of the dataset at close. The default is no truncation
if RLSE is not specified, even for cataloged datasets (when the SPACE parameter is
6-30
User Reference
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
SPACE Parameter
specified). However, if the SPACE parameter is not specified for cataloged datasets, they are
truncated at close.
frag-control is optional. If used, it must be one of the following:
•
•
CONTIG specifies that each allocation must be made using consecutive tracks or blocks
for the entire allocation amount. This is the same as the DLBL option 'H'.
MXIG and ALX both specify fragmentation without operator intervention. This is the
same as the DLBL option 'F'.
Specify only one of the CONTIG, MXIG, or ALX subparameters.
MVS Compatibility
MXG and ALX have different meanings in MVS. For more information, see an MVS JCL
manual.
ROUND is optional. It specifies alignment on a cylinder boundary.
Controlled Dataset
Examples
In the following example, the dataset asks for primary and secondary allocations of 5
cylinders. Unused space will be released. The dataset will be automatically cataloged.
* //DISKIN
* //
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.FILE,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5),RLSE),
DISP=(NEW,CATLG)
In the following example, exactly the same space requirements are set, but because the DISP
parameter doesn't tell BIM-EPIC to automatically catalog the dataset, it is treated as a Start
Track 1 dataset. Note that the VOLUME parameter is also specified because it is required for
a Start Track 1 dataset.
* //DISKIN
* //
Uncontrolled
Dataset Syntax
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.FILE,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5),RLSE),
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),VOL=SER=SYSWK1
SPACE=(ABSTR,(size-specification))
ABSTR is required. It specifies the allocation requirements for an uncontrolled dataset. The
dataset will be allocated at the address you specify in the next parameters.
size-specification is required. It must be enclosed within parentheses and takes the
form:
primary-qty, start-address [,index]
where primary-qty specifies the size of the primary allocation in tracks or FBA blocks.
start-address specifies the starting relative track or FBA block (as in the VSE EXTENT
statement).
index is only used when both the prime and index data areas are defined using a single set of
parameters. It specifies the size of the index component for an ISAM dataset.
primary-qty, start-address, and index values are positional and must be enclosed
in parentheses.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-31
SPACE Parameter
Example
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
The following example shows an uncontrolled dataset. BIM-EPIC creates a label indicating
the extent begins at relative track 1680 and is 5 tracks long. It is on the SYSWK1 volume.
* //DISKIN
* //
6-32
User Reference
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.FILE,SPACE=(ABSTR,(5,1680)),
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),VOL=SER=SYSWK1
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
UNIT Parameter
UNIT Parameter
Description
Specifies a device or device type for processing. It is usually specified for output, and it is
required for disk output datasets. It is optional for input datasets that are controlled by the
DSN Catalog. If UNIT is not specified, UNIT=TAPE is assumed unless the dataset name
begins with “$$$.” (common work dataset) in which case UNIT=DISK is forced.
You can also request a unit by a group name. For disk datasets, BIM-EPIC chooses a volume
from the disk pool specified on the VOLUME parameter. For all tape datasets, BIM-EPIC
selects a suitable tape drive based on the mode setting associated with the group name/devicetype, if one exists, or associated to the default MODE setting.
For uncontrolled disk datasets, you can use a group name such as 'UNIT=DISK'. However,
you must also specify a particular device with the VOLUME parameter.
MVS Compatibility
In MVS, you can specify a pool name in the UNIT parameter. With BIM-EPIC DD
statements, you must specify the VOL=SER parameter instead.
Syntax
group-name

UNIT=

device-type [,cuu]
Parameters
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
Specify one of the following (required):
group-name
DISK|SYSDA|TAPE|IDRC|CART
TAPE
device-type
See text
None
group-name specifies a generic request for a device group. This is the most generic kind of
request. In MVS it specifies a particular category of device set up by your installation. In
BIM-EPIC valid groups are:
•
•
•
•
•
DISK or SYSDA specify any disk device
TAPE specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
IDRC specifies an IDRC drive
CART specifies a 3480 non-IDRC drive
TPA specifies a 3590 drive
device-type specifies a device type, such as FBA, 3390, 3480. Valid device types are
listed in the IBM System Control Statements manual. See the tape and disk device-classes for
the ASSGN statement. For tape devices, following are the associated mode settings (if not
overridden by the DCB DEN parameter):
•
•
2400 specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
3410 specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-33
UNIT Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3420 specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
3424 specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
3430 specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
3480 specifies a 3480 non-IDRC drive
3490 specifies a 3490 IDRC drive
3590 specified a TPA device
8809 specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
9348 specifies any tape device (does not override default MODE)
cuu specifies the address of a particular device. If cuu is specified, it must be separated
from device-type by a comma, and both subparameters must be enclosed in parentheses. For
example, UNIT=(CART,3F0).
Example
In the example below, the UNIT parameter indicates that this is a tape dataset. Any tape drive
can be used.
* //TAPEOUT
* //
6-34
User Reference
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.FILE,UNIT=TAPE,
DISP=(NEW,CATLG)
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
VOLUME Parameter
VOLUME Parameter
Description
For tape datasets, use VOLUME to specify tape rewind options and to select a tape volume to
process. These options are especially important for multi-dataset processing.
For disk datasets, use VOLUME to specify a disk pool for allocation and to specify a
maximum number of secondary allocations. VOLUME is required for Start Track 1 datasets.
VOLUME's first four subparameters are positional. The last subparameter, SER or REF, is
both keyword and positional. If specified alone, no commas are required before it. If other
subparameters are specified as well, SER or REF must be the last positional subparameter.
Syntax



VOL=
Subparameters
[ PRIVATE ]
[ ,RETAIN ]
[ ,volume-sequence-number ]
[ ,secondary-max ]
,SER=volser 
,SER=poolname
,REF=*.ddname 
Subparameter



Required?
Valid
Default
PRIVATE
No
None
RETAIN
No
None
volume-sequence-number
No
1 to 255
1
secondary-max
No
1 to 255
255
SER=volser
No
1 to 6 characters
None
SER=poolname
For ST1
1 to 6 characters
None
REF=*.ddname
No
1 to 7 characters
None
PRIVATE causes the tape to be unloaded when it is closed. PRIVATE is overridden by the
RETAIN parameter. If PRIVATE is not specified, the tape is rewound when it is closed.
PRIVATE is ignored for disk datasets.
RETAIN prevents rewinding the tape when it is closed. This subparameter is most often used
when processing multi-datasets. If neither PRIVATE nor RETAIN is specified, the tape is
rewound when it is closed. RETAIN is ignored for disk datasets.
volume-sequence-number selects the first reel to process in a multi-volume group. It is
ignored for disk datasets.
secondary-max specifies the maximum number of secondary allocations which can take
place for this disk dataset. It is ignored for tape datasets.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-35
VOLUME Parameter
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
SER=volser selects a volume by volume serial number. You can use this subparameter to
specify a disk volume for uncontrolled disk datasets.
SER=poolname selects a disk pool. It is required for Start Track 1 datasets.
Example
In the following example, the VOL parameter indicates the pool where the Start Track 1
dataset is located.
* //DISKIN
* //
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.FILE,SPACE=(CYL,(5,5),RLSE),
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),VOL=SER=SYSWK1
REF=*.ddname associates a subdataset with a prime dataset. Use it with
DISP=(NEW,CATLG) when you want to automatically catalog a subdataset. You can also
use it when you want to refer to a prime dataset other than the one specified in the subdataset's
dataset definition. Both the prime dataset and the subdataset must be controlled, and both
must be defined with DD statements. The prime dataset's DD statement must precede all DD
statements for related subdatasets.
Specify the ddname that is on the prime dataset's DD statement. For example, specify:
REF=*.TAPEOUT
to refer to a prime dataset defined with the ddname TAPEOUT.
Example
In the following example, the tape is unloaded at close.
* //TAPEIN
* //
DD
DSN=INVENTRY.FILE,
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),VOL=(PRIVATE)
The following example automatically catalogs a prime dataset and two new subdatasets. The
datasets are "stacked" on one tape to create a multi-dataset group. 'PRIME.DSN.1' is the first
dataset on the tape, 'NEWSUB.DSN.2' is the second dataset and 'NEWSUB.DSN.3' is the
third dataset.
* //TAPEDUM DD
* //
* //
* //
* //
* //
* //TAPEOUT DD
* //
* //
* //
* //
* //
* //TAPEOUT DD
* //
* //
* //
* //
// EXEC PROGX
6-36
User Reference
DSN='PRIME.DSN.1(+0)',
OPTION=SYS010,
UNIT=TAPE
DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
FREE=END,
VOL=(,RETAIN)
DSN='NEWSUB.DSN.2(+0)',
OPTION=SYS010,
UNIT=TAPE,
DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
FREE=END,
VOL=(,RETAIN,,,REF=*.TAPEDUM)
DSN='NEWSUB.DSN.3(+0)',
OPTION=SYS010,
UNIT=TAPE,
DISP=(NEW,CATLG),
VOL=(PRIVATE,,,,REF=*.TAPEDUM)
DD Statements for Tape and Disk Datasets
VOLUME Parameter
The VOL=REF=subparameter tells BIM-EPIC the name of the prime dataset.
VOL=(RETAIN,,,REF=*.TAPEDUM) tells BIM-EPIC that both of the following are true:
•
•
this dataset is a subdataset and part of a multi-dataset group
the prime dataset associated with this subdataset is 'PRIME.DSN.1'
See "Multi-Dataset Processing" for further explanation of prime datasets and subdatasets.
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-37
VOLUME Parameter
DD Statements For Printer and Punch Datasets
DD Statements For Printer and Punch Datasets
Description
You can use DD statements to assign printer and punch datasets.
Format
* //ddname
Parameters
DD
Parameter
SYSOUT=x [ ,OPTION=SYSnnn ]
Required?
Valid
Default
x
Yes
A to Z or 0 to 9
None
SYSnnn
No
SYS000 to SYS254
None
SYSOUT pecifies the class to be used for printer and punch data. For punch data, specify B.
For print data, specify any other character.
SYSnnn specifies the programmer logical unit. Use this subparameter if the ddname itself is
not a logical unit specification.
For example, if your COBOL program includes the statement
SELECT PRINT-OUT ASSIGN SYS006-UR-1403-S-PRINT.
then the DD statement would be:
* //PRINT
DD
SYSOUT=A,OPTION=SYS006
If no external name is used (the ddname is itself a logical unit specification), do not use the
OPTION parameter. For example, if your COBOL program includes the statement
SELECT PRINT-OUT ASSIGN SYS006-UR-1403-S.
then the DD statement would be:
* //SYS006
6-38
User Reference
DD
SYSOUT=A
DD Statements for In-Stream Datasets
VOLUME Parameter
DD Statements for In-Stream Datasets
Description
When a job uses in-stream data, you can use a DD statement to assign a logical unit to the data
stream. You must still place the in-stream data after the EXEC statement, as in VSE.
Format
* //ddname
Parameters
DD
specifier
Parameter
Required?
specifier
SYSnnn
[,OPTION=SYSnnn]
Valid
Default
Yes
* or DATA
None
No
SYS000 to SYS254
None
* or DATA specifies that this statement defines an instream dataset.
SYSnnn specifies a programmer logical unit. Use this parameter if the ddname itself is not a
logical unit specification.
For example, if your COBOL program includes the following statement:
SELECT CARD-IN ASSIGN SYS005-UR-2540R-S-CARDIN.
then the DD statement would be:
* //CARDIN
or
* //CARDIN
DD
*,OPTION=SYS005
DD
DATA,OPTION=SYS005
If no external name is used (the ddname is itself a logical unit specification), do not use the
OPTION parameter.
For example, if your COBOL program includes the following statement:
SELECT CARD-IN ASSIGN SYS005-UR-2540R-S.
then the DD statement would be:
* //SYS005
or
* //SYS005
DD
*
DD
DATA
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-39
VOLUME Parameter
Examples
DD Statements for In-Stream Datasets
In the following example, the AJS00987 statement is read as in-stream data using SYS005.
Because the ddname is itself a logical unit specification, no OPTION statement is necessary.
* //SYS005 DD
// EXEC PGM
AJS00987
/*
*
In the following example, LOG JE0987 and SP 9876 are read as in-stream data using logical
unit SYS005.
* //CARDIN DD
// EXEC PGM
LOG JE0987
SP 9876
/*
6-40
User Reference
DATA,OPTION=SYS005
DD Statements for Dummy Datasets
VOLUME Parameter
DD Statements for Dummy Datasets
Description
You can define dummy datasets with DD statements.
Format
* //ddname
Parameters
DD
Parameter
DUMMY
[,OPTION=SYSnnn]
Required?
DUMMY
Yes
SYSnnn
No
Valid
Default
None
SYS000 to SYS254
None
DUMMY specifies that this is a dummy dataset.
SYSnnn specifies the programmer logical unit and is required if the ddname itself is not a
logical unit specification.
Example
This example defines the dataset belonging to DTF name (and logical unit) SYS005 as a
dummy dataset. It is equivalent to a VSE // ASSGN SYS005,IGN. Input and output to the
dataset is ignored.
* //SYS005
DD
DUMMY
Chapter 6. BIM-EPIC DD Statements
6-41
VOLUME Parameter
6-42
User Reference
DD Statements for Dummy Datasets
7
Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
BIM-EPIC is designed to work with your existing JCL. However, JCL changes are sometimes
necessary and sometimes helpful. Some situations require special entries in the BIM-EPIC
dataset definition (EDD). This chapter discusses how to use BIM-EPIC and JCL with
products from IBM and other third-party vendors. It describes new requirements and the use
of BIM-EPIC label options. Recommendations for JCL and EDDs are presented for each
topic when relevant. Please refer to the $INDEX SAMPJOB file as a reference to the many
job samples provided on the BIM-EPIC installation tape. Familiarity with the TLBL and
DLBL statements and BIM-EPIC DD statements is assumed.
Chapter Contents
Introduction....................................................................................................................7-2
Disk Processing..............................................................................................................7-8
Processing Tape Datasets.............................................................................................7-11
Types of Datasets .........................................................................................................7-24
Sorting with BIM-EPIC ...............................................................................................7-37
IDCAMS BACKUP and RESTORE............................................................................7-43
IDCAM\S REPRO .......................................................................................................7-44
IDCAMS IMPORT/EXPORT .....................................................................................7-45
LIBR BACKUP/RESTORE.........................................................................................7-46
DITTO .........................................................................................................................7-47
VSE/POWER ACCOUNT FILE .................................................................................7-48
VSE/POWER PDISPLAY, POFFLOAD, AND Printer/Punch Tape Spooling ...........7-49
SQL/VSE Tape Output Functions................................................................................7-51
VSE/ICCF and Interactive Partition GETVIS Requirements with BIM-EPIC ............7-52
Processing with COBOL II ..........................................................................................7-53
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features .................................................................................7-54
7-1
Unsupported Datasets
Introduction
Introduction
Unsupported Datasets
Description
BIM-EPIC does not control datasets that are defined in the JCL with the following DTF
names:
•
•
•
IJSYSNR
IJSYSPC
IJSYSRS
BIM-EPIC also does not control datasets processed with the following system utilities:
•
DITTO basic and control functions
BIM-EPIC can control DITTO file functions.
7-2
User Reference
Introduction
JCL or DSN Catalog?
JCL or DSN Catalog?
Description
For output datasets, JCL parameters always override corresponding DSN Catalog information.
However, JCL period retention must be greater than zero to override a DSN Catalog value.
For input datasets, DSN Catalog values override any corresponding JCL parameters, with the
following exceptions:
•
•
•
•
EXTENT size (DLBL or DD SPACE parameter)
density (TLBL)
block size or CISIZE (DLBL or DD DCB parameter)
period retention (days) and expiration date
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-3
Input Dataset Selection
Introduction
Input Dataset Selection
Description
When you use TLBL and DLBL statements for input, BIM-EPIC selects the current version
by default.
When you use DD statements for input, the entire dataset is concatenated if you do not specify
a version number. All versions of the dataset are read, beginning with the current version and
ending with the oldest version.
JCL can be used to override these defaults. You can request a specific tape version or a
specific disk version or generation. For more details on overriding defaults, please see 5-2, 58, and 6-1 in this manual.
7-4
User Reference
Introduction
Defining Your Datasets With TLBL, DLBL, and DD Statements
Defining Your Datasets With TLBL, DLBL, and DD Statements
Description
For every controlled dataset that it processes, BIM-EPIC uses the information in the DSN
Catalog entry to update the VSE label area when the dataset is opened. Because this
information is recorded automatically, JCL can be very concise. Using the DSN Catalog
instead of JCL can be:
•
•
•
simpler
less error–prone
easier to change
In many circumstances, all you need to specify for an input dataset is the DTF name (or the
ddname that the program uses) and the dataset name.
Examples
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SYSTEM.BACKUP'
* //TAPEOUT
DD
DSN=SYSTEM.BACKUP
On DD statements for output datasets, you may also need to specify a device type.
* //DISKOUT
DD
DSN=SYSTEM.BACKUP,UNIT=DISK
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-5
Rules For Dataset Name
Introduction
Rules For Dataset Name
Description
Rules for dataset names are specified at 5-2, 5-8 and 6-22 in this manual.
For generation datasets, specify the dataset name as it appears in the EDD. Do not specify the
G=nnnnnn extension that appears in the VTOC.
7-6
User Reference
Introduction
LUB Allocation and the ASSGN Statement
LUB Allocation and the ASSGN Statement
When an ASSGN
Statement is Not
Required
Using LUB allocation and AVR, BIM-EPIC does the work of an ASSGN statement. LUB
allocation selects the SYS number, and AVR selects the drive. As long as LUB allocation is
active, ASSGN statements are not necessary and should be removed from your JCL.
When an ASSGN
Statement is
Required
ASSGN statements must be used whenever LUB allocation is inhibited. When LUB
allocation is inhibited, the drive specified in the ASSGN statement is used.
LUB allocation is automatically inhibited:
•
•
•
•
for direct access datasets
if the logical unit number is currently assigned IGNORE
for system logical units
if the logical unit is assigned in the DSN Catalog
and for the following DTF names:
•
•
•
•
•
UIN
UOUT
IJSYSxx
SYS000
SORTxxx (unless TSIDSRT is executed in place of SORT)
You can add other DTF names to this list by specifying them in the TSIDMAP macro. See the
BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for details.
In addition, you must inhibit LUB allocation for datasets opened by TSIDASS and datasets
which will be processed with PIOCS. This includes datasets processed with many utility
programs and any dataset opened with a DTFPH. In most circumstances, the TSIDASS utility
can replace the use of a VSE ASSGN statement.
Uncontrolled tape datasets do not need ASSGN statements. BIM-EPIC will request the
operator to specify to a tape drive address.
Inhibiting LUB
Allocation
You can inhibit LUB allocation for a dataset in several ways:
•
•
•
•
the "L" option in the dataset name on a DLBL
option "64" in the numeric options on a TLBL
OPTION=SYSnnn parameter on a DD statement
a default SYS number in the BIM-EPIC dataset definition
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-7
Controlled Datasets
Disk Processing
Disk Processing
Controlled Datasets
EXTENT
Statements
For most controlled datasets, the EXTENT statement is ignored. An EXTENT statement can
be required when you process direct access (DA) datasets or any datasets with programs that
use PIOCS processing. See "Physical IOCS Processing" in this chapter for details.
To change the extent size from the size in the EDD, use the DLBL statement with the "O"
option in the dataset name and use the EXTENT statement as you would for VSE. All
parameters except the number of tracks/blocks on the EXTENT are ignored.
Example
// DLBL DISKIN,'==.WORKFILE.1,(O)'
// EXTENT SYS004,SYSWK1,1,0,5,210
This dataset is created with a primary extent size of 210 tracks, overriding the primary extent
size in the EDD.
7-8
User Reference
Disk Processing
Start Track 1 Datasets
Start Track 1 Datasets
Description
To define a Start Track 1 dataset, you must specify allocation information.
DLBL Statements
EXTENT statements are required for Start Track 1 datasets. The EXTENT statement for a
Start Track 1 dataset differs only slightly from the standard VSE EXTENT statement. To use
a Start Track 1 EXTENT, do the following:
•
•
Example
Specify a BIM-EPIC disk pool instead of a volume serial number.
Specify a relative starting track/block of 1.
A Start Track 1 dataset is allocated in POOL01 with 20 tracks.
// EXTENT SYS003,POOL01,1,0,1,20
If you specify a Start Track 1 EXTENT for a controlled dataset, BIM-EPIC ignores the
EXTENT information. For Start Track 1 datasets defined with BIM-EPIC DD statements, see
6-10 in this manual.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-9
Reusing the Same Space
Disk Processing
Reusing the Same Space
DSN Catalog
If you want to write a new version of a disk dataset in the same location (reusing the same
space), catalog the dataset as work ("WRK" using Online Manager, or WRK=YES using
TSIDMNT) and zero secondary allocations.
JCL Requirements
1. Each time the dataset is created or modified, inhibit truncation. This leaves space in the
extent for a larger dataset the next time it is processed. To inhibit truncation with a DLBL,
specify the "N" option in the dataset name; with a DD statement, use the SPACE parameter.
2. Each time the dataset is modified, you must indicate that you want to reuse the same space.
With a DLBL, specify option "S"; with a DD statement, specify DISP=(MOD,KEEP).
Examples
// DLBL OUTPUT,'DATA.FILE,(N,S)'
* //OUTPUT
* //
7-10
User Reference
DD
DSN=DATA.FILE,UNIT=DISK,
DISP=(MOD,KEEP),SPACE=(TRK,0)
Processing Tape Datasets
Processing Internal Tape Labels
Processing Tape Datasets
Processing Internal Tape Labels
Description
BIM-EPIC supports both labeled and unlabeled tape processing. BIM-EPIC automatically
changes the DTF for an unlabeled tape (FILABL=NO or "LABEL RECORDS OMITTED")
to a DTF for a labeled tape (FILABL=STD or "LABEL RECORDS STANDARD") when you
supply a TLBL with the DTF name. This allows you to convert to labeled processing without
making program changes. BIM-EPIC does not affect user header label processing.
DSN Catalog
To indicate standard label processing, specify LBL=YES on the TSIDMNT CATALOG
statement. To indicate unlabeled processing, specify LBL=NO.
JCL Requirements
When processing a controlled dataset on an unlabeled tape, supply a TLBL or a DD statement
for the dataset. Standard VSE processing does not require a TLBL for unlabeled tape
datasets.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-11
Rewind Options and MTC Statements
Processing Tape Datasets
Rewind Options and MTC Statements
You do not need to use MTC statements to rewind your tapes. BIM-EPIC will position the
tape automatically for input processing. You can also use BIM-EPIC's rewind options for
output or input processing. These label options will override equivalent options in your
program.
See OPTION at page 6-26 in this manual, PRIVATE and RETAIN at page 6-35 in this
manual, and also TLBL options 1, 2, and 3 at page 5-6 in this manual for information on tape
rewind options.
7-12
User Reference
Processing Tape Datasets
Multi-Volume Processing
Multi-Volume Processing
Description
You can process up to 255 volumes per tape dataset version and up to 255 extents per disk
dataset version.
JCL Requirements
None.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-13
Multi-Dataset Processing
Processing Tape Datasets
Multi-Dataset Processing
Description
This section explains the concept of multi-dataset groups and describes their processing
requirements and options.
A multi-dataset group consists of a prime dataset and up to 9,998 subdatasets. A multi-dataset
group can reside on a single volume or on multiple volumes.
WARNING!
All datasets participating in a multi-dataset group MUST conform to standard dataset format
as defined by LIOCS (Logical Input Output Control System). Standard dataset format is
comprised of three components, each followed by a tape mark:
•
•
•
Header label set
Data
Trailer label set
Nearly all programming languages and utility programs create datasets which conform to
standard format.
Datasets known not to conform to standard data format are those created by the LIBR program
BACKUP function and the IDCAMS program BACKUP function. Datasets created by these
functions insert additional tape marks among the data component records thereby making it
impossible to properly position a volume to any subsequent subdataset.
Prime Datasets
The first dataset on the first reel of a multi-dataset group is called the prime dataset. The
prime dataset "owns" all the volumes in the group and controls their physical attributes.
All the datasets that follow the prime dataset in the group are called subdatasets. Subdatasets
must be associated with the prime dataset. BIM-EPIC supports two methods for this:
•
•
Automatically (using the DSN Catalog)
Explicitly (using JCL)
If the datasets are associated using TLBL statements, the length of the prime dataset name is
limited to 17 characters, although the subdataset names are not limited. This type of
association is made by specifying the prime dataset name when the subdataset names are
controlled.
If the datasets are associated using DD statements, the length of the prime dataset name can be
up to 44 characters. This type of association is made by a referback to the prime dataset name
on the DD statement for the subdataset. Therefore, a DD statement for the prime dataset name
is necessary when the subdataset is created. This method allows the additional flexibility of
associating the same subdatasets with different prime datasets depending on job requirements.
7-14
User Reference
Processing Tape Datasets
Subdatasets
Multi-Dataset Processing
Each subdataset has its own EDD, but some subdataset attributes cannot be specified because
they are always inherited from the prime dataset. These attributes are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Density
Tape labeling
Tape size
Tape pool
Owner ID
Vaulting method
Scratching MultiDataset Tapes
Multi-dataset tapes are scratched when all active datasets on the tape are scratched. None of
the volumes in a multi-dataset/multi-volume group is eligible for scratch until all active
datasets on all active volumes are scratched.
DSN Catalog
1. If you want the group to be written to a particular tape pool, or with a particular density, or
you want to specify any other physical property or handling of the tape, these characteristics
must be specified in the prime definition. Applicable parameters on the TSIDMNT
CATALOG statement include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
density (MOD)
label type (LBL)
owner ID (OWN)
tape size (SIZ)
vaulting method (VLT)
tape pool (TPL)
2. Several important limitations apply when creating a subdataset EDD.
You must catalog the subdatasets using Online Manager (or TSIDMNT), or autocatalog them
using DD statements. You cannot use TLBL statements to autocatalog subdatasets.
You must enter the prime dataset name correctly the first time for a subdataset EDD, because
you cannot change the prime dataset name field in an existing subdataset EDD.
You can supply independent retention criteria, passwords, and block sizes for each subdataset.
You may find it helpful to give all the datasets in each multi-dataset group a single, unique
user ID or system ID. This makes it easier to report or scratch them as a group, rather than as
individual datasets.
JCL Requirements
1. Inhibit LUB allocation for all datasets using either of the following:
•
•
option "64" in a TLBL statement
SYSnnn option in a DD statement
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-15
Multi-Dataset Processing
Processing Tape Datasets
If you are creating subdatasets with a single program that opens multiple DTFs with different
logical units, you must inhibit LUB allocation through the DSN Catalog. To force BIM-EPIC
to use the same logical unit for each dataset, specify the same SYS number in each EDD.
If you are creating subdatasets with different programs using DTFs with different logical units,
you can use a VSE // ASSGN statement to assign the SYS number from the previous step to
the SYS number in the current step. This may be necessary when using different utility
programs to create subdatasets with different SYS numbers.
2. BIM-EPIC corrects the file sequence number on your TLBL, if it is incorrect. You may
omit the file sequence number.
3. If your program uses multiple open requests for the same DTF name, you must specify
TLBL option 16 (dataset drop). Dataset drop is automatic when you use multiple DD
statementswith the same ddname.
4. Prevent rewind on close for each dataset processed except the last. This can be
accomplished with any of the following:
•
•
•
option code "3" in a TLBL statement
VOL=(,RETAIN) in a DD statement
OPT=NOREW in a DD statement
For the last dataset, you may want to specify a rewind or unload option code. Rewind can be
accomplished with either of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
option "1" (rewind) in a TLBL statement
FREE=CLOSE (rewind) in a DD statement
Unload can be accomplished with either of the following:
option "2" (unload) in a TLBL statement
VOL=(PRIVATE) (unload) in a DD statement
5. For each dataset processed except the last, prevent the release of assignment. This can be
accomplished with either of the following:
•
•
option "8" in a TLBL statement
FREE=END in a DD statement
For the last dataset, you usually want the assignment to be released at close. This can be
accomplished by omitting the option code.
6. On output, BIM-EPIC continues to write new datasets at the end of the current multidataset group. When you want to create a new group, you must start by creating a new version
of the prime dataset.
7. On input, you can process the datasets in any order. Because of the physical limitations of
tape media, it is most efficient to process the datasets in ascending order by file sequence
number, but this is not mandatory.
8. To automatically catalog a subdataset, you must use DD statements.
If the length of the prime dataset name is 17 characters or less, the prime dataset name is
entered in the Comment field of the subdataset EDD. If the prime dataset name in the
comment field is longer than 17 characters, BIM-EPIC puts XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX in
the subdataset's Comment field.
7-16
User Reference
Processing Tape Datasets
Multi-Dataset Processing
Be sure the dataset is not already controlled before you attempt to catalog it using this option.
If the prime dataset or any subdataset is already controlled, DISP=(x,CATLG) is ignored.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-17
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples
Processing Tape Datasets
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples
Example 1
The first example is one of the simplest possible situations for creating a multi-dataset group.
Your program creates datasets with different DTF names, but each DTF uses the same logical
unit. The datasets are controlled in the first step. They are created in the second step. The
second dataset on the tape is read in the third step. In the cataloging step, the prime dataset is
defined first. It is given a tape pool which applies to all its subdatasets. All other datasets are
defined with the NSU parameter, which makes them subdatasets. SUB1 and SUB2 have their
own retention parameters specified. SUB3 is assigned the BIM-EPIC system's default
retention. All datasets are defined with the user ID TS, so that they can be easily identified as
a group. The last dataset does not require the tape and drive to be held, nor does it require
dataset drop.
// JOB XYZ
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
* CATALOG A PRIME DSN AND THREE SUB DSN'S
+
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
*
// EXEC TSIDMNT
CAT 'PRIME' CYC=2 UID=TS TPL=A
CAT 'SUB1' NSU='PRIME' RET=14 UID=TS
CAT 'SUB2' NSU='PRIME' CYC=3 UID=TS
CAT 'SUB3' NSU='PRIME' UID=TS
/*
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
* CREATE A PRIME AND 3 SUB DSN'S. PROGX PERFORMS 4 OPENS, +
* ONE EACH FOR TAPE1, TAPE2, TAPE3 AND TAPE4.
+
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
*
// TLBL TAPE1,'PRIME',,,,,,75
64 + 8 + 3
// TLBL TAPE2,'SUB1',,,,,,75
64 + 8 + 3
// TLBL TAPE3,'SUB2',,,,,,75
64 + 8 + 3
// TLBL TAPE4,'SUB3',,,,,,65
64 + 1
// EXEC PROGX
/*
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
* READ FILE=2 ONLY
+
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
*
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SUB1'
// EXEC PROGY
/*
/&
Options Used
7-18
User Reference
Code
Action
1
Rewinds the tape (for the last dataset)
3
Inhibits rewind at close (for all but the last dataset)
8
Holds the drive assignment at close (for all but the last dataset)
64
Inhibits LUB allocation (for all datasets)
Processing Tape Datasets
Example 2
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples
This example creates multiple datasets with the same DTF name. This process requires
dataset drop.
// JOB XYZ
*
* ------------------------------------------------+
* CATALOG A PRIME AND 2 SUB DSN'S
+
* ------------------------------------------------+
*
// EXEC TSIDMNT
CAT 'PRIME' CYC=3 UID=KM
CAT 'SUB1' NSU='PRIME' UID=KM CYC=4
CAT 'SUB2' NSU='PRIME' UID=KM RET=14
/*
*
* ------------------------------------------------+
* CREATE A PRIME AND 2 SUB DSN'S. PROGX PERFORMS+
* 3 OPENS FOR THE DTFNAME TAPEOUT.
+
* ------------------------------------------------+
*
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'PRIME',,,,,,91
64 + 16 + 8 + 3
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SUB1',,,,,,91
64 + 16 + 8 + 3
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'SUB2',,,,,,66
64 + 2
// EXEC PROGX
/*
*
* ------------------------------------------------+
* READ A PRIME AND 2 SUB DSN'S. PROGY PERFORMS +
* 3 OPENS FOR THE DTFNAME TAPEOUT.
+
* ------------------------------------------------+
*
// TLBL TAPEIN,'PRIME',,,,,,91
64 + 16 + 8 + 3
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SUB1',,,,,,91
64 + 16 + 8 + 3
// TLBL TAPEIN,'SUB2',,,,,,66
64 + 2
// EXEC PROGY
/*
*
/&
The options in use are:
Code
Action
1
Rewinds the tape (for the last dataset)
2
Dismounts the tape (for the last dataset)
3
Inhibits rewind at close (for all but the last dataset)
8
Holds the drive assignment at close (for all but the last dataset)
16
Drops the TLBL (for all but the last dataset)
64
Inhibits LUB allocation (for all datasets)
The last dataset does not require the tape and drive to be held, nor does it require dataset drop.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-19
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples
Example 3
Processing Tape Datasets
This example creates multiple datasets with different DTF names. Because the different DTFs
use different logical units, a logical unit must be supplied in the dataset definitions.
// JOB XYZ
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
* CATALOG A PRIME AND 2 SUB DSN'S
+
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
*
// EXEC TSIDMNT
CAT 'PRIME' SYS010
CAT 'SUB1' NSU='PRIME' SYS010
CAT 'SUB2' NSU='PRIME' SYS010
/*
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
* CREATE A PRIME AND 2 SUB DSN'S. PROGX PERFORMS 3 OPENS, +
* ONE EACH FOR TAPE1, TAPE2 AND TAPE3.
+
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
*
// TLBL TAPE1,'PRIME',,,,,,11
8 + 3
// TLBL TAPE2,'SUB1',,,,,,11
8 + 3
// TLBL TAPE3,'SUB2',,,,,,2
2
// EXEC PROGX
/*
*
/&
The options used are:
Code
Action
2
Dismounts the tape (for the last dataset)
3
Inhibits rewind at close (for all but the last dataset)
8
Holds the drive assignment at close (for all but the last dataset)
Because LUB allocation is inhibited through the dataset definition (SYS010 specified in the
definitions of both the prime dataset and the subdatasets), 64 does not have to be specified on
the TLBL.
7-20
User Reference
Processing Tape Datasets
Example 4
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples
This example is very similar to Example 2. It may seem more complicated than Example 2,
but the BIM-EPIC DD facility offers greater flexibility than TLBLs.
// JOB XYZ
* -----------------------------------------------------+
* CATALOG A PRIME DSN AND THREE SUB DSN'S
+
* -----------------------------------------------------+
*
// EXEC TSIDMNT
CAT 'PRIME'
CYC=2
CAT 'SUB1' NSU='PRIME' CYC=2
CAT 'SUB2' NSU='PRIME' CYC=2
/*
*
* ------------------------------------------------------------+
* CREATE A PRIME AND 2 SUB DSN'S USING BIM-EPIC DD FACILITY. +
* PROGX PERFORMS 3 OPENS FOR DTFNAME TAPEOUT.
+
* ------------------------------------------------------------+
*
* //TAPEOUT DD DSN='PRIME(+0)',
* //
OPTION=(SYS010),
* //
UNIT=TAPE,
* //
FREE=END,
* //
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),
* //
VOL=(,RETAIN)
* //TAPEOUT DD DSN='SUB1(+0)',
* //
OPTION=(SYS010),
* //
UNIT=TAPE,
* //
FREE=END,
* //
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),
* //
VOL=(,RETAIN)
* //TAPEOUT DD DSN='SUB2(+0)',
* //
OPTION=(SYS010),
* //
UNIT=TAPE,
* //
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),
* //
VOL=(PRIVATE)
// EXEC PROGX
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
* READ A PRIME AND 2 SUB DSN'S USING BIM-EPIC DD FACILITY. +
* PROGY PERFORMS 3 OPENS FOR DTFNAME TAPEIN.
+
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
* //TAPEIN DD DSN='PRIME(0)',
* //
OPTION=(SYS010),
* //
UNIT=TAPE,
* //
FREE=END,
* //
DISP=(OLD,PASS),
* //
VOL=(,RETAIN)
* //TAPEIN DD DSN='SUB1(0)',
* //
OPTION=(SYS010),
* //
UNIT=TAPE,
* //
FREE=END,
* //
DISP=(OLD,PASS),
* //
VOL=(,RETAIN)
* //TAPEIN DD DSN='SUB2(0)',
* //
OPTION=(SYS010),
* //
UNIT=TAPE,
* //
DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
// EXEC PROGY
/*
/&
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-21
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples
Processing Tape Datasets
In the example above, the options used in the creation step are:
Option
Action
DSN='xxxx(+0)'
The "+0" in parentheses indicates that this is a generation dataset
(see the DDGEN configuration option in the BIM-EPIC
Installation and System Guide).
OPTION=(SYS010)
Inhibits LUB allocation for this dataset. This is equivalent to
TLBL option code 64. In addition, this forces the use of SYS010
(which has no TLBL equivalent).
UNIT=TAPE
Tells BIM-EPIC to create a tape label. This would be determined
in standard VSE JCL by using a TLBL.
FREE=END
Holds the assignment at close for all but the last dataset processed.
This is equivalent to TLBL option code 8.
DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
The NEW subparameter indicates that this dataset version will be
created as output. The KEEP subparameter causes the tape to be
unloaded at close unless VOL=(,RETAIN).
VOL=(,RETAIN)
Inhibits rewinding the tape at close (overrides the DISP
subparameter KEEP). This is equivalent to TLBL option code 3.
VOL=(PRIVATE)
Causes the tape to be unloaded at close. This is equivalent to
TLBL option code 2.
The option used in the read step are:
7-22
User Reference
Option
Action
DSN='xxxx(0)'
The zero (0) in parentheses indicates that the current version
(version 1) is to be processed.
DISP=(OLD,PASS)
The OLD subparameter indicates that this dataset version already
exists and will be read as input. The PASS subparameter indicates
that this tape is used later in the step or in a subsequent step.
Processing Tape Datasets
Example 5
Multi-Dataset Processing Examples
Whenever a subdataset such as VERY.LONG.NAME.FOR.NEWSUB.3 is accessed, the
prime dataset name must be referenced in the JCL. The following example shows how
VERY.LONG.NAME.FOR.NEWSUB.3 can be read as input:
// JOB XYZ
*
* ---------------------------------------------------------------+
* READ VERY.LONG.NAME.FOR.NEWSUB.3 AS INPUT. THE PRIME DATASET +
* NAME (VERY.LONG.NAME.FOR.PRIME.1) MUST BE SPECIFIED AND +
* REFERRED TO BY THE DD FOR THE SUBDATSET. PROGY+
* PERFORMS 1 OPEN FOR DTFNAME TAPEIN.
* ----------------------------------------------------------+
*
* //DUMMY
DD DSN='VERY.LONG.NAME.FOR.PRIME.1(0)',
* //
UNIT=TAPE
* //TAPEIN DD DSN='VERY.LONG.NAME.FOR.NEWSUB.3(0)',
* //
UNIT=TAPE,
* //
DISP=(OLD),
* //
VOL=REF=*.DUMMY
// EXEC PROGY
/*
/&
Note the use of the DTF name DUMMY in DD statements. This is also known as the
ddname. Any ddname except TAPEIN can be used because PROGY performs an open for
TAPEIN, not DUMMY.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-23
Sequential Datasets
Types of Datasets
Types of Datasets
Sequential Datasets
For disk, allocation is on track boundaries for CKD devices. If you specify DLBL option "A"
or the SPACE=(...,ROUND) parameter on a DD statement, BIM-EPIC makes the allocation
on cylinder boundaries.
Otherwise, there are no special requirements for sequential dataset processing.
7-24
User Reference
Types of Datasets
Direct Access Datasets
Direct Access Datasets
Description
For direct access datasets:
•
•
•
LUB allocation is inhibited automatically
Allocation is on cylinder boundaries and datasets are not truncated
Secondary extents are not supported for controlled datasets
Configuration
Options
For uncontrolled DA datasets, the following apply:
DSN Catalog
No special EDD requirements.
JCL Requirements
The VSE job control program requires you to use a DLBL and a complete EXTENT
statement. For BIM-EPIC purposes, however, only the file type (access method "DA") on the
DLBL and the extent sequence numbers on the EXTENT statement must be correct. For both
cataloged and Start Track 1 datasets, the extent sequence numbers must begin with 1. VSE
also requires that secondary extents reside on separate volumes.
Examples
The following example shows the EXTENT statement for a controlled dataset. BIM-EPIC
supplies the volume serial number, starting address, and number of tracks/blocks from
information in the catalog.
•
•
When UNCDSK=NO, there is no limit to the number of extents.
When UNCDSK=YES, there is a limit of 5 extents.
// DLBL RESDA,'dataset.name',,DA
// EXTENT SYS020,,1,1
The following example shows the EXTENT statement for a Start Track 1 dataset. BIM-EPIC
supplies the actual volume serial number and starting address.
// DLBL RESDA,'dataset.name',,DA
// EXTENT SYS020,POOL01,1,1,1,15
On BIM-EPIC DD statements, specify DCB=DSORG=DA or DCB=DSORG=DAU. This
example could be used to read or update a controlled DA dataset.
* //RESDA
* //
DD
DSN=INVOICE.TICKETS,DISP=(OLD,KEEP),
DCB=DSORG=DA
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-25
ISAM Datasets
Types of Datasets
ISAM Datasets
Description
BIM-EPIC can control ISAM datasets. The following VSE restrictions affect ISAM dataset
processing with BIM-EPIC:
•
•
•
BIM-EPIC can control only one prime data area, one overflow area, and one index per
ISAM dataset.
ISAM datasets are automatically allocated on cylinder boundaries.
If UNCDSK=YES is specified as a configuration option, or if you specify DLBL
options in your JCL, uncontrolled ISAM datasets are limited to a maximum of 5 extents
total.
DSN Catalog
There are no special requirements for the catalog entry. Extent size specified in the catalog
refers to the prime data area. Multiple extents are not allowed. Extent information for the
index and overflow areas is taken from JCL. The disk pool applies to all areas, prime data,
index, and overflow.
JCL Requirements
EXTENT statements are always required for all three areas, as follows:
1. For catalog controlled datasets, the number of tracks to allocate for the prime area is taken
from the catalog, unless you specify the DLBL ‘O’ option. The number of tracks to allocate
for index and overflow areas must be specified on the appropriate extent statement, as shown
in the following two examples:
//
//
//
//
DLBL MASTER,'EPIC.ISAM.MASTER.FILE',,ISE
EXTENT SYS040,,4,1
Index
EXTENT SYS041,,1,2
Prime
EXTENT SYS042,,2,4
Overflow
//
//
//
//
DLBL MASTER, 'EPIC.ISAM.MASTER.FILE',,ISC
EXTENT SYS040,,4,1,,15
Index
EXTENT SYS041,,1,2
Prime
EXTENT SYS042,,2,4,,30
Overflow
2. For Start Track 1, the SYS number for the overflow extent must be different from the SYS
number for the index and prime data areas, as shown in the following example:
//
//
//
//
DLBL MASTER,'EPIC.ISAM.MASTER.FILE',,ISE
EXTENT SYSO4O,POOL80,4,1,1,15
Index
EXTENT SYS041,POOL80,1,2,1,90
Prime
EXTENT SYSO42,POOL80,2,3,1,30
Overflow
3. For each DD statements, specify DCB=DSORG=IS or DCB=DSORG=ISU.
The three areas of an ISAM dataset (prime, index, and overflow areas) are all defined as part
of the same DD statement. However, the overflow area must be defined using its own
parameters (DSN, DCB, DISP, SPACE, VOL, and so on). You can define the prime and
index areas together (with one set of parameters) or independently.
7-26
User Reference
Types of Datasets
Examples
ISAM Datasets
In the following example, each area is defined with its own set of parameters. Space and other
information about the area follows the DSN parameter identifying the area. Because it is
defined alone, index area space is defined with the primary-qty subparameter,
SPACE=(TRK,1) and not the index-qty, SPACE=(TRK(,,1)).
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
//DATA
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
DD
DD
DD
DSN=CUSTOMER.MASTER(PRIME),
DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
UNIT=DISK
DCB=DSORG=IS,
SPACE=(TRK,45)
VOL=SER=POOL01
DSN=CUSTOMER.MASTER(INDEX),
DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
UNIT=DISK,
DCB=DSORG=IS,
SPACE=(TRK,1)
VOL=SER=POOL01
DSN=CUSTOMER.MASTER(OVFLOW),
DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
UNIT=DISK,
DCB=DSORG=IS,
SPACE=(TRK,15)
VOL=SER=POOL01
In the following example, one set of parameters is used to define both the prime and the index
areas. In this case, SPACE is defined for the index area by using the index-qty subparameter.
*
*
*
*
*
*
//DATA
//
//
//
//
//
DD
DSN=CUSTOMER.MASTER,
DISP=(NEW,KEEP),
UNIT=DISK,
DCB=DSORG=IS,
SPACE=(TRK,(45,,1)),
VOL=SER=POOL01
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-27
VSAM and VSAM-Managed SAM Datasets
Types of Datasets
VSAM and VSAM-Managed SAM Datasets
Description
BIM-EPIC does not control VSAM or VSAM-managed SAM datasets. Therefore no changes
are required in your JCL. However, you can use DD statements to access an existing VSAM
cluster or VSAM-managed SAM dataset. See the IBM documentation for further information.
You can have VSAM dataset location and activity recorded in the DSN Catalog. If you
catalog the VSAM cluster using Online Manager (or TSIDMNT), this information will appear
on the BIM-EPIC reports and displays, just as it does for non-VSAM datasets. At close time,
BIM-EPIC logs the allocations used for any suballocated or unique VSAM clusters.
Configuration
Options
7-28
User Reference
The VSAM configuration option enables logging of VSAM datasets.
Types of Datasets
Work Datasets
Work Datasets
Temporary
Datasets
BIM-EPIC can release disk space or tapes used for controlled datasets at close or at end-ofjob.
You can find common work dataset (CWDS) support or CPU/partition independence helpful
with work datasets. See "Common Work Datasets" and "CPU and Partition Independence"
for details.
DSN Catalog
Catalog the EDD as work ("WRK" using Online Manager, or WRK=YES using TSIDMNT).
JCL Requirements
For TLBLs, specify option "4".
For DLBLs, specify option "D", "P", or "X" in the dataset name.
For DD statements, specify DISP=(NEW,DELETE,DELETE).
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-29
CPU and Partition Independence
Types of Datasets
CPU and Partition Independence
Description
CPU and partition independence are normally used with work datasets. They allow you to use
a single set of JCL to run in any partition or CPU. Because BIM-EPIC inserts a partition
and/or CPU ID into the dataset name to make the dataset name unique, there will be no
duplication of the dataset names in different partitions or machines.
For example, in your JCL you could specify ===.SORTWRK1 as the dataset name. The three
equal signs designate both CPU and partition independence. When you run the job in the BG
partition of CPU ID 1, BIM-EPIC uses the dataset name 'BG1.SORTWRK1'. When you run
it in the F1 partition of CPU ID 2, BIM-EPIC uses the name 'F12.SORTWRK1'.
DSN Catalog
Catalog a separate dataset definition for each partition/CPU ID combination you intend to use.
Specify the partition/CPU ID first, then a period, and then the dataset name. For the example
above, you would create a definition for BG1.SORTWRK1 and F12.SORTWRK1. When
using both CPU and partition independence, the partition ID precedes the CPU ID.
Note: If you actually specify === in the dataset name when it is controlled, the === is
replaced by the partition and CPU ID in which the catalog operation occurs.
JCL Requirements
1. For both DLBL and DD statements, prefix your dataset name with equal signs (=) and a
period (.), as follows:
Format
Specifies...
=.dataset.name
CPU independence only
==.dataset.name
Partition independence only
===.dataset.name
Both CPU and partition independence
2. For DD statements, you can substitute two ampersands (&&) for the equal signs and omit
the period. If you are concerned about MVS compatibility, using the ampersands can be an
advantage because they signify a temporary dataset to MVS. Note that MVS requires that
ampersands be specified as the first two characters of the dataset name. See the DSN
parameter for more information.
Example
This dataset will have a unique name in any partition or CPU in which it it used.
// DLBL WORKOUT,'===.WORKFILE.1'
7-30
User Reference
Types of Datasets
Common Work Datasets (CWDS)
Common Work Datasets (CWDS)
Description
The easiest way to control sort work, compiler work areas and any other disk only dataset that
does not need to be kept after end-of-job is to use the common work dataset (CWDS) feature.
When a dataset name begins with three dollar signs and a period ($$$., or £££. in the U.K.),
BIM-EPIC recognizes it as a CWDS. The $$$ (or £££) in the dataset name are replaced by
the CPU ID and partition ID in which the job is executed. This substitution is the reverse of
"===" datasets, to avoid any conflicts if both are used with the same dataset name. In
addition, a CWDS is automatically deleted at end-of-job, even if the job cancels.
Since each version is deleted at the end of every job, no versions are recorded in the DSN
Catalog or kept on disk. If you attempt to open a version as input in a new job, the job cancels
with an appropriate error message.
CWDS requires that you catalog only one dataset name, unlike CPU/partition independence
which requires you to catalog a partition/CPU independent dataset name for every partition
and machine combination in which the dataset could be used.
DSN Catalog
1. Catalog the dataset name beginning with '$$$.' ('£££.' in the U.K.). Use the remaining 40
characters to name the dataset.
2. Specify as work ("WRK" using Online Manager, or WRK=YES using TSIDMNT).
3. Cycle, retention period, and DLA retention are ignored if you specify them.
Example
This control statement catalogs a CWDS using TSIDMNT.
CAT
JCL Requirements
'$$$.SORTWK1',WRK=YES,POL=POOL01,EXT=120
Specify the dataset name beginning with '$$$' ('£££'. in the U.K.). No delete options are
necessary on the dataset's DLBL or DD statement.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-31
TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs
Types of Datasets
TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs
Description
Datasets that have TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs are processed differently from other sequential
datasets. Common TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs include compiler work datasets and FORTRAN
disk datasets.
BIM-EPIC can process TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs on disk only (DTFSD). You can, of course,
still use TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs with tape if the tape dataset is uncontrolled.
TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs can be controlled as Start Track 1 or cataloged datasets. However,
we strongly recommend that you use the Catalog to eliminate many allocation problems. For
example, BIM-EPIC automatically reuses the same extents used by an earlier version of a
cataloged dataset, if one exists. If you use Start Track 1 datasets, the old dataset is deleted
the next time a dataset with the same dataset name is opened.
Secondary extents are not allowed.
DSN Catalog
1. Catalog the dataset as work ("WRK" using Online Manager, or WRK=YES using
TSIDMNT).
2. You can inhibit LUB allocation for the dataset by specifying a SYS number in the Catalog.
JCL Requirements
7-32
User Reference
Inhibit LUB allocation if this is not done through the Catalog. For DLBLs, specify the DLBL
option "N" in the dataset name. For DD statements, include the OPTION=SYSnnn parameter.
Types of Datasets
Compiler Work Datasets
Compiler Work Datasets
Description
Compiler work datasets have the same requirements as TYPEFLE=WORK DTF datasets.
Refer to "TYPEFLE=WORK DTF's" above, for those requirements.
In addition, observe the following requirements described below.
DSN Catalog
Compiler work datasets should be controlled with a disk pool that contains volumes of the
same device type as those to which SYS001, SYS002,SYS003, SYS004, and SYSLNK are
permanently assigned.
JCL Requirements
1. Each compiler does a pre-open check to determine the device type prior to opening its
work datasets. Logical units SYS001, SYS002, SYS003, SYS004, and SYSLNK must
therefore be pre-assigned to the same device type to be used for the compiler work datasets.
You can use permanent or temporary assignments to accomplish this.
2. All compiler work dataset labels must be submitted before the compiler is executed.
3. LUB allocation is inhibited automatically, since the DTF names begin with IJSYS.
Example
// JOB COMPILE AND LINK EDIT
// ASSGN SYS001,SYSWK1
// ASSGN SYS002,SYSWK1
// ASSGN SYS003,SYSWK1
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSWK1
// ASSGN SYSLNK,SYSWK1
// DLBL IJSYS01,'$$$.IJSYS01'
// EXTENT SYS001
// DLBL IJSYS02,'$$$.IJSYS02'
// EXTENT SYS002
// DLBL IJSYS03,'$$$.IJSYS03'
// EXTENT SYS003
// DLBL IJSYS04,'$$$.IJSYS04'
// EXTENT SYS004
// DLBL IJSYSLN,'$$$.IJSYSLN'
// OPTION CATAL
PHASE PROGX,*
// EXEC FCOBOL
(COBOL SOURCE)
/*
// EXEC LNKEDT
/&
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-33
Uncontrolled Datasets
Types of Datasets
Uncontrolled Datasets
Description
Any dataset that is not controlled using the DSN Catalog or the Start Track 1 features is called
an uncontrolled dataset. With a few exceptions, uncontrolled datasets are not provided any
additional features than are provided using standard VSE.
For uncontrolled tape datasets, BIM-EPIC provides protection for all output tapes to ensure
that any tape volume that is still in an active status is not used. Additionally, if the
configuration option UNCTL is set to NO, uncontrolled tape datasets cannot use any tape in
the DSN Catalog even if it is in a scratch status. VSE ASSGN statements are not required for
uncontrolled tape datasets. If there is no assignment, the operator is prompted to specify an
available tape drive which can be used. Unlike controlled tape datasets, the assignment is not
released at close unless the configuration option UNCTAP is set to YES.
Uncontrolled disk datasets can be placed within the extents of a disk pool provided they are
created with adequate retention. ASSGN and EXTENT statements are normally required, but
if the configuration option UNCDSK is set to YES, the ASSGN statement is optional.
JCL Requirements
7-34
User Reference
No special options are required for uncontrolled datasets.
Types of Datasets
Physical IOCS Processing
Physical IOCS Processing
Introduction
VSE system utilities, sort programs, report writers, database utilities, and many other
programs process datasets with physical IOCS (PIOCS).
Many different issues can come into play when a program uses PIOCS to process datasets that
are under BIM-EPIC control. If you familiarize yourself with those described below, you can
make any PIOCS program work with BIM-EPIC-controlled datasets. When you are familiar
with these points, please review the sections on program-specific instructions.
PIOCS Issues
1. When a program requires a specific logical unit, LUB allocation must be inhibited for
every dataset processed in that job step. There are some cases in which LUB allocation is
inhibited automatically. See "LUB Allocation and the ASSGN Statement" in this chapter
for details.
2. Satisfy pre-open checking:
a. Make an assignment to a device type, using any of the following techniques:
•
•
•
•
make a permanent assignment, as for SYS001 through SYS005 and SYSLNK
make a temporary assignment
use the DD OPTION=SYSnnn parameter
execute TSIDSRT (for SORT) or TSIDASS ASSGN
If you make a disk assignment using the VSE ASSGN statement, assign the dataset to a
device of the same type to be used for the dataset. For example, you can assign a disk
dataset with the following statement:
// ASSGN SYS003,DISK,VOL=SYSWK1,SHR
If SYSWK1 is a 3380, for example, your dataset can be created on any 3380 volume.
b. For other programs like DITTO, some IDCAMS functions, and some SORT products,
include an EXTENT card with the assigned logical unit number.
c. Many programs that use PIOCS do not issue an "open" request that BIM-EPIC can
recognize. In this case, you can satisfy BIM-EPIC's "open" processing requirements by
executing the TSIDASS OPEN function to simulate the opening of both input and
output datasets. This is required only when the program does not issue an open, or
does I/O to the dataset before it is opened. Examples include some DITTO functions,
LIBR stand-alone backups and most FORTRAN compilers.
3. Use caution when using BIM-EPIC's concatenation facility. BIM-EPIC cannot recognize
end-of-file processing for many PIOCS programs, so BIM-EPIC's dataset concatenation
may not work for these programs.
4. Most PIOCS programs do not honor BIM-EPIC's dataset reblocking facility. Alternate
block sizes must usually be specified by submitting control statements to the program. For
sorts, TSIDSRT can be used to automatically update the control statements with the BIMEPIC block size.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-35
Physical IOCS Processing
Types of Datasets
5. Generic device independence (GDI) cannot be used with PIOCS.
6. Some PIOCS programs do not provide the address of the last record written, so BIM-EPIC
may not be able to truncate the dataset.
Utility Programs
BIM-EPIC provides the following utility programs to facilitate processing with PIOCS
programs:
Program
Can be used for...
TSIDASS
Pre-open assignment checking and simulation of open processing
TSIDSRT
Sort programs
TSIDDEL
Deleting disk work datasets that have not been closed
These programs are discussed in detail in Chapter 8, “BIM-EPIC Utilities”
7-36
User Reference
Sorting with BIM-EPIC
Introduction
Sorting with BIM-EPIC
Introduction
Description
This section describes the considerations necessary to use BIM-EPIC controlled datasets with
all sort programs in general and these three sort programs specifically:
•
•
•
SYNCSORT using BIM-EPIC Interface
IBM SORT beginning with DFSORT 3.3
CA-SORT
All sort programs check the assignment of a particular logical unit (SYSnnn) number before
actually opening a particular file (known as pre-open checking) and use PIOCS (Physical
Input Output Control Systems) to open, close, read, and write their datasets. Therefore, some
special considerations may be necessary when accessing BIM-EPIC controlled datasets with
your sort program. These considerations fall into three categories:
•
•
•
Satisfaction of pre-open checking
Acquisition of necessary DTF information
Deletion of the SORTWK dataset(s)
Pre-open checking can be satisfied using JCL considerations. BIM-EPIC automatically
deletes controlled SORTWK datasets at EOJ. DTF information not supplied by the sort
program either is lost or must be acquired by other means.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-37
BIM-EPIC Sort Interface (TSIDSRT)
Sorting with BIM-EPIC
BIM-EPIC Sort Interface (TSIDSRT)
Description
The BIM-EPIC sort interface program (TSIDSRT) addresses all the considerations described
above, and usually requires no JCL changes except the phase name on the EXEC statement.
TSIDSRT does the following:
1. Reads the sort control statements and modifies the input BLKSIZE to match the block size
in the BIM-EPIC Catalog.
2. Assigns tape datasets to a "dummy" tape device and opens disk datasets to satisfy pre-open
checking.
3. Calls the sort program.
4. Uses the sort program's E35 exit routine to write the SORTOUT dataset. This allows
access to DTF information necessary to support such BIM-EPIC options as disk dataset
truncation, reblocking, and logging of block size, record size and record count.
5. Closes SORTWK datasets to enable them to be deleted.
Unless using a sort program that has a direct interface to BIM-EPIC (e.g. SYNCSORT), the
recommended method of using sort programs with BIM-EPIC-controlled datasets is to use
TSIDSRT. BIM-EPIC special option EPS083 provides for automatically changing 'SORT' to
'TSIDSRT' on EXEC statements.
7-38
User Reference
Sorting with BIM-EPIC
Sort Specifics
Sort Specifics
Description
Many BIM-EPIC features rely upon DTF information that is automatically provided by the
LIOCS (Logical Input Output Control Systems) access methods. BIM-EPIC also relies upon
the standard open/close/end-of-extent/end-of-reel processing used by LIOCS. Not all sort
programs use LIOCS to process data so the functionality of BIM-EPIC features varies
depending upon which sort product is used
The following table details the operation of specific BIM-EPIC features when used with
several sort programs. These considerations apply when the sort program is directly executed
by using the VSE EXEC statement and then only to datasets that are opened directly the sort
program (i.e., not those that may be opened by user-written sort exits). When sort is invoked
internally by another program or TSIDSRT in directly executed, these considerations usually
apply only to the SORTWK file.
BIM-EPIC feature
IBM SORT
prior to
DFSORT 3.3
IBM SORT
DFSORT 3.3
and above
SYNCSORT
without
interface to
BIM-EPIC
SYNCSORT
with interface
to BIM-EPIC
CA-SORT
TSIDSRT
Reblocking
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Truncation of disk
output dataset
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Deletion of
SORTWK (using
close)
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
DTF information
posting
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
LUB allocation
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Based on sort
program
Disk dataset
concatenation
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Based on sort
program
Tape dataset
concatenation
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Based on sort
program
Secondary SORTWK
allocation
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Based on sort
program
Assignments required
before SORTIN,
SORTOUT or
SORTWK opened?
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-39
Sort Specifics
SYNCSORT using
BIM-EPIC Interface
Sorting with BIM-EPIC
SYNCSORT offers options to improve compatibility with BIM-EPIC. See the SYNCSORT
Installation Guide for details about these options. In addition, there are BIM-EPIC special
options which must be activated when using SYNCSORT. See the BIM-EPIC Installation
and System Guide, "Compatibility With Other Software" for details.
With these options activated, LUB allocation and secondary SORTWK allocations are
supported, SORTWK datasets are closed to allow them to be deleted and disk output datasets
are closed in a manner allowing for file truncation. In addition, SYNCSORT can
communicate directly with BIM-EPIC to determine input file block sizes and to allow output
file record and block sizes to be stored in the DSN Catalog and on tape HDR2 labels.
As a result, all of the problems typically associated to sort programs when using BIM-EPIC
controlled datasets are resolved.
IBM SORT
beginning with
DFSORT 3.3
DFSORT offers an option to improve compatibility with BIM-EPIC. See the DFSORT/VSE
Installation and Tuning Guide, Customizing DFSORT/VSE to interact with the File
Management System installed at your site for details. With this option activated, LUB
allocation and secondary SORTWK allocations are supported and input datasets can be
concatenated. In addition, the method by which pre-open checking is accomplished is
changed to checking the type of label that was submitted for a dataset to determine if it resides
on tape or disk.
As a result, some of the problems typically associated to sort programs when using BIM-EPIC
controlled datasets are resolved.
CA-SORT
CA-SORT offer an option to improve compatiblity with BIM-EPIC. See the CA-SORT
Systems Programmer Guide for details. With this option activated along with normal
processing characteristics of this sort program, LUB allocation and secondary SORTWK
allocations are supported and input disk (not tape) datasets can be concatenated. In addition,
the method by which pre-open checking is accomplished is to check the type of label that is
submitted for a dataset to determine if it resides on tape or disk.
As a result, some of the problems typically associated to sort programs when using BIM-EPIC
controlled datasets are resolved.
7-40
User Reference
Sorting with BIM-EPIC
SORTWK Datasets
SORTWK Datasets
Description
To provide optimal utilization of disk work space, SORTWK datasets should be defined as
temporary datasets and deleted as soon as they are no longer in use.
DSN Catalog
1. Catalog SORTWK datasets as work ("WRK" using Online Manager, or WRK=YES using
TSIDMNT).
2. Use the CWDS facility or partition/CPU-independent datasets so that the datasets can be
processed in any partition without conflict.
JCL Requirements
Various BIM-EPIC options can be used to delete SORTWK areas upon completion of a sort.
1. Controlled SORTWK datasets are deleted automatically at end of job.
2. Common work datasets ($$$) are also deleted at end of job.
3. If the sort program closes SORTWK, use the DLBL "D" option or the DD
DISP=(,DELETE) parameter to delete SORTWK at close.
4. If the sort program does not close SORTWK, use the DLBL "D" option or the DD
DISP=(,DELETE) parameter and execute TSIDDEL after every sort step.
For jobs that contain multiple sort steps, SORTWK datasets should be deleted after each sort
step, using either (3) or (4) above as applicable.
Pre-Open Checking
All sorts check specific SYS numbers to determine the device type for each dataset that is to
be opened. The sort searches the following sources (in the order listed) for the SYS number to
be used for each dataset. The search stops as soon as a SYS number is found.
1. The SYS number found in the VSE label area for disk datasets (from the EXTENT
statement or the DD OPTION=SYSnnn parameter)
2. Sort control statements (SORTIN, SORTOUT, SORTWK keywords); which TSIDSRT can
modify if necessary.
3. Sort defaults (standard or user-specified: SYS001 for SORTOUT, SYS002 for SORTIN1,
SYS003 for SORTWK, and so on).
NOTE: If LUB allocation is active for sort datasets, the SYS numbers checked by the sort in
its pre-open processing may not be the same SYS numbers assigned by BIM-EPIC when the
open actually occurs.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-41
SORTWK Datasets
JCL Requirements
Sorting with BIM-EPIC
Pre-open assignments can be met by any of the following means:
Media
Method
Disk
1. Permanent assignments (in partition start-up procedure)
2. Temporary assignments (in each job)
Tape
Execute TSIDASS with the ASSGN function.
Tape or Disk
1. Use the DD OPTION=SYSnnn parameter.
2. Execute TSIDSRT.
One popular method of satisfying pre-open requirements for the sort (and compilers) is to
permanently assign SYS001 through SYS005 to disk in every partition in which the compiler
may be used. The disk assigned must be the same device type as the device type in the BIMEPIC disk pool.
Examples
7-42
User Reference
Many sample job streams for sort applications are supplied when BIM-EPIC is installed.
Please see the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide, "BIM-EPIC Sample Jobstreams".
IDCAMS BACKUP and RESTORE
IDCAMS BACKUP and RESTORE
Description
You can use BIM-EPIC to control the IDCAMS backup dataset produced by the BACKUP
function and used by the RESTORE function. IDCAMS provides for the backup dataset to
reside on either tape or disk.
DSN Catalog
Only prime dataset definitions are allowed. Therefore, multi-dataset tape groups are
specifically disallowed. For disk only, non-generation single-extent disk datasets
(WRK=YES) residing on CKD devices only may be used and truncation must be bypassed.
JCL Requirements
Each controlled tape dataset must be defined with a TLBL or DD statement and each
controlled disk dataset must be defined with a DLBL and abbreviated EXTENT statement (//
EXTENT SYS00n) or a DD statement with the OPTION=SYS00n parameter.
LUB allocation must be inhibited since IDCAMS requires SYS005 be used for the output
backup dataset and SYS004 for the input backup dataset.
Restrictions
Due to IDCAMS restrictions, you cannot use GDI to route a tape backup to disk or vise-versa.
When using disk for the backup dataset, a new extent must be allocated and the correct
assignment made before starting the backup function.
Examples
Many sample job streams for IDCAMS BACKUP and RESTORE are supplied when BIMEPIC is installed. Please see the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide, "BIM-EPIC
Sample Jobstreams".
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-43
IDCAMS REPRO
IDCAMS REPRO
Description
You can use BIM-EPIC to control non-VSAM sequential datasets for both input and output
with the IDCAMS REPRO function.
DSN Catalog
No restrictions exist. For disk, both generation and non-generation datasets with single or
multiple extents may be used. For tape, both single and multi-dataset groups residing and
single or multiple tape volumes may be used.
JCL Requirements
for Tape
Each controlled dataset must be defined with a TLBL or DD statement.
LUB allocation must be inhibited since IDCAMS requires SYS005 to be used for output
datasets and SYS004 to be used for input datasets.
JCL Requirements
for Disk
Each controlled dataset must be defined with a DLBL and abbreviated EXTENT statement (//
EXTENT SYS00n) or a DD statement with the OPTION=SYS00n parameter. Only when
using a DLBL and EXTENT, the SYS number chosen must be assigned to any disk. Although
you can use the SYS number of your choice, typically SYS001 is an easy choice since most
installations have SYS001 permanently assigned to disk.
Examples
Many sample job streams for IDCAMS REPRO are supplied when BIM-EPIC is installed.
Please see the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide, "BIM-EPIC Sample Jobstreams".
7-44
User Reference
IDCAMS IMPORT/EXPORT
IDCAMS IMPORT/EXPORT
Description
You can use BIM-EPIC to control the portable file produced by the EXPORT function and
read by the IMPORT function.
DSN Catalog
No restrictions exist. For disk, both generation and non-generation datasets with single or
multiple extents may be used. For tape, both single and multi-dataset groups residing and
single or multiple tape volumes may be used.
JCL Requirements
for Tape
Controlled portable files must be defined with a TLBL or DD statement.
LUB allocation must be inhibited since IDCAMS requires SYS005 to be used when creating a
portable file and SYS004 to be used when reading a portable file.
JCL Requirements
for Disk
Each controlled dataset must be defined with a DLBL and abbreviated EXTENT statement (//
EXTENT SYS00n) or a DD statement with the OPTION=SYS00n parameter. Only when
using a DLBL and EXTENT, the SYS number chosen must be assigned to any disk .
Although you can use the SYS number of your choice, typically SYS001 is an easy choice
since most installations have SYS001 permanently assigned to disk.
Examples
Many sample job streams for IDCAMS EXPORT and IMPORT are supplied when BIM-EPIC
is installed. Please see the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide, "BIM-EPIC Sample
Jobstreams".
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-45
LIBR BACKUP/RESTORE
LIBR BACKUP/RESTORE
Description
You can use BIM-EPIC to control the tape datasets created by the BACKUP function and
read by the RESTORE function.
DSN Catalog
Only prime dataset definitions are allowed. Therefore, multi-dataset tape groups are
specifically disallowed.
JCL Requirements
Each controlled dataset must be defined with a TLBL or DD statement.
LUB allocation must be inhibited since LIBR requires use of the SYS number specified in the
BACKUP or RESTORE control statement. In addition, the tape drive assignment must be
held after the dataset is closed since LIBR may attempt to access the tape drive even after the
close has been accomplished.
Only when including the Standalone Restore programs (RESTORE=STANDALONE) with
the BACKUP function, the first (or only) tape output volume must be allocated before the
BACKUP function is attempted by using the TSIDASS OPEN function.
Control Statements
Use the TAPELABEL parameter to specify a one to seven alphanumeric filename, the first
character of which must be alphabetic. This is the same filename reflected in the
accompanying TLBL or DD statement.
Restrictions
Due to LIBR restrictions, you cannot use GDI to route a tape backup to disk.
Examples
Many sample job streams for LIBR BACKUP and RESTORE are supplied when BIM-EPIC
is installed. Please see the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide, "BIM-EPIC Sample
Jobstreams".
7-46
User Reference
DITTO
DITTO
Description
You can use BIM-EPIC to control tape and sequential disk files logically accessed by DITTO.
However, we do not recommend using DITTO due to the excessive JCL requirements. We
recommend using TSIDDTD and TSIDDMP for equivalent functions each of which have
minimal JCL requirements. When card-image processing is required, we recommend using
your sort program (if that program supports card-image processing) or IDCAMS REPRO.
DSN Catalog
Only prime dataset definitions are allowed. Therefore, multi-dataset tape groups are
specifically disallowed.
JCL Requirements
for Tape
Each controlled dataset must be defined with a TLBL or DD statement.
LUB allocation must be inhibited since DITTO requires use of the SYS number(s) specified in
the DITTO control statement.
Both input and output volumes must be allocated before DITTO is invoked by using the
TSIDASS OPEN function and then repositioned back to load point.
BIM-EPIC special option EPS022 must be enabled if BIM-EPIC reblocking options are
invoked.
BIM-EPIC special option EPS029 must be enabled which prevents BIM-EPIC from clearing
the dataset name from input label statements.
JCL Requirements
for Disk
Each controlled dataset must be defined with a DLBL or DD statement
Both input and output datasets must be allocated before DITTO is invoked by using the
TSIDASS OPEN function.
Restrictions
Only Tape File functions and Disk (also called Sequential or SAM) File functions can be used
with BIM-EPIC controlled datasets. Basic Tape functions and Basic Disk functions cannot be
used with BIM-EPIC since those functions do not use logical IOCS.
Examples
Many sample job streams for DITTO applications are supplied when BIM-EPIC is installed.
Please see the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide, "BIM-EPIC Sample Jobstreams".
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-47
VSE/POWER ACCOUNT FILE
VSE/POWER ACCOUNT FILE
Description
You can use BIM-EPIC to control account tape and sequential disk files created by the
VSE/POWER PACCOUNT command.
DSN Catalog
No tape dataset restrictions exist.
For disk, the pool must be comprised of the exact same DASD type as is used for the
VSE/POWER account file (IJAFILE). Specify an adequate primary allocation value as not all
versions of VSE/POWER will request secondary allocations even if needed. Historically, a
primary allocation value equal to the allocated size of IJAFILE has proven adequate.
JCL Requirements
for Tape
Controlled account files must be defined with a TLBL statement stored in the system standard
label area, VSE/POWER partition standard label area, or VSE/POWER partition user label
area.
LUB allocation must be inhibited since VSE/POWER will dynamically choose a SYS number
which must be used.
JCL Requirements
for Disk
Controlled account files must be defined with a DLBL statement stored in the system standard
label area, VSE/POWER partition standard label area, or VSE/POWER partition user label
area.
If the controlled account file is inhibited for LUB allocation, supply an abbreviated EXTENT
statement (// EXTENT SYSnnn) reflecting a SYS number that is otherwise not used by
VSE/POWER.
If the controlled account file is not inhibited for LUB allocation, supply an abbreviated
EXTENT statement (// EXTENT SYSnnn) reflecting any valid SYS number.
7-48
User Reference
VSE/POWER PDISPLAY, POFFLOAD and Printer/Punch Tape Spooling
VSE/POWER PDISPLAY, POFFLOAD and Printer/Punch
Tape Spooling
Description
With the introduction of standard label support for tape spooling of either print or punch data
and for POFFLOAD tapes, it is possible to utilize BIM-EPIC controlled tapes and dataset
names for these functions even though some restrictions do apply. To invoke BIM-EPIC
control of these tape datasets, the TLBL= and LTAPE= operands need be specified in the
appropriate VSE/POWER command or JECL control statement.
DSN Catalog
BIM-EPIC datasets must be defined to the BIM-EPIC catalog as prime datasets only. Do not
attempt to use NSU (subordinate) datasets. With NSU datasets, VSE/POWER may
successfully write the data but may be unable to read it because additional tape-marks are
typically imbedded within that data.
Datasets may be cataloged as unlabeled. A better choice might be to only use labeled datasets
since VSE/POWER will not be able to recognize unlabeled multi-volume versions beyond the
first volume. It becomes the users responsibility to recognize that unlabeled multiple volumes
exist within a version so the remaining volumes can be processed with additional
VSE/POWER commands.
JCL Requirements
The actual TLBL control statement referenced by the TLBL= operand MUST be stored in the
standard label area, the VSE/POWER partition label area, or the VSE/POWER user label
area. LUB allocation must be inhibited since VSE/POWER will dynamically choose a SYS
number which must be used.
VSE/POWER continues to make and release tape device assignments. This prevents BIMEPIC from accomplishing AVR. VSE/POWER determines which tape drive to be used by the
specification supplied in the PDISPLAY or POFFLOAD command, in the TADDR operand
on the * $$ LST or * $$ PUN JECL statements, or, if the TADDR operand is not specified, by
the System console response given to message 1Q55D SPECIFY TAPE ADDRESS.
If output fills more than a single tape volume, VSE/POWER will invoke VSE/SAM End-ofVolume procedures, unload the current tape and issue the message
4140A NO ALTERNATE DRIVE ASSIGNED ... SYSXXX=CUU
Since VSE/POWER still has the tape drive assigned, BIM-EPIC is unable to AVR other tape
drives for an available scratch tape. The operator must mount a fresh scratch tape on the
indicated drive and respond 'NEWTAP'.
If input spans multiple tape volumes, VSE/POWER will invoke VSE/SAM End-of-Volume
procedures, unload the current tape and issue the message:
4140A NO ALTERNATE DRIVE ASSIGNED ... SYSXXX=CUU
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-49
VSE/POWER PDISPLAY, POFFLOAD and Printer/Punch Tape Spooling
Since VSE/POWER still has the tape drive assigned, BIM-EPIC is unable to AVR other tape
drives for the next volume in the version. The operator must mount the required volume on
the indicated drive and respond 'NEWTAP'.
7-50
User Reference
SQL/VSE Tape Output Functions
SQL/VSE Tape Output Functions
Description
SQL/VSE is a long running task that manages database files for other tasks in the same VSE
environment. The ability to archive database files (and their corresponding journal files)
without having to terminate the SQL/VSE task is accomplished by invoking the operator
communications facility for the partition-id in which the SQL/VSE task is running (MSG pp,
where pp is the two character partition-id desired). At that point, SQL/VSE asks the console
operator various questions. However, accomplishing archive functions of SQL/VSE where
the output tape(s) are under the control of BIM-EPIC requires special considerations.
The problem arises because both BIM-EPIC and SQL/VSE want to manage the physical
device allocation processes. Such processes are expected as part of a dataset management
product such as BIM-EPIC but unusual when found as part of a database management product
such as SQL/VSE. When both products are present in the same VSE environment, a conflict
arises. Attempts to totally eliminate all the conflicts has not been entirely successful.
However, the following considerations will allow you to accomplish your necessary SQL/VSE
tape output operations and still maintain BIM-EPIC control of those tapes.
Although this discussion relates to the SQL/VSE tape output function for ARCHIVE, the same
concepts covered by this discussion should apply to other tape output operations.
Configuration
Requirements
Your BIM-EPIC system must be configured with TAPE=YES and TAPLUB=YES (or nnn).
DSN Catalog
Each tape dataset name placed in the TLBL control statement for use with the ARCHIVE
function must be cataloged and the SYSnnn operand specified with a value other than
SYS005. The logical unit number chosen must be outside the range of numbers that might be
used for other SQL/VSE requirements. Only prime dataset names should be used and the
definition for each unique dataset name used may reflect the same logical unit number for the
SYSnnn operand.
JCL Requirements
The TLBL's required for each output file should reflect an option value of '2' to assure each
output tape volume is unloaded when closed.
Once the ARCHIVE request has been entered, SQL/VSE needs to know if you wish to use a
particular tape device which has been previously allocated to the SQL/VSE partition (called
STATIC by SQL/VSE) or any currently available tape device of your choice (called
DYNAMIC by SQL/VSE). Respond with the cuu of any currently available tape device and
note that this particular tape device will not actually be used for any purpose by SQL/VSE and
will also not be available to any other task for the duration of the archive process. This is an
unavoidable requirement. Each output tape dataset created during the archive process is
written to tape residing on a tape device other than the one specified above. Therefore, the
archive process always requires the availability of two tape devices at a minimum.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-51
VSE/ICCF and Interactive Partition GETVIS Requirements with BIM-EPIC
VSE/ICCF and Interactive Partition GETVIS
Requirements with BIM-EPIC
Problem
An ICCF pseudo partition is allocated only 48K of GETVIS and there is currently no way to
change that default. With BIM-EPIC active in the VSE system (it makes no difference if
BIM-EPIC is turned off in the ICCF/CICS partition using OPTION EPICOFF=pp), more than
48K of GETVIS is generally needed just to initiate many programs. The DTSUTIL program
nearly always needs more than 48K of GETVIS and if sufficient GETVIS is not available,
abnormal termination due to various program exception conditions (i.e., addressing, protection
segment-translation, or operation) or BIM-EPIC messages EP042 and EP042A (both referring
to an insufficient GETVIS condition) may result. Invoking DTSUTIL by either of the
following commands entered on the command line will result in the default of 48K of
GETVIS being allocated and will probably result in one of these failures:
$DTSUTIL
/RUN DTSUTIL
In addition, if the DTSUTIL program is invoked from the VSE/Interactive Interface, a
CDLOAD failure could occur. There is no relationship between the amount of GETVIS that
has been allocated to the ICCF/CICS partition itself - this discussion pertains to the pseudo
partitions sub-allocated by ICCF and managed by the ICCF dispatcher.
Circumvention
This problem can be circumvented for the DTSUTIL program by storing a member named
DTSUTIL in the VSE/ICCF library file (preferably in the common library) which contains the
following two lines
/LOAD DTSUTIL
/OPTION GETVIS=256K
(DTSUTIL as a member name is used here only as a convenience - any name acceptable to
ICCF could have been used.) The /LOAD job control statement must always be first. Notice
the /OPTION job control statement which has the GETVIS operand specified. By specifying
a particular GETVIS value, we can temporarily override the default GETVIS allocation of
48K and provide an adequate GETVIS storage for the DTSUTIL program. 256K of GETVIS
is probably too much but a smaller value has not been tested for adequacy.
Once this member has been stored, enter the following command on the command line when it
is desired to run the DTSUTIL program:
/EXEC DTSUTIL
By issuing this command, VSE/ICCF will search for the first library file member name of
DTSUTIL and execute the ICCF job control found in that library member. Now, with
adequate GETVIS storage provided, DTSUTIL will continue processing successfully.
7-52
User Reference
Processing with COBOL II
Processing with COBOL II
Description
BIM-EPIC requires that COBOL II programs are compiled with the Library Management
Feature (the RES CBL option) in order to function properly.
In some instances, you may have COBOL II software which was not compiled with the
Library Management Feature active, and you have no access to the source code. To run these
programs with BIM-EPIC, special JCL is required.
DSN Catalog
No special entries are required.
JCL Requirements
For all controlled disk datasets: Pre-open each dataset with the TSIDASS OPEN function.
For all uncontrolled disk datasets: The proper volume serial number must be specified on the
EXTENT statement, and you must make an assignment to the proper device with a VSE
ASSGN statement.
For all tape datasets: Assign the dataset to a tape drive with a VSE ASSGN statement or with
the TSIDASS ASSGN function.
Examples
The following example processes a controlled input disk dataset. The dataset is pre-opened
with TSIDASS.
// DLBL DISKIN, 'TEST.INPUT.DISK, (L)'
// EXEC TSIDASS
OPEN DISKIN,SYS020,INPUT
/*
// EXEC PROGA
The following example processes an uncontrolled input disk dataset. VSE ASSGN and
EXTENT statements are used to satisfy the COBOL II pre-open process.
//
//
//
//
ASSGN SYS020,154
DLBL DISKIN,'TEST.INPUT.DISK'
EXTENT SYS020,VOL154,1,0,15,75
EXEC PROGA
The following example processes a controlled tape dataset. The TSIDASS ASSGN function
is used to satisfy the COBOL II pre-open process.
// DLBL TAPEIN,'TEST.TAPE',,,,,,64
// EXEC TSIDASS
ASSGN SYS011
/*
// EXEC PROGA
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-53
Restarting Programs from a Checkpoint
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Restarting Programs from a Checkpoint
Description
To prepare to restart programs from a checkpoint:
•
•
Close all output datasets with the TSIDMNT CLOSE function.
Use the console log to determine which input and output tape volumes have been used
and which checkpoints have been taken.
DSN Catalog
All datasets must be cataloged. Start Track 1 datasets cannot be used with checkpoint/restart.
You must specify the SYS number in the catalog entry for disk datasets. You can also specify
it for tape datasets.
JCL Requirements
To prepare the restart job:
1. Ensure that you use the same job name, supervisor, and partition.
2. Execute the TSIDASS RSTRT function in the step just prior to the VSE RESTRT
command. See "Pre-Open Processing" for details.
3. Define each controlled dataset in the TSIDASS RSTRT step. Remember that the output
datasets are now the current versions in the DSN Catalog, so submit all output RSTRT
statements first, input statements last.
For tape, specify the volume sequence number on the label, if you restart with volume 2 or
later. If you are processing a multi-dataset group, BIM-EPIC positions the tape automatically.
Inhibit LUB allocation.
For disk, supply the EXT parameter reflecting the last extent opened.
4. Follow the TSIDASS step with a VSE ASSGN statement for the checkpoint dataset. Use
the logical unit number that was used when the dataset was opened in the previous execution.
See the EP039 and EP053 messages to find these numbers.
5. The SYS number used for the checkpoint dataset must be assigned with a VSE ASSGN
statement if checkpoints are not embedded in the output dataset.
6. Execute the restart job.
7-54
User Reference
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Example
Restarting Programs from a Checkpoint
In this example, TSIDASS restarts both input and output datasets at volume 2, using the same
SYS numbers that were used when the checkpoint was taken. The TLBL option "64" inhibits
LUB allocation. Because the checkpoints are embedded (being written to the same output
tape as the output dataset using an assignment of SYS019), a VSE ASSGN statement is used
to assign SYS019 to the checkpoint dataset. The job is restarted at checkpoint 3.
// JOB TESTCHKP
// TLBL TAPIN,'TEST.FILE1',,,2,,,64
// TLBL TAPOUT,'TEST.FILE2',,,2,,,64
// EXEC TSIDASS
RSTRT TAPOUT,SYS021,OUTPUT
RSTRT TAPIN,SYS020,INPUT
/*
// ASSGN SYS019,SYS021
// RSTRT SYS019,3
/&
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-55
Choosing the Device Type
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Choosing the Device Type
Generic Device
Independence
Generic Device Independence (GDI) and Generic Device Independence for Unit Record
Devices (GDIUR), sometimes called storage media independence, allows you to choose the
type of media on which your dataset will be stored. You can process the dataset on either tape
and disk, no matter how the dataset is defined in your program.
In addition, Generic Device Independence for Unit Record devices (GDIUR), allows you to
use disk or tape for datasets that have been defined in your programs as unit record devices
(DTF types DTFCD, DTFPR, DTFCP, and DTFDI). GDIUR can be used for logical units
SYS000 through SYS255, and for SYSIPT, SYSLST, and SYSPCH.
GDIUR greatly simplifies the use of disk for VSE datasets that use the logical units SYSIPT,
SYSLST, and SYSPCH. The following standard VSE JCL could be used to create a disk
dataset on logical unit SYSPCH, and then read that dataset with logical unit SYSIPT:
// DLBL IJSYSPH,'COBOL.PROGRAM',0
// EXTENT SYSPCH,VOL251,1,0,200,2000
ASSGN SYSPCH,DISK,VOL=VOL251,SHR
// EXEC DFHECP1$
.
.
CLOSE SYSPCH,PUNCH
// DLBL IJSYSIN,'COBOL.PROGRAM'
// EXTENT SYSIPT,VOL251
ASSGN SYSIPT,DISK,VOL=VOL251,SHR
// EXEC FCOBOL
.
.
CLOSE SYSIPT,SYSRDR
There are two problems with this approach:
•
•
If the first step (DFHECP1$) cancels, SYSPCH will remain permanently assigned to
disk. Manual intervention or additional JCL is needed to re-assign SYSPCH correctly.
If the second step (FCOBOL) cancels, SYSIPT remains permanently assigned to disk.
Manual intervention or additional JCL is needed to re-assign SYSIPT correctly.
In addition, the JCL required is complex and lengthy, especially when compared to the
following BIM-EPIC JCL which accomplishes the same task:
* //IJSYSPH DD DSN=$$$.COBOL,UNIT=DISK,DISP=(,KEEP,DELETE)
// EXEC DFHECP1$
.
.
* //IJSYSIN DD DSN=$$$.COBOL,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
Note that no ASSGN or CLOSE statements are needed, because GDIUR ensures that system
logical units can never be left erroneously assigned to disk.
Programs that use GDIUR can also take advantage of BIM-EPIC's reblocking facility to save
disk space and improve performance.
7-56
User Reference
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Eligibility
Choosing the Device Type
You can use GDI or GDIUR for uncontrolled and controlled datasets. A dataset normally
processed as a Start Track 1 disk dataset would become uncontrolled if processed on tape with
GDI.
GDIUR does not support RPG-II SYSLST processing.
GDIUR datasets cannot have secondary extents.
GDI applies to tape and disk sequential datasets (DTFMT or DTFSD). VSAM, direct access,
and ISAM datasets are not eligible.
GDI and GDIUR datasets must be processed with logical IOCS.
Configuration
Options
Generic device independence is controlled by the configuration options GDI and GDIUR.
Processing
Device independence can be invoked in any of the following ways:
•
•
•
In response to a message. An insufficient space message or a request for a scratch tape
can be answered with TAPE or DISK to force the use of a different device type. (GDI
only)
Automatically for input datasets. BIM-EPIC allocates the correct device type when
controlled datasets are processed as input. (GDI only)
Using JCL. The desired device type is indicated by your job control statements. For
example, use a TLBL instead of a DLBL to specify that the dataset is to be on tape
instead of disk. On a DD statement, specify UNIT=DISK instead of UNIT=TAPE to
specify that the dataset is to be on disk instead of tape. (Both GDI and GDIUR)
DSN Catalog
Required information for tape and disk must be supplied in the dataset definition for
controlled datasets. This includes pooling and allocation information. If it is not included,
BIM-EPIC prompts the operator for the necessary input.
JCL Requirements
For uncontrolled tape or disk datasets, use the proper label (TLBL, DLBL, or a DD statement
with the UNIT parameter).
For controlled datasets, no JCL changes are required for input (GDI only). For output GDI,
and GDIUR input and output, invoke GDI by changing the label type (TLBL or DLBL) or
device type (UNIT=type). No volume or allocation information needs to be supplied in the
JCL.
When using GDIUR, it may be necessary to insert the OPTION=RESET parameter on the DD
statement after the step to terminate GDIUR processing if subsequent steps reference the same
system dataset DTF name and you don't need to control it further using GDIUR. See 6-27 in
this manual for more information.
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-57
Choosing the Device Type
Example
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
This example routes punch output to a disk dataset using GDIUR.
* //IJSYSPH DD
* //
// EXEC PROGRAM
/*
* //IJSYSPH DD
7-58
User Reference
DSN='CARD.OUTPUT',DISP=(NEW,PASS),
UNIT=DISK
OPTION=RESET
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
System Datasets and VSE Device Independence
System Datasets and VSE Device Independence
Description
Although we recommend that you use GDIUR, you can also control a system dataset that is
routed to disk or tape using VSE device independence.
DSN Catalog
No special entries are required.
JCL Requirements
The dataset cannot have secondary extents.
The dataset must be permanently assigned, and label information must precede the
assignment.
BIM-EPIC assigns VSE system datasets to the correct disk volume, so the assignment can
specify any volume in the disk pool.
Example
This example routes SYSPCH output to a BIM-EPIC controlled work dataset, which is then
processed using SYSIPT in the subsequent step.
// JOB ASSEMBLE AND CATALOG AN OBJECT MODULE
// DLBL IJSYSPH,'==.WORKFILE.1'
ASSGN SYSPCH,DISK,VOL=SYSWK1,SHR
// EXEC ASSEMBLY
(SOURCE CODE)
/*
CLOSE SYSPCH,PUNCH
// DLBL IJSYSIN,'==.WORKFILE.1'
ASSGN SYSIPT, DISK,VOL=SYSWK1,SHR
// EXEC LIBR
CLOSE SYSIPT,READER
/&
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-59
Dummy Datasets and ASSGN IGNORE
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Dummy Datasets and ASSGN IGNORE
Description
Dummy processing and ASSIGN IGNORE are only supported for LIOCS sequential access
methods.
DSN Catalog
No special entries are required.
JCL Requirements
Assign the logical unit to IGNORE, so that BIM-EPIC ignores the dataset.
Use an EXTENT statement for disk datasets defined with DLBLs.
For DD statements, specify the DUMMY parameter instead of the DSN parameter.
Examples
7-60
User Reference
// ASSGN SYS020,IGN
// TLBL TAPEOUT,'DATA.SET.A'
// ASSGN SYS004,IGN
// DLBL DISKOUT,'DATA.SET.B(L)'
// EXTENT SYS004
* //TAPEOUT DD DUMMY
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Concatenating Datasets
Concatenating Datasets
Description
Dataset concatenation reads multiple versions of a dataset or multiple datasets with one open.
This allows you to process a number of datasets as if they were a single dataset.
All versions of concatenated datasets must reside on the same device type. If the datasets have
different block sizes, you must read the dataset with the largest block size first.
DSN Catalog
No special entries are required.
JCL Requirements
With TLBL or DLBL statements: Use a separate TLBL or DLBL statement for each dataset
to be read. Datasets are processed in the order in which their label statements appear. Use the
same DTF name for each statement and supply the concatenation option code for all except
the last version: TLBL option "48" and DLBL option "E".
WARNING!
Do not specify the concatenation code on the last label statement in a concatenation group!
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-61
Concatenating Datasets
Examples
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
The following example processes versions 1 through 5 of the DAILY.TRANS dataset on disk
with one open. It also processes WEEKLY.TRANS and WEEKLY.RERUN on tape with
another single open. Although there are mixed device types in the job, they are not mixed
within a single open, so they meet the requirements for concatenation.
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
DLBL
DLBL
DLBL
DLBL
DLBL
TLBL
TLBL
EXEC
INPUT1,'DAILY.TRANS,(E,V=5)'
INPUT1,'DAILY.TRANS,(E,V=4)'
INPUT1,'DAILY.TRANS,(E,V=3)'
INPUT1,'DAILY.TRANS,(E,V=2)'
INPUT1,'DAILY.TRANS'
INPUT2,'WEEKLY.TRANS',,,,,,48
INPUT2,'WEEKLY.RERUN'
PROGRAM
With DD statements: Concatenation is automatic for all versions of a single dataset on input.
Simply specify DSN=data.set.name without specifying a particular version. When all versions
of a single dataset are concatenated, datasets are read in order from the most current version to
the oldest.
In the following example, all versions of DAILY.TRANS are read with one open. For input
with different dataset names, request concatenation explicitly. Specify the version number of
each version to be read in the DSN parameter. Specify a ddname for the first statement only.
* //INPUT1
DD
DSN='DAILY.TRANS',DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
The following example concatenates versions 1 through 4 of the DAILY.TRANS dataset and
version 1 of the DAILY.DEP dataset.
* //INPUT1 DD
* //
DD
* //
DD
* //
DD
* //
DD
// EXEC PROGRAM
7-62
User Reference
DSN='DAILY.TRANS(3)',DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN='DAILY.TRANS(2)',DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN='DAILY.TRANS(1)',DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN='DAILY.TRANS(0)',DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
DSN='DAILY.DEP(0)'DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Processing Multiple Datasets with the Same DTF Name (Dataset Drop)
Processing Multiple Datasets with the Same DTF Name (Dataset
Drop)
Description
BIM-EPIC allows you to open multiple datasets with the same DTF name. Each dataset is
opened and closed separately, in the order in which its label is submitted.
DSN Catalog
No special entries are required.
JCL Requirements
Specify the dataset drop option for all but the last dataset defined.
Examples
For...
Use...
DLBLs
T
TLBLs
16 or D
DD statements
Automatic. Just use multiple DD statements with
the same ddname. This technique is not
compatible with MVS.
Dataset drop is invoked for three datasets using the ddname TAPEIN.
* //TAPEIN DD DSN=PAYROLL.WEEKLY(2),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
* //TAPEIN DD DSN=PAYROLL.WEEKLY(1),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
* //TAPEIN DD DSN=PAYROLL.WEEKLY(0),DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
Dataset drop is invoked for three datasets using the DTF name TAPEIN. Option 16 is used
for all but the last dataset with that DTF name.
// TLBL TAPEIN,'FILE1',,,,,,16
// TLBL TAPEIN,'FILE2',,,,,,16
// TLBL TAPEIN,'FILE3'
Chapter 7. Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC
7-63
Running Test Jobs With Production Datasets
Using BIM-EPIC's JCL Features
Running Test Jobs With Production Datasets
Description
BIM-EPIC’s test job feature allows you to run test jobs with production datasets without
affecting production processing. Test job names are defined by the TSTJOB configuration
option. The TSTJOB configuration option can include wildcard characters to allow greater
flexibility in creating test job names. A question mark (?) specifies that any character in that
position is a valid character. An asterisk (*) specifies that all characters in that position and
any following are valid.
All versions of controlled datasets created using test jobs are recorded in the DSN Catalog
with a status of "conditionally cataloged". Only such versions can be accessed by subsequent
test job executions. Production jobs will not use the conditionally cataloged versions. These
versions are retained until the following day, when they become eligible for scratch. If you
close a conditionally cataloged version using Online Manager (or TSIDMNT) during that
time, it becomes an active version (version 1), can be accessed by production jobs, and is
maintained according to its EDD retention criteria.
DSN Catalog
No special entries are required.
JCL Requirements
To test a single dataset, specify a conditional catalog option on its label:
For...
Use...
DLBLs
C
TLBLs
32
DD statements
DISP=(xxx,CONDCAT)
To test an entire job, specify a valid test job name on the VSE JOB statement.
Examples
If TSTJOB=A*, the test job feature is activated by any job name beginning with A.
If TSTJOB=A?AAAA, the test job feature is activated by the job names ABAAAA,
AXAAAA, A1AAAA, and so on.
If TSTJOB=A?A*, the test job feature is activated by the job names ABAAAA, AXA,
ACAXX, and so on.
7-64
User Reference
8
BIM-EPIC Utilities
This chapter describes how to use BIM-EPIC JCL utilities that control files that are processed
with physical IOCS (PIOCS) instead of logical IOCS (LIOCS). For more information about
the recommended use of these utilities, see 7-1 in this manual. In addition, this chapter
presents the dataset copy and dump utilities TSIDDTD and TSIDDMP and the VSE label
access subroutines (TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB).
Chapter Contents
Pre-Open Processing (TSIDASS) ..............................................................................8-2
Deleting Datasets (TSIDDEL)...................................................................................8-7
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP).................................................................................8-16
8-1
Pre-Open Processing (TSIDASS)
Pre-Open Processing (TSIDASS)
Description
Use TSIDASS to process controlled files with programs that do not issue OPEN requests or
that do pre-open checking of assignments. You can also use TSIDASS to make assignments
to SYSRDR, SYSIPT, SYSLST, and SYSPCH.
Its functions are determined by control statements:
•
•
•
ASSGN satisfies pre-open assignment checking for tape datasets
OPEN opens datasets for programs which do not issue an OPEN request
RSTRT assists with using IBM checkpoint restart facility
TSIDASS is executed immediately before the program that does pre-open assigment checking.
Inhibit LUB allocation for all datasets in the TSIDASS step by using the appropriate option
codes on the TLBL and DLBL statements in the step.
Note
Pre-open assignment checking can also be satisfied with the DD parameter
OPTION=SYSnnn.
JCL Requirements
dataset
// EXEC
control
/*
// EXEC
labels
TSIDASS
statements
<program that performs pre-open assignment checking>
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
Place the labels for all datasets before the EXEC statement for TSIDASS. Do not place any
labels between the EXEC statement for TSIDASS and the EXEC statement for your program.
ASSGN Statements
Use the ASSGN function for tape datasets only. It satisfies pre-open assignment checking by
assigning the logical unit to a dummy tape device. When the program issues an OPEN request
for the dataset, BIM-EPIC performs its usual device assignment to the real device.
For sort programs, we recommend using TSIDSRT to perform this function instead of
TSIDASS. See 7-37 in this manual for more information and JCL examples.
You can also use ASSGN to make assignments to the system logical units SYSRDR, SYSIPT,
SYSLST, and SYSPCH. When you make these assignments, be sure to submit their control
statements last, because TSIDASS stops processing control statements after one of these
assignments is made.
8-2
User Reference
Pre-Open Processing (TSIDASS)
To make the assignment to a system logical unit, you must supply a dataset label for the
dtfname IJSYSIN, IJSYSLS, or IJSYSPH. If a SYSPCH or SYSLST dataset is created on
tape, you must place it in closed status before you can use it as input. Use the CLOSE
function of TSIDMNT to close the dataset after it is created.
To simplify the JCL necessary to process system files (SYSIPT, SYSLIST and SYSPCH), use
the Generic Device Indepndence for Unit Record Devices (GDIUR) feature. The GDIUR
feature eliminates the need for extra TSIDASS execution, VSE CLOSE statements and most
of the TSIDMNT CLOSE function executions. GDIUR also protects your default system file
assignments in case the job terminates abnormally. Refer to "Choosing the Device Type" in
Chapter 7, "Running Jobs With BIM-EPIC" for additional information about using GDIUR.
ASSGN SYSxxx
[,DUMMY]
Syntax
[//]
Example
// JOB MAKE ASSIGNMENT WITH TSIDASS
// TLBL TAPIN1,'DAILY.TRANS',,,,,,64
// TLBL TAPOUT,'DAILY.BILLING',,,,,,64
// EXEC TSIDASS
ASSGN SYS021
ASSGN SYS022
/*
// EXEC BILLING
/&
In this example, the program BILLING uses SYS021 for TAPIN1 and SYS022 for TAPOUT.
TSIDASS makes the assignment for both of these files before the BILLING program is
executed. The TLBL option code 64 inhibits LUB allocation.
OPEN Statements
Use TSIDASS OPEN when you process controlled datasets with a program that does not issue
OPEN requests. TSIDASS OPEN issues a logical open for the dataset, so that BIM-EPIC can
gain control of the dataset.
Syntax
OPEN dtfname,SYSxxx,type
Parameters
Parameter
Required?
Valid Entry
Default
dtfname
Yes
1 to 7 characters
None
xxx
Yes
000-254
None
type
Yes
INPUT or OUTPUT
None
dtfname identifies the dataset to be opened. Specify the dtfname or ddname as it appears on
the dataset's label statement.
SYSxxx specifies the logical unit to assign.
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-3
Pre-Open Processing (TSIDASS)
INPUT specifies that the file is opened as input.
OUTPUT specifies that the file is opened as output.
Example
// JOB OPEN TAPE DATASET
// TLBL TAPEIN,'AP.DAILY.TRANS',,,,,,64
// EXEC TSIDASS
OPEN TAPEIN,SYS020,OUTPUT
/*
// EXEC PROGRAM
/&
In this example, TSIDASS issues an open for the AP.DAILY.TRANS dataset. LUB
allocation is inhibited for that dataset.
RSTRT Statements
Use TSIDASS RSTRT when you are restarting a job that has been checkpointed by VSE.
Like OPEN, it issues a logical open for named datasets, allowing BIM-EPIC to maintain
control of its datasets. It also allows BIM-EPIC to do AVR processing and assign tape drives.
See 7-54 in this manual for detailed restart procedures and for a JCL example.
LUB allocation must be inhibited for all restarted datasets. In addition, the same SYS number
that was in use when the checkpoint was taken must be specified.
Syntax
RSTRT Parameters
,INPUT
RSTRT dtfname,SYSxxx { ,OUTPUT}
Parameter
Required?
[ ,EXT=nn]
Valid
Default
dtfname
Yes
1 to 7 characters
None
xxx
Yes
000-254
None
INPUT
None
OFF
OUTPUT
None
OFF
1 to 255
1
Specify one of the following two (required):
EXT
No
dtfname identifies a dataset that will be used when the program is restarted. Specify the
DTF name or DD name as it appears on the dataset's label statement.
SYSxxx specifies the logical unit to assign. It must be the same logical unit number that was
in use when the checkpoint was taken.
INPUT specifies that the dataset was last opened as input.
8-4
User Reference
Pre-Open Processing (TSIDASS)
OUTPUT specifies that the dataset was last opened as output.
EXT specifies the sequence number of the extent to be re-opened. This is only necessary for
disk datasets, and only if the dataset is to be opened at an extent other than the primary extent.
This number will be equal to the number of BIM-EPIC EP053 messages that were issued for
the dataset prior to the checkpoint from which the program will be restarted.
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-5
Using the BIM-EPIC Sort Interface (TSIDSRT)
Using the BIM-EPIC Sort Interface (TSIDSRT)
Description
TSIDSRT solves the problems that can occur at both open and close with some SORT utility
programs. TSIDSRT is not a sort program. Instead, it is an interface program between BIMEPIC and your sort program. It calls your sort program to do the sort, but it allows BIM-EPIC
to satisfy pre-open assignment checking, to truncate the SORTOUT file, and to close and
delete SORTWK areas. TSIDSRT provides full support for BIM-EPIC's generic device
independence and reblocking features.
If you use unlabeled tape datasets in your sort, these datasets must be controlled.
You can use only one SORTOUT dataset.
For other specific information on executing a sort with controlled datasets and for JCL
examples, see 7-37 in this manual.
Configuration
Options
GDI=YES must be specified as a configuration option.
JCL Requirements
// <labels for sort datasets>
// EXEC TSIDSRT
sort control statements
/*
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
Supply labels for the datasets required by your sort program.
Control Statements
Supply the control statements required for your sort program.
Example
// JOB EXECUTE SORT
// TLBL SORTIN1,'DAILY.TRANS',,,,,,2
// TLBL SORTOUT,'SORTED.DAILY.TRANS',,,,,,1
// DLBL SORTWK1,'$$$.SORTWK1,(D)'
// EXEC TSIDSRT
SORT FIELDS=(33,4,A),FORMAT=BI,WORK=1,FILES=1
RECORD TYPE=F,LENGTH=80
INPFIL BLKSIZE=1600
OUTFIL BLKSIZE=4000
END
/*
/&
8-6
User Reference
Deleting Datasets (TSIDDEL)
Deleting Datasets (TSIDDEL)
Description
Some programs that use PIOCS do not close their work datasets. TSIDDEL can be used to
delete disk work datasets that are not closed by the program that opens them. At any point in
the job or job step, TSIDDEL can be used to free up their disk space for other processing.
These datasets must be controlled, and they can be either Start Track 1 or cataloged datasets.
TSIDDEL is available as a batch program and as a callable subroutine. When using a DLBL,
specify the DLBL 'D' option. When using a BIM-EPIC DD statement, specify
DISP=(NEW,DELETE).
If you are already using TSIDSRT as the interface to your sort program, TSIDDEL execution
is not necessary.
TSIDDEL does not delete generation disk datasets.
JCL Requirements
// EXEC TSIDDEL
[ control statements ]
/*
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
The datasets must have been created in the step immediately prior to the TSIDDEL step, with
no labels between the EXEC statement for the program and the EXEC statement for
TSIDDEL.
Control Statements
Control statements specify which datasets to delete. Each control statement specifies one
dataset to delete, but you can submit as many control statements as you wish for each
execution of TSIDDEL. Control statements must begin in column 1.
Syntax
dtfname
TSIDDEL
Parameter
Parameter
dtfname
Required?
Yes
Valid
Default
1 to 7 characters
None
dtfname specifies the DTF name or DD name of the dataset to be deleted.
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-7
Deleting Datasets (TSIDDEL)
Example
The following job creates the SORTWK1 dataset in the first step. The 'D' option is included
on the DLBL to qualify the dataset for deletion. In the second step, TSIDDEL deletes the
SORTWK1 file and frees the space it occupied.
.
.
.
// DLBL SORTWK1,'$$$.SORTWK1,(D)'
// EXTENT SYS003
// EXEC SORT
[sort control statements]
/*
// EXEC TSIDDEL
SORTWK1
/*
.
.
.
Using TSIDDEL as
a Subroutine
When you use TSIDDEL as a subroutine, you must use a parameter list to specify which file
to delete. In the parameter list, place the 1 to 7-character DTF name or DD name as it appears
on the dataset's label statement. You can delete only one file per call.
Control is passed to the subroutine using standard IBM linkage conventions. TSIDDEL does
not provide any return codes or issue any messages.
Assembler
Example
...
COBOL Example
...
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
10 FILEID PIC X(7) VALUE 'SORTWK1'.
...
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
...
CALL 'TSIDDEL' USING FILEID.
...
8-8
User Reference
CALL TSIDDEL,(FILEID)
...
FILEID DC
CL7'SORTWK1'
...
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
Description
TSIDDTD is a dataset-to-dataset copy/merge utility program. It can be used to copy a single
dataset or to merge multiple input datasets into a single output dataset. TSIDDTD uses
standard LIOCS access methods, so the input and output datasets can be completely controlled
by BIM-EPIC.
TSIDDTD supports any sequential dataset with a fixed, variable, spanned or undefined record
format. However, TSIDDTD can only process tape datasets that follow the standard LIOCS
format conventions (see "Tape Formats Supported" below).
TSIDDTD performs one copy operation per execution. To copy a multi-file tape, execute
TSIDDTD once for every dataset on the tape, and include input and output labels for each
dataset.
Configuration
Options
To use TSIDDTD for disk datasets, GDI=YES must be specified.
JCL Requirements
input dataset label(s)
output dataset label
// EXEC TSIDDTD
[optional control statements ]
/*
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
You must submit a label for at least one input dataset and one output dataset. The default
DTF names are INPUT and OUTPUT, but you can specify other DTF names in your control
statements.
The output dataset's block size will be the same as the input dataset's block size unless you
specify a new block size in the output dataset's definition. Uncontrolled disk datasets can be
reblocked using the ‘B=n’ option on the DLBL statement.
When you are copying uncontrolled datasets, use SYS005 for the output dataset and SYS004
for the input dataset.
If more than one input dataset is being copied to the output dataset, specify the 'T' option
(dataset drop) on every input dataset label except the last. With the 'Drop' option, you can
merge tape and disk versions into a single dataset. If all the input is on the same device type,
you can also use the concatenation feature of the BIM-EPIC DD statement.
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-9
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
Tape Formats
Supported
Because TSIDDTD uses standard LIOCS access methods, it can only process tapes which
follow standard LIOCS format conventions.
For a labeled tape, the format is:
VOL/HDR labels, tapemark, data, tapemark, EOV/EOF labels, tapemark
For an unlabeled tape, the format is:
[tapemark], data, tapemark
Some utility programs which appear to use LIOCS when writing standard label tapes actually
use PIOCS and imbed additional tape marks within the data area. Utilities known to do this
include the IDCAMS BACKUP function (which is different from the REPRO function) and
the LIBR BACKUP function. When LIOCS encounters one of these additional tape marks on
input , it issues the message "4130D EOF OR EOV INQUIRY?" because no EOV/EOF label
was found immediately following that tape mark. Therefore, should the 4130D message occur
while copying a file, it indicates that the tape format does not follow standard LIOCS
conventions and cannot be copied successfully with TSIDDTD.
Unfortunately, there is no method currently available to copy tapes which use non-standard
formats. Use of DITTO basic functions would not be a good choice because that would result
in two (or more) volumes reflecting the same volume serial number. The best known solution
is to execute the same program which created the original volume(s) a second time to create a
second version.
Control Statements
Control statements are used to define dataset characteristics and specify TSIDDTD processing
options.
For controlled datasets, control statements are not normally necessary. TSIDDTD will get the
record type, record size and block size from the version record in the DSN Catalog.
For uncontrolled and Start Track 1 datasets, control statements specifying the record type,
record size and block size are required.
The TSIDDTD maximum block size for tape is 32K. Block sizes greater than 32K are
supported for disk. For uncontrolled labeled input tapes, TSIDDTD will use HDR2
information. If record type, record size and block size are not specified and cannot be
obtained from the DSN Catalog, TSIDDTD defaults to an undefined record format with a
blocksize of 32767. Record type, record size, and block size may not be in the catalog for
some controlled datasets that were created by programs that use PIOCS.
Control statement parameters can be used to specify alternate DTFnames, control unlabeled
tape processing, limit total output, select specific records only and end processing before endof-file (EOF) is reached on input.
All control statements will be read and processed before TSIDDTD begins the copy operation.
Parameters can be placed in columns 1 through 71. Separate parameters with commas.
Multiple statements can be submitted; but parameters must be completed on the statement on
which they begin.
8-10
User Reference
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
Syntax
Control Statement
Parameters
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
BLKSIZE=nnnnn ]
FEOF=start,length,operand,type,value ]
HDRINFO ]
INNAME=dtfname ]
INPUT=n ]
LRECL=nnnnn ]
NOREWIN ]
NOREWOUT ]
NOTPMK ]
OBLKSIZE=nnnnn ]
OUTNAME=dtfname ]
RECFM=x ]
RUNIN ]
RUNOUT ]
RECS=nnnnnn ]
SEL=start,length,operand,type,value ]
SKIP=nnnnnn ]
UNLBLIN ]
UNLBLOUT ]
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
BLKSIZE
No
1 to 32767 (or greater
for disk)
32767
FEOF
No
See subparameters
None
start
1 to 999999
None
length
1 to 999999
None
operand
EQ|NE|GT|LT|GE|LE
None
type
C or X
C
value
See text
None
FEOF Subparameters
HDRINFO
No
None
OFF
INNAME
No
1 to 7 characters
INPUT
INPUT
No
'?' or 1 to 32767
None
LRECL
No
1 to 99999
None
OBLKSIZE
No
1 to 32767
BLKSIZE
OUTNAME
No
1 to 7 characters
OUTPUT
NOREWIN/NOREWOUT
No
None
OFF
NOTPMK
No
None
OFF
RECFM
No
F|V|S|U
U
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-11
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
RECS
No
1 to 999999
All
RUNIN/RUNOUT
No
None
OFF
SEL
No
See FEOF
All
SKIP
No
1 to 999999
0
UNLBLIN/UNLBLOUT
No
None
OFF
BLKSIZE defines the block size for input datasets. If BLKSIZE is not specified, it will be set
to one of the following:
•
•
the value of LRECL
undefined (if LRECL is not specified). In this case, the input dataset is treated as
unblocked.
For controlled datasets, the version block size for input datasets and the EDD reblock size for
output datasets are used instead if available.
FEOF specifies a condition that causes TSIDDTD to act as if EOF had been reached on input.
If multiple parameters are specified on a single control statement, only another FEOF
parameter may follow an FEOF parameter. When any one of multiple FEOF conditions is
met, EOF will be assumed. Up to a total of 20 FEOF parameters can be submitted per
execution of TSIDDTD.
When FEOF is specified, all FEOF subparameters are required and positional:
start specifies the starting position in the record (relative to 1) of the field to be tested.
length specifies the length of the field to be tested.
operand specifies the type of test.
Use...
To specify that the input data is...
EQ
equal to value
NE
not equal to value
GT
greater than value
LT
less than value
GE
greater than or equal to value
LE
less than or equal to value
type specifies the type of data to be used in the test. C indicates that the value is in character
format. X indicates that the value is in hexadecimal format.
value specifies the constant to be used in the test. Specify the same number of characters as
the length value for character comparisons, or two times that number for hexadecimal
comparisons.
HDRINFO causes VSE to display the tape header information on the operator console when
opening the input datasets.
8-12
User Reference
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
INNAME specifies an alternate input DTF name.
INPUT specifies the number of input datasets to be merged into a single output. If specified
as '?' (i.e., INPUT=?), the message EP712 will be issued requiring the operator to respond
with the number of files to be copied.
LRECL defines the dataset record size. For catalog-controlled datasets, the LRECL in the
DSN Catalog is used instead if available. If LRECL is not specified, it will be set to one of
the following:
•
•
the value of BLKSIZE
undefined (if BLKSIZE is not specified). In this case, the input dataset is treated as
unblocked.
NOREWIN prevents rewinding of input tapes at close.
NOREWOUT prevents rewinding of the output tape at close.
NOTPMK suppresses the leading tape marks normally written before the data on unlabeled
output tapes.
OBLKSIZE defines the block size for the output dataset. If OBLKSIZE is not specified, the
BLKSIZE value will be used.
OUTNAME specifies an alternate output DTF name.
RECFM specifies the record format of both input and output datasets.
Code
Record Format
F
fixed length
V
variable length
S
spanned
U
undefined
RUNIN unloads input tapes at close.
RUNOUT unloads the output tape at close.
RECS specifies the number of records to be copied.
SEL specifies selection criteria for copying. If the data matches the expression, it is copied.
If it does not match, it is skipped. If multiple parameters are specified on a single control
statement, only another SEL parameter may follow a SEL parameter. When any one of
multiple SEL conditions is met, the data will be copied. Up to a total of 20 SEL parameters
can be submitted per execution of TSIDDTD. If no SEL parameters are submitted, all data is
copied.
When SEL is specified, all SEL subparameters are required. SEL subparameters are identical
to FEOF subparameters (see above).
SKIP specifies the number of records to skip before beginning the copy operation.
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-13
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
UNLBLIN defines the input as an unlabeled uncontrolled tape dataset (not required if the
dataset is controlled).
UNLBLOUT defines the output as an unlabeled uncontrolled tape dataset (not required if the
dataset is controlled).
Example
This job copies a controlled disk dataset to a controlled tape dataset. No TSIDDTD control
statements are required.
//
//
//
//
/*
/&
Example
JOB TSIDDTD COPY DISK TO TAPE
DLBL INPUT,'input.data.set'
TLBL OUTPUT,'output.data.set'
EXEC TSIDDTD
This job merges two input disk datasets and two input tape datasets to a single output tape
dataset. All of the datasets are controlled.
// JOB TSIDDTD MERGE 2 DISK AND 2 TAPE DATASETS TO A SINGLE OUTPUT
// DLBL INPUT,'input.data.set.1,(T)'
// DLBL INPUT,'input.data.set.2,(T)'
// TLBL INPUT,'input.data.set.3',,,,,,18
// TLBL INPUT,'input.data.set.4',,,,,,2
// TLBL OUTPUT,'output.data.set'
// EXEC TSIDDTD
INPUT=4
/*
/&
Note the use of the 'Drop' option (T) on the DLBLs and Drop (16) and Rewind (2) options on
the TLBLs.
Example
This job makes a duplicate copy of a multi-file tape containing three datasets. All of the
datasets are controlled, so no control statements are necessary. TSIDDTD is executed three
times, once for each dataset. Note the use of the TLBL options 'Inhibit LUB allocation' (64),
'Hold assignment' (8) and 'No rewind' (3) on the first two TLBLs and then just 'Inhibit LUB
allocation' (64) and 'Unload' (2) on the last TLBL.
//
//
//
//
/*
//
//
//
/*
//
//
//
/*
/&
8-14
User Reference
JOB TSIDDTD COPY MULTI-FILE TAPE
TLBL INPUT,'input.prime.dsn',,,,,,75
TLBL OUTPUT,'output.prime.dsn',,,,,,75
EXEC TSIDDTD
TLBL INPUT,'input.sub.dsn.1',,,,,,75
TLBL OUTPUT,'output.sub.dsn.1',,,,,,75
EXEC TSIDDTD
TLBL INPUT,'input.sub.dsn.2',,,,,,66
TLBL OUTPUT,'output.sub.dsn.2',,,,,,66
EXEC TSIDDTD
Copying and Merging Datasets (TSIDDTD)
Example
This job copies a Start Track 1 disk dataset to an output dataset using alternate DTF names,
selecting only those records with the constant "TAC" in positions 1-3 or any data except lowvalues in positions 4-6. The record format, record size and block size information is required
for Start Track 1 datasets.
// JOB TSIDDTD CREATE NEWFIL
// DLBL OLDFIL,'input.data.set'
// EXTENT SYS005,POOL01,1,0,1,300
// TLBL NEWFIL,'output.data.set'
// EXEC TSIDDTD
INNAME=OLDFIL,OUTNAME=NEWFIL
RECFM=F,BLKSIZE=4000,LRECL=80
SEL=1,3,EQ,C,TAC
SEL=4,3,NE,X,000000
/*
/&
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-15
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP)
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP)
Description
TSIDDMP is a dataset dump and print utility program. It can be used to completely or
selectively dump or print a dataset in hex or character format, and will also print report files
that have been written to disk or tape. TSIDDMP uses standard LIOCS access methods, so
the input dataset can easily controlled by BIM-EPIC.
TSIDDMP supports any sequential dataset with a fixed, variable, spanned or undefined record
format. However, TSIDDMP can only process tape datasets that follow the standard LIOCS
format conventions (see “Tape Formats Supported” for TSIDDTD above).
TSIDDMP performs one dump or print operation per execution.
Configuration
Options
To use TSIDDMP for disk datasets, GDI=YES must be specified as a configuration option.
JCL Requirements
input dataset label
// EXEC TSIDDMP
[ control statements ]
/*
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
You must submit a label for the input dataset. The default DTF name is INPUT, but you can
specify an alternate DTF name in your control statements.
For uncontrolled tape datasets, use SYS004 for the input dataset.
Control Statements
Control statements are used to define dataset characteristics and specify TSIDDMP processing
options.
Control statements are not normally necessary for controlled datasets, becauseTSIDDMP will
get the record type, record size and block size from the DSN Catalog.
Control statements specifying the record type, record size and block size are required for
uncontrolled and Start Track 1 datasets.
If record type, record size and block size are not specified and cannot be obtained from the
DSN Catalog, TSIDDMP will use an undefined record format with a blocksize of 32767.
(Note: record type, record size, and block size may not be available in the catalog for some
catalog-controlled datasets if they were created by programs that use PIOCS..)
8-16
User Reference
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP)
Control statement parameters can be used to limit total output, select specific records only and
end processing before end-of-file (EOF) is reached on input. Various formating options are
also provided.
All control statements will be read and processed before TSIDDMP begins the dump
operation. Parameters can be placed in columns 1 through 71. Separate parameters with
commas. Multiple statements can be submitted; but parameters must be completed on the
statement on which they begin.
Syntax
Parameters
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
BLKSIZE=nnnnn ]
CHARONLY ]
CTLCHAR ]
FEOF=start,length,operand,type,value ]
HDRINFO ]
INNAME=dtfname ]
LRECL=nnnnn ]
NOREW ]
NOSCALE ]
RECFM=x ]
RECS=nnnnnn ]
RUN ]
SEL=start,length,operand,type,value ]
SKIP=nnnnnn]
UNLBL ]
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
BLKSIZE
No
1 to 99999
See text
CHARONLY
No
None
OFF
CTLCHAR
No
None
OFF
FEOF
No
See subparameters
None
start
1 to 999999
None
length
1 to 999999
None
operand
EQ|NE|GT|LT|GE|LE
None
type
C or X
C
value
See text
None
FEOF Subparameters
HDRINFO
No
None
OFF
INNAME
No
1 to 7 characters
INPUT
LRECL
No
1 to 32767
None
NOREW
No
None
OFF
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-17
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP)
Descriptions
NOSCALE
No
None
OFF
RECFM
No
F|V|S|U
U
RECS
No
0 or 1 to 999999
All
RUN
No
None
OFF
SEL
No
See FEOF
All
SKIP
No
1 to 999999
0
UNLBL
No
None
OFF
BLKSIZE defines the block size for the input dataset. If BLKSIZE is not specified, it will be
set to one of the following:
•
•
the value of LRECL
undefined (if LRECL is not specified). In this case, the input dataset is treated as
unblocked.
For controlled datasets, the block size in the catalog will be used instead if available.
CHARONLY specifies that only the character representation is printed. If CHARONLY is
omitted, both character and hexidecimal representations are printed.
CTLCHAR specifies that the dataset has an ASA print control character in the first byte of
each record to control printer spacing. Use CTLCHAR for print files that have been written to
disk or tape. CTLCHAR forces CHARONLY and NOSCALE printing.
NOTE: If CTLCHAR is used for a dataset that does not contain a valid ASA print character
in the first byte of every record, TSIDDMP can cancel with an I/O eror. To verify the print
characters, print the file in hex mode. The first character should be one of the following:
space(X'40'), 0-9, A-C, +, or FEOF specifies a condition that causes TSIDDMP to act as if EOF had been reached on
input. If multiple parameters are specified on a single control statement, only another FEOF
parameter may follow an FEOF parameter. When any one of multiple FEOF conditions is
met, EOF will be assumed. Up to a total of 20 FEOF parameters can be submitted per
execution of TSIDDMP.
When FEOF is specified, all FEOF subparameters are required and positional:
start specifies the starting position in the record (relative to 1) of the field to be tested.
length specifies the length of the field to be tested.
operand specifies the type of test.
Use...
8-18
User Reference
To specify that the input data is...
EQ
equal to value
NE
not equal to value
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP)
GT
greater than value
LT
less than value
GE
greater than or equal to value
LE
less than or equal to value
type specifies the type of data to be used in the test. C indicates that the value is in character
format. X indicates that the value is in hexadecimal format.
value specifies the constant to be used in the test. Specify the same number of characters as
the length value for character comparisons, or two times that number for hexadecimal
comparisons.
HDRINFO causes VSE to display the tape header information on the operator console when
opening the input datasets.
INNAME specifies an alternate input DTF name.
LRECL defines the dataset record size. For catalog-controlled datasets, the LRECL in the
DSN Catalog is used instead if available. If LRECL is not specified, it will be set to one of
the following:
•
•
the value of BLKSIZE
undefined (if BLKSIZE is not specified). In this case, the input dataset is treated as
unblocked.
NOREW
Prevents rewind of the input tape at close.
NOSCALE Suppresses (printing of) the position scale, which normally appears under the
print record.
RECFM specifies the record format of both input and output datasets.
Code
Record Format
F
fixed length
V
variable length
S
spanned
U
undefined
RECS specifies the number of records to be printed. If zero is specified, the input dataset
version is opened and closed without attempting any read any records.
RUN
Unloads input tape at close.
SEL specifies selection criteria for dumping and printing data. If the data matches the
expression, it is dumped or printed. If it does not match, it is skipped. If multiple parameters
are specified on a single control statement, only another SEL parameter may follow a SEL
parameter. When any one of multiple SEL conditions is met, the data will be dumped or
printed. Up to a total of 20 SEL parameters can be submitted per execution of TSIDDMP. If
no SEL parameters are submitted, all data is dumped or printed.
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-19
Printing Datasets (TSIDDMP)
When SEL is specified, all SEL subparameters are required. SEL subparameters are identical
to FEOF subparameters (see above).
SKIP specifies the number of records to skip before beginning the copy operation.
UNLBL defines the input as an unlabeled uncontrolled tape dataset (not required if the dataset
is controlled).
Examples
The following job will dump the entire contents of a catalog-controlled disk dataset in hex
format. No control statements are required.
// JOB TSIDDMP DUMP DISK DATASET IN HEX
// DLBL INPUT,'input.data.set'
// EXEC TSIDDMP
/*
/&
The following will print the first 100 lines of a report file that has been routed to a controlled
tape dataset by using GDIUR.
// JOB TSIDDMP PRINT BLOCKED REPORT TAPE
// TLBL INPUT,'input.data.set'
// EXEC TSIDDMP
CTLCHAR,RECS=100
/*
/&
The following job prints a start track one disk dataset using an alternate DTF name, in
character-only format, with the position scale suppressed. Only records containing the
characters 10794 in positions 1-5 will be selected. End of file (and end of job) will be forced
as soon as high values are found in positions 7-9. Note that the record format, record size and
block size information is required for an uncataloged disk dataset.
// JOB TSIDDMP SELECTIVE DUMP OF S.T. 1 FILE
// DLBL TPDATA,'input.data.set'
// EXTENT SYS005,POOL01,1,0,1,300
// EXEC TSIDDMP
INNAME=TPDATA
RECFM=F,BLKSIZE=4000,LRECL=80
CHARONLY,NOSCALE
SEL=1,5,EQ,C,10794
FEOF=7,3,EQ,X,FFFFFF
/*
/&
8-20
User Reference
Accessing the VSE Label Area (TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB)
Accessing the VSE Label Area (TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB)
Description
TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB are subroutines that can be called by your program to read and write
VSE labels. TSIDGLB is used to read system-standard, partition-standard, and partition user
labels.
TSIDPLB is used to modify a label that was acquired by TSIDGLB. TSIDPLB writes the
label to an area maintained by BIM-EPIC. When BIM-EPIC is active, it checks for the label
in this area first before searching the VSE label area.
Using the
Subroutines
You can call both subroutines at any time, before or after a dataset is opened or closed. Both
are called using standard IBM linkage conventions.
You can read and modify the label of any dataset defined in your JCL. However, tape dataset
names are restricted to 17 characters. If you want to create a new label, first read a TLBL or
DLBL that has no parameters except the DTF name.
Sample assembler and COBOL programs (TSIGLBL.A and TSIGLBL.C) are provided as
examples. These can be assembled or compiled and run to demonstrate the coding techniques
required to process VSE labels. These programs can be found in the BIM-EPIC installation
library.
Data Area
Use the assembler copybook (TSIDGLB.A), or the COBOL copybook (TSIDGLB.C), for
both subroutines. The discussion below refers to the data names in the assembler copybook.
Specify FILENAME and LBLRETCD as parameter list entries on your CALL statement.
FILENAME contains the DTF name of the label to be processed. The same DTF name must
be specified in JCL.
Both subroutines return a 1-byte binary value in LBLRETCD. A zero (0) indicates that the
label was returned by TSIDGLB or written by TSIDPLB. Any non-zero value indicates the
label was not found or was not written.
In LBLLEN, TSIDGLB returns a 2-byte, unaligned, binary field that contains the length of the
label returned. A length of 80 bytes indicates the label is for tape. Any length greater than 80
indicates the label is for disk. TSIDPLB uses the label length from this field.
TSIDGLB returns the label beginning at LBLFILNM. TSIDPLB writes the label from the
same area.
Chapter 8. BIM-EPIC Utilities
8-21
Accessing the VSE Label Area (TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB)
To Read a Label
TSIDGLB Example
To Write a Label
Step
Action
1
Move the DTF name of the label to be processed to FILENAME.
2
Call TSIDGLB, specifying FILENAME and LBLRETCD.
...
MVC FILENAME,=CL7'INPFILE'
CALL TSIDGLB,(FILENAME,LBLRETCD)
...
COPY TSIDGLB
...
Step
Action
1
Read the label using the TSIDGLB procedure.
2
Modify the label information (see warning below).
3
Move the DTF name of the label to be processed to FILENAME.
4
Move the length of the label to LBLLEN (80 for tape; 200 for disk).
5
Call TSIDPLB, specifying FILENAME and LBLRETCD.
WARNING!
TSIDPLB does not validate the data on the label you write, so you must ensure that it is
correct. Although the label can be written successfully, results are unpredictable if its data is
incorrect.
TSIDPLB Example
...
MVC
MVC
CALL
...
COPY
...
8-22
User Reference
FILENAME,=CL7'OUTFILE'
LBLLEN,=H'80'
TSIDPLB,(FILENAME,LBLRETCD)
TSIDGLB
9
Job Management Control Language
BIM-EPIC's Job Management Control Language (JMCL) gives you greater control over the
execution of your job. The JMCL facility is activated using the JCLLANG=YES
configuration option as described in the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide.
Chapter Contents
JMCL Statements ...........................................................................................................9-2
JMCL Parameters...........................................................................................................9-5
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2) .........................................................................9-15
Executing CP Commands.............................................................................................9-20
9-1
Introduction
JMCL Statements
JMCL Statements
Introduction
Description
JMCL parameters are specified on VSE JCL statements. You can specify JMCL parameters
on:
•
•
•
•
EXEC statements
JOB statements
OPTION statements
Comment statements
Most JMCL parameters are valid on only one or two of the JCL statement types. Check the
description of the particular parameter to see where it can be specified.
JMCL parameters are in keyword format. You can specify more than one JMCL paramenter
on a single statement. Parameters must be separated with commas. Because many JMCL
parameters are interdependent, be sure to check the end of this section for an example of the
parameters working together.
9-2
User Reference
JMCL Statements
Using JOB, EXEC, and OPTION Statements
Using JOB, EXEC, and OPTION Statements
Description
On JOB, EXEC, and OPTION statements, the JMCL parameters must:
•
•
Syntax
follow at least one VSE keyword (or a comma between two spaces)
precede any comments
// JOB jobname parameters comments
// EXEC program parameters comments
// OPTION option parameters comments
Example
In this example, the job name is PAYROLL. RESET is a JMCL parameter in its correct
position. CHECKS is a comment.
// JOB PAYROLL RESET CHECKS
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-3
Using Comment Statements
JMCL Statements
Using Comment Statements
Description
VSE comment statements can invoke JMCL by using special JMCL parameters.
Syntax
* JMCL parameters
Example
* JMCL NAME=BGSTEP
9-4
User Reference
JMCL Parameters
JCL Syntax Checking
JMCL Parameters
JCL Syntax Checking
Description
With JMCL, you can retain datasets that have been flagged for purge (HOLD). You can
cancel a job if it exceeds a specified time limit (TIME=n) or specify special processing for
restarting canceled jobs (TYPRUN=RESTART).
In addition, you can prevent some job cancellations by requesting DD statement syntax
checking (TYPRUN=SCAN and TYPRUN=SCANS).
HOLD
Use HOLD to prevent datasets that have been flagged for purge at EOJ from being purged if
the job cancels.
HOLD is valid on JMCL statements and is effective for the duration of the job.
Syntax
HOLD
TIME
Use TIME to specify a time limit for job execution. If your job exceeds the limit you specify,
it is terminated without a dump and the "CC" condition code (see "Conditions and IF") is set
to 1.
TIME is valid on JOB statements.
WARNING!
The TIME parameter will be overridden by any program which uses IBM's SETIME
instruction. If this occurs, your job may not cancel as expected.
Syntax
TIME=nnnn
nnnn specifies the time period in minutes. Valid time periods are from 1 minute to 1440
minutes. No error message is issued if you specify a number out of this range. If you specify
a number greater than 1440, the time limit is set to 1440 (unlimited time execution).
Example
// JOB XYZ TIME=60
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-5
JCL Syntax Checking
TYPRUN
JMCL Parameters
TYPRUN has two separate uses. It can be used to specify:
•
•
syntax checking for DD statements
special processing for job restarts
TYPRUN is valid on JOB statements.
Syntax
SCAN

TYPRUN=SCANS 
RESTART
TYPRUN
Parameters
SCAN checks DD statement syntax and prints all JCL and any error messages. SCAN scans
the JCL until the first /& statement, after which normal processing resumes. The job is not
executed.
If there is SYSIPT data in your job stream you must also specify the DATA parameter. See 98 in this manual for more information.
SCANS checks DD statement syntax and prints only DD statements in error and the resulting
error messages. The job is not executed. SCANS scans the JCL until the first /& statement,
after which normal processing resumes.
If there is SYSIPT data in your job stream you must also specify the DATA parameter. See 98 in this manual for more information.
RESTART When a job cancels, you may want to restart it at a job step other than the first
step of the job. You can branch to the desired step with a JMCL GOTO parameter. However,
if you have specified the JMCL parameter HOLD or the configuration option PURBYP=YES,
disk datasets flagged for purge are not purged when a job cancels. If you bypass steps with
GOTO, work datasets created in those steps need to be specially purged.
TYPRUN=RESTART purges those datasets when they are flagged for purge with the DLBL
option P or X or DISP=(x,DELETE).
Example
9-6
User Reference
// JOB XYZ TYPRUN=SCANS
JMCL Parameters
Condition Checking and Branching
Condition Checking and Branching
Description
The GOTO facility allows you to bypass JCL statements without deleting them or changing
them to comments before you submit the job. Condition checking, with the IF parameter,
allows you to check whether certain conditions exist before you branch to a new part of the
job.
GOTO
GOTO supports unconditional branching and conditional branching when used in conjunction
with the JMCL IF parameter. Use GOTO for unconditional branching when you are restarting
a job.
GOTO only branches forward in a job. GOTO cannot branch back to an earlier statement.
Mark the destination of the branch with the JMCL NAME parameter. If you bypass SYSIPT
data during the branch, you must also use the DATA parameter. See "NAME" and "DATA"
below.
If you are restarting a job, you may need to use the TYPRUN=RESTART parameter. Please
note that if the step you execute in the restart checks for a condition code, that code may be
invalid at restart time.
GOTO is valid on OPTION and JMCL statements.
Syntax
GOTO=label
label specifies the NAME label to branch to. The value must match the label specified on
the NAME parameter (see below). If you specify GOTO=JOBEND, GOTO branches to endof-job (/&) and a NAME parameter is not required.
Example
* JMCL GOTO=SORT3
NAME
Use NAME to mark the destination of a GOTO branch. Place the NAME statement
immediately before the statement at which you want to resume processing.
NAME is valid on JMCL statements and EXEC statements.
Syntax
NAME=label
label specifies a label name. The value specified here must match the label specified on the
GOTO parameter.
Example
* JMCL NAME=SORT3
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-7
Condition Checking and Branching
DATA
JMCL Parameters
Use DATA to bypass SYSIPT data during a GOTO branch. Because SYSIPT data is
processed specially, BIM-EPIC cannot bypass it automatically.
Place a DATA parameter on the EXEC statement of each program that is followed by SYSIPT
data. DATA is valid only on EXEC statements.
Syntax
Branching
Subparameters
DATA [ =n ]
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
GOTO
No
1 to 8 characters
None
NAME
No
1 to 8 characters
None
DATA
No
1 to 127
1
n specifies the number of SYSIPT data streams to bypass for a single EXEC. The default is
one, so you only need to specify n when there is more than one data stream for the EXEC.
Example
9-8
User Reference
// EXEC PAYROLL DATA
<SYSIPT data here>
/*
JMCL Parameters
Conditions and IF
Conditions and IF
Description
Use IF to test for a condition. IF can test the current condition code, the highest condition
code, the VSE cancel code, the date, time, CPU, partition, and a global constant you set. You
can also set the current and highest condition codes. See 9-11 in this manual for more
information.
You can test multiple conditions using the IF parameter. Both "AND" and "OR" conditions
are supported.
When IF is used with GOTO, the branch occurs if the condition is true. When IF is used on
an EXEC, the step is executed only if the condition is true. If it is false, BIM-EPIC bypasses
the EXEC.
The IF parameter has three subparameters, which must be separated by at least one space. To
test AND conditions, specify separate sets of subparameters on the same IF parameter and
separate them with commas. To test OR conditions, use separate IF parameters.
When used with the GOTO parameter, IF is valid on OPTION and JMCL statements. It is
also valid on EXEC statements, without GOTO. "AND" conditions are valid on OPTION,
EXEC, and JMCL statements. "OR" conditions are valid on OPTION and JMCL statements
only.
Syntax
Parameters
IF=(type operand value [ ,type operand value, ... ] )
For...
Valid values are...
CC, HC, and DOSCC
1 to 999
PART
2 character partition ID
CPU
0 to 9, A to Z
DATE and TIME
2 to 8 characters
Gnnn
1 to 3 characters
type specifies the type of input data to be tested.
Use...
To test the...
CC
current condition code
CPU
CPU ID
HC
highest condition code
DOSCC
VSE cancel code
PART
partition ID
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-9
Conditions and IF
JMCL Parameters
DATE
current date
TIME
current time
Gnn
global constant
operand specifies the kind of test.
Use...
To test whether the input
data is...
EQ
equal to value
NE
not equal to value
GT
greater than value
LT
less than value
GE
greater than or equal to value
LE
less than or equal to value
value specifies the constant to be used in the comparison.
Global constants are set with the SETG JMCL parameter. Identify the global constant you are
testing by specifying 01 through 15 for nn.
DOSCC values are decimal codes generated by VSE. For normal EOJ the code is 16. You
can check the DOSCC across job boundaries.
The CPU ID is the same number generated when you use CPU independence—that is, the last
digit specified for the CPUIDS configuration option.
In partition comparisons, only the EQ and NE operands are valid. For example IF=(PART
EQ BG) is valid. IF=(PART LE BG) is invalid.
Date is specified in yy-mm-dd format. Time is specified in hh-mm-ss format. If you wish,
you can test only a portion of the date and time. To do so, supply only the portion you wish to
test. Supply asterisks (*) as filler for beginning parts of the field. For example, to test for the
first day of the month, code IF=(DATE EQ **-**-01). To test for January, code IF=(DATE
EQ **-01).
Example
* JMCL IF=(HC EQ 99),GOTO=JOBEND
* JMCL IF=(PART NE BG,CPU EQ 5),GOTO=BGSTEP
// EXEC PHASE1 IF=(CC LT 16)
The first statement tests the highest condition code. If the highest condition code is 99, BIMEPIC branches to the end of the job. The second statement uses an "AND" condition. If the
job is not running in the BG partition but is running on CPU 5, a branch is made to BGSTEP.
If neither of these tests is true, the job continues with the EXEC statement. However,
PHASE1 only executes if the current condition code is less than 16.
9-10
User Reference
JMCL Parameters
Setting Values
Setting Values
Description
You can establish a number of constants with JMCL parameters. These constants can be
tested with the IF parameter.
Use SETC to set the current condition code. Use SETG to set up to 15 global constants.
SETC
SETC sets the current condition code to the number you specify. This also updates the highest
condition code, if appropriate.
The current condition code remains in effect until a new value is set by another SETC
parameter, until a RESET is encountered, or until a new value is set by the TSIDJC2
subroutine.
SETC is valid on OPTION and JMCL statements, where it is in effect as soon as the statement
is processed. It is also valid on EXEC statements, where the condition code is set only if the
program executes successfully.
Syntax
SETC=nnn
nnn specifies the number for the current condition code.
SETG
SETG sets global constants. You can have up to 15 global contants. Each constant remains in
effect until you IPL VSE or until you set a new value with SETG.
SETG is valid on JMCL and OPTION statements only.
Syntax
SETGnn='constant'
nn identifies which global constant you are setting. Valid constants are 1-15 or 1-16
characters.
constant specifies the value of the constant. You can use spaces.
Parameters
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
nnn
No
1 to 255
None
nn
No
01 to 15
None
1 to 16 characters
None
constant
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-11
Symbolic Replacements
JMCL Parameters
Symbolic Replacements
Description
Symbolic replacements "replace" a set of characters that are found in your JCL.
Symbolic replacements are useful for JCL subparameters or comments.
BIM-EPIC inserts the replacement value into the statement and shifts to the right any data
following the replacement symbol. For example:
* JMCL &1='INVENTRY.INPUT'
// TLBL SORTOUT,'&1',,,,,,2
would result in:
// TLBL SORTOUT,'INVENTRY.INPUT',,,,,,2
WARNING!
You must take care to avoid truncation of the statement. The statement must not exceed 71
columns with the replacement value inserted.
Symbolic replacements are not valid on POWER JECL statements or in SYSIPT data. Any
other statement (including JMCL statements) can use a symbolic replacements.
Assign values to symbolic replacements on OPTION statements.
The symbolic replacement parameter has the format "&n", where n is a number between 0 and
9. Use it to replace characters with the value you assign to the symbol.
&n
You can have up to 10 of these parameters in effect at the same time. Each one remains in
effect until it is re-assigned in a JMCL or OPTION statement or it is nullified with RESET, or
end-of-job occurs.
Syntax
&n='constant'
n identifies symbol being assigned.
constant specifies the value assigned to the symbol. The symbol must be enclosed in
apostrophes and can contain spaces.
Example
In the following example, the DLBL is changed to
// DLBL INPUT,'PAYROLL.INPUT'
* JMCL &1='PAYROLL.INPUT'
// DLBL INPUT,'&1'
9-12
User Reference
JMCL Parameters
RESET
RESET
Description
RESET nullifies most JMCL parameters. You can use it to set the current or highest condition
code to zero, nullify GOTO branches, and nullify TIME control over a job.
We recommend that you use the global RESET parameter on the JOB statements and at the
end of all jobs that do not have a logical dependency on previous jobs.
RESET is valid on JOB, EXEC, JMCL, and OPTION statements. When it is specified on a
JOB statement, it is processed before any other JMCL parameters.
Syntax
CC
HC 
RESET=NAME


TIME
Subparameters
CC resets the current condition code only.
HC resets the highest condition code only.
NAME nullifies any branch in effect. Processing resumes with the current statement.
TIME nullifies TIME control over the job.
When no subparameters are specified, all values are reset to the defaults.
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-13
JMCL Example
JMCL Parameters
JMCL Example
Description
The following example shows JMCL parameters working together.
// JOB EXAMPLE TYPRUN=RESTART,RESET,TIME=240
* JMCL HOLD
// OPTION LOG &1=PAYROLL
* JMCL &2=PAYROLL
* JMCL GOTO=STEP2
// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=VOLUME,SHR
// DLBL SORTWK1,'==.SORTWK1(P)'
// EXTENT SYS001
// DLBL SORTIN,'&1.INPUT'
// DLBL SORTOUT,'&2.OUTPUT'
// EXEC SORT DATA
sort statements
/*
* JMCL NAME=STEP2
* JMCL IF=(DATE EQ **-**-01,TIME LT 19-00-00),GOTO=STEP3
// DLBL INPUT,'&1.INPUT'
statements
* JMCL NAME=STEP3
statements
/&
This example is a restart job.
The RESET parameter is included to reset any JMCL parameters established in a previous
job. The TIME parameter limits the execution of this job to 4 hours.
Since it is a restart job, the GOTO bypasses the first step, which completed successfully in a
previous execution. (GOTO is placed after the symbolic replacement definitions, so that they
remain in effect.) The DATA parameter allows BIM-EPIC to bypass the sort control
statements (SYSIPT data). The TYPRUN=RESTART parameter is specified so that the sort
work area in the bypassed step is deleted. It was retained in the previous execution because of
the JMCL HOLD parameter, specified in the second statement.
The * JMCL NAME=STEP2 statement defines the point at which processing should resume
after the GOTO branch. The next statement tests the date and time. If it is the first of the
month and earlier than 7:00 p.m., BIM-EPIC branchs to the statement * JMCL
NAME=STEP3. If either condition is false, processing continues with the // DLBL INPUT
statement.
Both the &1 and &2 symbols are replaced with PAYROLL.
9-14
User Reference
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2)
Introduction
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2)
Introduction
TSIDJC2
A batch program can interface with BIM-EPIC’s Job Management Control Language by
calling the TSIDJC2 subroutine. TSIDJC2 can be used to retrieve the following information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DOS job name
program name
current date (MM/DD/YY)
current time (HH.MM.SS)
cpu id character
current JMCL condition code
highest JMCL condition code
task time limit
JMCL symbolic values
JMCL global constants
TSIDJC2 can update the following information:
•
•
•
•
Parameter List
current JMCL condition code
highest JMCL condition code
JMCL symbolic values
JMCL global constants
TSIDJC2 uses a parameter list to indicate the function being performed (Get or Put) in
addition to providing the data areas for returning or updating data fields. Two modules are
provided in the source library:
•
•
TSIDJC2.C for COBOL programs
TSIDJC2.A for Assembler programs
The TSIDJC2 subroutine can also be called from any language that uses standard calling
conventions.
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-15
Retrieving JMCL Data (GET REQUEST)
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2)
Retrieving JMCL Data (GET REQUEST)
GET REQUEST (G)
Data can be retrieved from the JMCL system by passing a character ‘G’ to TSIDJC2 in the
request byte of the parameter list (field JCSREQ in TSIDJC2.And JCS-REQ in TSIDJC2.C
Control is returned to the next instruction following the CALL.
COBOL Example
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
COPY TSIDJC2.
.
.
.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
MOVE
'G' TO JCS-REQ.
CALL
'TSIDJC2' USING JCS-START.
Assembler
Example
MVI
CALL
9-16
User Reference
JCSREQ,JCSREQG
TSIDJC2,(JCSSTART)
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2)
Updating JMCL Data (PUT REQUEST)
Updating JMCL Data (PUT REQUEST)
PUT REQUEST (P)
JMCL data can updated by passing a character ‘P’ to TSIDJC2 in the request byte of the
parameter. This byte is labeled JCSREQ in TSIDJC2.A and JCS-REQ in TSIDJC2.C. A Put
request updates the current JMCL condition code, the highest JMCL condition code, all JMCL
symbolics and all global constants. All Put requests should be preceded by a Get request to
ensure that all data fields that are not explicitly being modified are updated to their previous
data values. Control is returned to the next instruction following the CALL.
To update current
or highest JMCL
condition code
Move the new condition code to the appropriate data field as a 2-byte binary value. During
the update process, the highest condition code is set first. Then the current codition code is
set. When the current condition code is set, it is checked against the highest condition code to
determine whether the new current condition code is now also the new highest condition code.
The JMCL current condition code is labeled JCSCC in TSIDJC2.A and JCS-CURR-CONDCODE in TSIDJC2.C. The JMCL highest condition code is labeled JCSHC in TSIDJC2.A
and JCS-HIGH-COND-CODE in TSIDJC2.C.
To update a
symbolic
Move the new 1 - 20 character symbolic into its appropriate data field. Symbolics &0 thru &9
are labeled JCSSYM0 thru JCSSYM9 in A.TSIDJC2 and JCS-SYMBOLIC-0 thru JCSSYMBOLIC-9 in C.TSIDJC2. If the new symbolic is less than 20 characters, it must be leftjustified and padded with spaces on the right. To remove a symbolic, clear the symbolic data
field with hex zeros or LOW-VALUES.
To update a global
constant
Move the new 1 - 16 character constant into its appropriate data field. Global constants G01
thru G15 correspond to the parameter data fields JCSGBL1 thru JCSGBL15 in A.TSIDJC2
and JCS-GLOBAL-CONS-1 thru JCS-GLOBAL-CONS-15 in C.TSIDJC2. If the new global
constant is less than 16 characters, it must be left justified and padded with spaces on the right.
To remove a global constant, clear the global constant data field with hex zeros or LOWVALUES.
COBOL Example
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
COPY TSIDJC2.
.
.
.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
MOVE
'G' TO JCS-REQ.
CALL
'TSIDJC2' USING JCS-START.
MOVE
0 TO JCS-CURR-COND-CODE.
MOVE
'MONTHLY' TO JCS-SYMBOLIC-2.
MOVE
LOW-VALUES TO JCS-GLOBAL-CONSTANT-10.
MOVE
'P' TO JCS-REQ.
CALL
'TSIDJC2' USING JCS-START.
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-17
Updating JMCL Data (PUT REQUEST)
Assembler
Example
9-18
User Reference
MVI
CALL
MVC
MVC
XC
MVI
CALL
JCSREQ,JCSREQG
TSIDJC2,(JCSSTART)
JCSCC,=XL2'00'
JCSSYM2,=CL20'MONTHLY'
JCSGBL10,JCSGBL10
JCSREQ,JCSREQP
TSIDJC2,(JCSSTART)
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2)
Using the JMCL Interface (TSIDJC2)
TSIDJC2 Return Codes
TSIDJC2 Return Codes
Description
Values
TSIDJC2 returns a value in the return code byte of the parameter list. This byte is labeled
JCSRC in TSIDJC2.A and JCS-RC in TSIDJC2.C. All return codes are one-byte character
values.
Code
Explanation
0
Successful completion of the G(et) or P(ut) request.
1
Either BIM-EPIC or the JMCL system are not active.
2
A secondary routine (TSIDJCS) could not be loaded from the BIM-EPIC system
library. The normal cause of this problem is not having the BIM-EPIC system
library in the search chain of the partition.
3
There was insufficient Partition GETVIS available to load the TSIDJCS routine.
The simplest way to correct this problem is to add a SIZE= parameter to the
EXEC statement.
4
The request code in JCSREQ or JCS-REQ was not a G or P.
Chapter 9. Job Management Control Language
9-19
Executing CP Commands
Executing CP Commands
Description
You can execute any VM/CP command in your VSE job stream by using JMCL's CP control
statement.
The CP control statement must begin in column 1.
Configuration
Options
For CP commands to be valid, the VM configuration option must be set to YES.
Syntax
* CP command
where command specifies which VM/CP command to execute.
Example
The following statement lists all tape drives on the operator console.
* CP Q T ALL
9-20
User Reference
10
Job Scheduling
BIM-EPIC's job scheduling system can be used to control execution across all partitions and
VSE machines sharing the same DSN Catalog.
Chapter Contents
Event Posting ...............................................................................................................10-2
Introduction .............................................................................................................10-2
Scheduling Functions...............................................................................................10-3
Posting an Event and Releasing Matching Jobs (TSIDREL and TSIDCREL) ........10-4
Posting an Event Only (TSIDLOC) .........................................................................10-5
Checking for a Posted Event (TSIDCHK and TSIDCCHK) ...................................10-6
Deleting a Posted Event (TSIDUNL) ......................................................................10-7
Executing in Batch Jobs...........................................................................................10-8
Executing Standard Processing Subroutines ................................................................10-9
Processing Requirements for TSIDREL, TSIDLOC, and TSIDUNL......................10-9
Processing Requirements for TSIDCHK ...............................................................10-10
Executing in CICS......................................................................................................10-11
Using the Subroutines ............................................................................................10-11
Return Codes .........................................................................................................10-12
Processing Requirements .......................................................................................10-14
Creating Job Setup/Run Sheets (TSIDFAV) ..............................................................10-15
10-1
Introduction
Event Posting
Event Posting
Introduction
Description
When a job, step, or process has completed, you can direct BIM-EPIC to post an event.
BIM-EPIC writes the name of the event in the DSN Catalog as a version of the dataset
*EPIC.EVENT.DSN*. You assign an event a name, 1 to 8 characters long. You then use this
name to identify which event has completed.
Like versions of a regular dataset, posted events become eligible for scratch according to the
retention criteria cataloged for the dataset.
If *EPIC.EVENT.DSN* is not already in the catalog, BIM-EPIC adds it automatically the first
time an event is posted. Then automatic day and cycle retention is used to retain posted
events. You may want to change this retention with manual catalog maintenance.
Posted events can be deleted with the SCRATCH functions of TSIDUTL or TSIDMNT. They
are normally deleted using the TSIDUTL utility.
Job scheduling subroutines put in the event name in the SYSPARM value, and COBOL
programs do special processing when SYSPARM values include A or D. Avert potential
conflict by not using these letters in event names processed with job scheduling subroutines.
10-2
User Reference
Event Posting
Scheduling Functions
Scheduling Functions
Description
There are four job scheduling functions:
•
•
•
•
Posting an event and releasing all matching jobs
Posting an event only
Checking for a posted event and releasing the requesting job
Deleting a posted event
For each job scheduling function, BIM-EPIC provides one batch utility, one standard
processing subroutine, and one CICS subroutine.
The batch utilities and subroutines share the same names. CICS subroutine names begin with
TSIDC.
Chapter 10. Job Scheduling
10-3
Posting an Event and Releasing Matching Jobs (TSIDREL and TSIDCREL)
Posting an Event and Releasing Matching Jobs (TSIDREL and
TSIDCREL)
Description
TSIDREL and TSIDCREL post events and automatically release jobs with matching job
names from the POWER reader queue.
To be released, a job must be in disposition "H" or "L" in the POWER reader queue, and its
job name must match the event name posted.
If the event name is 8 characters, BIM-EPIC releases the job with the POWER command:
R RDR,event-name
If the event name is less than 8 characters, it releases the job with:
R RDR,*event-name
If jobs are released into the same partition and have the same priority, they execute in the
order they are released.
10-4
User Reference
Event Posting
Event Posting
Posting an Event Only (TSIDLOC)
Posting an Event Only (TSIDLOC)
Description
TSIDLOC and TSIDCLOC post events. They do not release jobs. When you use TSIDLOC
or TSIDCLOC, dependent jobs must themselves issue a check for the posted event using
TSIDCHK or TSIDCCHK.
Chapter 10. Job Scheduling
10-5
Checking for a Posted Event (TSIDCHK and TSIDCCHK)
Event Posting
Checking for a Posted Event (TSIDCHK and TSIDCCHK)
Description
TSIDCHK and TSIDCCHK are used within a job to check to see if an event has been posted
before continuing with a dependent task. If the event is posted your job continues
uninterrupted.
If you check for the event with TSIDCHK (in either batch or subroutine) and the event is not
posted, execution is interrupted. TSIDCHK issues a message to the operator and ask whether
the job should be canceled or suspended. If the operator responds WAIT, the job is
suspended, and the partition is stopped until the event is posted. When the event is posted, the
partition is restarted automatically.
The CICS version, TSIDCCHK, does not interrupt processing if the event is not posted. You
must check the return code passed, and process accordingly.
10-6
User Reference
Event Posting
Deleting a Posted Event (TSIDUNL)
Deleting a Posted Event (TSIDUNL)
Description
TSIDUNL and TSIDCUNL delete posted events. Use them to delete an event after all
dependent tasks have completed. This is important if another processing cycle occurs before
the event is scratched automatically.
Remember that if you do not delete them, events become eligible for scratch as described
under "About Posted Events".
Chapter 10. Job Scheduling
10-7
Executing in Batch Jobs
Event Posting
Executing in Batch Jobs
Description
TSIDREL, TSIDLOC, TSIDCHK, and TSIDUNL can be executed in batch jobs.
JCL Requirements
// OPTION SYSPARM='event-name'
// EXEC TSIDxxx
// OPTION SYSPARM='
'
Control Statements
Two OPTION statements are required: one to specify the event name as a SYSPARM and
one to clear the SYSPARM so it does not affect later processing.
event-name specifies the name of the event to be posted (the name of the job to be
released). It may be 1 to 8 characters long.
TSIDxxx specifies the utility you are executing. Specify TSIDREL, TSIDLOC, TSIDCHK,
or TSIDUNL.
Example
This job executes TSIDREL. It posts an event with the name PAY and releases all jobs in the
POWER reader queue which have job names beginning with PAY.
//
//
//
//
/&
10-8
User Reference
JOB RELEASE JOBS
OPTION SYSPARM='PAY'
EXEC TSIDREL
OPTION SYSPARM='
'
Executing Standard Processing Subroutines
Processing Requirements for TSIDREL, TSIDLOC, and TSIDUNL
Executing Standard Processing Subroutines
TSIDREL, TSIDLOC, TSIDCHK, and TSIDUNL are callable subroutines for non-CICS
programs. Standard linkage conventions apply to all four subroutines.
Processing Requirements for TSIDREL, TSIDLOC, and TSIDUNL
Procedure
Example
Step
Action
1
Perform the “event” task.
2
Move the event name to the EVENT-NAME field. See "Posted Events," for
details about event name limitations.
3
Issue a call to the appropriate subroutine.
This task calls TSIDUNL. It deletes the PAY event after PAYROLL checks have been
processed.
...
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 EVENT-NAME
PIC X(8) VALUE SPACES.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
PERFORM PAYROLL-CHECKS.
MOVE 'PAY' TO EVENT-NAME.
CALL 'TSIDUNL' USING EVENT-NAME.
...
Chapter 10. Job Scheduling
10-9
Processing Requirements for TSIDCHK
Executing Standard Processing Subroutines
Processing Requirements for TSIDCHK
Procedure
Example
Step
Action
1
Move the event name to the EVENT-NAME field. See "Posted Events," for
details about event-name limitations.
2
Issue a call to TSIDCHK.
3
Perform the dependent task.
The following task calls TSIDCHK, with PAY as the EVENT-NAME. If that event is posted,
the task performs PAYROLL-CHECKS.
...
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 EVENT-NAME
PIC X(8) VALUE SPACES.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
MOVE 'PAY' TO EVENT-NAME.
CALL 'TSIDCHK' USING EVENT-NAME.
...
10-10
User Reference
Executing in CICS
Using the Subroutines
Executing in CICS
Using the Subroutines
Description
TSIDCREL, TSIDCLOC, TSIDCCHK, and TSIDCUNL are CICS subroutines that can be
called from a CICS command-level program.
The program must link to them using a 69–byte communications area with the following
format:
Byte
1–8
9
10–69
Contents
EVENT–NAME
EVENT–RETURN–CODE
EVENT–POWER–MESSAGE
For TSIDCREL, when EVENT–RETURN–CODE is "P", bytes 10 through 69 contain the
following:
Byte
Contents
10–12
CTL Spool Return Code
13–21
reserved
15–22
XPCC Function That Failed
23–36
reserved
37–38
VSE Return Code
39
reserved
40–41
Reason Code
42–54
reserved
55–56
POWER Return Code
57
reserved
58–59
POWER Feedback Code
60–69
reserved
Chapter 10. Job Scheduling
10-11
Return Codes
Executing in CICS
Return Codes
TSIDCREL
Code
Explanation
A
The event has already been posted. No jobs are released.
F
The DSN Catalog is full and the event cannot be posted.
M
The event name specified in EVENT–NAME is missing or invalid.
P
The event was posted, but there was an error in releasing jobs from the POWER
reader queue.
W
The event was posted, but POWER is in a busy state and jobs were not released.
X
The event was posted, but the XECB supervisor table is full.
Y
The event was posted and the jobs were released successfully.
5
The event was posted, but the POWER XPCC function failed.
6
The event was posted, but POWER is being terminated.
7
The event was posted, but POWER has terminated abnormally.
8
The event was posted, but TSIDCREL could not make a connection to POWER
within 30 seconds.
9
The event was posted, but the POWER file could not be located.
Return codes 5–9 indicate highly unusual situations and should not occur.
Each of the numeric return codes (n) is associated with a BIM-EPIC message, numbered
EPV3n. For example, to find the message associated with return code 5, see message EPV35
in Messages and Codes.
TSIDCLOC
10-12
User Reference
Code
Explanation
A
The event has already been posted.
F
The DSN Catalog is full and the event cannot be posted.
M
The event name is missing or invalid.
Y
The event was posted successfully.
Executing in CICS
TSIDCCHK
TSIDCUNL
Return Codes
Code
Explanation
M
The event name is missing or invalid.
N
The event is not posted.
Y
The event is posted.
Code
Explanation
E
The *EPIC.EVENT.DSN* dataset definition has been deleted from the DSN
Catalog.
F
The DSN Catalog is full.
M
The event name is missing or invalid.
N
The event was not posted.
Y
The event was deleted successfully.
Chapter 10. Job Scheduling
10-13
Processing Requirements
Executing in CICS
Processing Requirements
Procedure
Example
Step
Action
1
Move the event name to the EVENT–NAME field. See "Posted Events," for
details about event–name limitations.
2
Link to the subroutine.
3
Check the return code passed and process accordingly.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 EVENT.
02 EVENT-NAME
PIC X(08).
02 EVENT-RETURN-CODE
PIC X(01).
88 SUCCESS
VALUE 'Y'.
88 FAILURE
VALUE 'N'.
02 EVENT-POWER-MESSAGE PIC X(60)
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
MOVE 'PAY' TO EVENT-NAME.
EXEC CICS
LINK PROGRAM ('TSIDCCHK')
COMMAREA (EVENT)
LENGTH (69)
END EXEC.
IF SUCCESS
GOTO PERFORM
ELSE
GOTO WAIT.
...
This example checks for a posted event with TSIDCCHK. If the event is posted, it performs
the dependent task. If the event is not posted, it goes to the WAIT routine.
10-14
User Reference
Creating Job Setup/Run Sheets (TSIDFAV)
Processing Requirements
Creating Job Setup/Run Sheets (TSIDFAV)
UPSI Settings
Modes of
Execution
// UPSI
1XXXX Print comment cards.
// UPSI
X1XXX Print user data cards.
// UPSI
XX1XX Scan all VSE jobs for creation of input files.
// UPSI
XXX1X Scan all POWER JOBS for creation of input files.
// UPSI
XXXX1 Input JCL submitted backwards (POWER MODE).
TSIDFAV can be executed in VSE mode or in POWER mode. The execution mode is
determined by UPSI bit 4 (relative to 0).
To execute in VSE mode, set this UPSI bit to 0 (off).
To execute in POWER mode, set this UPSI bit to 1 (on).
SET Control
Statement
The SET control statement can be used to define the partition ID and CPUID values used to
replace equal signs (=) in the dataset name. The SET control statement must precede all job
controls submitted. It must begin on column 1 whether execution is in VSE or POWER mode.
Format
SET PART=xx CPUID=y
Parameter Values
Explained
xx defines the 2-character partition ID for replacing the first two equal signs. If this
parameter is omitted, the first two equal signs are replaced by the partition ID where
TSIDFAV is being executed.
y defines the 1-digit CPUID for replacing the third equal sign. If this parameter is omitted,
the third equal sign is replaced by the last digit of the CPUID where TSIDFAV is being
executed.
VSE Mode
In VSE mode, all job control is submitted to TSIDFAV in the order in which it is executed.
The JCL is submitted either as instream data (following the EXEC statement), or via tape or
disk input using the DTF name DISKIN. If POWER JECL is included in the jobstream, the
input must be submitted via tape or disk. If the input is submitted after the EXEC statement,
SYS004 must be assigned to SYSIPT. Under all types of input, the last record must be the
EOF flag as determined by TYPE=EOF in the TSIDFAV macro, or defaulted to two dashes (-).
Chapter 10. Job Scheduling
10-15
Processing Requirements
JCL Examples for
VSE Mode
Creating Job Setup/Run Sheets (TSIDFAV)
// JOB TSIDFAV
* INPUT INSTREAM DATA
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
// UPSI XXXX0
// EXEC TSIDFAV
VSE JCL
-/*
/&
// JOB TSIDFAV
* DISK INPUT
// DLBL DISKIN,'FAV.INPUT.JCL'
// ASSGN SYS004,DISK,...
// UPSI XXXX0
// EXEC TSIDFAV
/*
POWER Mode
REQUIRED
REQUIRED
In POWER mode, the job control must be submitted backwards (in reverse order of
execution) and upside down so that card column 1 is submitted to TSIDFAV in card column
80. This prevents POWER from processing any POWER JECL submitted as instream data.
The JCL can be submitted either as instream data (following the EXEC statement), or via tape
or disk input using the DTF name DISKIN. If the input is submitted after the EXEC
statement, SYS004 must be assigned to SYSIPT.
The EOF flag must be submitted in columns 1 and 2 (not reversed).
JCL Examples for
POWER Mode
// JOB TSIDFAV
* INPUT INSTREAM DATA
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSIPT
REQUIRED
// UPSI XXXX1
// EXEC TSIDFAV
VSE JCL AND POWER JECL READ WITH 9 EDGE IN
-(EOF FLAG)
/*
/&
// JOB TSIDFAV
* DISK INPUT
// DLBL DISKIN,'FAV.INPUT.JCL'
// ASSGN SYS004,DISK,...
// UPSI XXXX1
// EXEC TSIDFAV
/*
REQUIRED
TSIDFAV reads the VSE procedures and POWER SLIs from the appropriate VSE library.
However, TSIDFAV does not support either PROC or SLI overwrites. Nested SLIs are
supported, but nested PROCs are not supported.
10-16
User Reference
11
Job Activity Reports
BIM-EPIC provides several job accounting programs. These programs produce job
accounting statistics using data collected from the Recorder File. All job accounting is
affected by the JOBACCT and RECORD configuration options.
Chapter Contents
Recorder History Dataset.........................................................................................11-2
Creating the Activity Log Report (TSIDARP) ........................................................11-3
Creating the DSN/Job Cross-Reference Report (TSIDBRP) ...................................11-6
Job Accounting Reports by Partition (TSIDTAC)...................................................11-9
11-1
Recorder History Dataset
Recorder History Dataset
Description
Recorder File backups can be used to create job activity reports. For example, you may want
to combine daily backups into a single Recorder History dataset. You can create a new
Recorder History dataset weekly, monthly, or for whatever time period you wish.
Step 1
Create a new Recorder History dataset, using a tape-to-tape copying utility such as TSIDDTD.
The Recorder backup format is fixed-blocked, with a record length of 338 and a block size of
5746.
//
//
//
//
/*
/&
Combine the new Recorder File backups into an existing Recorder History dataset. The
example below uses a sort program, but you can use whatever mechanism you prefer.
Step 2
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
/&
11-2
JOB INITIALIZE RECORDER HISTORY FILE
TLBL INPUT,'DAILY.RECORDER'
TLBL OUTPUT,'RECORDER.HISTORY'
EXEC TSIDDTD
User Reference
JOB MERGE VSE RECORDER FILES
TLBL SORTIN1,'VSE.DAILY.BACKUP',,,,,,2
TLBL SORTIN2,'VSE.MNTHLY.BACKUP',,,,,,2
TLBL SORTOUT,'VSE.MNTHLY.BACKUP',,,,,,2
DLBL SORTWK1,’===.SORTWK1’
EXTENT SYS004
EXEC TSIDSRT
SORT FIELDS=(25,2,A,21,6,A,17,4,A),FILES=2,FORMAT=BI
RECORD TYPE=F,LENGTH=338
INPFIL BLKSIZE=5746
OUTFIL BLKSIZE=5746
OPTION PRINT=ALL
END
Creating the Activity Log Report (TSIDARP)
Creating the Activity Log Report (TSIDARP)
Description
TSIDARP produces the Activity Log report, which shows open and close activity for
controlled datasets. Open and close activity is sorted by:
•
•
•
System ID
Date and time
Job name
The Activity Log report can be limited to activity generated on any CPU or occurring during a
specific time period. TSIDARP also produces the cross-reference dataset that is used as input
to TSIDBRP.
Control Statements
There are two control statements for TSIDARP: EXCLUDE and TSIDARP. Both are
optional.
JCL Requirements
// ASSGN SYS003,SYSIPT
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
// TLBL SYS005,'daily.recorder.backup'
// DLBL SYS002,'recorder.cross.ref'
// DLBL SORTWK1,'===.sortwk1'
// EXTENT SYS001
// EXEC TSIDARP
control statements
/*
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SYS005 identifies the dataset to be used as input. You can use the Recorder backup dataset
created by TSIDRFS, or you can use a Recorder history dataset.
SYS002 identifies the cross-reference dataset produced as output. This dataset is used as
input for TSIDBRP.
SORTWK1 identifies a sort work area for an internal sort. You must provide an ASSGN and
a dummy EXTENT statement.
Chapter 11. Job Activity Reports
11-3
EXCLUDE Control Statement
EXCLUDE Control Statement
Description
The EXCLUDE control statement specifies a job to be excluded from the report. If used, it
must come before the TSIDARP statement. You can use up to 20 EXCLUDE statements,
each statement specifying one 1 to 8–character job name.
Syntax
EXCLUDE=jobname
11-4
User Reference
TSIDARP Control Statement
TSIDARP Control Statement
Description
The TSIDARP control statement specifies what dates, CPUs, and partitions to include in the
report. It is optional, and if it is omitted, the report contains all relevant data.
The TSIDARP statement is a 29-byte record, consisting of five fields:
Bytes
Contents
1–7
‘TSIDARP’
8–14
Starting date, in Julian format (ccyyddd)
15–21
Ending date, in Julian format (ccyyddd)
22–27
CPU ID
28–29
Partition ID
The statement must begin with ‘TSIDARP’. All other fields are optional. To omit a field,
leave the field blank. If a field is omitted, the report will contain all relevant data for that
field.
Syntax
TSIDARPssssssseeeeeeeiiiiiipp
Example
The following job produces an Activity Log report for jobs run from December 1, 1994 to
December 31, 1994. It includes only those jobs that were run on CPU 55555 in the BG
partition. It excludes all datasets from the CICSPR16 job.
// JOB TSIDARP ACTIVITY LOG REPORT
// ASSGN SYS003,SYSIPT
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// TLBL SYS005,'DAILY.RCDR.BACKUP'
// DLBL SYS002,'RECORDER.CROSS.REF'
// DLBL SORTWK1,'==.SORTWK1'
// EXTENT SYS001
// EXEC TSIDARP
EXCLUDE=CICSPR16
TSIDARP1994335199436555555BG
/*
/&
Chapter 11. Job Activity Reports
11-5
Creating the DSN/Job Cross-Reference Report (TSIDBRP)
Creating the DSN/Job Cross-Reference Report (TSIDBRP)
Description
TSIDBRP generates two reports: the DSN/JOB Cross-Reference Report and the Accepted
Tapes Report.
The DSN/JOB Cross-Reference Report lists tape activity and is a cross-reference to the
Activity Log report created by TSIDARP.
The Accepted Tapes Report lists the controlled tapes that were accepted as input with the
ACCEPT response to BIM-EPIC message EP009.
TSIDBRP uses one of three datasets as its input, depending on the UPSI value specified. For
UPSI 000, 010, and 100 it uses the output dataset created by TSIDARP, called the Recorder
Cross-Reference dataset. For UPSI 101, it uses either the Recorder Backup dataset created by
TSIDRFS or the Recorder History dataset.
TSIDBRP uses the entire input dataset to create the contents of its reports. If you use the
dataset created by TSIDARP, the time period for the reports is the same as that used for
TSIDARP. If you use the Recorder Backup or History file, the time period for the reports is
the time period covered by the Backup or History file.
If you use the Recorder Cross-Reference dataset as your input dataset, you may wish to run
TSIDARP and TSIDBRP in the same job stream.
JCL Requirements
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'===.sortwk1'
EXTENT SYS001
DLBL SYS002,'recorder.cross.ref'
DLBL SYS005,'recorder.xref.work.file'
UPSI 000
EXEC TSIDBRP
or
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
UPSI Values
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'===.sortwk1'
EXTENT SYS001
TLBL SYS005,'daily.recorder.backup'
UPSI 101
EXEC TSIDBRP
UPSI 000 creates both reports. It uses the Recorder Cross-Reference dataset (created by
TSIDARP) as input.
UPSI 010 creates only the DSN/JOB Cross-Reference report. It uses the Recorder Crossreference dataset as input.
11-6
User Reference
Creating the DSN/Job Cross-Reference Report (TSIDBRP)
UPSI 100 creates only the Accepted Tapes report. It uses the Recorder Cross-Reference
dataset as input.
UPSI 101 creates only the Accepted Tapes report. It uses the Recorder Backup or History
dataset as input.
Dataset
Requirements
SYS002 identifies the Cross-Reference dataset created by TSIDARP. It is required with UPSI
000, 100, and 010.
SYS005 identifies the Recorder Backup or History dataset when used with UPSI 101. It also
identifies the Recorder Cross-Reference work dataset when used with UPSI 000.
SORTWK1 identifies a sort work area for an internal sort. You must provide an ASSGN and
a dummy EXTENT statement.
Control Statements
None
Examples
The following job creates the DSN/JOB Cross-Reference Report. It uses the Recorder CrossReference dataset created by TSIDARP as input.
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
/&
JOB TSIDBRP CROSS-REFERENCE REPORT
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'==.SORTWK1(N,D,P)'
EXTENT SYS001
DLBL SYS002,'RECORDER.CROSS.REF'
UPSI 010
EXEC TSIDBRP
The following job creates the Accepted Tapes Report. It uses the Recorder File Backup as
input.
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
/&
JOB TSIDBRP CROSS-REFERENCE REPORT
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'==.SORTWK1(N,D,P)'
EXTENT SYS001
TLBL SYS005,'DAILY.RCDR.BACKUP'
UPSI 101
EXEC TSIDBRP
Chapter 11. Job Activity Reports
11-7
Job Accounting Reports by Job (TSIDJAC)
Job Accounting Reports by Job (TSIDJAC)
Description
TSIDJAC produces the Job Time Activity report, which reports machine use statistics by job.
Statistics are detailed by job step with totals for each job. In addition, a grand total is
generated for all jobs.
Use this report to find out when a particular job was run (did they really run payroll twice last
night?) and what resources it used (my inventory program used 100% of my CPU?). Statistics
include start and end times, duration, partition ID, CPU time, overhead, and I/O activity.
JCL Requirements
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'==.sortwk1'
EXTENT SYS001
TLBL SYS005,'daily.recorder.backup'
EXEC TSIDJAC
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SYS005 identifies the dataset to be used as input. You can use either the Recorder Backup or
History dataset.
SORTWK1 identifies a sort work area for an internal sort. You must provide an ASSGN and
a dummy EXTENT statement.
Control Statements
None
Example
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
/&
11-8
User Reference
JOB TSIDJAC JOB ACTIVITY
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'===.SORTWK1'
EXTENT SYS001
TLBL SYS005,'DAILY.RCDR.BACKUP'
EXEC TSIDJAC
Job Accounting Reports by Partition (TSIDTAC)
Job Accounting Reports by Partition (TSIDTAC)
Description
TSIDTAC produces the Date Time Activity report, which reports machine use statistics by
partition and generates a grand total for machine use in all partitions.
Use this report to find out what was running in a partition at a particular time. Statistics
include start and end times, duration, partition ID, CPU time, overhead, and I/O activity.
JCL Requirements
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'===.sortwk1'
EXTENT SYS001
TLBL SYS005,'daily.recorder.backup'
EXEC TSIDTAC
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SYS005 identifies the dataset to be used as input. You can use either the Recorder Backup or
the Recorder History dataset.
SORTWK1 identifies a sort work area for an internal sort. You must provide an ASSGN and
a dummy EXTENT statement.
Control Statements
None
Example
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
/*
/&
JOB TSIDTAC PARTITION ACTIVITY
ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
DLBL SORTWK1,'===.SORTWK1'
EXTENT SYS001
TLBL SYS005,'DAILY.RCDR.BACKUP'
EXEC TSIDTAC
Chapter 11. Job Activity Reports
11-9
Maintaining the Job Accounting Database (TSIDJLD)
Maintaining the Job Accounting Database (TSIDJLD)
Description
TSIDJLD creates and maintains a job accounting database.
You can access this database through CICS with the TOJA transaction. You can also develop
your own reports and CICS transactions to access this data. To help you develop your own
access to this data, a COBOL copy book (TSIDOJA.C) is provided.
TSIDJLD uses a VSAM KSDS to store its data. See the BIM-EPIC Installation and System
Guide, "Initializing the Job Accounting Database" to create the database.
JCL Requirements
// ASSGN SYS003,SYSIPT
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
// ASSGN SYS005,cuu
// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
// DLBL SORTWK1,'===.sortwk1'
// EXTENT SYS001
// DLBL TSIJADB,'epicjadb.job.account',,VSAM,CAT=ucat
// TLBL SYS005,'daily.recorder.backup'
(or)
// DLBL SYS005,'daily.recorder.backup'
// EXEC TSIDJLD
control cards
/*
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SYS005 identifies the input dataset. You can use either the Recorder Backup or the Recorder
History dataset.
TSIJADB identifies the database file that will be produced as output. This dataset is a VSAM
KSDS, and must be defined prior to running TSIDJLD.
SORTWK1 identifies a sort work area for an internal sort. You must provide an ASSGN and
a dummy EXTENT statement.
Control Statements
Control statements indicate what data is to be added to or deleted from the database. You can
submit up to 95 control statements per execution. All fields are positional.
A control statement is required. All parameters are optional. When a field is omitted,
TSIDJLD uses all relevant data.
You can submit both ADD and DEL control statements in the same execution. All deletes are
performed before new information is added.
11-10
User Reference
Maintaining the Job Accounting Database (TSIDJLD)
The control statement is 28 bytes long and contains five fields:
Bytes
1–3
ADD or DEL
4–11
Job name
12–21
Jobs started on or after this date
22
23–32
Syntax
Parameters
Contents
ADD
{ DEL}
Blank
Jobs started on or before this date
jobnamemm/dd/yyyy mm/dd/yyyy
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
Specify one of the following two (required):
ADD
None
OFF
DEL
None
OFF
jobname
No
1 to 8 characters
None
mm/dd/yyyy
No
10 characters
None
ADD adds data from the Recorder Backup or History dataset. If ADD is the only parameter
on the statement, all data are added. If other parameters are specified, only data matching
those parameters are added.
DEL deletes matching data from the data base. At least one other parameter must be
specified. (To delete all records from the data base, use IDCAMS to delete and redefine the
database.)
jobname specifies a particular job to be added to or deleted from the data base. You can
specify a generic job name by ending the name with an asterisk (for example, specify TST* to
process all jobs beginning with TST). All occurrences of that job or those jobs are added or
deleted. If jobname is omitted, all jobs on the Recorder Backup or History dataset are added
or all jobs matching the dates specified in positions 12 through 28 are deleted.
mm/dd/yyyy (Positions 12 through 21) Adds or deletes jobs started on or after this date.
You must use 2 digits for month and day (for example, 01/05/1997).
mm/dd/yyyy (Positions 23 through 32) Adds or deletes jobs started on or before this date.
You must use 2 digits for month and day (for example, 01/05/1997).
Chapter 11. Job Activity Reports
11-11
Maintaining the Job Accounting Database (TSIDJLD)
Examples
The following job adds all information from the Recorder Backup dataset to the data base.
// JOB TSIDJLD UPDATE THE JOB ACCTNG DATA BASE
// ASSGN SYS003,SYSIPT
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// TLBL SYS005,'DAILY.RCDR.BACKUP'
// DLBL SORTWK1,'===.SORTWK1'
// EXTENT SYS001
// DLBL TSIJADB,'TSIJADB.JOB.ACCOUNT',,VSAM,CAT=UCAT
// EXEC TSIDJLD,SIZE=TSIDJLD
ADD
/*
/&
The following job deletes all jobs started on or before December 31, 1994 and adds all
information from the Recorder Backup dataset to the database.
// JOB TSIDJLD UPDATE THE JOB ACCTNG DATA BASE
// ASSGN SYS003,SYSIPT
// ASSGN SYS004,SYSLST
// ASSGN SYS001,DISK,VOL=WORK01,SHR
// TLBL SYS005,'DAILY.RCDR.BACKUP'
// DLBL SORTWK1,'===.SORTWK1'
// EXTENT SYS001
// DLBL TSIJADB,'TSIJADB.JOB.ACCOUNT',,VSAM,CAT=UCAT
// EXEC TSIDJLD,SIZE=TSIDJLD
ADD
DEL
12/31/1997
/*
/&
11-12
User Reference
Online Access to the Job Accounting Database (TOJA)
Online Access to the Job Accounting Database (TOJA)
Description
TOJA, a CICS transaction, gives you online access to the job accounting database created by
TSIDJLD.
TOJA has four panels. The Job Selection panel is an entry panel. It allows you to select a job
or a set of jobs for display. The rest of the panels display job accounting information at
increasing levels of detail.
Panels
BIM-EPIC/VSE ONLINE JOB ACCOUNTING FACILITY
ENTER JOB NAME TO DISPLAY
ENTER (EOB) FOR ALL JOBNAMES FROM START OF FILE
ENTER PARTIAL JOBNAME FOR GENERIC DISPLAY
ENTER JOBNAME FOR SINGLE JOB DISPLAY
The highest level, the Job Overview panel, displays an overview of one or more jobs.
BIM-EPIC/VSE ONLINE JOB ACCOUNTING FACILITY
.ALL
JOB NAME
CATOJA
CATPRV
CATSDS
CICSEPIC
CICSEPIC
CICSEPIC
CICSEPIC
CICSEPI3
CICSICCF
CLEARRF
PHASE NAME START DATE START TIME
DURATION CC PT
LNKEDT
11/17/1997
08:50:19
00:00:11 10 F4
LNKEDT
11/18/1997
10:19:24
00:00:21 10 F7
LNKEDT
11/18/1997
10:19:28
00:00:22 10 F8
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
06:17:02
00:00:08 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
06:17:10
00:00:14 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
06:17:25
02:30:32 17
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
09:04:49
00:00:10 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
09:05:00
00:00:04 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
09:05:04
00:06:37 17
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
09:12:29
00:00:03 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
09:12:33
00:00:01 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
09:12:34
00:10:39 17
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
09:24:19
00:00:06 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
09:24:26
00:00:02 10
DTSANALS
11/17/1997
08:19:40
00:00:52 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/17/1997
08:20:33
00:00:53 10
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
06:07:49
00:00:03 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
06:07:53
00:00:23 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
06:08:16
00:03:37 18
TSIDRFS
11/14/1997
10:47:16
00:00:01 10 F4
PF3=END PF5=DETAIL PF7=BACKWARD PF8=FORWARD
AR
002
002
002
002
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
PAGE 02
CPU ID
444444
333333
333333
222222
222222
222222
222222
444444
222222
444444
At the next level, the Program Overview panel displays an overview of the steps executed in a
single job.
Chapter 11. Job Activity Reports
11-13
Online Access to the Job Accounting Database (TOJA)
BIM-EPIC/VSE ONLINE JOB ACCOUNTING FACILITY
.ALL
PAGE 02
JOB NAME --------- CATSDS
CPUID ----------- 333333
START DATE ------- 11/18/1997
START TIME ------- 10:19:28
STOP TIME -------- 10:19:50
DURATION -------- 00:00:22
CANCEL CODE (HEX) ------ 10
PHASE NAME ---------- LNKEDT
PARTITION ----------- F8
END DATE ------------ 11/18/1997
CPU TIME ------------ 00:00:01:5
OVERHEAD ------------ 00:00:00:8
ALLBOUND ------------ 00:00:00
PHASE CODE -- L (S=STEP L=LAST)
PHASE SEQ --- 0001
********** INPUT OUTPUT TABLES **********
400
FEC
01F
140
141
142
160
00000155 00000012 00000007 00000073 00000183 00000378 00000100
173
FEE
00000132 00000228
*****************************************
USER INFORMATION -------NUMBER OF AUDIT RECORDS FOR THIS PHASE -- 002
USE PF5 TO VIEW AUDIT RECORDS
PF3=END
PF5=DETAIL
PF7=BACKWARD
PF8=FORWARD
Finally, the Program Audit panel displays the datasets used by a single program.
BIM-EPIC/VSE ONLINE JOB ACCOUNTING FACILITY
FILEID
REC CREATION OPEN
EXPIRY
SERIAL REEL
END
DTF
PROCESSED
TYPE
TIME CLOSE CUU
DATE
ACCEPTED TRACK TRACK TYPE
*****************************************************************************
3F8.IJSYSLN
DO 10:19:29 C
400 11/18/1997 EPV400 030474 010000 32
3F8.IJSYSLN
DI 10:19:47 C
400 11/18/1997 EPV400 030474 010000 32
PF2=BACKWARD
PF4=END
For a detailed explanation of the fields displayed on these panels, see the Appendix.
11-14
User Reference
Online Access to the Job Accounting Database (TOJA)
Accessing TOJA
Step
Action
1
From CICS, enter the TOJA transaction. The Job Selection panel is displayed.
2
If you want to view all jobs, press ENTER.
If you want to view several jobs beginning with the same character string, enter the
string and press ENTER.
If you want to view a single job, enter the job name and press ENTER.
Navigating in TOJA
To move forward in a panel, press PF8.
To move backward in a panel, press PF7.
To move to the next level of detail, place the cursor on the item you wish to display and press
PF5.
To move back a level of detail, press ENTER.
Exiting TOJA
From any panel, press the CLEAR key or PF3.
Chapter 11. Job Activity Reports
11-15
Online Access to the Job Accounting Database (TOJA)
11-16
User Reference
12
Managing Tape Volumes
To protect controlled datasets effectively, BIM-EPIC controls the tape volumes they reside on.
BIM-EPIC also protects the tape volumes it controls. Every tape that contains a BIM-EPICcontrolled dataset is recorded in the DSN Catalog. Tapes are identified by volume serial
number and controlled at the version level under the name of the dataset they contain. Tape
volumes are cataloged individually, as they are used for controlled datasets or initialized with
TSIDINIT. BIM-EPIC provides utilities to assist you in labeling, initializing, pooling, and
vaulting controlled tapes. This chapter describes BIM-EPIC tape control and tape protection
utilities.
Chapter Contents
Introduction..................................................................................................................12-2
Attention Routine Commands ......................................................................................12-5
Mounting Tapes ...........................................................................................................12-7
Tape Vaulting.............................................................................................................12-17
12-1
Introduction
Introduction
Tape Volume Serial
Numbers
Every tape volume used to write a BIM-EPIC-controlled dataset must have a unique volume
serial number. Even unlabeled tapes must be identified with their own volume serial numbers.
This strict identification is essential to tape volume control.
Volume serial numbers can be any six-character combination of alphanumeric characters.
Groups of volume serial numbers do not need to be consecutive; any unique volume serial
number is valid. Tape pools are defined within volume serial number ranges, so it can be
helpful to initialize pooled tapes with consecutive volume serial numbers.
Recognizing and
Controlling Tape
Volumes
When a tape volume is brought under BIM-EPIC control, BIM-EPIC gives it a special VOL1
label which identifies the volume as controlled and protects it against accidental overwrites.
BIM-EPIC looks for a controlled tape volume when it performs AVR processing. First, it
looks for the special VOL1 label. If it does not find that label, it checks the DSN Catalog to
see if the tape was created by CA-EPIC for CMS; if it was, the volume is accepted. If the
volume fails these tests, BIM-EPIC asks the operator to specify a tape drive and to verify the
volume serial number of the tape on that drive.
Unlabeled tapes do not have this special VOL1 label, so BIM-EPIC requires the operator to
specify the drive that contains the volume, and to verify the volume serial number every time
unlabeled processing is requested.
If an uncontrolled tape volume has a label that has expired, BIM-EPIC can use the tape, but
again the operator is asked to verify the volume serial number. If that volume serial number
duplicates one already in the DSN Catalog, the operator is asked to enter a new volume serial
number.
HDR1 Labels and
Retention
BIM-EPIC writes an expiration date of 99365 (permanent retention) on every HDR1 label
created under its control. This helps to protect the tape from being overwritten outside BIMEPIC's control (for example, when BIM-EPIC has not been started or has been deactivated).
BIM-EPIC uses the DSN Catalog, not the HDR1 label, to determine each tape volume's status
as active or scratch.
Scratch Tapes
Scratch tapes are produced by the SCRATCH functions of TSIDUTL, TSIDMNT, and Online
Manager. The TSIDUTL "DSPLY SCRATCH" function produces a report listing all
available scratch tapes. The TSIDUTL "PSCRATCH" function creates a report projecting
which tapes will be eligible to be scratched on a certain date.
See the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for information about TSIDUTL's JCL
requirements. Also see the TSIDMNT SCRATCH function.
12-2
User Reference
Introduction
Tape Pooling
You can use tape pooling to group similar types of tapes into tape pools. For example, your
high quality tapes could constitute one pool, short tapes another, long tapes a third, and so
forth. You can also use pools to separate cartridge tapes from reel tapes. Datasets are
assigned to tape pools through the DSN Catalog. When a pooled dataset is created, BIMEPIC automatically requests the operator to mount a scratch tape from the appropriate pool.
Tape pools are established using the TSIDPOL macro and BIM-EPIC configuration options.
Each pool is given a one character pool code (A to Z or 0 to 9) and is assigned one or more
volume serial number ranges.
If a tape's volume serial number falls within a pool's ranges, the tape belongs to that pool. A
pool tape can only be used to write datasets assigned to that pool. If a volume serial number
does not fall in any of the defined ranges, the tape is not a pool tape. It can only be used to
write datasets that are not assigned to a tape pool.
Datasets can be assigned to tape pools through the Online Manager, the TSIDMNT program,
or the use of the OPTION=TPL=x parameter on a DD statement.
Tape Ownership
The tape ownership feature provides another form of tape pooling. An owner ID is a two
character code that is used as the first two characters in a tape's volume serial number.
When a dataset is cataloged with an owner ID, it can only be written on tapes with volume
serial numbers which begin with the code specified.
Tape ownership is different from tape pooling because a pool tape can only be used for
datasets assigned to that pool. Tape ownership does not restrict the use of tapes in that way.
Only the dataset is restricted. The tape can be used for any dataset.
Specifying Tape
Size
You can restrict datasets to small or large tapes with the size specification feature.
Small tapes are distinguished by their volume serial numbers, which must end with S. Large
tapes have no restrictions to their volume serial numbers. You can designate that a dataset
should be written to small tapes with online or manual catalog maintenance, using the Tape
Size field.
Revolving Tape
Datasets
In some cases, you may want to use a specific set of tapes for a dataset, such that all versions
of that dataset are contained on that set of tapes only.
The TSIDMNT CATALOG command contains a parameter (REV) that allows you to define
revolving datasets.
Specifying REV=YES for a dataset establishes an exclusive relationship between the dataset
and the tapes it uses: a revolving tape can only be used to write its own dataset, and a
revolving tape dataset can only be written on its own tapes.
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-3
Introduction
If the dataset is new or it does not own enough tapes, new tapes can be added with the ADD
command and then scratched with the SCRATCH command (using Online Manager or the
TSIDMNT program).
Multi-Dataset/MultiVolume Processing
BIM-EPIC supports multi-dataset, multi-volume, and multi-dataset/multi-volume processing.
A tape volume that contains a dataset that is a member of a multi-dataset group cannot be
scratched until all datasets in the group have been scratched.
Work Tapes
A work tape dataset is one that has been cataloged with the attribute WRK=YES or defined
with DISP=(NEW,DELETE) on a DD statement. A work tape dataset can be written on any
available scratch tape. The data on a work tape is not usually saved after the end of the job in
which it was created, so there is usually no need to place an external dataset label on a work
tape. For this reason, the EP005 message (**LABEL**) is not issued for work tapes unless
special option EPS043=YES.
Assigning Tape
Drives
BIM-EPIC uses a process called Automatic Volume Recognition (AVR) to automatically
search available tape drives for a required tape volume whenever a program issues an OPEN
request. When AVR locates the required volume, BIM-EPIC makes the necessary
assignment. When the program issues a CLOSE request, BIM-EPIC releases the assignment
and makes the drive available to other programs unless directed otherwise by a parameter on
the TLBL or DD statement.
It is the operator's job to ensure that tape drives are available to BIM-EPIC when it is
searching for a tape. A tape drive is available if it:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Contains a valid tape (the volume serial number is in the DSN Catalog, or the tape has
been initialized by the TSIDINIT or DITTO program)
Is not in the “device down” status
Is not attached to any virtual machine (if Autoattach is on), or is attached to the machine
running the job (if Autoattach is off)
Is not assigned to any partition
Is ready and at load point
Supports the mode setting selected for the dataset
Under most circumstances, you do not have to make drive assignments with the VSE ASSGN
statement. If Autoattach is on, you should avoid using the VM/CP ATTACH or DETACH
commands to control the tape drives. Instead, DETACH every tape drive and let BIM-EPIC
do the work for you.
If Autoattach is on and you do use the ATTACH command, remember to issue the VM/CP
DETACH command for the tape drive when you are finished, so that BIM-EPIC can use the
drive in another virtual machine.
BIM-EPIC only uses AVR for controlled tapes. If the required tape is not a BIM-EPICcontrolled tape, the operator will be asked to specify the address of the tape drive to be used.
12-4
User Reference
Attention Routine Commands
Attention Routine Commands
Description
Certain BIM-EPIC services can be invoked by commands that the operator issues to the VSE
Attention Routine (AR).
Command
Summary
The BIM-EPIC Attention Routine commands are:
How to Enter the
Commands
Command
Action
EP ? (or EP HELP)
Displays help information for BIM-EPIC AR commands.
EP END STname
Terminates a BIM-EPIC Dispatcher subtask. This command
should be used only when directed by BIM-EPIC Technical
Support. name is the name of the subtask being ended. ACL is a
valid subtask name.
EP END TASK
Ends BIM-EPIC Dispatcher processing.
EP REW,cuu
Rewinds the selected tape drive.
EP RUN,cuu
Unloads the selected tape drive.
EP STATUS[,cuu]
Displays status of all accessible tape drives, or of a particular tape
drive.
EP TRQ CANCEL n
Deletes a work request that has not been processed by the BIMEPIC Dispatcher. n is the identification number of the request to
be deleted. It is obtained using the EP TSTAT command.
EP TSTAT
Displays any work requests waiting to be processed by the BIMEPIC Dispatcher.
BIM-EPIC Attention Routine commands must begin with “EP” followed by a space. For
example, to unload the tape on drive 881, enter:
EP RUN,881
EP930 Message
The message EP930 UNABLE TO OBTAIN LOCK - COMMAND BYPASSED may be
issued on some systems with heavy activity (particularly when two physical CPU's are active
with SHARE=YES). The Attention Routine cannot afford to wait for a successful lock, so
BIM-EPIC issues this message when it cannot obtain one immediately. Try the command
again.
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-5
FREE and STATUS Commands
Attention Routine Commands
FREE and STATUS Commands
Description
In addition to providing status information using the AR command facility, BIM-EPIC also
allows the operator to respond FREE or STATUS to many BIM-EPIC messages.
The FREE command lists all tape drives that are:
•
•
•
In READY status or with no tape mounted
Not assigned to any partition
Not attached to any other machine
The STATUS command lists the current status of each tape drive.
12-6
User Reference
Mounting Tapes
Output
Mounting Tapes
Output
Description
BIM-EPIC controls which tapes can be used for output. It checks the volume serial number of
every tape processed. If the tape mounted is controlled, its volume serial number is checked
with its corresponding DSN Catalog entry to ensure that it is in scratch status before it can be
used as output.
If the tape is uncontrolled, BIM-EPIC checks to see if the tape's volume serial number exists
in the DSN Catalog. If it does not yet exist, the tape is cataloged and used automatically. If
the volume serial number already exists in the catalog, BIM-EPIC issues a message to allow
the operator to enter a new volume serial number. You do not have to pre-initialize all your
tapes to bring them under BIM-EPIC’s control.
The configuration option UNCTAP affects uncontrolled tape handling.
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-7
Input
Mounting Tapes
Input
Requesting the
Previous Version
To request the previous version of a dataset, type RERUN in response to BIM-EPIC’s request
for a tape mount. A new tape mount request will then be issued for the previous version.
Example
If a tape mount request is issued for version 1 and you reply RERUN, a new request is issued
for version 2. You can reply RERUN as many times as there are versions for the dataset.
Requesting a
Specific Version
To request a specific version, type RERUN,n in response to a request for a tape mount, where
n is the number of the version requested.
Example
To issue a new tape mount request for version number 3, type RERUN,3.
Using ACCEPT
The operator can be given the option to reply ACCEPT to a mount request to force BIM-EPIC
to use any desired volume. Each time ACCEPT is used, a notation is made in the Accepted
Tapes Report generated by TSIDBRP. The use of the ACCEPT reply is governed by the
ACCEPT configuration option.
WARNING!
ACCEPT=YES disables BIM-EPIC’s supervision of the input process and places
responsibility for tape selection in the hands of the operator.
12-8
User Reference
Mounting Tapes
Initializing Tapes (TSIDINIT)
Initializing Tapes (TSIDINIT)
Description
TSIDINIT initializes tapes with BIM-EPIC VOL1 labels and enters them in the DSN Catalog
under the dataset name ‘***.VOLUME.DSN.**’. The tapes are then ready for use as
controlled scratch tapes.
Up to ten tape drives can be used in the initialization process.
TSIDINIT can be executed from JCL or from the operator console. If it is executed from the
console, the operator is queried for all processing information.
To execute from the console, enter:
EXEC TSIDINIT
after any VSE ‘// PAUSE’ statement.
JCL Requirements
[// UPSI xxxx]
// EXEC TSIDINIT [,PARM='CONSOLE']
or
// EXEC TSIDINIT [,PARM='ACL=aclname[,COUNT=nnnnn]']
cuu statement
volser statements
/*
UPSI Values
Types of
Initialization
To specify...
Use UPSI setting...
Sequential initialization
1xxx
Random initialization
0xxx
Forced initialization
x1xx
Scratch tape reinitialization
xxx1
Inclusion of the CUU statement
xx1x
Use an ACL for Initialization
xx101
When more than one tape is to be initialized, you can specify each tape's volume serial number
in individual control statements, and the statements can be placed in any order. This is
referred to as random initialization. You can also specify the starting volume serial number,
and TSIDINIT will initialize successive tapes in ascending volume serial number sequence.
This is referred to as sequential initialization. In sequential initialization, TSIDINIT
continues to initialize tapes until the operator replies STOP to the mount message.
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-9
Initializing Tapes (TSIDINIT)
Mounting Tapes
Sequential initialization requires that the last four characters of the volume serial number be
numeric (for example, EP1200 or A67019). Random initialization places no restrictions on
the volume serial number.
TSIDINIT normally checks each tape’s actual volume serial number before writing in the tape
to ensure that an active tape is not initialized by mistake. It also protects against the creation
of duplicate volume serial numbers. If one of the volume serial numbers specified already
exists in the DSN Catalog, BIM-EPIC issues an error message and request a new volume
serial number.
Forced Initialization: Use this only if initializing brand new tapes that have never been
previously initialized. Forced initialization directs TSIDINIT to bypass any attempt to read
data from the volume and to immediately initialize the volume with the requested volume
serial number. Caution should be exercised with forced initialization. It bypasses tape label
checking, so active data can be lost if the wrong tape is mounted. If the volume serial number
already exists in the DSN Catalog, TSIDINIT issues an error message, and the tape will have
nothing but tape marks on it.
If it is necessary to reinitialize a tape that is currently in scratch status, execute TSIDINIT with
UPSI xxx1.
If the initialization process is to use an ACL:
PARM=’CONSOLE’ cannot be used. CUU and volume serial information must be
submitted via SYSIPT statements.
PARM=’ACL=aclname’ or PARM=’ACL=aclname,COUNT=nnnnn’ must be present on
the // EXEC statement.
Random, sequential, or forced initializations are permitted. Forced should be used with
caution. If a volser should accidentally be specified for an existing volser containing an
active dataset, or if the volser is owned by another operating system or machine, EPIC
will initialize it and its data will be lost.
In multiple ACL’s are present, only one of them can be used in a TSIDINIT execution. If
concurrent TSIDINIT executions are to be done, each should specify a different ACL
Name.
Since the ACL mounts volumes by reading their barcodes, the volume serial numbers
specified to TSIDINIT must match the appropriate barcodes.
12-10
User Reference
Mounting Tapes
PARM Values
Initializing Tapes (TSIDINIT)
PARM='CONSOLE' can be specified on the VSE EXEC statement to allow the operator to
control initialization. This has exactly the same effect as entering EXEC TSIDINIT after a
VSE ‘// PAUSE’ statement.
PARM=’ACL=aclname[,COUNT=nnnnn]’
The parameters are positional – ACL= must preceed COUNT=
aclname designates the ACL to use for initialization. It must be same as the ACLNAME
parameter used in defining the ACL’s cuu’s in the EPIC Resource Dataset (ERD).
count designates the number of volumes to initialize. It is only used in sequential
initializations and is ignored if present for random initializations. A maximum of 99,999
volumes can be initialized in a TSIDINIT execution. In deciding on the number of
volumes to initialize in one execution, consider the time involved in robotic
mount/demount activity.
CUU Statement
Normally, the operator is asked to specify the tape drives to be used. If specific tape drives
are to be used, operator intervention can be eliminated by using a CUU statement. Up to ten
drives can be specified.
If an ACL is being used, there will not be any operator intervention. After a volume is
initialized, it is unloaded via a RUN command. Once the RUN completes and the robot
begins moving to do the “return to slot” action, a mount cannot take place until this return
action has completed. For this reason, it is recommended that two or three, but no more,
CUU’s be used during a TSIDINIT execution.
User must insure that the ACL cuu’s specified in the CUU statements are not in use when
TSIDINIT is submitted for execution.
If in a VM environment, the cuu’s must not be attached to a guest machine other than the one
in which TSIDINIT will execute. If unattached, TSIDINIT will attach the cuu’s when it
begins execution and detach them when finished executing.
The format of the CUU statement is as follows:
Syntax
CUU=cuu,cuu,cuu,...
The CUU statement requires the use of UPSI xx1x in your JCL.
VOLSER
Statements
VOLSER statements identify which volume serial numbers are written in the VOL1 label.
If random initialization is requested, one VOLSER statement is required for each volume
serial number. If sequential initialization is requested, use only one statement to specify the
starting volume serial number.
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-11
Initializing Tapes (TSIDINIT)
Examples
Mounting Tapes
In this example, TSIDINIT performs sequential initialization of uncontrolled tapes that have
labels or tape marks. It initializes the first tape with the volume serial number EP0001, the
second tape with EP0002, the third tape with EP0003, and so on until the operator stops the
process. It does label checking to ensure that the tape does not contain an active dataset. It
also checks the DSN Catalog to ensure that there is no duplication of volume serial number
before it initializes each tape.
// JOB INITTAPE
// UPSI 1000
// EXEC TSIDINIT
EP0001
/*
/&
In this example, TSIDINIT performs random initialization of uncontrolled tapes that do not
have labels or tape marks. It initializes the first tape with the volume serial number PR0001,
the second tape with PR0024, the third tape with PR0047. It does not prevent duplication of
volume serial number and does not do label checking to ensure that the tapes mounted are
valid scratch tapes.
// JOB INITTAPE
// UPSI 0100
// EXEC TSIDINIT
PY0001
PY0024
PY0047
/*
/&
In this example, TSIDINIT uses an ACL to do sequential initialization of tapes not in the
EPIC Catalog that have labels or tape marks. It initializes the first tape with volume serial
number SR0010, the second with SR0011, and so on until 10 volumes have been initialized.
(SR0010 through SR0019)
// JOB INITTAPE
// UPSI 10101
// EXEC TSIDINIT,PARM=’ACL=B1VTS,COUNT=10’
CUU=480,481
SR0010
/*
/&
In this example, TSIDINIT uses an ACL to do random initialization of tapes not in the EPIC
Catalog that have labels or tape marks. It initializes the first tape with volume serial number
JCSR09, the second with WXY981, and so on until all volume serial number specifications
have been read.
// JOB INITTAPE
// UPSI 00101
// EXEC TSIDINIT,PARM=’ACL=A2ATL’
CUU=480,481
JCSR09
WXY981
…..
…..
/*
/&
12-12
User Reference
Mounting Tapes
Initializing Tapes (TSIDINIT)
In this example, TSIDINIT uses an ACL to do random initialization of tapes not in the EPIC
Catalog that do not have labels or tape marks, i.e. forced initialization. It initializes the first
tape with volume serial number JCSR09, the second with WXY981, and so on until all
volume serial number specifications have been read.
// JOB INITTAPE
// UPSI 01101
// EXEC TSIDINIT,PARM=’ACL=A2ATL’
CUU=480,481
JCSR09
WXY981
…..
…..
/*
/&
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-13
Printing External Volume Serial Labels (TSIDLBL)
Mounting Tapes
Printing External Volume Serial Labels (TSIDLBL)
Description
TSIDLBL creates external volume serial number labels in large block characters. These
labels contain the volume serial number and a short optional comment.
Standard spacing for each label is 1 line for the comment, 7 lines for the volume serial
number, and two blank lines between labels.
Example
THIRTY CHARACTER COMMENT
****
****
****
*
* *
* *
*
* *
* *
****
****
* *
*
*
* *
*
*
* *
****
*
****
JCL Requirements
[// UPSI 1]
// EXEC TSIDLBL
control statements
/*
UPSI Values
UPSI 1 causes the printer to skip to channel 1 (top-of-form) after each label. This allows you
to use labels of any size. When UPSI 1 is used, TSIDLBL assumes that the printer has a
correctly loaded forms control buffer or carriage control tape that defines the size of the
labels.
Syntax
volser[-volser] [ comment ]
Parameters
Parameter
****
* *
* *
* *
* *
* *
****
Required?
****
* *
* *
* *
* *
* *
****
*
**
*
*
*
*
*
Valid Entry
Default
volser-volser
Yes
1 to 6 characters
None
comment
No
1 to 30 characters
None
volser [ -volser ] specifies the range of volume serial numbers for the labels you want to
create. If only one label is to be created, omit the second volser. The last four characters
in the volume serial number must be numeric.
comment specifies the comment to be printed on each of the labels.
12-14
User Reference
Mounting Tapes
Example
Printing External Volume Serial Labels (TSIDLBL)
In this example, EP0001-EP0100 DSN CONTROLLED indicates that one label is to be
created for each volume serial number from EP0001 to EP0100, inclusive. Each label in this
series will contain the comment ‘DSN CONTROLLED’.
PR0001-PR0050 PAYROLL indicates that one label is to be created for each volume serial
number from PR0001-PR0050, inclusive. Each label in this series will contain the comment
‘PAYROLL’.
// JOB PRINTLBL
// EXEC TSIDLBL
EP0001-EP0100 DSN CONTROLLED
PR0001-PR0050 PAYROLL
/*
/&
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-15
Printing Dataset Labels (TSIDBPR and TSIDPRT)
Mounting Tapes
Printing Dataset Labels (TSIDBPR and TSIDPRT)
Description
With BIM-EPIC, you can create gummed dataset labels automatically when datasets are
opened for output.
You can create labels in a batch partition or through CICS. The TSIDBPR program creates
labels in a batch partition. The TSIDPRT transaction creates labels through CICS.
Automatic label creation requires you to write a subroutine. For installation and subroutine
requirements, see the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide. Dataset label creation is
enabled using the RMNTPRT configuration option.
Label Creation in a
Batch Partition
Execute TSIDBPR in any partition. Be sure to use a partition which is not needed for other
jobs, since TSIDBPR remains active in that partition until it is deactivated.
To deactivate TSIDBPR, execute TSIDPEN in any partition. This terminates TSIDBPR and
releases the label printer.
Label Creation in
CICS
TSIDPRT can be activated automatically through the CICS PLTPI table. If it is activated
using the PLTPI, enter the TPRT transation in CICS. When you activate TSIDPRT this way,
the terminal you use is not released until the TPRT is deactivated or until CICS is terminated.
To deactivate TPRT, execute TSIDPEN in any available partition. This releases the label
printer and any terminal used by TPRT.
12-16
User Reference
Tape Vaulting
Introduction
Tape Vaulting
Introduction
Description
BIM-EPIC's vaulting subsystem controls tape vaulting automatically. This section presents an
overview of the programs and procedures involved in tape vaulting.
Components
Vault locations are established using the VAULTDEF macro, which defines the name and, if
necessary, the size of each vault and the number of slots it contains. Vaults are identified by
integers. The main library is always Vault 0 (zero). BIM-EPIC assigns the other vault
numbers to each vault in the sequence defined by the VAULTDEF macro.
Vaulting methods are established using the METHOD macro. Each method defines a distinct
sequence of vault locations for all versions of a dataset vaulted with that method.
The VAULTDEF and METHOD macros are documented in the BIM-EPIC Installation and
System Guide.
How Vaulting
Works
Datasets are designated for vaulting using the DSN Catalog. If a dataset has a vaulting
method assigned to it, its versions are vaulted automatically whenever the vault movement
program (TSIDVLT) is run.
TSIDVLT moves cataloged tape volumes to their new vault locations (and slot numbers if
defined). In addition, TSIDVLT creates two vault movement reports. Each report lists only
the tapes which need to be moved, sorted by vault location. These reports are:
Vaulting ACL
Cartridges
Report
displays...
Picking List
Tapes listed by their current vault and slot location and indicating the
vault and slot destination to which each tape is to be moved.
Receiving List
Tapes listed by their newly assigned vault and slot destinations and
indicating the current vault and slot where each tape can be found.
If an Automated Cartridge Library (ACL) is supported, TSIDVLT also writes the volume
serial numbers of all cartridges moved from Vault 0, in the ACL Inventory Management
Library. At a later time, these volumes can be ejected from the ACL using the EP ACL
EJECT command or the TSIDUTL program's ACLEJECT control statement. See the BIMEPIC Installation and System Guide for more information on these commands.
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-17
Introduction
Additional Reports
12-18
User Reference
Tape Vaulting
Reports listing current vault inventories can be created using TSIDUTL. TSIDPRV creates a
report that cross references datasets with the vaulting methods assigned to them. See the BIMEPIC Installation and System Guide for more information on TSIDUTL.
Tape Vaulting
Assigning Vaulting Methods to Datasets
Assigning Vaulting Methods to Datasets
Description
After vaults and vaulting methods have been defined, they must be assigned to datasets before
automatic vaulting can occur. This is done using the DSN Catalog.
Vaulting methods are assigned to datasets using the CATALOG or UPDATE command (in
Online Manager or TSIDMNT).
In Online Manager, place the vault method number in the Vault Method field of the EDD.
In TSIDMNT, use the VLT parameter to supply the vault method number to the EDD.
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-19
Moving Volumes (TSIDVLT)
Tape Vaulting
Moving Volumes (TSIDVLT)
Description
TSIDVLT should be executed every day. TSIDVLT moves tapes from one vault to another
and creates movement reports. TSIDVLT can be instructed to:
•
•
Perform actual vaulting actions. Movement from one vault/slot to another occurs and a
report describing the activity is produced.
Perform projected vaulting actions. A report is produced describing what movements
would take place, but no actual vault/slot movement occurs.
JCL Requirements
// DLBL SORTWK1...
// EXTENT SYS001
// EXEC TSIDVLT
control statements
Control Statements
Four input control statements are provided to tell TSIDVLT what action to take. The control
statements are read from SYSIPT and can begin in any column. Only one control statement
can be used in any execution of TSIDVLT. A control statement must be present; there is no
default.
Control Statement
Function
MOVESLT
Do vault movement and produce a report sorted by vault and
slot number.
MOVESER
Do vault movement and produce a report sorted by volume
serial number.
PROJSLT
Do not do vault movement, but produce a report of what
movement would occur, sorted by vault and slot number.
PROJSER
Do not do vault movement, but produce a report of what
movement would occur, sorted by volume serial number.
Dataset
Requirements
SORTWK1 is required.
Example
// JOB VAULTMOV
// DLBL SORTWK1,'===.SORTWK1,(D)'
// EXTENT SYS001
// EXEC TSIDVLT
MOVESLT
/*
/&
12-20
User Reference
Tape Vaulting
Reporting Current Locations of Vaulted Tapes
Reporting Current Locations of Vaulted Tapes
Description
The DSPLY function of TSIDUTL creates reports which provide vault information for tape
volumes. These reports can select and display tape datasets by vault.
Parameter
Action
Example
ALL
Lists vault information for all tape
datasets.
DSPLY ALL,SEQ=DSN
VAULT
Lists the tapes contained in every vault
except Vault 0 (main library). When
SEQ=VAULT is specified, tapes are
listed in vault and slot sequence and a
page break occurs after each vault.
DSPLY VAULT,SEQ=VAULT
VLT
Lists the contents of a single vault.
DSPLY ALL,VLT=2,SEQ=DSN
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-21
Manually Controlled Vaults
Tape Vaulting
Manually Controlled Vaults
Description
A manually controlled vault is any vault whose number is greater than the value of the
AVAULTS parameter in the VAULTDEF macro. Since manually controlled vaults are not
known to BIM-EPIC, they must be tracked manually.
Any version of any dataset can be moved to a manually controlled vault. Tapes are moved to
or from manually controlled vaults using the MOVE function of Online Manager or
TSIDMNT.
WARNING!
12-22
User Reference
If a dataset is under the control of an automatic vaulting method, TSIDVLT executions
override any manual vaulting.
Tape Vaulting
Vault To Dataset Cross-Reference Report (TSIDPRV)
Vault To Dataset Cross-Reference Report (TSIDPRV)
Description
TSIDPRV produces the Vault Method Report. This report lists the vaulting method for each
dataset, in dataset name sequence. For a dataset to appear on this report, it must have a
vaulting method assigned to it in the DSN Catalog.
JCL Requirements
// DLBL SORTWK1...
// EXTENT SYS001
// EXEC TSIDPRV
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SORTWK1 is required.
Example
//
//
//
//
/&
JOB VLTMETH
DLBL SORTWK1'===.SORTWK1,(D)'
EXTENT SYS001
EXEC TSIDPRV
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-23
Dataset to Tape Report (TSIDDIS)
Tape Vaulting
Dataset to Tape Report (TSIDDIS)
Description
TSIDDIS produces a summary report correlating dataset versions and tape volume serial
numbers. It is listed in dataset name order. There is one entry for each dataset version. If a
version spans more than one volume, there is an entry for each volume. See the Appendix for
an example of this report.
JCL Requirements
// DLBL SORTWK1
// EXEC TSIDDIS
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SORTWK1 is required.
Example
//
//
//
//
/&
12-24
User Reference
JOB TAPE DATASET LISTING
DLBL SORTWK1,'==.SORTWK1'
EXTENT SYS001
EXEC TSIDDIS
Tape Vaulting
Tape to Dataset Report (TSIDSDS)
Tape to Dataset Report (TSIDSDS)
Description
TSIDSDS produces a summary report correlating dataset versions and tape volume serial
numbers. It is listed in volume serial number order. There is at least one entry for each
version of a dataset. If a version spans more than one volume, there is an entry for each
volume. See the Appendix for an example of this report.
JCL Requirements
// DLBL SORTWK1
// EXEC TSIDSDS
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SORTWK1 is required.
Example
//
//
//
//
/&
JOB TAPE VOLSER LISTING
DLBL SORTWK1,'==.SORTWK1'
EXTENT SYS001
EXEC TSIDSDS
Chapter 12. Managing Tape Volumes
12-25
Tape to Dataset Report (TSIDSDS)
12-26
User Reference
Tape Vaulting
13
Disk Space Management
This chapter discusses how BIM-EPIC can help you to maximize and manage your disk space.
Chapter Contents
Introduction..................................................................................................................13-2
Dataset Fragmentation .............................................................................................13-2
Secondary Allocation...............................................................................................13-3
Truncation................................................................................................................13-4
Converting Uncontrolled Disk Datasets...................................................................13-5
Placing Datasets on Specific Volumes in a Pool......................................................13-6
VTOC Utilities.............................................................................................................13-7
Introduction .............................................................................................................13-7
VTOC Listings (TSIDLVT) ....................................................................................13-8
Online VTOC Displays (TVTO) ...........................................................................13-11
Offload System...........................................................................................................13-15
Introduction ...........................................................................................................13-15
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)..................................................13-17
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL).................................................13-22
Onloading and Restoring Datasets (TSIDONL) ....................................................13-27
TSIDONL Control Statements...............................................................................13-29
Differences Between TSIDONL Onload and TSIDONL Restore .........................13-32
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC) ........................................................13-34
13-1
Dataset Fragmentation
Introduction
Introduction
Dataset Fragmentation
Description
When you create a dataset with a large primary allocation, there may not be a large enough
free space in the pool to contain the entire primary extent. BIM-EPIC can respond to this
condition by allocating the largest contiguous free space to the primary extent and allocating
secondary extents when the primary extent becomes full. This process is called dataset
fragmentation.
Fragmentation can be enabled globally by specifying the configuration option FRAG=YES.
Fragmentation can be enabled for an individual dataset by:
•
•
•
13-2
User Reference
Specifying the “F” option on a DLBL statement
Specifying the MXIG or ALX subparameter in the SPACE parameter on a DD
statement
Allowing the operator to respond FRAG to the EP038 message
Introduction
Secondary Allocation
Secondary Allocation
Description
BIM-EPIC automatically allocates secondary extents to eligible datasets when the primary
extent has been filled.
Secondary allocation is not available for direct access or TYPEFLE=WORK datasets.
Secondary allocation is available for SORTWK datasets only if the SORT program
specifically allows it.
For cataloged datasets, you can specify the size of the secondary extents and the maximum
number of secondary extents (up to 255). If you use DD statements for your disk datasets, the
size of the secondary extents can be specified in the SPACE parameter, and the maximum
number of secondary extents can be specified in the VOLUME parameter. If you do not
define a dataset’s secondary allocation requirements in one of these ways, BIM-EPIC
automatically allocates up to 255 secondary extents, and each extent will be one-half the size
of the primary extent.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-3
Truncation
Introduction
Truncation
Description
Any allocated extent that was not completely filled can be truncated so that the unused portion
of the extent is freed. BIM-EPIC performs truncation for controlled datasets by altering both
the VTOC and the DSN Catalog to show only the space actually used. Extents are always
truncated on track or control interval boundaries.
Truncation occurs only on output for sequential disk datasets. It should be inhibited for
TYPEFLE=WORK DTFs and for datasets that are opened as sequential I/O but are not
accessed sequentially (for example, DL/1 datasets). Truncation is automatic for datasets that
you define with DLBL statements. It must be requested using the RLSE subparameter of the
SPACE parameter when using BIM-EPIC DD statements.
Truncation can also be inhibited by the DLBL option “N”.
13-4
User Reference
Introduction
Converting Uncontrolled Disk Datasets
Converting Uncontrolled Disk Datasets
Description
To Convert to
Catalog Control
To Convert to Start
Track 1
Example
Existing uncontrolled disk datasets can be placed under BIM-EPIC control. Any existing
dataset can be controlled, as long as all its extents reside in a single defined disk pool. You
can convert a disk dataset to catalog control or Start Track 1 control.
Step
Action
1
Catalog the dataset name as a work file using the Online Manager (specify “WRK”
on the Define an EDD panel) or the TSIDMNT CATALOG command (specify the
WRK=YES parameter).
2
Renumber the dataset's extents using the TSIDVUT RENUM function. BIMEPIC-controlled disk files must begin with extent sequence number 1.
3
Change the dataset’s VTOC expiration date to permanent using the TSIDVUT
RETAIN function. Catalog-controlled disk files are scratched according to the
retention criteria specified in the EDD, not the VTOC expiration date.
4
Add the version to the DSN catalog using the Online Manager or the TSIDMNT
ADD command. Be sure to specify the version block size, if it is known.
5
If generation retention for the dataset has been specified, update the file type from
WRK to GEN using the Online Manager or TSIDMNT UPDATE command after
the existing version has been added to the DSN catalog.
Step
Action
1
Renumber the dataset's extents using the TSIDVUT RENUM function. BIMEPIC-controlled disk files must begin with extent sequence number 1.
2
If necessary, change the dataset’s VTOC expiration date using the TSIDVUT
RETAIN function. Expired files in a BIM-EPIC disk pool are eligible for
immediate reallocation.
3
Change the dataset's EXTENT statements to specify a starting track of 1, or
whatever number was specified in the STRTRK configuration option.
// EXTENT SYS001,POOL50,1,0,1,10
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-5
Placing Datasets on Specific Volumes in a Pool
Introduction
Placing Datasets on Specific Volumes in a Pool
Description
Procedure
13-6
User Reference
All disk datasets can be assigned to a BIM-EPIC pool. If your pool is made up of more than
one volume, the dataset can be placed on any of those volumes. If you wish, you can place
datasets on a specific volume.
Step
Action
1
Quiesce all other volumes in the pool.
2
Create the dataset and inhibit truncation.
3
Reuse the same space when re-creating the dataset. See 7-10 in this manual for
further information.
VTOC Utilities
Introduction
VTOC Utilities
Introduction
Description
WARNING!
BIM-EPIC provides the following VTOC utilities: TSIDLVT, TVTO, and TSIDVUT.
Utility
Description
TSIDLVT
Displays VTOCs by BIM-EPIC pool or by volume, and in extent or dataset
sequence. Can display both active and expired datasets, or active datasets
only.
TVTO
Online utility. Displays VTOCs by volume only.
TSIDVUT
Allows modification of existing entries. Deletes active datasets, retains a
dataset permanently, renames a dataset, or converts an uncontrolled dataset
to BIM-EPIC control. See the BIM-EPIC Installation and System Guide for
information.
Use TSIDVUT to update the entries of uncataloged datasets only.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-7
Printing VTOC Entries (TSIDLVT)
VTOC Utilities
Printing VTOC Entries (TSIDLVT)
Description
TSIDLVT produces printed reports of VTOC entries. It can display entries for an entire BIMEPIC pool or a specific volume.
TSIDLVT prints expired datasets, unexpired datasets, and free space. Extents are shown in
track/block format and dates in MM/DD/YYYY format. Control statements can be used to
change the display format.
At the end of each report, TSIDLVT prints the total free space in the pool or volume. This
total includes expired extents as well as unused space.
JCL Requirements
// DLBL SORTWK1,...
// EXTENT SYS001
// EXEC TSIDLVT
control statements
/*
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
SORTWK1 is required for all functions.
Control Statements
You must include one control statement per report. The control statement must specify the
volume or pool to be displayed.
You can use control statement parameters to customize the report.
The EXP, UNEXP, and FREE parameters limit the contents of your report.
For example, if your control statement specifies:
SER=SYSWK1,UNEXP
the report lists only unexpired datasets.
To receive a report containing only expired datasets and free space, use a control statement
like this one:
SER=SYSWK1,EXP,FREE
If none of these parameters are specified, all three types of data will appear on the report.
Control Statement
Parameters
13-8
User Reference
SER=volser


poolname 
VTOC Utilities
Printing VTOC Entries (TSIDLVT)
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
Parameters
,EXP ]
,UNEXP ]
,FREE ]
,DSN ]
,INPOOL ]
,EURO ]
,CCHH ]
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
volser
1 to 6 characters
None
poolname
1 to 6 characters
None
One of the following two is required:
ALL
No
ON
UNEXP
No
OFF
EXP
No
OFF
FREE
No
OFF
DSN
No
OFF
INPOOL
No
OFF
EURO
No
OFF
CHH
No
OFF
You must specify either SER=volser or poolname.
volser specifies the disk volume serial number to report.
poolname specifies the name of the BIM-EPIC disk pool to report.
EXP prints expired datasets.
UNEXP prints unexpired datasets.
FREE prints free space.
DSN prints in dataset name sequence. It is ignored if FREE is also specified.
INPOOL lists extents within pool limits only. If INPOOL is not specified, TSIDLVT ignores
pool limits on a volume.
EURO prints dates in European format (dd/mm/yyyy). By default dates are printed in USA
format (mm/dd/yyyy).
CCHH prints extents in cylinder/head (cchh) format. If cchh is not specified, extents will be
shown in relative track/block format.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-9
Printing VTOC Entries (TSIDLVT)
Examples
VTOC Utilities
The following job creates a report of the VTOC of volume SYSWK1.
//
//
//
//
JOB VTOC
DLBL SORTWK1,'===.SORTWK1,(X)'
EXTENT SYS001
EXEC TSIDLVT
SER=SYSWK1
/*
/&
The following job creates two reports. The first one, reporting POOL50, prints the standard
report. The second, reporting POLFBA, lists only unexpired and expired datasets. They are
listed in dataset name sequence.
//
//
//
//
JOB VTOC
DLBL SORTWK1,’===.SORTWK1,(X)’
EXTENT SYS001
EXEC TSIDLVT
POOL50
POLFBA,UNEXP,EXP,DSN
/*
/&
13-10
User Reference
VTOC Utilities
Online VTOC Displays (TVTO)
Online VTOC Displays (TVTO)
Description
The TVTO CICS transaction displays information about entries found in the VTOC on a
specific DASD volume.
TVTO is a pseudo-conversational transaction, can only be utilized on an 80-character wide
screen, will utilize 31-bit storage for the majority of its work areas (if available), and will
automatically use the alternate screen size if larger than the default screen size.
Syntax
Help Screen
TVTO
or
TVTO cuu
or
TVTO volser
(<=== transfers to HELP screen)
(<=== transfers to VTOC screen)
(<=== transfers to VTOC screen)
CUU ??? <== Enter CUU or set cursor at desired entry (PF3=END)
Name|Area|Space|Cdate|Edate: AREA
Cyl|Trk: TRK High|Size: SIZE
140=DOSRES
141=SYSWK1
142=FBA001
160=CKD001
161=CKDP11
162=CKDP12
163=CKDP13
164=CKDP14
165=CKDP15
172=VSEPWR
173=VSELBL
174=VSEPAG
178=VSEPW2
179=FBAP11
17A=FBAP12
17B=FBAP13
17C=FBAP14
17D=FBAP15
400=EPV400
402=VDI402
Pool: ALL
Expire: YES
The HELP screen is displayed when only the TVTO transaction-id is entered from a blank
CICS screen, whenever an invalid request is attempted, or by pressing the PF1 key from the
VTOC screen. Error and informational messages are displayed on the top screen line just to
the right of the cuu field. Pressing PF3 from the HELP screen will terminate the TVTO
transaction and return control to CICS with a blank screen.
The right-most field on screen line 1 and screen line 2 display all the current settings which
control the manner and sequence for entries to be displayed on the VTOC screen.
Pool:
controls which DASD entries will be displayed on the Help Screen and controls
whether disk pool information (extracted from the current TSIDPOL phase) will be
included in the VTOC display. Note: disk pool information will be included in the
VTOC display only when an AREA or NAME sort sequence is chosen.
ALL
Indicates that only DASD entries that are a member of any disk pool
are to be displayed on the Help Screen and to include both the lower
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-11
Online VTOC Displays (TVTO)
VTOC Utilities
and upper limits for every disk pool containing space on the requested
volume on the VTOC Screen (may also be specified as YES, Y, or A).
NONE
(Default) Ignore all disk pool information. All DASD entries defined to
this VSE system will be displayed on the Help Screen and no pool
limits will be displayed on the VTOC Screen (may also be specified as
NO or N).
Poolname
Include only disk pool information for this Poolname. Only DASD
entries defined to this VSE system that are also members of this
Poolname will be displayed on the HELP Screen and only the lower
and upper limits for this Poolname will be displayed on the VTOC
Screen
Name|Area|Space|CdateEdate:
controls the VTOC screen sort sequence (only the first
letter of each choice need be keyed):
Name
Area
Space
Cdate
Edate
Cyl|Trk:
controls the display of disk addresses for CKD devices only (only the first letter
of each choice need be keyed):
Cyl:
Trk:
High|Size:
(Default with EPS065=NO) Disk addresses are displayed in cylinderhead format.
(Default with EPS065=YES)Disk addresses are displayed in track
format.
controls the display to reflect either high disk address or size occupied in
addition to the starting (or low) disk address. High is incompatible when
requesting the VTOC screen sort sequence of Space and will be automatically
reset to Size when that screen sort sequence is requested with High. (Only the
first letter of each choice need be keyed):
High
Size
Expire:
Entries are sorted by File name.
(Default) Entries are sorted by starting location.
Entries are sorted by size (space occupied).
Entries are sorted by creation date.
Entries are sorted by expiration date.
Show high disk address in addition to the starting (or low) disk address.
(Default) Show size occupied in addition to the starting (or low) disk
address.
controls the inclusion of expired entries (where the entry expiration date is not a
future date) in VTOC display (only the first letter of each choice need be keyed):
Yes
No
(Default) Include expired entries (which are flagged with an asterisk
between the creation and expiration dates).
Exclude expired entries and show that space as available space
(indicated as 'Free.Space')
All remaining screen lines beginning with screen line 3 are divided into 7 columns and will
contain a list of all DASD entries available for display, filtered by any specification other than
NONE at the POOL field on screen line 1.
13-12
User Reference
VTOC Utilities
Online VTOC Displays (TVTO)
You can key the cuu of your choice in the first screen line just to the right of the constant
'CUU' or position the cursor anywhere on one of the list of available DASD's (shown as
cuu=volser in up to 7 columns beginning on screen line 3) and pressing enter. To refresh the
list of available DASD’s displayed to be based on a new poolname, enter the desired
poolname to the right of the constant ‘POOL’, clear any value found to the right of the
constant ‘CUU’, and press enter.
VTOC Screen
The VTOC Screen is displayed when the TVTO transaction-id and either a cuu or volser is
entered from a blank CICS screen or from a successful selection made from the HELP screen.
Screen line 1 includes the cuu, volser, and DASD model for the unit being displayed as well as
the current date, time, current and last screen page numbers.
Screen line 2 provides titles for the columns that occupy all the remaining screen lines (except
the last) beginning on screen line 3:
File Name:
The full 44-character name of the file occupying the this extent (may also be
shown right justified as 'Free.Space' indicating available space, 'Volume.Table.Of.Contents'
indicating that this space is occupied by the VTOC, 'Begin pool poolname' indicating the
lower limit for this poolname, or 'End pool poolname' indicating the upper limit for this
poolname).
Low:
High:
Size:
Seq:
Created:
Expires:
Starting disk address for this entry.
Ending disk address for this entry.
Amount of disk space occupied by this entry.
The sequence number of this extent on all volumes occupied by this File Name.
The julian date (in the format yyyyddd) when this entry was placed in the VTOC.
The julian date (in the format yyyyddd) when this entry is scheduled to expire (if
this date is not greater then the corresponding 'Created' date, an asterisk (*) is
placed between this date and the corresponding 'Created' date).
The last screen line shows the action taken for each of the programmed PF keys and also the
total number of free (available) tracks or blocks in the total number of free space extents.
BIM-EPIC VTOC Display for 140=DOSRES (9336-10) 1997/345 15:31:52
________ File Name _________________________
Low
Size Seq
VSE.SYSRES.LIBRARY
2
59134 000
DOS.LABEL.FILE.FF0000017490.AREA1
59136
320 000
VSE.POWER.QUEUE.FILE
59456
384 000
Free.Space
59840
384
Z9999996.VSAMDSPC.TADDB87D.T1DF884A
60224
2880 000
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TADDB87D.T90FF048
63104
62400 000
Volume.Table.Of.Contents 125504
64
DOS.PAGING.FILE.FF0000017490
125568
16896 000
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TADDB87D.T3C13E4E
142464 155520 000
Free.Space 297984
12032
VSE.SYSTEM.HISTORY.FILE
310016
5056 000
DOS.PAGING.FILE.FF0000017490
315072
16384 002
DOS.PAGING.FILE.FF0000017490
331456 319488 003
Free.Space 650944 270578
PF 1=HLP 2=RFSH 3=END 4=FST 5=LST 7=BWD 8=FWD
Page
1 of
1
Created Expires
1996337 1999365
1997255 1999366
1997013 1999366
1996337 1999366
1996337 1999366
1997273 1999366
1996337 1999366
1997345 1999366
1997273 1999366
1997273 1999366
282994 Free Blocks in
3 Extents
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-13
Online VTOC Displays (TVTO)
Valid PF keys
13-14
User Reference
VTOC Utilities
PF Key
Function
Explanation
PF1
HELP
Display help screen.
PF2
RFSH
Read all VTOC entries again.
PF3
END
Return to CICS.
PF4
FST
Go to the first screen.
PF5
LST
Go to the last screen.
PF7
BWD
Back one screen.
PF8
FWD
Forward one screen.
Offload System
Introduction
Offload System
Introduction
Description
BIM-EPIC provides offload/onload, backup/restore, offload version consolidation, and
offload version copy functions for controlled sequential disk datasets versions; and is only
available on BIM-EPIC systems supporting both disk and tape management. The dataset
population to be processed by the offload, backup, version consolidation, and version copy
functions are identified by control statements created either manually or by the offload system
itself.
The offload/onload function only processes controlled sequential disk dataset versions
identified in the BIM-EPIC catalog. The offload function copies a dataset version to tape and
then deletes the disk VTOC entry leaving the version identified as residing on tape only. The
onload function copies a dataset version identified as residing on tape only back to disk
identifying the version as residing on disk only. Onloading a version already identified as
residing on disk only will function the same as the restore function.
The backup/restore function processes controlled sequential disk dataset versions identified in
the BIM-EPIC catalog as well as controlled start-track-1 sequential disk datasets. The backup
function copies a dataset version to tape leaving the disk version in place. The restore
function copies a dataset to disk creating a new version (for generation files) or replacing the
current version (for work files).
When copying a dataset to disk, the dataset characteristics currently in effect reflecting
changes in DASD architecture and geometry (i.e., CKD to FBA, 3380 to 3390, etc.) will be
honored. Disk leveling is also honored when writing multiple datasets as well as multiple
extents for a single dataset.
The Offload Version Consolidation function consolidates one or more offload versions into a
new version. This can be useful for offload versions that have most of their datasets in scratch
status. As an example: An Offload Dataset has Ver 5 with 4 tapes (80% of its files in scratch
status) and Ver 7 with 3 tapes (70% in scratch status). These two versions could be
consolidated into a new version of perhaps 1 or 2 tapes, - freeing 5 tapes for other uses.
The Offload Version Copy function copies an offload version into BIM-EPIC backup format.
It will copy an existing backup version or an existing offload version.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-15
Introduction
Programs
Offload System
The offload system consists of four programs:
Program
Function
TSIDOFD
Selects datasets for offload and backup by creating control statements for
TSIDOFL.
TSIDOFL
Offloads and backs up selected datasets.
TSIDONL
Restores offload and backup datasets back to disk and creates a listing of
datasets on the offload tape.
TSIDOFC
Consolidates offload tapes and copies offload and backup tapes.
High Performance
I/O
The BIM-EPIC offload system uses proprietary disk and tape I/O routines that provide
extraordinary high performance through the use of physical I/O, maximum block sizes, and a
single tape file. The offload system is implemented automatically as soon as BIM-EPIC is
activated and is fully upward compatible with the prior offload system (all JCL, control
statements, program names, and procedures remain unchanged). This onload program
automatically recognizes and processes offload and backup tapes created under the prior
(BIM-EPIC 4.14 and prior) offload system so complete access to existing offload and backup
datasets is assured.
IMPORTANT
Whenever an offloaded dataset is read, this high performance feature requires sufficient disk
space to temporarily copy the data to the disk pool specified in the EDD. If an “insufficient
space” condition occurs while creating this temporary disk file, BIM-EPIC allocation
configuration options (e.g., FRAG and alternate pools) will be used.
13-16
User Reference
Offload System
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)
Description
TSIDOFD creates control statements for input to TSIDOFL based on selection criteria you
specify. These control statements determine which datasets will be offloaded or backed up.
You specify selection criteria to TSIDOFD using INCLUDE and OMIT control statements.
Selection Criteria
for Disk Dataset
Versions Identified
in the BIM-EPIC
Catalog
Datasets can be included for offload/backup by:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
pool name
volume serial number
dataset name
dataset names beginning with a specific character string
version number
versions created since the last time the TSIDUTL program was executed with the
DSPLY NEW function
user ID
system ID
access within the last n days (SLA)
no access within the last n days (DLA)
SLA and DLA are mutually exclusive.
Datasets can be omitted from the inclusion list by:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Selection Criteria
for Start-Track-1
Disk Datasets
pool name
volume serial number
dataset name
dataset names beginning with a specific character string
version number
user ID
system ID
Datasets can be included for backup by:
•
•
•
pool name
dataset name
dataset names beginning with a specific character string
Datasets can be omitted from the inclusion list by:
•
•
dataset name
dataset names beginning with a specific character string
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-17
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)
JCL Requirements
Offload System
[// xLBL OUTPUT,'sysin.data.set']
//EXEC TSIDOFD
control statements
/*
An internal table is used during the dataset selection process to store each version selected.
The capacity of this table is dependent on the amount of excess partition storage available (up
to and not including partition GETVIS storage) and will never be less than 100. This internal
table size is increased by approximately 21 entries for each 1K of excess partition storage
available beyond the first 5K. For example, if SIZE=(TSIDOFD,50K) is specified on the
EXEC statement, then the internal table capacity would be about 1066 entries. Specifying a
SIZE operand value that results in about 200K for partition GETVIS maximizes this internal
table. For example, when utilizing a 2048K partition (including GETVIS), a SIZE operand
value of 1848K would be appropriate.
If the DATASET SELECTION REPORT is produced, the actual capacity of the internal table
for the current processing is stated on the second report heading line. If this program attempts
to select more dataset versions than can be held in this internal table, no output will be created
and this program will terminate with a return code of 4 after issuing message EP618.
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
The control statements created by TSIDOFD are created on SYSPCH if SYS005 is assigned
to SYSPCH. Otherwise, control statements can be written to tape or disk by supplying a
TLBL, DLBL, or DD with the DTF name OUTPUT.
Control Statements
Dataset selection criteria are specified using INCLUDE and OMIT control statements. You
can specify multiple parameters on any INCLUDE or OMIT statement, but parameter
expressions cannot be continued. Multiple INCLUDE and OMIT statements can be submitted
reflecting the DSN=, POL=, and VOL= parameters up to the following limits:
•
•
•
•
•
•
25 dataset names (DSN=) for INCLUDE processing
25 dataset names (DSN=) for OMIT processing
50 pool names (POL=) for INCLUDE processing
50 pool names (POL=) for OMIT processing
50 volume serial numbers (VOL=) for include processing
50 volume serial numbers (VOL=) for omit processing
An internal table is used during the dataset selection process to store each version selected.
The capacity of this table is dependent on the amount of excess partition storage available up
to and not including partition GETVIS storage, but will never be less than 100. If the
DATASET SELECTION REPORT is produced, the actual capacity of the internal table for
the current processing is stated on the second report heading line.
AND logic always applies when multiple selection criteria is specified, regardless of whether
submitted on a single control statement, multiple control statements, or both.
13-18
User Reference
Offload System
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)
One primary set of parentheses must enclose all the parameter expressions on a single control
statement. Commas or blanks can separate multiple parameter expressions. The parameters
ALLVER, VOL, and POL each allow you to specify more than one value; in such cases, the
values must be separated by commas within a set of parentheses.
Syntax
REPORT=YES|NO
CATALOG=YES|NO
INCLUDE
OMIT
INCLUDE/OMIT
Parameters
(
(



Parameter





[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
DSN='dataset-name' ]
,VER=n ]
DSN='string.ALL' ]
ALLVER=n ]
DLA=n ]
UID=x ]
SID=x ]
SLA=n ]
POL=poolid,poolid,... ]
VOL=volid,volid,... ]
NEW ]



DSN='dataset-name' ]
,VER=n ]
DSN='string.all' ]
ALLVER=n ]
UID=x ]
SID=x ]
POL=poolid,poolid,... ]
VOL=volid,volid,... ]
Required With
CATALOG=YES?





)
)
Required With
CATALOG=NO?
Valid
Default
ALLVER
No
Not Allowed
1 to 9999
None
DLA
No
Not Allowed
1 to 365
None
DSN
No
No
1 to 44
characters
None
NEW
No
Not Allowed
None
OFF
POL
No
Yes
1 to 6
characters
None
SID
No
Not Allowed
2 characters
None
SLA
No
Not Allowed
1 to 365
None
UID
No
Not Allowed
2 characters
None
VER
No
Not Allowed
1 to 9999
None
VOL
No
Not Allowed
1 to 6
characters
None
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-19
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)
Offload System
REPORT specifies whether the Preliminary Dataset Selection Report is to be printed and
defaults to YES. This report shows the size of the internal selection table (in heading 2), the
selection criteria used, and the actual dataset versions selected.
CATALOG specifies whether selection should be for controlled disk datasets found in the
BIM-EPIC catalog or for controlled start-track-1 disk datasets. CATALOG=YES indicates
selection should be for controlled disk datasets found in the BIM-EPIC catalog and is the
default. CATALOG=NO indicates selection should be for controlled start-track-1 disk
datasets.
INCLUDE specifies that the datasets to be included for offload or backup are identified by the
subparameters that follow. At least one INCLUDE statement must be used.
OMIT specifies that the datasets to be omitted from offload or backup are identified by the
subparameters that follow. OMIT acts on datasets that have been included with an INCLUDE
statement.
POL selects datasets that are allocated to the specified pool. Up to 10 pool IDs can be
specified with INCLUDE, and for CATALOG=YES only, another 10 can be specified for
OMIT. You can specify multiple pool IDs on a single POL parameter
(POL=pool01,pool02,pool03...)
For CATALOG=YES, the POL parameter is checked against only the current pool name in
the dataset's definition. If that pool name has changed after a dataset version was created, you
must use other options to include or omit that dataset version.
For CATALOG=NO, the dataset must have been created using the specified pool name and
also satisfy all the following additional criteria:
•
•
•
•
SAM file
Prime Data extents
Reside completely within the current pool limits
NOT be defined in the BIM-EPIC catalog
Additionally for CATALOG=NO, datasets created by PIOCS programs (e.g., programs that
do not use Logical IOCS and also do not have an interface with BIM-EPIC) will NOT be
selected unless specifically requested using an INCLUDE control statement with a fully
qualified DSN parameter (i.e., without ‘.ALL’).
VOL selects datasets from the specified disk volume serial number. Up to 10 volume serial
numbers can be specified for INCLUDE, and another 10 can be specified for OMIT. You can
specify multiple volume serial numbers on a single VOL parameter (VOL=vol001, vol002,
vol003,...)
DSN selects a single dataset name or a set of datasets beginning with the same character
string. The value specified must be enclosed in apostrophes. To specify a group of datasets,
specify '.ALL' at the end of the dataset name.
VER selects a version number for a particular dataset. It can only be supplied if the DSN
parameter is also supplied. If omitted, all versions of the dataset are selected.
The following subparameters can be specified only once for INCLUDE and once for OMIT.
13-20
User Reference
Offload System
Selecting Datasets To Be Offloaded (TSIDOFD)
ALLVER selects datasets by version number. ALLVER affects all datasets to be selected
(VER affects only a specific dataset). You can specify up to five versions with a single
ALLVER parameter. (e.g., ALLVER=n,n,n,n,n).
SID selects datasets with the specified system ID.
UID selects datasets with the specified user ID.
DLA selects datasets which have not been accessed for the specified number of days. DLA is
valid only for INCLUDE.
SLA selects datasets which have been accessed within the specified number of days. SLA is
valid only for INCLUDE.
NEW selects datasets which have been created since the last time the TSIDUTL program was
executed with the DSPLY NEW function. NEW is valid only for INCLUDE.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-21
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL)
Offload System
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL)
Description
TSIDOFL offloads or backs up selected datasets according to the settings on an UPSI
statement and the contents of control statements.
Control statements indicating which datasets are to be processed can be generated by
TSIDOFD or specified manually. They are supplied as SYSIPT data. TSIDOFL sorts the
control statements and copies the datasets to tape in order by descending dataset name and
version number.
The offload tape is always associated with a cataloged dataset. You can use the default
offload dataset OFFLOAD.DATA.SET, or you can create your own dataset. If you create
your own dataset, you must catalog it and supply a TLBL or DD statement using the DTF
name OUTPUT.
A tape version containing offloaded disk versions is not eligible for scratch until all the
offloaded disk versions either expire or are onloaded back to disk and then not until any
additional retention criteria attributed to the tape version has also been satisfied.
JCL Requirements
When the control statements are supplied as SYSIPT data:
[// TLBL OUTPUT,'offload.dataset.name']
// UPSI xx
// EXEC TSIDOFL
[control statements]
/*
When the control statements are supplied from a tape or disk dataset (using GDI for SYSIPT):
[// TLBL OUTPUT,'offload.dataset.name']
// UPSI xx
* //IJSYSIN DD DSN=sysin.dataset,DISP=(OLD,DELETE,KEEP)
// EXEC TSIDOFL
/*
When the control statements are supplied from a tape or disk dataset: (using a standard VSE
assignment for SYSIPT):
{// TLBL OUTPUT,'offload.dataset.name'}
// DLBL IJSYSIN,'sysin.dataset'
// EXTENT SYSIPT
ASSGN SYSIPT,DISK,VOL=volser,SHR
// UPSI xx
// EXEC TSIDOFL
/*
CLOSE SYSIPT,SYSRDR
{// TLBL OUTPUT,'offload.dataset.name'}
// TLBL IJSYSIN,'sysin.dataset'
// EXEC TSIDASS
OPEN IJSYSIN,SYS020,INPUT
/*
// ASSGN SYSIPT,SYS020
// UPSI xx
// EXEC TSIDOFL
13-22
User Reference
Offload System
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL)
/*
// RESET SYSIPT
UPSI Values
UPSI 0 specifies OFFLOAD.
UPSI 1 specifies BACKUP. Note that if control statements for start-track-1 datasets are
submitted, UPSI 1 is automatically forced.
UPSI x1 specifies special handling when the number of control statements exceeds the internal
work area used by TSIDOFL. When this UPSI setting is used, the control statements are not
sorted, and datasets are offloaded in the order in which the control statements are submitted.
UPSI xx1 specifies that DSN selection will be by Generation Number rather than by Version
Number. DO NOT USE THIS UPSI if selection statements were created by the TSIDOFD
program.
WARNING!
If UPSI x1 is used with an execution of TSIDOFL where the TSIDOFL control statements
were NOT created by the TSIDOFD program, it becomes the user's responsibility to assure
that, when multiple versions of a dataset are restored using TSIDONL, the oldest version is
restored first, the second oldest version is restored second, and so on.
Dataset
Requirements
OUTPUT specifies a tape dataset to control the offload tape. This dataset must be cataloged.
If a label is not supplied for the OUTPUT dataset, TSIDOFL catalogs and uses the dataset
name OFFLOAD.DATA.SET.
IJSYSIN specifies that the control statements reside on a tape or disk dataset that was created
by the TSIDOFD program. You can use either standard VSE assignments or GDI.
PARM Values
PARM=’DLAUPD=NO’ can be specified on the EXEC Job Control statement or command to
prevent the current job name and date from being stored as the last accessed information for
each version read by the TSIDOFL program. By specifying PARM=’DLAUPD=YES’ or not
specifying the PARM operand, the current job name and date will be stored as the last
accessed information for each version read by the TSIDOFL program.
Control Statements
Use control statements to indicate which datasets to offload or backup. These can be
generated with TSIDOFD. Control statements for disk datasets versions identified in the
BIM-EPIC catalog and control statements for start-track-1 datasets cannot be mixed together
for input to the same execution of TSIDOFL.
If UPSI xx1 is used, control statements must not have been generated by the TSIDOFD
program.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-23
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL)
Offload System
Syntax for
Sequential Disk
Versions Identified
in the BIM-EPIC
Catalog
'dataset-name',version-number
Syntax for StartTrack-1 Disk
Datasets
'dataset-name',POL=poolnm
Parameters
'dataset-name',generation-number
Parameter
Required?
Valid
Default
dataset-name
Yes
1 to 44 characters
None
version/generation
number
No
1 to 9999/1-65534
1/None
poolnm
Yes
6 characters
None
dataset-name specifies the name of the dataset to be offloaded.
version specifies the version to be offloaded.
generation specifies the generation number to be offloaded. UPSI xx1 must be set, and the
input control statements must not have been created by TSIDOFD.
"version/generation number" is positional and only one number can be specified. If UPSI xx1
is not set, EPIC regards the number as a version number. If UPSI xx1 is set, the number is
regarded as a generation-number.
Poolnm specifies the name of the pool where the dataset resides.
Restart Information
TSIDOFL copies each dataset that is to be backed up or offloaded to the output tape. In
addition, the OFFLOAD function deletes the VTOC entry for each dataset as soon as the copy
function has completed. If for any reason a backup or offload job that involves more than one
dataset terminates abnormally and must be restarted, please note the following special restart
considerations.
Restarting Backups
Backups must be restarted from the beginning because the control statements are sorted
internally by TSIDOFL.
Step
13-24
User Reference
Action
1
Scratch the incomplete backup dataset version.
2
Restart the job in the TSIDOFL step.
Offload System
Restarting Offloads
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL)
The same dataset cannot be offloaded twice, so TSIDOFL automatically restarts with the next
dataset to be offloaded. The datasets already offloaded are in the incomplete offload dataset
version.
Step
Examples
Action
1
Do not scratch the incomplete offload dataset version.
2
Restart the job in the TSIDOFL step. Disregard any error messages for missing
datasets. (These were probably offloaded by the run which did not complete.)
3
Keep the TSIDOFL offload report and tapes from both the incomplete and
restarted runs.
4
If the offloaded datasets are subsequently onloaded, run TSIDONL with the
offload dataset versions from both the incomplete and restarted runs.
he following job offloads datasets based on the control statements supplied using the SYSIPT
dataset SYSIN.DATASET. This input dataset is deleted when it is closed. Because no TLBL
or DD for OUTPUT was supplied, all datasets will be offload to a tape version that is retained
under the output dataset name OFFLOAD.DATA.SET.
// JOB OFFLOAD
* //IJSYSIN DD DSN=SYSIN.DATASET,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
// UPSI 0
// EXEC TSIDOFL
/*
/&
The following job backs up datasets based on the control statements supplied using the
SYSIPT dataset SYSIN.DATASET. This input dataset is deleted when it is closed. Because
a TLBL for OUTPUT was supplied, all datasets will be backed up to a tape version that is
retained under the output dataset name BACKUP.DATASET.
// JOB BACKUP
* //IJSYSIN DD DSN=SYSIN.DATASET,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
// TLBL OUTPUT,'BACKUP.DATASET'
// UPSI 1
// EXEC TSIDOFL
/*
/&
The following job offloads four datsets named on the control statements supplied as SYSIPT
data. All datasets are offloaded to a tape version that is retained under the output dataset name
"USER.OFFLOAD.DATA".
// JOB OFFLOAD
// TLBL OUTPUT,'USER.OFFLOAD.DATA'
// UPSI 0
// EXEC TSIDOFL
'PAYROLL.CHECKS',2
'BILLING.MASTER',9
'BILLING.MASTER',10
'RECON.TRANS'
/*
/&
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-25
Offloading and Backing Up Datasets (TSIDOFL)
Offload System
The following job backs up five start-track-1 datasets named on the control statements
supplied as SYSIPT data. All datasets are offloaded to a tape version that is retained under
the output dataset name "START.TRACK1.DATA".
// JOB BACKUP
// TLBL OUTPUT,’START.TRACK1.DATA'
// UPSI 1
// EXEC TSIDOFL
‘SNOOPY.DOG’,POL=WDPOOL
‘MICKEY.MOUSE’,POL=WDPOOL
‘TAZ.DEVIL’,POL=WBPOOL
‘WILEY.COYOTEIUS.MAXIMUMUS.HURTUM’,POL=WBPOOL
‘CRAYZY.RABBUTTE’,POL=WBPOOL
/*
/&
13-26
User Reference
Offload System
Onloading and Restoring Datasets (TSIDONL)
Onloading and Restoring Datasets (TSIDONL)
Description
TSIDONL onloads or restores datasets back to disk. It can also be used to produce a report
listing the datasets contained on the offload tape. TSIDONL functions are selected using
UPSI values.
You can onload a dataset from an offload tape only. TSIDONL assigns the dataset a current
relative version based upon its absolute generation number. You can restore a dataset from
either an offload or a backup tape. For sequential disk versions identified in the BIM-EPIC
catalog, the restore function assigns the dataset version number 1.
Configuration
Options
The Start Track 1 feature is required to automatically access a dataset that has been offloaded.
Specify a starting track or block address for this feature using the STRTRK option.
JCL Requirements
// UPSI xxxx
[// TLBL INPUT,'user-dataset-name']
// EXEC TSIDONL
[control statements]
/*
UPSI Values
UPSI xxx1
Value
Function
000
Onloads all datasets from the offload tape. No control statements are read.
010
Onloads datasets selected by control statements only.
100
Restores all datasets from the offload or backup tape. No control
statements are read.
110
Restores datasets selected by control statements only.
xx1
Creates the report only. No datasets are onloaded or restored. No control
statements are read.
xxx1
Assumes uncataloged input tapes are in new offload format. (See note
below).
0x0x1
Prevents onloading of a dataset that has been scratched from the BIM-EPIC
Catalog. (See note below).
UPSI xxx1, which only applies to tapes containing offload or backup data for sequential disk
versions identified in the BIM-EPIC catalog, should only be used when the tape volume(s)
accessed are not cataloged AND they were created using the new proprietary high performance
offload system (BIM-EPIC 4.15 and higher). The following events could cause this situation:
•
The tape volume was PURGEd from the catalog
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-27
Onloading and Restoring Datasets (TSIDONL)
•
Offload System
The tape volume was created at a different site and is not known to the catalog at the
site where it is being restored
In all cases, the disk dataset to which a tape is being restored must be defined to the BIMEPIC catalog. Instead of using UPSI xxx1 for an uncataloged tape, we recommend that you
ADD the tape volume to the BIM-EPIC catalog and then RETAIN it using the OF2 parameter.
UPSI 0x0x1
BIM-EPIC defaults to restoring a dataset as version 1 when attempting to onload a dataset that
has been scratched from the BIM-EPIC catalog. By setting UPSI bit 4 on, BIM-EPIC will not
onload any dataset found on the input tape that has been scratched from the BIM-EPIC
Catalog.
UPSI bit 4 is only effective when doing an onload function (UPSI bit 0 off) and not a reportonly processing (UPSI bit 2 on). If UPSI bit 4 is off and a dataset is restored as version 1
because it has been scratched from the BIM-EPIC Catalog, the characters “SCR’D” will
appear on the TSIDONL report entry for that dataset version between the dataset name and
it’s old generation number.
Dataset
Requirements
13-28
User Reference
INPUT specifies the offload dataset name used when TSIDOFL was executed. If no TLBL or
DD statement is supplied, TSIDONL uses version 1 of the dataset 'OFFLOAD.DATASET'.
No statements are required for the output datasets.
Offload System
TSIDONL Control Statements
TSIDONL Control Statements
Description
Control statements are read if UPSI 010 or 110 is specified. There are two types of control
statements for TSIDONL:
•
•
A dataset-name control statement specifies a dataset to be onloaded or restored.
A START control statement begins an onload or restore at a particular dataset on the
tape.
Continuation is possible by ending with the comma following a parameter and starting the next
parameter on the next control statement.
If no control statements are supplied when UPSI x10 is specified, all datasets on the tape are
written to disk.
Syntax for
Sequential Disk
Versions Identified
in the BIM-EPIC
Catalog
'dataset-name',generation-number
Syntax for StartTrack-1 Disk
Datasets
'dataset-name',POL=poolnm,’alt-dataset-name’
Parameters
Parameters
Valid
Default
1 to 44 characters
None
see below
1 to 999999
None
Poolnm
No
6 characters
see below
alt-dataset-name
No
1-44 characters
None
dataset-name
generation-number
Required?
Yes
dataset-name specifies the name of the dataset to be onloaded or restored.
generation-number specifies the absolute generation number of the tape dataset to be
onloaded or restored. To specify all generations of a dataset, code an asterisk (*). The
generation number can be omitted for a work dataset.
Poolnm specifies the name of the pool where the dataset is to be restored. If not specified, the
dataset will be restored to the same pool where the dataset originally resided.
Alt-dataset-name is the dataset-name to be used for the restored dataset. If not specified, the
dataset-name used will be dataset-name.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-29
TSIDONL Control Statements
Restart Information
Offload System
Each backed up or offloaded dataset is processed as a separate entity. Therefore, if for any
reason a multi-dataset onload or restore job terminates abnormally and is restarted, special
restart considerations are necessary. In order to avoid dataset duplication and maintain
version order integrity, the job must be restarted on the dataset being processed at the time the
abend occurred. Use the following procedure.
Step
Action
1
Refer to the restore/onload report and obtain the last dataset name and generation
listed.
2
Compare this to the backup/offload report and obtain the next dataset name (and
generation number, if appropriate).
3
Restart TSIDONL using a START control statement specifying the dataset name
and generation from Step 2.
START='dataset-name',generation-number
Syntax
dataset-name specifies the name of the dataset with which to begin onload or restore
processing.
generation-number specifies the absolute generation number of the disk dataset. The
generation number can be omitted for a work dataset identified in the BIM-EPIC catalog and
MUST be omitted for a start-track-1 dataset.
Examples
The following job onloads all the datasets on the tape. It uses version 1 of the default offload
dataset. The datasets remain assigned to their current relative version number (based upon
absolute generation number) unless that version has been scratched. If the version has been
scratched, they are assigned to version number 1.
// JOB ONLOAD
// EXEC TSIDONL
/*
/&
The following job restores all generations of the ACCOUNTS.PAY dataset. Each generation
is assigned version number 1 as it is restored. The last version restored is version number 1.
Because datasets are copied in reverse version order, the last version restored is the newest
version on the tape.
// JOB RESTORE
// UPSI 110
// EXEC TSIDONL
'ACCOUNTS.PAY',*
/*
/&
The following job onloads all datasets starting with and written after generation 112 of the
ACCOUNTS.PAY dataset. The datasets remain assigned to their current relative version
number unless that version has been scratched. If the version has been scratched, they are
assigned to version number 1. The job uses version 1 of the USER.DATA.SET offload tape.
13-30
User Reference
Offload System
TSIDONL Control Statements
// JOB ONLOAD
// TLBL INPUT,'USER.DATA.SET'
// UPSI 010
// EXEC TSIDONL
START='ACCOUNTS.PAY',112
/*
/&
The following job restores all datasets found on the start-track-1 disk dataset backup tape.
// JOB RESTORE
// UPSI 100
// EXEC TSIDONL
/*
/&
The following job restores the three start-track-1 datasets named on the control statements
supplied as SYSIPT data. The second control statements reflects the POL= parameter to
cause that start-track-1 dataset only to be restored to the specified pool (WDPOOL) rather
than the pool where the dataset originally resided. The fourth control statement reflects both
the POL= parameter and an alternate dataset name to cause that start-track-1 dataset only to be
restored to the specified pool (DPOUND) using the alternate dataset name (‘WOODSTOCK’)
rather than the pool and dataset name of the original file. The last control statement (which
continues across two records) reflects an alternate dataset name to cause that start-track-1
dataset only to be restored using the alternate dataset name (‘SYLVESTER’) rather than the
dataset name of the original file.
// JOB RESTORE
// UPSI 110
// EXEC TSIDONL
‘WILEY.COYOTEIUS.MAXIMUMUS.HURTUM.IV.CERTUM’
‘CRAYZY.WABBUTTE’,POL=WDPOOL
‘TAZ.DEVIL’
‘SNOOPY’,POL=DPOUND,’WOODSTOCK’
‘TWEETY’,
‘SYLVESTER’
/*
/&
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-31
Differences Between TSIDONL Onload and TSIDONL Restore
Differences Between TSIDONL Onload and TSIDONL Restore
Description
Suppose we have the following versions of a dataset called DATASET.A:
Version
number
Absolute generation
number (AGN)
1
46
2
45
3
44
4
43
5
42
6
41
Absolute generation numbers (AGN) run in inverse sequence to the version numbers within a
dataset. At one time (when it was first created), version 2, AGN=45 was version 1. The 45
means that this was the 45th time this dataset was created. The next time a version was
created, it was the 46th, hence the AGN=46. The newly created version became version 1, the
most current version.
Suppose versions 3 through 6 were offloaded to tape. Now DATASET.A looks as follows:
Version
number
Absolute
generation number
(AGN)
1
46
2
45
Version information still exists in DATASET.A for versions 3 through 6, but now those
versions display as tape datasets instead of disk. Versions 3 through 6 are still available for
scratching (assuming all retention criteria has been met) even though they have been
offloaded.
Suppose versions 3 through 6 are not scratched and two new versions are created. Now
DATASET.A looks as follows:
13-32
User Reference
Version
number
Absolute
generation number
(AGN)
1
48
2
47
3
46
4
45
Offload Syste
Offload System
Differences Between TSIDONL Onload and TSIDONL Restore
Suppose now we onload our previously offloaded datasets. After doing this, DATASET.A
would look as follows:
Version number
Absolute
generation number
(AGN)
1
48
2
47
3
46
4
45
5 (old ver. 3)
52 (AGN is used to
find where the
onloaded datasets
belong)
6 (old ver. 4)
51
7 (old ver.5)
50
8 (old ver.6)
49
The offloaded datasets were onloaded according to their AGNs, so they are no longer version
3 through 6, but versions 5 through 8.
Now suppose we restore our previously offloaded datasets. After doing this, DATASET.A
would look as follows:
'DATASET.A'
Version
number
Absolute
generation
number (AGN)
1 (old ver.3)
52 (old AGN=44)
2 (old ver.4)
51 (old AGN=43)
3 (old ver.5)
50 (old AGN=42)
4 (old ver.6)
49 (old AGN=41)
5
48
6
47
7
46
8
45
Each restored version is restored as version 1. AGN=41 is restored first, AGN=42 second,
and so on. As each dataset is restored, it receives a new AGN.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-33
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC)
Offload System
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC)
Description
TSIDOFC consolidates one or more offload versions into a single version.. Control cards are
used to report on consolidation candidates and to specify the versions to be consolidated.
JCL Requirements
Control statements are supplied as SYSIPT data:
// TLBL
// TLBL
// DLBL
// EXEC
control
/*
OFCINP,’inputdatasetname’
OFCOUT,’outputdatasetname’
SORTWK1,’datasetname’
TSIDOFC
statements
TLBL’s are not required for the REPT function
DLBL for SORTWK1 is required for REPT function only, and can be omitted if it is in
Standard Labels.
UPSI Values
None
Dataset
Requirements
The dataset names used in OFCINP and OFCOUT must be the same if version consolidation
(CONI) is being done. They must be different if COPY is being done.
Offload and Backup data must be in FAVER2 format. All offloads and backups created in
EPIC 4.2 and above satisfy this criteria.
Control Statements
13-34
User Reference
These control statements are used:
Statement
Purpose
REPT
Produce an Offload Consolidation Candidate Report. The report provides a
list of all offload datasets in the BIM-EPIC catalog and their environmental
detail (media type, expire date, volume serial number, …). If requested,
appropriate datasets will be flagged as "consolidation candidates".
CONI
Specify the versions that are to be consolidated into a new version.
CONO
Specify the version number of the consolidated output. If not present, the
new version will be 1.
COPY
Specify the offload or backup version that is to copied into a new version.
Offload System
Syntax
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC)
Control statements can begin in any column. Continuations cannot be used.
REPT
[PCT=n]
If used, it must be the only control statement submitted.
PCT=n is optional and is meaningful only for offload datasets that reside on cartridge media.
If present, the Offload Consolidation Report will print Consolidation Candidate next to each
dataset version whose percentage of “number of blocks in non-scratch status” is equal to or
less than this number. An example: If PCT=30 is specified and version 7 of an offload
dataset has 25% of its available blocks in use, it will have Consolidation Candidate listed
next to its report line. “Available blocks” is based on an estimate of the number of 64K
blocks that will fit on the various cartridge media. “Number of available blocks in non-scratch
status” is taken from data in the BIM-EPIC catalog.
Examples:
REPT
REPT
PCT=40
CONI n n n … n
n is a version number that is input to the consolidation process. There must be at least one
value present. Each value is separated by a space. There can be as many versions specified as
will fit on an 80 column SYSIPT input.
Only one CONI statement can be present.
Unless the CONO statement is used, the version number of the consolidated output will be 1.
Upon completion of the consolidation, the input versions are set to scratch status in the BIMEPIC catalog.
Examples:
CONI 5 12
CONI 6 14 23 30
CONO NV=n
n is the version number to be assigned to the consolidated output version if the default of 1 is
not desired. The assignment is not made until the consolidation has completed and the input
versions have been scratched (see CONI, above). At that time, if the NV number would cause
a “sequence gap”, the version will remain at 1. To clarify:
At the beginning, versions 1 2 3 4 5 exist. Control statements are:
CONI 2 3
CONO NV=4
At completion of consolidation and prior to CONO processing, versions are
1 – result of the consolidation
2 – previously version 4
3 – previously version 5
The original versions 2 and 3 are scratched.
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-35
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC)
Offload System
CONO’s NV=4 would cause a sequence gap since there is no version 3. NV=3 or 2 would be
ok since no sequence gap would occur.
CONO must come after CONI.
Example:
CONI 5 12
CONO NV=5
COPY n
n is the version number of the dataset that is input to the copy process. The version number of
the output dataset will be 1. Only one version can be copied at a time. The input and output
dataset names must be different.
Only one COPY statement can be present.
Example:
Examples
COPY 4
The following job produces an Offload Consolidation Candidate Report .
// JOB OFCREP
// DLBL SORTWK1,’SORT.WK1’
// EXEC TSIDOFC
REPT
/*
/&
The following job produces an Offload Consolidation Candidate Report and identifies
versions that are candidates for consolidation.
// JOB OFCREP
// DLBL SORTWK1,’SORT.WK1’
// EXEC TSIDOFC
REPT PCT=35
/*
/&
The following job consolidates versions 4, 8, 11 into a new version 1.
// JOB OFCCONS
// TLBL OFCINP,'PAYR.MONTHLY.OFLD’
// TLBL OFCOUT,'PAYR.MONTHLY.OFLD’
// EXEC TSIDOFC
CONI 4 8 11
/*
/&
The following job consolidates versions 4, 8, 11 into a new version 6.
// JOB OFCCONS
// TLBL OFCINP,'PAYR.MONTHLY.OFLD’
// TLBL OFCOUT,'PAYR.MONTHLY.OFLD’
// EXEC TSIDOFC
CONI 4 8 11
CONO NV=6
/*
/&
13-36
User Reference
Offload System
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC)
The following job copies offload version 7 and creates version 1 in PAYR.MON.COPY. The
new version 1 will be in BACKUP format. Version 7 may be in OFFLOAD or BACKUP
format.
// JOB OFCCONS
// TLBL OFCINP,'PAYR.MONTHLY.OFLD’
// TLBL OFCOUT,'PAYR.MON.COPY’
// EXEC TSIDOFC
COPY 7
/*
/&
Chapter 13. Disk Space Management
13-37
Consolidating Offload Versions (TSIDOFC)
13-38
User Reference
Offload System
A
BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
Standard reports are listed by program name. Programs are presented in alphabetical order.
Chapter Contents
Customized Reports..................................................................................................A-2
TOJA Report Examples ............................................................................................A-3
TSIDARP Report......................................................................................................A-6
TSIDBRP Reports ....................................................................................................A-8
TSIDDIS Report .....................................................................................................A-11
TSIDJAC Report ....................................................................................................A-13
TSIDLVT Report....................................................................................................A-15
TSIDMNT Reports .................................................................................................A-17
TSIDOFD Report ...................................................................................................A-19
TSIDOFL Report....................................................................................................A-20
TSIDONL Report ...................................................................................................A-21
TSIDPRV Report....................................................................................................A-22
TSIDSDS Report ....................................................................................................A-23
TSIDTAC Report ...................................................................................................A-24
TSIDUTL Reports ..................................................................................................A-26
Volume Serial Number and Vault Sequences .........................................................A-29
Display Vault Report ..............................................................................................A-32
Display Scratch Report ...........................................................................................A-33
Projected Scratch (PSCRATCH) Report ................................................................A-34
TSIDVLT Report....................................................................................................A-35
A-1
Customized Reports
Customized Reports
Description
In addition to the standard reports, you can use your own report writers to produce customized
reports from BIM-EPIC data.
The DSN Catalog contains all tape and dataset information, including BIM-EPIC dataset
definitions (EDDs) and version data. We have provided the TSIDAC2 subroutine for access
to the DSN Catalog. See Chapter 4 for procedures.
The Recorder File contains all DSN Catalog changes, job accounting information, and user
comments. You can use the Recorder to report data such as catalog use and machine use. Use
the Recorder copybook TSIDREC.C to generate reports from this the Recorder File.
A-2
User Reference
TOJA Report Examples
TOJA Report Examples
Description
TOJA produces job accounting information online. For information on producing TOJA
reports, see "Online Access to the Job Accounting Database" in Chapter 11.
The report has three distinct levels: the Job Overview panel, the Program Overview panel,
and the Program Audit panel. Each displays job accounting statistics in increasing detail.
Job Overview
Panel
The Job Overview panel presents an overview of execution based on a jobname. For each job,
there is a one line entry for each program executed in that job.
BIM-EPIC/VSE ONLINE JOB ACCOUNTING FACILITY
.ALL
JOB NAME
CATOJA
CATPRV
CATSDS
CICSEPIC
CICSEPIC
CICSEPIC
CICSEPIC
CICSEPI3
CICSICCF
CLEARRF
Fields
PHASE NAME START DATE START TIME
DURATION CC PT
LNKEDT
11/17/1997
08:50:19
00:00:11 10 F4
LNKEDT
11/18/1997
10:19:24
00:00:21 10 F7
LNKEDT
11/18/1997
10:19:28
00:00:22 10 F8
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
06:17:02
00:00:08 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
06:17:10
00:00:14 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
06:17:25
02:30:32 17
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
09:04:49
00:00:10 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
09:05:00
00:00:04 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
09:05:04
00:06:37 17
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
09:12:29
00:00:03 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
09:12:33
00:00:01 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
09:12:34
00:10:39 17
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
09:24:19
00:00:06 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
09:24:26
00:00:02 10
DTSANALS
11/17/1997
08:19:40
00:00:52 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/17/1997
08:20:33
00:00:53 10
DTSANALS
11/18/1997
06:07:49
00:00:03 10 F2
IESWAITT
11/18/1997
06:07:53
00:00:23 10
DFHSIP
11/18/1997
06:08:16
00:03:37 18
TSIDRFS
11/14/1997
10:47:16
00:00:01 10 F4
PF3=END PF5=DETAIL PF7=BACKWARD PF8=FORWARD
AR
002
002
002
002
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
PAGE 02
CPU ID
444444
333333
333333
222222
222222
222222
222222
444444
222222
444444
JOB NAME specifies the name of the job that initiated the open and close activity. Different
jobs are separated from each other by a dotted line.
PHASE NAME is the name of the executed phase.
START DATE is the date the program started.
START TIME is the time the program started.
DURATION is the length of time the program ran.
CC is the VSE cancel code, if the program abended.
PT is the partition the job ran in.
AR is the number of audit records for the phase. There is one audit record for each open and
one for each close processed by the phase.
CPU ID is the CPU the job ran in.
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-3
TOJA Report Examples
Program Overview
Panel
The Program Overview panel displays statistics at the program level.
BIM-EPIC/VSE ONLINE JOB ACCOUNTING FACILITY
.ALL
PAGE 02
JOB NAME --------- CATSDS
CPUID ----------- 333333
START DATE ------- 11/18/1997
START TIME ------- 10:19:28
STOP TIME -------- 10:19:50
DURATION -------- 00:00:22
CANCEL CODE (HEX) ------ 10
PHASE NAME ---------- LNKEDT
PARTITION ----------- F8
END DATE ------------ 11/18/1997
CPU TIME ------------ 00:00:01:5
OVERHEAD ------------ 00:00:00:8
ALLBOUND ------------ 00:00:00
PHASE CODE -- L (S=STEP L=LAST)
PHASE SEQ --- 0001
********** INPUT OUTPUT TABLES **********
400
FEC
01F
140
141
142
160
00000155 00000012 00000007 00000073 00000183 00000378 00000100
173
FEE
00000132 00000228
*****************************************
USER INFORMATION -------NUMBER OF AUDIT RECORDS FOR THIS PHASE -- 002
USE PF5 TO VIEW AUDIT RECORDS
PF3=END
Fields
A-4
User Reference
PF5=DETAIL
PF7=BACKWARD
PF8=FORWARD
JOB NAME is the name of the job the program ran in.
CPUID is the CPU the program ran in.
START DATE is the date the program was started.
START TIME is the time the program was started.
STOP TIME is the time the program finished.
DURATION is the amount of time the program ran.
CANCEL CODE (HEX) is the VSE cancel code, if the program canceled.
PHASE NAME is the name of the program (EOJ reported as a phase).
PARTITION is the partition the program ran in.
END DATE is the date the program finished.
CPU TIME is the amount of CPU time the program used.
OVERHEAD is the program's overhead, as defined by IBM.
ALLBOUND is the program's allbound times, as defined by IBM.
PHASE CODE is STEP for a phase record; LAST for an EOJ record.
PHASE SEQ is the step number of the phase.
INPUT OUTPUT TABLES is the I/O counts for each device.
USER INFORMATION is user information from the JOB statement.
NUMBER OF AUDIT RECORDS FOR THIS PHASE is one audit record for each open and
one for each close processed by the phase.
TOJA Report Examples
The Program Audit
Panel
The Program Audit panel displays information about what datasets were processed by the
program.
BIM-EPIC/VSE ONLINE JOB ACCOUNTING FACILITY
FILEID
REC CREATION OPEN
EXPIRY
SERIAL REEL
END
DTF
PROCESSED
TYPE
TIME CLOSE CUU
DATE
ACCEPTED TRACK TRACK TYPE
*****************************************************************************
3F8.IJSYSLN
DO 10:19:29 C
400 11/18/1997 EPV400 030474 010000 32
3F8.IJSYSLN
DI 10:19:47 C
400 11/18/1997 EPV400 030474 010000 32
PF2=BACKWARD
Fields
PF4=END
FILEID PROCESSED is the name of the file processed. MT indicates that the phase was
TSIDMNT and these records are DSN Catalog transactions.
REC TYPE is the record type of the file. Valid types are DO=disk output, DI=disk input,
TO=tape output, TI=tape input, and MT=manual catalog maintenance transaction.
CREATION TIME is the time the dataset was created.
OPEN CLOSE indicates whether the file was opened or closed.
CUU is the device address accessed.
EXPIRY DATE is the projected expiration date of the dataset.
SERIAL ACCEPTED is the volume serial number if the ACCEPT command was issued.
REEL TRACK is the starting address of a disk dataset or the reel sequence number of a tape
dataset.
END TRACK is the ending address of a disk dataset.
DTF TYPE is the DTF type of the dataset.
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-5
TSIDARP Report
TSIDARP Report
Description
TSIDARP produces the Activity Log Report listing open and close activity by job name. Job
data is listed in sections with information about the job and program information listed in the
first line of the section. Dataset activity for that job is listed under the job name.
Fields
JOB NAME specifies the name of the job which initiated the open and close activity.
Different jobs are separated from each other by a dotted line.
PHASE NAME is the name of the program being reported.
Under each job and phase name, the Activity Log Report lists the datasets processed by each
phase. It indicates what kind of dataset was processed, and whether the dataset was opened or
closed.
PART is the partition the job ran in.
CPU TIME is the amount of CPU time the program used.
OVERHEAD is the program overhead, as defined by IBM.
GEN/REEL is the generation number of a disk version or the reel sequence of a tape version.
SERIAL NO is the serial number of the tape or disk pack accessed.
DTF TYPE is the dtf type of the dataset processed.
UNIT is the address of the drive used.
TOTAL I/O is the amount of I/O issued by the program to that device.
START/OPEN is the time (in HH.MM.SS format) the dataset was opened.
END/CLOSE is the time (in HH.MM.SS format) the dataset was closed.
USAGE MIN/SEC is the amount of time the dataset was processed.
D/S CREATION: JOB is the dataset's creation job.
D/S CREATION: DATE is the dataset's creation date.
DISK SPACE ALLOCAT: START is the beginning address of a disk extent.
DISK SPACE ALLOCAT: REQST is the amount of allocation requested for the extent.
DISK SPACE ALLOCAT: TRUNC is the extent size after truncation.
A-6
User Reference
TSIDARP Report
Activity Log Report
Example
J O B
A C C O U N T I N G
S Y S T E M
TSIDARP= 6.01.00
C.P.U. NO. 111111
DATE 12/02/1997
A C T I V I T Y
L O G
RUN DATE 12/04/1997 TIME 13.19.49 PAGE
1
JOB
PHASE
C.P.U.
OVER GEN/ SERIAL DTF
TOTAL
START/
END/
USAGE -D/S CREATION----DISK SPACE ALLOCATNAME
NAME
PART
TIME
HEAD REEL
NO. TYPE UNIT
I/O
OPEN
CLOSE MIN/SEC
JOB
DATE
START REQST TRUNC
DUMMY
BG
00.1
00.1
09.30.15 09.30.17
.02 PROG TERMINATED INTERR.HEX CODE 00
....................................................................................................................................
BGINIT
IESWAIT BG
00.3
00.2
09.29.40 09.30.10
.30
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJO BG
00.7
00.5
09.56.19 09.56.39
.20
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
11 CKD001 20
160
91 09.56.31
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
33
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
11 CKD001 20
160
09.56.35
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
....................................................................................................................................
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJO BG
00.7
00.5
09.57.47 09.58.05
.18
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
12 CKD001 20
160
91 09.57.58
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
33
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
12 CKD001 20
160
09.58.02
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
....................................................................................................................................
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJO BG
00.7
00.5
10.01.52 10.02.16
.24
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJO BG
00.7
00.5
10.03.40 10.04.05
.25
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJI BG
00.6
00.5
10.09.02 10.09.19
.17
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
13 CKD001 20
160
70 10.08.57
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
33
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
13 CKD001 20
160
10.09.01
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
CLOSED AS INPUT
VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
13 CKD001 20
160
10.09.16
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
DISK INPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
13 CKD001 20
160
* 10.09.13
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
....................................................................................................................................
VERIFYJ1 JCOPY
BG
00.7
00.3
10.08.53 10.09.02
.09
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJI BG
00.6
00.5
10.10.17 10.10.31
.14
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
14 CKD001 20
160
70 10.10.13
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
33
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
14 CKD001 20
160
10.10.15
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
CLOSED AS INPUT
VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
14 CKD001 20
160
10.10.28
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
DISK INPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
14 CKD001 20
160
* 10.10.25
VERIFYJ1 097336 10176
33
2
....................................................................................................................................
VERIFYJ1 JCOPY
BG
00.7
00.3
10.10.10 10.10.16
.06
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJI BG
00.5
00.5
10.16.11 10.16.25
.14
VERIFYJ1 VERIFYJI BG
00.5
00.4
10.14.33 10.14.55
.22
VERIFYJ1 JCOPY
BG
00.6
00.3
10.15.59 10.16.10
.11
* INDICATES THAT TOTAL I/O IS FOR MULTIPLE FILES IN SAME DEVICE
J O B
A C C O U N T I N G
S Y S T E M
TSIDARP= 6.01.00
C.P.U. NO. 111111
DATE 12/02/1997
A C T I V I T Y
L O G
RUN DATE 12/04/1997 TIME 13.19.49 PAGE
2
JOB
PHASE
C.P.U.
OVER GEN/ SERIAL DTF
TOTAL
START/
END/
USAGE -D/S CREATION----DISK SPACE ALLOCATNAME
NAME
PART
TIME
HEAD REEL
NO. TYPE UNIT
I/O
OPEN
CLOSE MIN/SEC
JOB
DATE
START REQST TRUNC
VERIFYJ1 JCOPY
BG
00.6
00.3
10.14.20 10.14.33
.13
....................................................................................................................................
TSIDRFS TSIDRFS F4
00.5
00.3
09.28.33 09.30.03
1.30
JAY
JCOPY
F4
00.6
00.3
09.47.48 09.47.56
.08
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
9 CKD001 20
160
23 09.45.15
JAY
097336 10176
33
33
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
10 CKD001 20
160
* 09.46.44
JAY
097336 10176
33
33
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.IJSYSLS
18 EPV400 20
400
17 09.46.09
JAY
097336
474
2000 2000
DISK OUTPUT VERIFYJ.IJSYSLS
19 EPV400 20
400
* 09.47.29
JAY
097336
474
2000 2000
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
9 CKD001 20
160
09.45.20
JAY
097336 10176
33
2
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
10 CKD001 20
160
09.46.51
JAY
097336 10176
33
2
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.IJSYSLS
18 EPV400 20
400
09.46.13
JAY
097336
474
2000
416
CLOSED AS OUTPUT VERIFYJ.IJSYSLS
19 EPV400 20
400
09.47.32
JAY
097336
474
2000
416
CLOSED AS INPUT
VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
9 CKD001 20
160
09.45.36
JAY
097336 10176
33
2
CLOSED AS INPUT
VERIFYJ.CONTROLLED.CAT
10 CKD001 20
160
09.47.05
JAY
097336 10176
33
2
CLOSED AS INPUT
VERIFYJ.IJSYSLS
18 EPV400 20
400
09.46.28
JAY
097336
474
2000
416
CLOSED AS INPUT
VERIFYJ.IJSYSLS
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-7
TSIDBRP Reports
TSIDBRP Reports
Description
TSIDBRP creates the DSN/JOB Cross-Reference Report (a cross-reference to the Activity
Log Report) listing open and close activity sequenced by dataset name. TSIDBRP also
creates the Accepted Tapes Report which lists each time ACCEPT was used as a response to
message EP008 or EP009.
Cross-Reference
Fields
Each dataset is reported with a separate line for each open and each close. The last column,
which has no header, specifies whether the line refers to open or close activity and whether the
file was used as input or output. "OPEN OUTPUT|INPUT NEXT REEL|EXTENT" indicates
that an open was initiated for the next reel or extent in the sequence.
FILE NAME is the name of the dataset opened or closed.
JOB NAME is the name of the job which initiated the activity.
PHASE NAME is the name of the program being reported.
CPUID is the CPU the program ran in.
RUN DATE is the date the job ran.
TIME is the time the job started.
PART is the partition the job ran in.
SERIAL NO. is the volume serial number which was opened or closed.
DEVICE: TYPE and NO. is the type of device used and the device address.
REEL NO. is the reel or extent sequence number.
START TRACK is the starting address of disk extents.
NO. OF TRACKS is the number of tracks requested for the allocation.
TRACKS TRUNCT. is the number of tracks after truncation.
A-8
User Reference
TSIDBRP Reports
Cross-Reference
Report Example
J O B
A C C O U N T I N G
DSN / JOB CROSS REFERENCE
FILE NAME
JOB
NAME
PHASE
NAME
VERIFY6.FILE01
CPUID
RUN
DATE
TIME
S Y S T E M
RUN DATE 04/16/1998
SERIAL -DEVICEPART
NO. TYPE NO.
REEL
NO.
START
TRACK
TSIDBRP= 6.1
TIME 13.16.35
PAGE
NO OF
TRACKS
VERIFY6
JCOPY
G=0000002
222222 04/15/1998 06.19.25 BG CKD001 DISK
222222
06.19.31 BG CKD001 DISK
160
160
9645
9645
15
15
15 OPENED OUTPUT
7 CLOSED OUTPUT
VERIFY6
JCOPY
G=0000003
222222 04/15/1998 06.19.35 BG CKD001 DISK
222222
06.19.44 BG CKD001 DISK
160
160
9652
9652
15
15
15 OPENED OUTPUT
7 CLOSED OUTPUT
VERIFY6
JCOPY
G=0000004
222222 04/15/1998 06.19.47 BG CKD001 DISK
222222
06.19.54 BG CKD001 DISK
160
160
9659
9659
15
15
15 OPENED OUTPUT
7 CLOSED OUTPUT
VERIFY6
JCOPY
G=0000005
222222 04/15/1998 06.20.00 BG CKD001 DISK
222222
06.20.06 BG CKD001 DISK
160
160
9666
9666
15
15
15 OPENED OUTPUT
7 CLOSED OUTPUT
VERIFY6
JCOPY
VERIFY6
JCOPY
VERIFY6
JCOPY
VERIFY6
VERIFY6.FILE01
VERIFY6.FILE01
VERIFY6.FILE01
VERIFY6.FILE01
G=0000006
222222 04/15/1998
222222
TSIDOFL 222222
222222
06.20.10
06.20.18
06.27.30
06.27.31
BG
BG
BG
BG
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
160
160
160
160
9749
9749
9749
9749
15
15
15
15
15
7
7
7
OPENED
CLOSED
OPENED
CLOSED
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
G=0000007
222222 04/15/1998
222222
TSIDOFL 222222
222222
06.20.20
06.20.27
06.27.32
06.27.33
BG
BG
BG
BG
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
160
160
160
160
9756
9756
9756
9756
15
15
15
15
15
7
7
7
OPENED
CLOSED
OPENED
CLOSED
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
G=0000008
222222 04/15/1998
222222
TSIDOFL 222222
222222
06.20.29
06.20.35
06.27.33
06.27.34
BG
BG
BG
BG
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
160
160
160
160
9763
9763
9763
9763
15
15
15
15
15
7
7
7
OPENED
CLOSED
OPENED
CLOSED
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
JCOPY
G=0000009
222222 04/15/1998 06.20.37 BG CKD001 DISK
222222
06.20.44 BG CKD001 DISK
160
160
9770
9770
15
15
15 OPENED OUTPUT
7 CLOSED OUTPUT
VERIFY6
TSIDONL
G=0000010
222222 04/15/1998 06.28.11 BG CKD001 DISK
222222
06.28.14 BG CKD001 DISK
160
160
9787
9787
15
15
15 OPENED OUTPUT
7 CLOSED OUTPUT
VERIFY6
JCOPY
VERIFY6
VERIFY6
JCOPY
JCOPY
VERIFY6
JCOPY
VERIFY6
JCOPY
VERIFY6.FILE01
VERIFY6.FILE01
VERIFY6.FILE01
VERIFY6.FILE01
VERIFY6.FILE02
VERIFY6.FILE02
VERIFY6.FILE02
VERIFY6.FILE02
1
TRACKS
TRUNCT.
G=0000002
222222 04/15/1998
222222
222222
TSIDOFL 222222
222222
222222
06.20.48
06.20.55
06.20.56
06.27.16
06.27.16
06.27.17
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
160
160
160
160
160
160
9673
9678
9678
9673
9678
9673
5
2
2
5
2
5
5
2
2
5
2
5
OPENED
OUTPUT
CLOSED
OPENED
OPENED
CLOSED
OUTPUT
NEXT EXTENT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
G=0000003
222222 04/15/1998
222222 04/15/1998
222222
222222
TSIDOFL 222222
222222
222222
06.20.59
06.20.59
06.21.04
06.21.06
06.27.18
06.27.19
06.27.19
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
9777
9777
9680
9680
9777
9777
9680
5
5
2
2
5
5
2
5
5
2
2
5
5
2
OPENED
OPENED
OUTPUT
CLOSED
OPENED
CLOSED
OPENED
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
NEXT EXTENT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
G=0000004
222222 04/15/1998
222222
222222
TSIDOFL 222222
222222
222222
06.21.08
06.21.14
06.21.16
06.27.20
06.27.21
06.27.22
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
160
160
160
160
160
160
9782
9682
9682
9782
9682
9782
5
2
2
5
2
5
5
2
2
5
2
5
OPENED
OUTPUT
CLOSED
OPENED
OPENED
CLOSED
OUTPUT
NEXT EXTENT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
G=0000005
222222 04/15/1998
222222
222222
TSIDOFL 222222
222222
222222
06.21.18
06.21.24
06.21.25
06.27.23
06.27.24
06.27.24
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
CKD001
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
DISK
160
160
160
160
160
160
9787
9792
9792
9787
9787
9792
5
2
2
5
5
2
5
2
2
5
5
2
OPENED
OUTPUT
CLOSED
OPENED
CLOSED
OPENED
OUTPUT
NEXT EXTENT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-9
TSIDBRP Reports
Accepted Tapes
Report Fields
REQUESTED FILE NAME is the name of the dataset requested by the job.
REQUESTED SERIAL NO. is the volume serial number requested by the job. A serial
number of ‘000000’ indicates that no real volume number is known.
ACCEPTED FILE NAME is the name of the dataset accepted.
ACCEPTED SERIAL NO. is the volume serial number accepted. A serial number of ‘000000’
indicates that no real volume number is known.
JOB NAME is the job that was running when the operator accepted the tape.
PHASE NAME is the phase that was running when the operator accepted the tape.
DATE is the date the tape was accepted.
TIME is the time the tape was accepted.
PART is the partition the job was running in.
Accepted Tapes
Report Example
J O B
A C C O U N T I N G
S Y S T E M
TSIDBRP= 6.1
ACCEPTED TAPES REPORT
---------REQUESTED-------SERIAL
FILE NAME
NO.
----------ACCEPTED-------SERIAL
FILE NAME
NO.
VERIFY4.EMPTY
VERIFY4.EMPTY
VERIFY4.TAPE
VERIFY4.EMPTY
VERIFY4.TAPE2
VERIFY4.TAPE2
VERIFY4.SEVENTEEN
VERIFY4.MORE.THAN
VERIFY4.SEVENTEEN
VERIFY4.MORE.THAN
*** UNLABELED ***
VERIFY4.UNCONTROL
VERIFY4.UNCONTROL
VERIFY4.TAPE1
VERIFY4.TAPE1
VERIFY4.TAPE1
VERIFY4.MORE.THAN
VERIFY4.SEVENTEEN
VERIFY4.MORE.THAN
VERIFY4.SEVENTEEN
A-10
000000
000000
VRFY42
000000
VRFY42
VRFY42
VRFY41
VRFY42
VRFY41
VRFY42
User Reference
000000
VRFY41
VRFY41
VRFY41
VRFY41
VRFY41
VRFY42
VRFY41
VRFY42
VRFY41
JOB
NAME
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
VERIFY41
PHASE
NAME
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
RUN DATE 12/30/1997
DATE
TIME
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
12/30/1997
06.16.42
06.16.59
06.17.33
06.17.56
06.18.05
06.18.18
06.18.47
06.18.59
06.19.13
06.19.25
PART
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
U1
TIME 07.28.58
PAGE
1
TSIDDIS Report
TSIDDIS Report
Description
TISDDIS produces a summary report correlating dataset versions and tape volume serial
numbers. It is listed in dataset name order. There is one entry for each dataset version. If a
version spans more than one volume, there is an entry for each volume.
For information on creating TSIDDIS reports, see 12-24 in this manual.
Fields
DATASET NAME indicates the dataset name. Versions and reels listed between this name
and the next belong to this dataset name.
VER is the relative version number of the version.
REEL is the reel sequence number associated with the tape (important for multi-volume
versions).
SER NO is the volume serial number of the tape associated with the version.
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-11
TSIDDIS Report
TSIDDIS Report
Example
TSIDDIS= 6.01.00
TIME 14 06 30
DATA SET NAME
$$$.VERIFY8.JUAN
A-R TAPE
ALERT.AUDIT.HIST
AR.PROD.LGX.AR192BKP.GVEXPORT.AR192RST
AR.PROD.LGX.EL588BKP.GVEXPORT.EL588RST
AR.PROD.NCL.CASHRCT.CASHRBKP.DAILY
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.ELME3RST
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
AR.PROD.NCL.ERBFWD.EL863.MONTHEND
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.MONTHEND
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.MONTHEND
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.MONTHEND
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
BILRECS BKUP TAPE
BUD.ACASH.BKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP1
CASH.BUD1.BKUP
CASH.BUD2.BKUP
CI.PROD.LGX.EL512BKP.GVEXPORT.EL512RST
A-12
User Reference
D A T A
S E T
M A N A G E M E N T
VER REEL SER NO
*** EMPTY ***
1
1 001249
2
1 000114
1
1 000092
2
1 000057
3
1 000455
1
1 011609
2
1 011918
3
1 012056
1
1 011615
2
1 011932
3
1 012087
1
1 011610
2
1 011904
3
1 012057
1
1 010523
2
1 011185
3
1 011495
1
1 090783
2
1 090651
3
1 090529
4
1 090424
5
1 090217
2 090218
6
1 090123
7
1 090122
1
1 010405
1
1 012145
2
1 012062
3
1 010340
1
1 090785
2
1 090653
3
1 090531
4
1 090425
5
1 090209
6
1 090149
7
1 090126
1
1 012149
2
1 012067
3
1 010351
1
1 090786
2
1 090654
3
1 090532
4
1 090426
5
1 090208
6
1 090128
7
1 090127
1
1 012147
2
1 012038
3
1 010355
1
1 090880
2
1 090784
3
1 090652
4
1 090530
5
1 090423
6
1 090210
7
1 090125
8
1 090124
1
1 000050
2
1 000024
3
1 000061
4
1 000019
5
1 000143
6
1 000305
7
1 000035
1
1 000182
1
1 001056
2
1 000252
3
1 000432
1
1 001056
2
1 000252
3
1 000432
1
1 000149
1
1 000149
1
1 011625
2
1 011967
3
1 011953
4
1 011938
5
1 011850
6
1 011851
S Y S T E M
DATA SET NAME
CI.PROD.NCL.EL511WA.MTH511.ENTRY
CI.PROD.NCL.EL511WA.VNB511.ENTRY
CI.PROD.NCL.EL513WA.EL513.ENTRY
CI.PROD.NCL.E001WA.P4107WRK.JE004RPT
CI.TEST.LGX.EL512BKP.GVEXPORT.EL512RST
CI.TEST.NCL.EL511WA.CI003CNV.ENTRY
CI.TEST.NCL.EL511WA.CI005CNV.ENTRY
CI.TEST.NCL.EL511WA.VNB511.ENTRY
CI.TEST.NCL.EL513WA.EL513.ENTRY
CL.PROD.LGX.CLDLYBKP.GVEXPORT.CLDLYRST
CL.PROD.LGX.CLEOMBKP.GVEXPORT.CLEOMRST
CL.PROD.LGX.CL311BKP.GVEXPORT.CL311RST
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTBKP.CLDLY
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTEOM.OFFSITE
CL.PROD.LGX.ELHAF.CLHAFCPY.MONTHEND
CL.PROD.LGX.ELHAF.EL309.MONTHEND
CL.PROD.LGX.EL000BKP.CLEOMREN.OFFSITE
PAGE
1
DATE 12/04/1997
VER REEL SER NO
1
1 012086
1
1 011950
2
1 012093
1
1 011635
2
1 011989
3
1 011966
4
1 011954
5
1 011859
6
1 012130
7
1 012122
8
1 012105
9
1 012085
10
1 012099
1
1 010947
2
1 012111
3
1 010108
4
1 011489
5
1 010189
6
1 011560
7
1 011559
1
1 011498
2
1 012223
1
1 010464
1
1 011505
2
1 011496
3
1 012226
4
1 012236
1
1 011521
1
1 011494
2
1 012228
1
1 011621
2 011629
2
1 011961
2 011947
3
1 012135
2 012089
1
1 011530
2 011516
1
1 011623
2 011644
2
1 011968
2 011969
3
1 012097
2 012139
1
1 011637
2
1 011974
3
1 012136
4
1 010787
5
1 010767
6
1 011322
7
1 010220
1
1 090765
2
1 090635
3
1 090491
4
1 090340
5
1 090156
6
1 090102
7
1 090101
1
1 011393
2 011395
3 011397
2
1 011865
2 011855
3 011867
1
1 010715
2 010716
3 010718
2
1 011861
2 011854
3 011864
3
1 010798
2 010804
3 010839
1
1 090769
2 090770
3 090771
4 090772
5 090773
6 090774
7 090775
TSIDJAC Report
TSIDJAC Report
Description
TSIDJAC creates the Job Time Activity Report, which lists job accounting information by
CPU and by job.
Fields
CPU NO. is the CPU being reported.
JOB NAME is the name of the job which initiated the activity.
RUN DATE is the date the job ran.
PHASE NAME is the name of the program being reported.
PART ID is the partition the job ran in.
START TIME is the time (in hh.mm.ss format) the phase started.
END TIME is the time the phase completed.
DURATION TIME is the length of time the phase ran.
CPU TIME is the amount of CPU time the program used.
OVERHEAD is the program overhead, as defined by IBM.
TOTAL I/O is the amount of I/O issued by the program to that device.
In addition, grand totals for DURATION TIME, CPU TIME, OVERHEAD, and TOTAL I/O
are listed at the end of the report.
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-13
TSIDJAC Report
Job Time Activity
Report Example
C.P.U. NO. 111111
JOB
RUN
NAME
DATE
RUN DATE 12/04/1997
PHASE
PART
NAME
ID
BGINIT
12/02/1997
DUMMY
J O B
A C C
J O B T I M E
START
TIME
O U N T I N G
S Y S T E M
A C T I V I T Y *
END
DURATION
TIME
TIME
TSIDJAC= 6.01.00
PAGE
1
TOTAL
I/O
TIME 13.20.07
CPU
OVER
TIME
HEAD
BG
09.29.40
09.30.10
00.00.30
00.00.30*
00.00.30**
00.00.3
00.00.3*
00.00.3**
00.00.2
00.00.2*
00.00.2**
238
238*
238**
12/02/1997
BG
09.30.15
09.30.17
00.00.02
00.00.02*
00.00.02**
00.00.1
00.00.1*
00.00.1**
00.00.1
00.00.1*
00.00.1**
44
44*
44**
DYNBGN1
12/02/1997
Z1
09.28.33
09.30.29
00.01.56
00.01.56*
00.01.56**
00.01.0
00.01.0*
00.01.0**
00.00.4
00.00.4*
00.00.4**
191
191*
191**
F6BGN
12/02/1997
F6
09.27.56
09.30.07
00.02.11
00.02.11*
00.02.11**
00.01.1
00.01.1*
00.01.1**
00.00.5
00.00.5*
00.00.5**
189
189*
189**
F7BGN
12/02/1997
F7
09.27.58
09.30.14
00.02.16
00.02.16*
00.02.16**
00.01.1
00.01.1*
00.01.1**
00.00.5
00.00.5*
00.00.5**
189
189*
189**
F8BGN
12/02/1997
F8
09.27.59
09.30.13
00.02.14
00.02.14*
00.02.14**
00.01.0
00.01.0*
00.01.0**
00.00.5
00.00.5*
00.00.5**
189
189*
189**
F9BGN
12/02/1997
F9
09.28.01
09.30.16
00.02.15
00.02.15*
00.02.15**
00.01.1
00.01.1*
00.01.1**
00.00.5
00.00.5*
00.00.5**
189
189*
189**
JAY
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
09.44.59
09.45.22
09.45.39
09.45.46
09.46.15
09.46.32
09.46.38
09.46.54
09.47.07
09.47.14
09.47.33
09.47.48
09.50.11
09.50.32
09.50.45
09.51.03
09.51.08
09.51.11
09.51.17
09.51.32
09.51.54
09.52.07
09.56.03
09.56.46
09.56.53
09.57.16
09.57.35
09.57.44
09.58.10
09.58.16
09.58.35
09.58.48
10.01.37
10.02.24
10.02.58
10.03.24
10.03.34
10.04.11
10.04.30
10.04.42
10.08.41
10.09.23
10.09.28
10.09.45
10.09.58
10.10.06
10.10.35
10.10.38
10.10.48
10.10.56
10.14.05
09.45.22
09.45.39
09.45.45
09.46.15
09.46.31
09.46.38
09.46.53
09.47.07
09.47.14
09.47.33
09.47.47
09.47.56
09.50.31
09.50.44
09.51.02
09.51.07
09.51.11
09.51.17
09.51.31
09.51.54
09.52.06
09.52.15
09.56.46
09.56.52
09.57.16
09.57.35
09.57.43
09.58.10
09.58.15
09.58.34
09.58.48
09.58.55
10.02.23
10.02.58
10.03.23
10.03.34
10.04.11
10.04.29
10.04.42
10.04.50
10.09.22
10.09.27
10.09.45
10.09.57
10.10.06
10.10.35
10.10.37
10.10.48
10.10.56
10.11.09
10.15.01
00.00.23
00.00.17
00.00.06
00.00.29
00.00.16
00.00.06
00.00.15
00.00.13
00.00.07
00.00.19
00.00.14
00.00.08
00.00.20
00.00.12
00.00.17
00.00.04
00.00.03
00.00.06
00.00.14
00.00.22
00.00.12
00.00.08
00.00.43
00.00.06
00.00.23
00.00.19
00.00.08
00.00.26
00.00.05
00.00.18
00.00.13
00.00.07
00.00.46
00.00.34
00.00.25
00.00.10
00.00.37
00.00.18
00.00.12
00.00.08
00.00.41
00.00.04
00.00.17
00.00.12
00.00.08
00.00.29
00.00.02
00.00.10
00.00.08
00.00.13
00.00.56
00.01.1
00.00.5
00.00.8
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.01.0
00.00.5
00.01.7
00.01.0
00.00.5
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.8
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.4
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.9
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.5
00.00.4
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.9
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.5
00.00.4
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.9
00.00.7
00.00.5
00.00.3
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.4
00.00.5
00.00.3
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.2
00.00.8
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
A-14
User Reference
IESWAIT
*
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
705
524
336
696
1448
245
357
521
336
684
1457
400
635
485
684
1446
248
284
487
695
1446
404
595
336
684
1457
244
251
336
686
1446
389
613
684
1457
242
269
684
1455
389
600
336
684
1446
244
256
336
693
1446
398
619
TSIDLVT Report
TSIDLVT Report
Description
TSIDLVT lists VTOC data in batch. The report format varies depending on the options you
choose, and the following report only a sample of the reports you can create.
For information on producing TSIDLVT reports, see 13-8 in this manual.
Fields
DISPLAY OF identifies the content of the report, either SER=volser or the name of the pool.
FILE NAME is the name of the dataset residing in the specified pools of the VTOC.
SERIAL is the volume serial number the extent resides on.
EXT SEQ is the extent sequence number.
EXTENT START is the starting extent address.
EXTENT END is the ending extent address.
EXTENT NUMBER specifies the number of extents occupied by the dataset.
CREATE DATE is the date the dataset was created.
EXPIRE DATE is the expiration date written on the VTOC.
DISK TYPE is the type of disk device.
FILE TYPE is the dataset's file type.
EXT If printed in the far right column, the extent has expired.
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-15
TSIDLVT Report
TSIDLVT Report
Example
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
*
*
*
REPORT FOR SERIAL NUMBER=CKD001
*
*
*
OPTIONS IN EFFECT - PRINT IN EXT SEQUENCE
*
*
LIST EXPIRED EXTENTS
*
*
IGNORE POOL LIMITS
*
*
LIST FREE SPACE
*
*
LIST IN RELATIVE TRACK/BLOCK FORMAT
*
*
USE CONVENTIONAL DATE FORMAT MM/DD/YYYY
*
*
LIST UNEXPIRED EXTENTS
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
DATE 12/11/1997
DISPLAY OF
E P I C
V T O C
R E P O R T
VOLSER CKD001 TSIDLVT 6.1
TIME 14 30 16
SER=CKD001
V O L S E R
I N
E X T E N T
S E Q U E N C E
CUU
160
PAGE
1
SERIAL EXT
---------- EXTENT ---------CREATE
EXPIRE
DISK FILE
FILE NAME
SEQ
START
END
NUMBER
DATE
DATE
TYPE TYPE
VSE.POWER.QUEUE.CKD.FILE
CKD001
0
1
4
4 09/18/1997 12/31/1999 3390 DA
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
5
14
10
3390
BIMEDIT.CKD.BIFLIB
CKD001
0
15
674
660 06/24/1997 12/31/1999 3390 DA
Z9999994.VSAMDSPC.TAE74BEB.T03FDC09
CKD001
0
675
689
15 04/03/1997 12/32/1999 3390 VSAM
Z9999992.VSAMDSPC.TAE74BEB.T5C0E97E
CKD001
0
690
6689
6000 04/03/1997 12/32/1999 3390 VSAM
VSE.POWER.DATA.CKD.FILE
CKD001
0
6690
7139
450 09/18/1997 12/31/1999 3390 DA
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.LIB6
CKD001
0
7140
8264
1125 07/11/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.MON.PDS
CKD001
0
8265
8534
270 07/10/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.VIO.PDS
CKD001
0
8535
9134
600 07/10/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.EVT.PDS
CKD001
0
9135
9314
180 07/11/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.LOG.PDS
CKD001
0
9315
9374
60 07/10/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.CPR.PDS
CKD001
0
9375
9464
90 07/10/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.ARC.PDS
CKD001
0
9465
9509
45 07/10/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
EAK294.RECORDER.DATA
CKD001
1
9510
9521
12 12/04/1997 12/11/1997 3390 SD
EXP
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
9522
9549
28
3390
I17007.RECORDER.FILE.BACKUP
CKD001
1
9550
9558
9 08/06/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
I17007.CATALOG.FASTBU
CKD001
1
9559
9709
151 08/06/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
F43.TSIDUTL.WORK.FILE
CKD001
1
9710
9711
2 12/04/1997 12/11/1997 3390 SD
EXP
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
9712
10173
462
3390
HEWTEST1.Y2000.Y2000
G=0000002 CKD001
1
10174
10175
2 11/14/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
10176
10214
39
3390
VSE.BIM.COLUMBUS.LIBRARY
CKD001
0
10215
12314
2100 09/10/1997 12/31/1999 3390 SD
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
12315
13058
744
3390
HEW.RECORDER.FILE.BU.Y2000
CKD001
1
13059
13060
2 11/14/1997 12/14/1997 3390 SD
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
13061
13107
47
3390
HEW.RECORDER.FILE.BU.Y2000.BIG
CKD001
1
13108
13119
12 11/18/1997 12/18/1997 3390 SD
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
13120
13278
159
3390
JUANTEST
G=0000011 CKD001
1
13279
13287
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000012 CKD001
1
13288
13296
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000013 CKD001
1
13297
13306
10 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000014 CKD001
1
13307
13315
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000015 CKD001
1
13316
13324
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000016 CKD001
1
13325
13333
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000017 CKD001
1
13334
13342
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000018 CKD001
1
13343
13351
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
JUANTEST
G=0000019 CKD001
1
13352
13360
9 11/25/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
******* FREE SPACE *******
CKD001
13361
16678
3318
3390
CKD001.QDAS.REL4.SHARE.FILE
CKD001
0
16679
16679
1 11/12/1997 12/31/2099 3390 SD
VTOC
CKD001
0
16680
16694
15
3390 UN
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
*
*
*
** VOLUME STATISTICS **
*
*
*
*
TOTAL SPACE THIS VOLUME
16695
*
*
TOTAL USED SPACE THIS VOLUME
11874
*
*
TOTAL FREE SPACE THIS VOLUME
4821
*
*
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
A-16
User Reference
TSIDMNT Reports
TSIDMNT Reports
Description
TSIDMNT can produce a summary report or a detail report. To receive a summary report,
request a display of all datasets or a group of datasets. To receive a detail report, request a
specific dataset name or a specific volume serial number.
For information on creating TSIDMNT reports, see Chapter 3.
Summary Report
DATASET NAME is the name of the dataset.
SERIAL is the volume serial number(s) associated with the version.
VN is the version number.
RL is the reel or extent sequence number.
ST is the version's status. Valid status codes are:
• (blank)=active version
• C=conditional catalog status
• L=active version in a locked status
• M=MCAT version
• O=open status
• S=scratch status.
BLK is the block size of the version.
REC is the record size of the version.
TYPE TAPE and DISK indicate the storage medium of the version. EMPTY means there
are no versions of this dataset.
Detail Report
The first three lines for each dataset report the dataset's defaults. Lower lines present the
version level data for the dataset.
BIM-EPIC Dataset
Definition (EDD)
The first field at the top left corner is the dataset name.
RET is the number of days each version is to be retained.
CYC is the number of versions (cycles) to be maintained.
VLT is the number of the vault method assigned to the dataset.
WORK identifies a work dataset.
password is the dataset's Unlock/Release password is displayed at the far right.
REBLK is the default block size.
POOL The disk pool name.
EXT=n is the first value specified is the size of the primary extent. The second value is the
size of all secondary extents.
SEC is the maximum number of secondary extents for a version.
ALR is the number of records for allocation by logical records.
SID is the system ID.
UID is the user ID.
(UN)LBL indicates whether this is a standard label tape dataset.
MOD is the default tape density.
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-17
TSIDMNT Reports
SYSnnn is the SYS number assigned to the dataset.
REC is the actual record size of the current version
BLK is the actual block size of the current version
REV indicates whether this is a revolving tape dataset.
COM is the user comment.
TPA= is the output default for TPA devices (YES|NO)
TPL is the tape pool ID.
Version
Information
SER-NO is the tape or disk volume serial number associated with this version.
VN is the version number.
RL is the reel or extent sequence number.
CREDT is the creation date in Julian format.
EXPDT is the projected expiration date.
CREAT/JB is the name of the creating job.
CUU is the drive address the version was created on.
ST is the version's status. The codes are:
• C=conditional catalog status
• L=active version in a locked status
• M=MCAT version
• O=open status
• S=scratch status
LAST/JOB is the last job that accessed this version.
LASTDT is the last date this version was accessed.
USE is the number of times the tape was opened since the last clean date.
ERR is the number of read/write errors encountered since the last clean date.
CLN-DAT is the last clean date of this tape.
VLT is the current vault location of this tape.
SL is the current slot location of this tape.
A-18
User Reference
TSIDOFD Report
TSIDOFD Report
Description
TSIDOFD produces a report listing the datasets to be offloaded or backed up. To produce
this report, see 13-17 in this manual.
Fields
DATASET NAME is the name of the dataset to offload or backup.
VER is the version number of the dataset to offload or backup.
ALL VER indicates all versions were selected.
UID indicates whether the dataset was selected by user ID.
SID indicates whether the dataset was selected by system ID.
VOLUME indicates whether the dataset was selected by volume.
POOL ID indicates whether the dataset was selected by pool name.
S/DLA indicates whether the dataset was selected by SLA or DLA.
NEW indicates that only new datasets were selected.
Dataset Selection
Report Example
TSIDOFD= 6.1
TIME:
15.32.06
INCLUDE PARAMETERS
OMIT PARAMETERS
D A T A S E T
S E L E C T I O N
R E P O R T
64,466=SELECTED ENTRY TABLE SIZE USED FOR THIS PROCESSING
DATA SET NAME
/ VER
ALLVER
UID
SID
VOLUME
0001
DATA SET NAME
/ VER
ALLVER
UID
SID
VOLUME
VU
THE FOLLOWING DATA SETS HAVE BEEN SELECTED
DATA SET NAME
VER
DATA SET NAME
ABSENTEE.TEMP
ACCTS.PAYABLE.TWO
BATCH CONVERT OUT
BILL.REPRINT.FILE
BLS.REC
COLLECT JOURNAL
CONSTR.JOURNAL.FILE
DAILY.BDTRNMT.BKUP
DAILY.BILLING
DB.MONTHLY.TRANS2
DCDCASTO.SORT
DCDRATXT.OUTPUT
DFR.BILLNG.BKP.TAPE
DITTO.DISK
ELMET.INVENTORY.FILE
EREP.HISTORY
EXPANDED.NOTICE2
FINAL ENTREX
FINLODE.562
FSOHOST.BKUP
F8.CICS170.MSGUSR
GROUP1.DISKOR
HEWTEST1.Y2000.Y2000
HPL.WORK.FILE
INVENTORY.CARD.FILE
JOB.HIST.ACCUM
JUANTEST
M & S.FILE
MD.DUMMY.FILE.G30026
MD.EXTRACT.CHECK.FILE
MD.HRM.ADJUST.FILE
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH1
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH2
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH4
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH6
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH8
MD.HRM.QEHCNTL
MD.HRM.SAM.CHGFILE
MD.HRM.SAM.CHKOUT
MD.HRM.SAM.CNTLFIL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ACCOUNTS.PAYABLE.FILE
AR CONDENSE FILE
BILL BACKUP
BILLING.PAN.ORDER
COLL.TAPE
CONST.FILE.OUT
DAILY.ARFILE.BKUP
DAILY.BD2CES.BKUP
DAILY.OVERPAYMENTS
DBLABOR.DISTRIBUTION
DCDMAINT INPUT
DEFER.BILL.BKUP
DISTRIBUTION.FILE
DR-CR.OUT
EPIC.TSIDOFL.INPUT
EREP.HISTORY.OUT
FA.CICS170.MSGUSR
FINLODE.BKUP
FSILOAD.BKUP
FUELLOAD.FILE
GROUP1.DISKOC
G7.BILLS
HP TRAN HIST
IND.AUDIT.FILE
JOB.ACCT.WORK
JOB.HIST.DAILY
LTD.CONSTR.MASTER
MAINT REPORTT
MD.DUMMY.FILE.G30027
MD.GL.RECON.WRAP.FILE
MD.HRM.DISTR.INTRF
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH10
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH3
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH5
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH7
MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH9
MD.HRM.SAM.BONDTAP
MD.HRM.SAM.CHKNBRS
MD.HRM.SAM.CHKREV
MD.HRM.SAM.CURLAB
POOLID
PAGE
1
DATE 12/11/1997
S/DLA
MISC
POOLID
VER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-19
TSIDOFL Report
TSIDOFL Report
Description
TSIDOFL creates a report listing the datasets offloaded or backed up. To produce this report,
see 13-22 in this manual.
Fields
DATASET NAME is the name of the dataset offloaded or backed up.
VER is the dataset's version number.
SERIAL is the volume serial number the dataset came from.
CUU is the drive address the dataset came from.
EXTENTS START is the former extent starting address.
EXTENTS END is the former extent ending address.
EXTENTS SIZE is the size of the extent.
CREATE DATE is the date the dataset was created.
EXPIRE DATE is the date the dataset is scheduled to expire.
NUMBER RECORDS is the number of records in the dataset.
BLOCK SIZE is the block size of the dataset.
RECORD SIZE is the record size.
TYPE is the file type.
FILE SEQ is the dataset's file sequence on the offload tape.
Dataset Offload
Report Example
TSIDOFL= 6.1
TIME:
9.15.09
R E P O R T
PAGE
1
DATE 12/12/1997
-------EXTENTS-------- CREATE EXPIRE BLOCK RECORD
DATASET NAME
VER SERIAL CUU
START
END
SIZE
DATE
DATE
SIZE
SIZE RECFM
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.V
G=0000002
1 EPV400 400
9383
9458
76 1997346 1997346
1000
1000
VB
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.U
G=0000002
1 EPV400 400
9318
9382
65 1997346 1997346
100
100
U
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.S
G=0000002
1 EPV400 400
9242
9317
76 1997346 1997346
1000
1000
VBS
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.F
G=0000002
1 EPV400 400
9090
9165
76 1997346 1997346
1000
100
FB
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.V
G=0000002
1 CKD001 160
9535
9537
3 1997346 1997346
1234
1234
VB
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.U
G=0000002
1 CKD001 160
9528
9534
7 1997346 1997346
100
100
U
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.S
G=0000002
1 CKD001 160
9524
9527
4 1997346 1997346
1000
1000
VBS
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.F
G=0000002
1 CKD001 160
9522
9523
2 1997346 1997346
1000
100
FB
OFFLOAD DATA SET NAME = VERIFY3.O01.TAPE
VOLUME SERIAL = VRFY31
TSIDOFL= 6.1
D A T A S E T
O F F L O A D
R E P O R T
PAGE
2
TIME:
9.15.09
DATE 12/12/1997
-------EXTENTS-------- CREATE EXPIRE BLOCK RECORD
DATASET NAME
VER SERIAL CUU
START
END
SIZE
DATE
DATE
SIZE
SIZE RECFM
VOLUME
TRACKS RELEASED
TOTAL EXTENTS
EPV400
293
4
CKD001
16
4
* GRAND TOTAL *
309
8
A-20
User Reference
D A T A S E T
O F F L O A D
TSIDONL Report
TSIDONL Report
Description
TSIDONL creates a report listing the datasets that were onloaded. To create this report, see
"Onloading and Restoring Datasets."
Fields
DATASET NAME is the name of the dataset onloaded.
OLD VER is the version number of the dataset before it was onloaded.
OLD GEN is the generation number of the dataset before it was onloaded.
NEW VER is the version number of the dataset after it was onloaded.
NEW GEN is the generation number of the dataset after it was onloaded.
NUMBER RECORDS is the number of records in the dataset.
BLOCK SIZE is the block size.
RECORD SIZE is the record size.
RECFM is the record format.
INPUT DATASET NAME is the name of the offload dataset.
INPUT SERIAL is the volser of the offload tape the dataset was copied from.
FILE SEQ is the dataset's file sequence on the offload tape.
Dataset Onload
Report Example
TSIDONL= 6.1
TIME:
9.18.55
DATA SET NAME
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.V
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.U
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.S
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.FBA.RECFM.F
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.V
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.U
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.S
VERIFY3.OFLONL01.CKD.RECFM.F
D A T A S E T
----OLD---GEN
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
O N L O A D
----NEW---VER
GEN
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
R E P O R T
BLOCK
SIZE
1000
100
1000
1000
1234
100
1000
1000
RECORD
SIZE RECFM
1000
VB
100
U
1000
VBS
100
FB
1234
VB
100
U
1000
VBS
100
FB
PAGE
1
DATE 12/12/1997
----------INPUT--------- FILE
DATA SET NAME
SERIAL SEQ
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
VERIFY3.O01.TAPE VRFY31
1
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-21
TSIDPRV Report
TSIDPRV Report
Description
TSIDPRV produces the Vaulting Method Report. The fields in this report are:
Fields
DATASET NAME is the name of the dataset.
NO. CYC is the number of cycles to be maintained for the dataset.
DAYS RET is the number of days each version is to be retained.
METH NO. is the vaulting method assigned to the dataset.
VER NO. and VAULT NAME represent the heart of the vaulting method report. They
correlate each version number with its designated vault location.
TSIDPRV Report
Example
TIME 14 09 28
* *
V A U L T I N G
M E T H O D
DATA SET NAME
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
User Reference
DATE 12/04/1997
VAULT NAME
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
30
1
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
30
1
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
30
1
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
3
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTBKP.CLDLY
7
7
2
1
2
3
4
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
VAULT 3
MAIN LIBRARY
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTEOM.OFFSITE
30
1
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
CL.PROD.LGX.ELHAF.CLHAFCPY.MONTHEND
2
45
3
1
2
3
4
5
MAIN LIBRARY
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 3
VAULT 1
MAIN LIBRARY
30
1
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
CL.PROD.LGX.EL000BKP.CLEOMREN.OFFSITE
A-22
R E P O R T * *
NO. DAYS METH VER
CYC RET NO. NO.
30
1
1
1
2
3
CONSTR.BACKUP
3
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
CONSTR.JOURNAL.BK
3
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
CR.PROD.LGX.EL000BKP.ELME1REN.OFFSITE
30
1
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
CR.PROD.LGX.EL000BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
30
1
1
1
2
3
MAIN LIBRARY
VAULT 1
VAULT 2
PAGE
1
TSIDSDS Report
TSIDSDS Report
Description
TSIDSDS produces a summary report correlating dataset versions and tape volume serial
numbers. It is listed in volume serial number order. For information on creating TSIDSDS
reports, see 12-25 in this manual.
Fields
There is at least one entry for each version of a dataset. If a version spans more than one
volume, there is an entry for each volume.
SER NO is the volume serial number.
DATASET NAME is the name of the dataset the referenced volume contains.
TSIDSDS Report
Example
TSIDSDS= 6.01.00
TIME 14 07 58
SER NO
B12017S
B12110S
B12183S
B12437S
B12500S
B12547S
B12862S
B12873S
HEW001
JA0001
T12994
T13014S
000001
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000004
000006
000007
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
000009
--DATA SET NAME-EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
IDCAMS.BACKUP
IDCAMS.BACKUP
T.ZEKE.AUDIT.BKUP
T.ZEKE.AUDIT.BKUP
ELECTRIC.METER.BK
SQL.BKC.F01
SQL.BKC.F02
SQL.BKC.F03
SQL.BKC.F04
SQL.BKC.F05
SQL.BKC.F06
SQL.BKC.F07
SQL.BKC.F08
SQL.BKC.F09
SQL.BKC.F10
SQL.BKC.F11
SQL.BKC.F12
SQL.BKC.F13
SQL.BKC.F14
SQL.BKC.F15
SQL.BKC.F16
SQL.BKC.F17
SQL.BKC.F20
JOB.HIST.MONTH
PMTHIST.BKUP
SQL.BKC.F01
SQL.BKC.F02
SQL.BKC.F03
SQL.BKC.F04
SQL.BKC.F05
SQL.BKC.F06
SQL.BKC.F07
SQL.BKC.F08
SQL.BKC.F09
SQL.BKC.F10
SQL.BKC.F11
SQL.BKC.F12
SQL.BKC.F13
SQL.BKC.F14
SQL.BKC.F15
SQL.BKC.F16
SQL.BKC.F17
SQL.BKC.F20
D A T A
S E T
SER NO
000011
000011
000011
000011
000011
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
000015
M A N A G E M E N T
S Y S T E M
PAGE
1
DATE 12/04/1997
--DATA SET NAME-SQL.BKW.F45
SQL.BKW.F46
SQL.BKW.F47
SQL.BKW.F48
SQL.BKW.F50
SQL.BKW.F01
SQL.BKW.F02
SQL.BKW.F03
SQL.BKW.F04
SQL.BKW.F05
SQL.BKW.F06
SQL.BKW.F07
SQL.BKW.F08
SQL.BKW.F09
SQL.BKW.F10
SQL.BKW.F11
SQL.BKW.F12
SQL.BKW.F13
SQL.BKW.F14
SQL.BKW.F15
SQL.BKW.F16
SQL.BKW.F17
SQL.BKW.F18
SQL.BKW.F19
SQL.BKW.F20
SQL.BKW.F21
SQL.BKW.F22
SQL.BKW.F23
SQL.BKW.F24
SQL.BKW.F26
SQL.BKW.F27
SQL.BKW.F28
SQL.BKW.F29
SQL.BKW.F30
SQL.BKW.F31
SQL.BKW.F32
SQL.BKW.F33
SQL.BKW.F34
SQL.BKW.F35
SQL.BKW.F36
SQL.BKW.F37
SQL.BKW.F38
SQL.BKW.F39
SQL.BKW.F40
SQL.BKW.F41
SQL.BKW.F42
SQL.BKW.F43
SQL.BKW.F44
SQL.BKW.F45
SQL.BKW.F46
SQL.BKW.F47
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-23
TSIDTAC Report
TSIDTAC Report
Description
TSIDTAC creates the Date Time Activity Report, which lists job accounting information by
CPU and by date and time. It is a cross reference to the Job Time Activity report.
Fields
CPU NO. is the CPU being reported.
RUN DATE is the date the job ran.
JOB NAME is the name of the job which initiated the activity.
PHASE NAME is the name of the program being reported.
PART ID is the partition the job ran in.
START TIME is the time (in hh.mm.ss format) the phase started.
END TIME is the time the phase completed.
DURATION TIME is the length of time the phase ran.
IDLE TIME is the amount of time the CPU was idle while the phase ran. (Idle time uses
standard IBM definitions.)
CPU TIME is the amount of CPU time the program used.
OVERHEAD is the program overhead, as defined by IBM.
TOTAL I/O is the amount of I/O issued by the program to that device.
In addition, grand totals for DURATION TIME, IDLE TIME, CPU TIME, OVERHEAD, and
TOTAL I/O are listed at the end of the report.
A-24
User Reference
TSIDTAC Report
Date Time Activity
Report Example
C.P.U. NO. 111111
RUN
JOB
DATE
NAME
J O B
A C C O U N T I N G
S Y S T E M
* D A T E T I M E A C T I V I T Y *
START
END
DURATION
IDLE
TIME
TIME
TIME
TIME
RUN DATE 12/04/1997
PHASE
PART
NAME
ID
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
BGINIT
DUMMY
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
VERIFYJ1
IESWAIT
VERIFYJO
VERIFYJO
VERIFYJO
VERIFYJO
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
09.29.40
09.30.15
09.56.19
09.57.47
10.01.52
10.03.40
10.08.53
10.09.02
10.10.10
10.10.17
10.14.20
10.14.33
10.15.59
10.16.11
09.30.10
09.30.17
09.56.39
09.58.05
10.02.16
10.04.05
10.09.02
10.09.19
10.10.16
10.10.31
10.14.33
10.14.55
10.16.10
10.16.25
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
12/02/1997
TSIDRFS
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
JAY
STEPSEQ
STEPSEQ
STEPSEQ
STEPSEQ
VERIFYK
TSIDRFS
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
VERIFYJI
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
JCOPY
TSIDLVT
JCOPY
JCOPY
LIBR
JCOPY
LIBR
JCOPY
JCOPY
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
09.28.33
09.44.59
09.45.22
09.45.39
09.45.46
09.46.15
09.46.32
09.46.38
09.46.54
09.47.07
09.47.14
09.47.33
09.47.48
09.50.11
09.50.32
09.50.45
09.51.03
09.51.08
09.51.11
09.51.17
09.51.32
09.51.54
09.52.07
09.56.03
09.56.46
09.56.53
09.57.16
09.57.35
09.57.44
09.58.10
09.58.16
09.58.35
09.58.48
10.01.37
10.02.24
10.02.58
10.03.24
10.03.34
10.04.11
10.04.30
10.04.42
10.08.41
10.09.23
10.09.28
10.09.45
10.09.58
10.10.06
10.10.35
10.10.38
10.10.48
10.10.56
10.14.05
10.15.01
10.15.24
10.15.38
10.15.52
10.16.30
10.16.58
10.17.16
10.21.52
10.23.16
10.26.12
10.26.19
11.09.31
09.30.03
09.45.22
09.45.39
09.45.45
09.46.15
09.46.31
09.46.38
09.46.53
09.47.07
09.47.14
09.47.33
09.47.47
09.47.56
09.50.31
09.50.44
09.51.02
09.51.07
09.51.11
09.51.17
09.51.31
09.51.54
09.52.06
09.52.15
09.56.46
09.56.52
09.57.16
09.57.35
09.57.43
09.58.10
09.58.15
09.58.34
09.58.48
09.58.55
10.02.23
10.02.58
10.03.23
10.03.34
10.04.11
10.04.29
10.04.42
10.04.50
10.09.22
10.09.27
10.09.45
10.09.57
10.10.06
10.10.35
10.10.37
10.10.48
10.10.56
10.11.09
10.15.01
10.15.23
10.15.38
10.15.51
10.16.30
10.16.58
10.17.15
10.17.24
10.23.15
10.26.12
10.26.18
10.26.25
11.09.40
00.00.30
00.00.02
00.00.20
00.00.18
00.00.24
00.00.25
00.00.09
00.00.17
00.00.06
00.00.14
00.00.13
00.00.22
00.00.11
00.00.14
00.03.45*
00.01.30
00.00.23
00.00.17
00.00.06
00.00.29
00.00.16
00.00.06
00.00.15
00.00.13
00.00.07
00.00.19
00.00.14
00.00.08
00.00.20
00.00.12
00.00.17
00.00.04
00.00.03
00.00.06
00.00.14
00.00.22
00.00.12
00.00.08
00.00.43
00.00.06
00.00.23
00.00.19
00.00.08
00.00.26
00.00.05
00.00.18
00.00.13
00.00.07
00.00.46
00.00.34
00.00.25
00.00.10
00.00.37
00.00.18
00.00.12
00.00.08
00.00.41
00.00.04
00.00.17
00.00.12
00.00.08
00.00.29
00.00.02
00.00.10
00.00.08
00.00.13
00.00.56
00.00.22
00.00.14
00.00.13
00.00.38
00.00.28
00.00.17
00.00.08
00.01.23
00.02.56
00.00.06
00.00.06
00.00.09
00.00.00
00.00.05
00.26.02
00.01.08
00.03.47
00.01.24
00.04.48
00.00.00
00.00.51
00.00.01
00.03.49
00.00.00
00.01.04
00.00.01
00.43.00*
00.00.00
00.14.56
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.02.15
00.00.01
00.00.01
00.00.01
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.03.48
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.02.42
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.03.51
00.00.01
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.02.56
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.04.28
00.00.01
00.00.00
00.00.01
00.43.06
TSIDTAC= 6.01.00
PAGE
1
TOTAL
I/O
TIME 13.20.14
CPU
OVER
TIME
HEAD
00.00.3
00.00.1
00.00.7
00.00.7
00.00.7
00.00.7
00.00.7
00.00.6
00.00.7
00.00.6
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.07.3*
00.00.5
00.01.1
00.00.5
00.00.8
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.01.0
00.00.5
00.01.7
00.01.0
00.00.5
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.8
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.4
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.9
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.5
00.00.4
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.9
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.5
00.00.4
00.00.7
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.00.9
00.01.7
00.01.1
00.00.5
00.00.4
00.01.9
00.01.1
00.00.6
00.10.6
00.34.0
00.00.8
00.00.4
00.00.9
00.00.2
00.00.1
00.00.5
00.00.5
00.00.5
00.00.5
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.3
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.04.7*
00.00.3
00.00.7
00.00.5
00.00.3
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.4
00.00.5
00.00.3
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.6
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.2
00.00.8
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.5
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.7
00.00.4
00.00.3
00.02.8
00.08.9
00.00.3
00.00.2
00.00.5
238
44
707
718
637
637
373
613
364
613
298
570
296
568
6676*
465
705
524
336
696
1448
245
357
521
336
684
1457
400
635
485
684
1446
248
284
487
695
1446
404
595
336
684
1457
244
251
336
686
1446
389
613
684
1457
242
269
684
1455
389
600
336
684
1446
244
256
336
693
1446
398
619
693
1446
251
275
693
1446
398
16714
17113
696
238
630
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-25
TSIDUTL Reports
TSIDUTL Reports
Display ALL,
Dataset Name
Sequence
The Display ALL, SEQ=DSN report gives you a detailed listing of all datasets in dataset name
sequence. Each dataset is reported at two levels: BIM-EPIC dataset definition (EDD) and
version information.
BIM-EPIC Dataset
Definition
The first two lines for each dataset (beginning with the name) provide the dataset definition.
The field titles are listed on these two lines.
SID is the system ID.
UID is the user ID.
RET is the number of days each version is to be retained.
CYC is the number of versions (cycles) to be maintained.
RBLK is the default block size.
REC is the actual record size of the last version.
BLK is the actual block size of the last version.
VLT is the number of the vault method assigned to the dataset.
MODE is the default tape density.
REV indicates whether this is a revolving tape dataset.
UNLBL indicates whether this is a standard label tape dataset.
ENCODE=NO indicates whether tape encryption is activated.
OWN is the owner ID.
TPOOL is the tape pool ID.
In addition to these fields, you may also see the following information in this area of the
report:
Any Comment associated with the dataset appears at the end of the first line.
WORK (located between the RET and CYC fields) indicates the dataset is a non-generation
dataset.
Version
Information
The field titles listed at the top of each page refer to data recorded at the version level. The
fields listed are:
SERIAL NO is the tape or disk volume serial number.
VER. NO is the relative version number of the version. There may also be four status codes
listed in this column. An "S" means the version is scratched. An "O" means the version is in
open status. A "C" means the version is conditionally cataloged. An "M" means the version
is the master dataset of an MCAT group.
REEL/EXT is the reel or extent sequence number.
CREATION JOB NAME is the name of the job that created this version.
CREATION DATE is the date the version was created.
EXPIRE DATE is the projected expiration date of the version.
TIME is the time (HH.MM) the version was created.
TP is the dataset's tape pool.
PART is the partition in which the version was created.
PHYS. UNIT is the address of the device the version was created on.
BLOCK COUNT is the number of blocks read the last time the version was accessed.
A-26
User Reference
TSIDUTL Reports
LAST ACCESS JB NAME is the name of the last job that accessed this version.
LAST ACCESS DATE is the date the version was last accessed.
COUNT USE is the number of times the tape has been opened since it has contained this
version.
CLEAN DATE is the last clean date of the tape. If the dataset is a disk dataset, the display
appears in the following format: EXT=starting address/allocation.actual usage
TOTAL USE is the total number of times the tape was opened since the last cleaning.
VLT is the current vault location of this tape.
SLT is the current slot location of this tape.
TOTAL ACTIVE is the total number of active tapes on the TSIDUTL report.
TOTAL SCRATCH is the total number of scratch tapes on the TSIDUTL report.
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-27
TSIDUTL Reports
TSIDUTL ALL,DSN
Report Example
TSIDUTL= 6.01.00
TIME 13.42.37
D A T A
S E T
M A N A G E M E N T
S Y S T E M
PAGE
2
DSPLY ALL,SEQ=DSN
DATE 12/04/1997
SERIAL VER. REEL ---CREATION----EXPIRE
BLOCK ---LAST ACCESS--USE CLEAN
USE
NO
NO /EXT JB NAME
DATE
DATE
TIME TP PT CUU COUNT JB NAME
DATE
COUNT DATE TOTAL VLT SLT
ABSENTEE.TEMP
SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 2 WORK REBLK=OPT
REC= 1700 BLK=22100 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK02
EXT=0000060.0000030
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
DUMMY0
1 1 ABMSETUP 07/08/1997 07/08/1997 11.25
C3 1B7
0 ABMBURA1 07/09/1997
X=0006036/00060.00041
ACCOUNTS.PAYABLE.FILE
SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 4160 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000060.0000030
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000012 DUMMY0
1 1 GAMAPLST 07/16/1997 07/16/1997 18.17
F2 1B7
0 TSIBACK 08/02/1997
X=0005607/00060.00020
ACCTS.PAYABLE.TWO SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 4160 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000060.0000030
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000012 DUMMY3
1 1 GAMAPLST 07/16/1997 07/16/1997 18.17
F2 1A9
0 TSIBACK 08/02/1997
X=0030740/00060.00020
ADFIL.BKUP
SID=
UID=
RET=
3 CYC= 0
REBLK=
REC=32767 BLK=32767 DLA=
0
VLT= 0 MODE=F8 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
SYS000
POOL=DISK02
EXT=0001000.0000500
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
001015 S
1 VSNADDFL 07/20/1997 07/23/1997 03.41
C1 610
1508 VSNADDFL 07/20/1997
2
2
0
0
ALERT.AUDIT.HIST SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 3
REBLK=
REC=32767 BLK=32767 DLA=
0
VLT= 0 MODE=F8 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
SYS000
000092
1 1 ALTAUDIT 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 06.48
C1 611
575 ALTAUDIT 08/04/1997
1
17
0
0
000057
2 1 ALTAUDIT 07/02/1997 07/02/1997 06.41
C1 611
570 ALTAUDIT 08/04/1997
2
14
0
0
000455
3 1 ALTAUDIT 06/03/1997 06/03/1997 08.11
F5 620
565 ALTAUDIT 07/02/1997
2
5
0
0
000298 S
1 ALTAUDIT 05/02/1997 05/02/1997 07.20
C1 620
558 ALTAUDIT 06/03/1997
2
8
0
0
ANY.FILEID.LONG.ENOUGH.SHOW.THIS.EXAMPLE
SID=
UID=AC RET=
0 CYC= 0 WORK REBLK=
REC=
BLK=
DLA=
0 **** AUTO CATALOGUE ****
POOL=
EXT=0000000.0000001
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
ANY.FILEID.LONG.ENOUGH.TO.SHOW.THIS.EXAMPLE
SID=
UID=AC RET=
0 CYC= 0 WORK REBLK=
80 REC=
BLK=
DLA=
0 **** AUTO CATALOGUE ****
VLT= 0 MODE=00 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=A
SYS000
ANY.OLD.FILEID
SID=
UID=AC RET=
0 CYC= 0 WORK REBLK=
REC=
BLK=
DLA=
0 **** AUTO CATALOGUE ****
POOL=
EXT=0000001.0000001
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
ANY.OLD.FILEID.LONG.ENUFF.FOR.EXAMPL
SID=
UID=AC RET=
0 CYC= 0 WORK REBLK=
REC=
BLK=
DLA=
0 **** AUTO CATALOGUE ****
POOL=
EXT=0000001.0000001
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
AR CONDENSE FILE SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
5 BLK= 250 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000005.0000002
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000132 DUMMY3
1 1 DCDCREAR 08/01/1997 08/01/1997 19.13
C1 1A9
0 TSIBACK 08/02/1997
X=0010300/00005.00002
AR.PROD.LGX.AR192BKP.GVEXPORT.AR192RST
SID=TP UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 2
REBLK=
REC=
BLK=32767 DLA=
0 LOGIC IDCAMS BACKUP/RESTORE OF
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
SYS000
011609
1 1 AR835
08/07/1997 08/11/1997 16.53
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
011918
2 1 AR835
08/06/1997 08/10/1997 16.31
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
012056
3 1 AR835
08/04/1997 08/08/1997 16.28
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
AR.PROD.LGX.EL588BKP.GVEXPORT.EL588RST
SID=TP UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 2
REBLK=
REC=
BLK=32767 DLA=
0 LOGIC IDCAMS BACKUP/RESTORE OF
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
SYS000
011615
1 1 EL588
08/07/1997 08/11/1997 17.31
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
011932
2 1 EL588
08/06/1997 08/10/1997 17.41
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
012087
3 1 EL588
08/04/1997 08/08/1997 17.25
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
AR.PROD.NCL.CASHRCT.CASHRBKP.DAILY
SID=TP UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 3
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK=
80 DLA=
0 CASH RECEIPTS DAILY BACKUP
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
SYS000
011610
1 1 AR835
08/07/1997 08/11/1997 16.52
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
011904
2 1 AR835
08/06/1997 08/10/1997 16.31
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
012057
3 1 AR835
08/04/1997 08/08/1997 16.27
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TSIDUTL= 6.01.00
D A T A
S E T
M A N A G E M E N T
S Y S T E M
PAGE
95
TIME 13.42.37
DSPLY ALL,SEQ=DSN
DATE 12/04/1997
SERIAL VER. REEL ---CREATION----EXPIRE
BLOCK ---LAST ACCESS--USE CLEAN
USE
NO
NO /EXT JB NAME
DATE
DATE
TIME TP PT CUU COUNT JB NAME
DATE
COUNT DATE TOTAL VLT SLT
VSAM.TEC.FILES
SID=
UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 0
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 800 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000005.0000002
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000003 DUMMY0
1 1 VSAMTEC 08/03/1997 08/05/1997 03.43
C2 1B7
0 VSAMTEC 08/03/1997
X=0005799/00005.00002
VSAM.110A.FILES
SID=
UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 0
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 800 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000005.0000002
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000005 DUMMY6
1 1 VSAM100A 08/03/1997 08/05/1997 03.05
C2 1B1
0 VSAM100A 08/03/1997
X=0028974/00005.00002
VSAM.111A.FILES
SID=
UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 0
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 800 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000005.0000002
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000005 DUMMY1
1 1 VSAM101A 08/03/1997 08/05/1997 03.18
C2 1B9
0 VSAM101A 08/03/1997
X=0021911/00005.00002
VSAM.112A.FILES
SID=
UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 0
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 800 DLA=
0
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000005.0000002
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000005 DUMMY3
1 1 VSAM102A 08/03/1997 08/05/1997 03.33
C2 1A9
0 VSAM102A 08/03/1997
X=0010302/00005.00002
WATRMTR.BACKUP
SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=OPT
REC= 181 BLK=16290 DLA=
0
VLT= 0 MODE=F8 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
SYS000
000034
1 1 MWMBAKUP 07/11/1997 07/11/1997 08.07
C1 610
849 MWMRSTOR 07/11/1997
2
22
0
0
WWSTATS.BKUP.TAPE SID=
UID=
RET= 30 CYC= 0
REBLK=MAX
REC=32767 BLK=32767 DLA=
0
VLT= 0 MODE=F8 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
SYS000
000067
1 1 WWMSTBKP 07/10/1997 08/09/1997 09.20
C2 610
12 WWMSTBKP 07/10/1997
1
9
0
0
000635 S
1 WWMSTBKP 06/09/1997 07/09/1997 11.02
C2 610
12 WWMSTBKP 06/09/1997
1
1
0
0
TOTAL ACTIVE TAPES
2106 TOTAL SCRATCH TAPES
284
A-28
User Reference
Volume Serial Number and Vault Sequences
Volume Serial Number and Vault Sequences
Description
This report lists tape datasets. Each tape volser is listed along with data for the version the
tape contains. Dataset definitions are not listed. The first field listed is the version's dataset
name. Refer to "Version Data" under "Display ALL, Dataset Name Sequence" for an
explanation of the other fields contained in this report.
Example
TSIDUTL= 6.01.00
TIME 13.42.37
D A T A
S E T
M A N A G E M
DSPLY ALL,SEQ=SER
SERIAL VER. REEL ---CREATION----EXPIRE
NO
NO /EXT JB NAME
DATE
DATE
TIME TP
T.MD.HRM.SAM.RPTREC
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.46
T.NAME CI BACKUP DUMMY8
1 1 DCDMAINT 10/02/1996 10/02/1996 11.59
T.HPL.WORK.FILE
DUMMY8
1 1 HPLVSAMP 10/11/1996 10/11/1996 15.58
T.MD.HRM.SAM.SUP050T
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 02/21/1996 02/21/1996 15.17
T.OLDNOVER.FILE
DUMMY8
1 1 OCWOPNBL 04/05/1995 04/05/1995 16.00
T.PROG.WORK.FILE3 DUMMY8 O
1 HRBDESIG 08/04/1997 08/05/1997 08.06
T.MD.HRM.SAM.PERWTRN
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.30
T.PROG.WORK.FILE3 DUMMY8 O
1 HRBDESIG 08/04/1997 08/05/1997 09.07
T.MD.HRM.SAM.PER171T
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 03/28/1996 03/28/1996 11.22
T.MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH10
DUMMY8
1 1 PAMSRT11 07/09/1997 07/09/1997 10.28
T.PROJECT.FL
DUMMY8
1 1 DCXHILOW 01/24/1996 01/24/1996 10.24
T.MD.HRM.SAM.PERWORK
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.31
T.ELMET.INVENTORY.FILE
DUMMY8
1 1 KLLEPIC1 06/02/1994 06/02/1994 10.39
T.JOB.HIST.ACCUM DUMMY8
2 1 TSIJOBAT 07/31/1997 07/31/1997 06.11
T.MD.HRM.SAM.PERTRAN
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.31
T.JOB.HIST.ACCUM DUMMY8
2 3 TSIJOBAT 07/31/1997 07/31/1997 06.11
T.TMON.DAILY.D
DUMMY8
1 7 CICDTMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 13.36
T.TMON.DAILY.D
DUMMY8
1 6 CICDTMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 13.36
T.MD.HRM.SAM.CHKNBRS
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.34
T.TMON.DAILY.D
DUMMY8
1 3 CICDTMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 13.35
T.MD.HRM.SAM.CNTLFIL
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.28
T.FINLODE.562
DUMMY8
1 1 MFX22990 07/07/1997 07/07/1997 12.06
T.MD.HRM.SAM.CHKOUT
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.45
T.TMON.DAILY.D
DUMMY8
1 4 CICDTMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 13.35
T.TMON.DAILY.D
DUMMY8
1 1 CICDTMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 13.34
T.MD.HRM.SAM.DATACTL
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.28
T.TMON.DAILY.C
DUMMY8 O
1 CICCTMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 11.17
T.TMON.DAILY.B
DUMMY8 O
2 CICBTMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 11.08
T.MD.HRM.SAM.ERROR10
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.28
T.FINAL ENTREX
DUMMY8
1 1 DCDMAINT 10/02/1996 10/02/1996 12.00
T.MD.HRM.SAM.ERROR20
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.33
T.TAX.CODE.FILE
DUMMY8
1 1 DCXCSLST 06/20/1997 06/20/1997 07.47
T.MD.HRM.SAM.ONLCHGS
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.28
T.MD.HRM.SAM.MNTRPCH
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.33
T.MD.HRM.SAM.CHGFILE
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.32
T.TMON.DAILY.A
DUMMY8 O
1 CICATMON 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 13.42
T.IND.AUDIT.FILE DUMMY8
1 1 DCXBILLS 07/18/1995 07/18/1995 13.26
T.MD.HRM.SAM.MONITOR
DUMMY8
1 2 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.32
T.TEMP HP HISTORY DUMMY8
1 1 EPICONLD 10/18/1996 10/18/1996 10.58
T.MD.HRM.SAM.MONITOR
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.32
T.MD.HRM.SAM.INTRANS
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 05/07/1996 05/07/1996 10.29
T.MD.HRM.PAY070.PUNCH6
DUMMY8
1 1 PSMCOPY 05/19/1997 05/19/1997 10.50
T.JOB.HIST.ACCUM DUMMY8
1 1 TSIJOBAT 08/01/1997 08/01/1997 06.11
T.MD.HRM.SAM.LABORT
DUMMY8
1 1 PAYROL10 03/11/1996 03/11/1996 11.21
E N T
S Y S T E M
PT CUU
BLOCK ---LAST ACCESS--COUNT JB NAME
DATE
PAGE
11
DATE 12/04/1997
USE CLEAN
USE
COUNT DATE TOTAL VLT SLT
BG 1AB
BG 1AB
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 TSIBACK 08/01/1997
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
X=0019644/00200.00003
X=0019924/00024.00002
X=0019720/00100.00002
BG 1AB
BG 1AB
C1 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 HRBDESIG 08/04/1997
X=0019609/00015.00002
X=0019605/00012.00002
X=0020793/00050.00050
BG 1AB
C2 1AB
0 TSIDONL 11/07/1996
0 HRBDESIG 08/04/1997
X=0019734/00050.00008
X=0020457/00050.00050
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
X=0019611/00015.00002
C2 1AB
BG 1AB
0 PAMSRT11 07/09/1997
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
X=0023535/00015.00002
X=0019642/00100.00002
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
X=0019613/00015.00002
BG 1AB
F2 1AB
0 TSIBACK 08/01/1997
0 TSIJOBAT 08/01/1997
X=0020113/00020.00004
X=0025648/00100.00100
BG
F2
F2
F2
0
0
0
0
10/18/1996
08/01/1997
08/04/1997
08/04/1997
X=0019615/00015.00002
X=0023537/00025.00017
X=0024304/00015.00015
X=0024289/00015.00015
BG 1AB
F2 1AB
0 TSIDONL 11/07/1996
0 CICDTMON 08/04/1997
X=0019635/00005.00002
X=0020518/00015.00015
BG 1AB
C1 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 TSIBACK 08/01/1997
X=0019682/00005.00002
X=0023646/00012.00012
BG 1AB
F2 1AB
F2 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 CICDTMON 08/04/1997
0 CICDTMON 08/04/1997
X=0019684/00200.00003
X=0020762/00015.00015
X=0024565/00030.00030
BG 1AB
C2 1AB
F5 1AB
0 TSIDONL 11/07/1996
0 CICCTMON 08/04/1997
0 CICBTMON 08/04/1997
X=0019633/00005.00002
X=0023675/00030.00030
X=0020256/00015.00015
BG 1AB
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 TSIBACK 08/01/1997
X=0019680/00050.00002
X=0020103/00006.00002
BG 1AB
C1 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 TSIBACK 08/01/1997
X=0019678/00005.00002
X=0020232/00006.00002
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
X=0019622/00005.00003
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
X=0019647/00015.00002
BG 1AB
F2 1AB
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
0 CICATMON 08/04/1997
0 TSIBACK 08/01/1997
X=0019687/00005.00003
X=0023387/00030.00030
X=0019926/00005.00003
BG 1AB
BG 1AB
0 TSIDONL
0 TSIBACK
11/07/1996
08/01/1997
X=0019627/00007.00006
X=0019800/00006.00004
BG 1AB
0 TSIDONL
11/07/1996
X=0019704/00015.00015
BG 1AB
0 TSIDONL
11/07/1996
X=0020440/00150.00007
C1 1AB
F2 1AB
0 HRBEMPRF 05/22/1997
0 TSIBACK 08/01/1997
X=0020225/00015.00007
X=0025923/00100.00100
BG 1AB
0 EPICONLD 10/18/1996
X=0019649/00030.00029
1AB
1AB
1AB
1AB
EPICONLD
TSIJOBAT
CICDTMON
CICDTMON
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-29
Volume Serial Number and Vault Sequences
Expiration Date,
Creation Date, and
Creation Job
Sequences
Each version is listed with all version data. Dataset definitions are not listed. The first field
listed is the version's dataset name. Refer to "Version Data" under "Display ALL, Dataset
Name Sequence" for an explanation of the other fields contained in this report.
Display Active
This is a detailed report listing the active versions of each dataset. Refer to the "Display ALL,
Dataset Name Sequence" for an explanation of the fields contained in this report.
Display NEW
Report
This report lists all datasets created since the last time you ran this report. The fields in this
report are described under "Display ALL, Dataset Name Sequence".
TSIDUTL NEW
Report Example
TSIDUTL= 6.1
TIME 6.45.36
D A T A
S E T
M A N A G E M E N T
S Y S T E M
DSPLY NEW,SEQ=DSN
SERIAL VER. REEL ---CREATION----EXPIRE
BLOCK ---LAST ACCESS--NO
NO /EXT JB NAME
DATE
DATE
TIME TP PT CUU COUNT JB NAME
DATE
CASH.BUD1.BKUP
SID=
UID=
VLT= 0 MODE=F8
000149
1 1
000497 S
1
RET=
0
REV=NO
BUMCBKUP
BUMCBKUP
PAGE
1
DATE 12/30/1997
USE CLEAN
USE
COUNT DATE TOTAL VLT SLT
CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC= 8244 BLK= 8244 DLA=
0
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
SYS000
07/07/1997 07/07/1997 09.42
C4 611
1002 BUMCBKUP 07/07/1997
06/04/1997 06/04/1997 14.18
C2 610
994 BUMCBKUP 06/04/1997
1
1
14
4
0
0
0
0
SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC= 8244 BLK= 8244 DLA=
0 NSU FILE OF CASH.BUD1.BKUP
VLT= 0 MODE=F8 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
SYS000
F=0000002 000149
1 1 BUMCBKUP 07/07/1997 07/07/1997 09.50
C4 611
26 BUMCBKUP 07/07/1997
1
1
0
0
CASH.BUD2.BKUP
CI.PROD.LGX.EL512BKP.GVEXPORT.EL512RST
SID=TP UID=
RET=
1
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
011625
1 1 IN512DNH
011967
2 1 IN511MID
011953
3 1 IN511VNB
011938
4 1 IN512DNH
011850
5 1 IN512DNH
011851
6 1 IN511MID
012128
7 1 IN511HEL
012113
8 1 IN512DNH
012109
9 1 IN511FBS
012095
10 1 IN511MTH
012094
11 1 IN511VNB
CYC= 1
UNLBL=NO
08/07/1997
08/06/1997
08/06/1997
08/06/1997
08/05/1997
08/05/1997
08/04/1997
08/04/1997
08/04/1997
08/04/1997
08/04/1997
REBLK=
REC=
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
08/11/1997 17.37
08/10/1997 18.19
08/10/1997 18.14
08/10/1997 17.47
08/09/1997 17.30
08/09/1997 17.24
08/08/1997 17.58
08/08/1997 17.52
08/08/1997 17.46
08/08/1997 17.39
08/08/1997 17.33
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
BLK=32767
TPOOL=
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
180
0
DLA=
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
TSIDYN
0
LOGIC IDCAMS BACKUP/RESTORE OF
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CI.PROD.NCL.EL511WA.BKS511.ENTRY
SID=TP UID=
RET= 21 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
012107
1 1 IN511FBS 08/04/1997 08/25/1997 17.49
80 BLK=32000 DLA=
0 LOGIC PROD INPUT DATA TO EL512
TPOOL=
SYS000
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
CI.PROD.NCL.EL511WA.CI003CNV.ENTRY
SID=TP UID=
RET=
1 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
011963
1 1 IN511MID 08/06/1997 08/10/1997 18.22
80 BLK=32000 DLA=
0 LOGIC JOURNAL FILE
TPOOL=
SYS000
F3 181
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
CI.PROD.NCL.EL511WA.CI005CNV.ENTRY
SID=TP UID=
RET= 21 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
012127
1 1 IN511HEL 08/04/1997 08/25/1997 18.00
80 BLK=32000 DLA=
0 LOGIC JOURNAL PROD FILE
TPOOL=
SYS000
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
A-30
User Reference
Volume Serial Number and Vault Sequences
Display PULL
Report
This report lists only the most current version for each dataset. The fields in this report are
described under "Display ALL, Dataset Name Sequence".
Example
TSIDUTL= 6.01.00
TIME 13.42.37
D A T A
S E T
M A N A G E M E N T
S Y S
DSPLY PULL,SEQ=DSN
SERIAL VER. REEL ---CREATION----EXPIRE
BLOCK
NO
NO /EXT JB NAME
DATE
DATE
TIME TP PT CUU COUNT
A-R TAPE
SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 2
REBLK=MAX
REC=
25 BLK=32750
VLT= 0 MODE=F8 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000250.0000050
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
001249
1 1 OCNARBAK 06/30/1997 06/30/1997 20.11
F5 620
342
ABSENTEE.TEMP
SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 2 WORK REBLK=OPT
REC= 1700 BLK=22100
POOL=DISK02
EXT=0000060.0000030
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
DUMMY0
1 1 ABMSETUP 07/08/1997 07/08/1997 11.25
C3 1B7
0
ACCOUNTS.PAYABLE.FILE
SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 4160
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000060.0000030
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000012 DUMMY0
1 1 GAMAPLST 07/16/1997 07/16/1997 18.17
F2 1B7
0
ACCTS.PAYABLE.TWO SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK= 4160
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000060.0000030
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000012 DUMMY3
1 1 GAMAPLST 07/16/1997 07/16/1997 18.17
F2 1A9
0
ALERT.AUDIT.HIST SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 3
REBLK=
REC=32767 BLK=32767
VLT= 0 MODE=F8 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=00
TPOOL=B
000092
1 1 ALTAUDIT 08/04/1997 08/04/1997 06.48
C1 611
575
AR CONDENSE FILE SID=
UID=
RET=
0 CYC= 1
REBLK=
REC=
5 BLK= 250
POOL=DISK01
EXT=0000005.0000002
SEC=000
ALR=0000000
G=0000132 DUMMY3
1 1 DCDCREAR 08/01/1997 08/01/1997 19.13
C1 1A9
0
AR.PROD.LGX.AR192BKP.GVEXPORT.AR192RST
SID=TP UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 2
REBLK=
REC=
BLK=32767
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
011609
1 1 AR835
08/07/1997 08/11/1997 16.53
F3 180
0
AR.PROD.LGX.EL588BKP.GVEXPORT.EL588RST
SID=TP UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 2
REBLK=
REC=
BLK=32767
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
011615
1 1 EL588
08/07/1997 08/11/1997 17.31
F3 180
0
AR.PROD.NCL.CASHRCT.CASHRBKP.DAILY
SID=TP UID=
RET=
2 CYC= 3
REBLK=
REC=
80 BLK=
80
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
011610
1 1 AR835
08/07/1997 08/11/1997 16.52
F3 180
0
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.ELME3RST
SID=TP UID=
RET= 90 CYC= 3
REBLK=
REC=
BLK=32767
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
010523
1 1 ELME3AR 07/19/1997 10/17/1997 18.05
BG 180
0
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
SID=TP UID=
RET=PERM CYC= 30
REBLK=
REC=32763 BLK=32767
VLT= 1 MODE=
REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
090783
1 1 1996
01/26/1997 06/12/2024 06.52
F5 283
0
AR.PROD.NCL.ERBFWD.EL863.MONTHEND
SID=TP UID=
RET= 35 CYC= 1 WORK REBLK=
REC= 1000 BLK=23000
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
010405
1 1 ELME3AR 07/19/1997 08/23/1997 16.58
BG 181
0
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.MONTHEND
SID=TP UID=
RET= 90 CYC= 3
REBLK=
REC= 629 BLK=23273
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
012145
1 1 ELME1GET 07/18/1997 10/16/1997 18.20
F3 180
0
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
SID=TP UID=
RET=PERM CYC= 30
REBLK=
REC= 629 BLK=23273
VLT= 1 MODE=
REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
090785
1 1 1996
01/26/1997 06/12/2024 07.05
F5 283
0
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.MONTHEND
SID=TP UID=
RET= 90 CYC= 3
REBLK=
REC= 585 BLK=23400
VLT= 0 MODE=08 REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
012149
1 1 ELME1GET 07/18/1997 10/16/1997 18.21
F3 280
0
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
SID=TP UID=
RET=PERM CYC= 30
REBLK=
REC= 585 BLK=23400
VLT= 1 MODE=
REV=NO
UNLBL=NO
ENCODE=NO
OWN=
TPOOL=
090786
1 1 1996
01/26/1997 06/12/2024 07.21
F5 283
0
T E M
PAGE
1
DATE 12/04/1997
---LAST ACCESS--USE CLEAN
USE
JB NAME
DATE
COUNT DATE TOTAL VLT SLT
DLA=
0
SYS000
OCYAUDAR 07/01/1997
DLA=
0
2
ABMBURA1 07/09/1997
DLA=
2
0
0
X=0006036/00060.00041
0
TSIBACK 08/02/1997
DLA=
0
X=0005607/00060.00020
TSIBACK 08/02/1997
DLA=
0
SYS000
ALTAUDIT 08/04/1997
DLA=
0
X=0030740/00060.00020
1
17
0
0
TSIBACK
08/02/1997
DLA=
0
LOGIC IDCAMS BACKUP/RESTORE OF
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
0
LOGIC IDCAMS BACKUP/RESTORE OF
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
0
CASH RECEIPTS DAILY BACKUP
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
0
LOGIC BACK-UP OFFLINE FILES UP
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
0
LOGIC BACK-UP OFFLINE FILES CR
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
SYS000
08/18/1997
TSIDYN
DLA=
TSIDYN
DLA=
TSIDYN
DLA=
TSIDYN
DLA=
TSIDYN
DLA=
0
TSIDYN
DLA=
TSIDYN
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
LOGIC EL860 PENDING BUSINESS
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
0
LOGIC EL860 ERRORS DECEMBER
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
0
0
LOGIC PENDING BUSINESS DECEMBE
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
TSIDYN
DLA=
0
LOGIC EL860 ERRORS
SYS000
08/18/1997
0
TSIDYN
DLA=
0
0
TSIDYN
DLA=
X=0010300/00005.00002
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-31
Display Vault Report
Display Vault Report
Description
This report lists the vault and slot locations of all tapes located in offsite vaults. Refer to
"Version Data" under "Display ALL, Dataset Name Sequence" for an explanation of the fields
contained in this report.
Example
TSIDUTL= 6.01.00
TIME 13.42.37
D A T A
S
DSPLY VAULT
SERIAL VER. REEL ---CREATION----NO
NO /EXT JB NAME
DATE
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
090783
1 1 1996
01/26/1997
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
090651
2 1 1995
01/20/1996
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
090529
3 1 COPY1994 01/19/1995
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
090424
4 1 COPY1993 01/29/1994
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
090217
5 1 COPY1992 01/29/1993
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
090218
5 2 COPY1992 01/29/1993
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
090785
1 1 1996
01/26/1997
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
090653
2 1 1995
01/20/1996
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
090531
3 1 COPY1994 01/19/1995
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
090425
4 1 COPY1993 01/29/1994
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
090209
5 1 COPY1992 01/29/1993
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
090786
1 1 1996
01/26/1997
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
090654
2 1 1995
01/20/1996
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
090532
3 1 COPY1994 01/19/1995
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
090426
4 1 COPY1993 01/29/1994
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
090208
5 1 COPY1992 01/29/1993
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
090880
1 1 1996
01/28/1997
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
090784
2 1 1996
01/26/1997
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
090652
3 1 1995
01/20/1996
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
090530
4 1 COPY1994 01/19/1995
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
090423
5 1 COPY1993 01/29/1994
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
001056
1 1 BUMBAKUP 07/22/1997
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
000252
2 1 BUMBAKUP 06/23/1997
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
000432
3 1 BUMBAKUP 05/21/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTBKP.CLDLY
011637
1 1 CLDLY
08/07/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTBKP.CLDLY
011974
2 1 CLDLY
08/06/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTBKP.CLDLY
012136
3 1 CLDLY
08/04/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTBKP.CLDLY
010787
4 1 CLDLY
07/31/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.ELEXTR.CLEXTBKP.CLDLY
011397
1 3 CLEOM
08/01/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.ELHAF.CLHAFCPY.MONTHEND
011865
2 1 CLEOM
07/01/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.ELHAF.CLHAFCPY.MONTHEND
090773
1 5 1996
01/03/1997
CL.PROD.LGX.EL000BKP.CLEOMREN.OFFSITE
090774
1 6 1996
01/03/1997
A-32
User Reference
E T
M A N A G E M E N T
EXPIRE
DATE
TIME TP PT CUU
S Y S T E M
BLOCK ---LAST ACCESS--COUNT JB NAME
DATE
PAGE
1
DATE 12/04/1997
USE CLEAN
USE
COUNT DATE TOTAL VLT SLT
06/12/2024 06.52
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
06/06/2023 11.08
BG 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
2
0
06/06/2022 13.52
BG 282
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
3
0
06/16/2021 12.18
F3 781
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
4
0
06/16/2020 16.41
BG 783
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
5
0
06/16/2020 00.00
BG 783
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
5
0
06/12/2024 07.05
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
06/06/2023 11.23
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
2
0
06/06/2022 14.04
BG 282
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
3
0
06/16/2021 12.20
BG 783
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
4
0
06/16/2020 16.16
BG 783
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
5
0
06/12/2024 07.21
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
06/06/2023 11.25
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
2
0
06/06/2022 14.07
BG 282
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
3
0
06/16/2021 12.23
BG 783
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
4
0
06/16/2020 16.14
BG 783
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
5
0
06/14/2024 14.59
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
06/12/2024 07.02
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
2
0
06/06/2023 11.12
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
3
0
06/06/2022 14.01
BG 282
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
4
0
06/16/2021
07/22/1997
06/23/1997
05/21/1997
BG
F6
C1
F5
08/18/1997
07/22/1997
06/23/1997
05/21/1997
0
1
1
1
0
1
10
3
5
1
2
3
0
1
0
0
12.07
11.48
14.32
13.27
783
610
610
610
0
169
169
169
TSIDYN
BUMBAKUP
BUMBAKUP
BUMBAKUP
08/14/1997 18.44
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
5
0
08/13/1997 19.25
F3 181
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
4
0
08/11/1997 19.10
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
3
0
08/07/1997 19.39
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
2
0
09/15/1997 00.00
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
08/15/1997 21.18
F3 180
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
2
0
05/20/2024 00.00
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
05/20/2024 00.00
F5 283
0 TSIDYN
08/18/1997
0
0
1
0
Display Scratch Report
Display Scratch Report
This report lists scratch tapes along with data specific to the version the scratch tape contains.
Refer to "Version Data" under "Dataset Name Sequence" for an explanation of the fields
contained in this report.
Description
Example
TSIDUTL= 6.01.00
TIME 13.42.37
ADFIL.BKUP
ALERT.AUDIT.HIST
BUD.ACASH.BKUP
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
CASH.BUD1.BKUP
CONHIST.BACKUP
CONSTR.BACKUP
CONSTR.JOURNAL.BK
ELECTRIC.METER.BK
EPIC.DBA.WORK1
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
GAS.METER.BKUP
KKL.TEST.TAPE
MBOOKFL.BACKUP
NOTEFL.BKUP
NOTEFL.BKUP
NOTEFL.BKUP
ODE.P.LIB.ARCHIVE
ODE.P.LIB.ARCHIVE
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
ODE.SAVE1
P.FC.PD.ESA110
P.FC.PD.ESA110
P.FC.PD.ESA110
P.FC.PD.ESA110
P.FC.PD.ESA111
P.FC.PD.ESA111
P.FC.PD.ESA111
P.FC.PD.ESA111
SERIAL
NO
001015
000298
000499
000360
000497
001014
001054
000352
000429
000724
000301
000258
000281
000240
000712
000661
000609
000566
000525
000480
000433
000454
000427
000415
000422
000683
B12873
B12110
B12862
B12183
B12017
B12500
B12547
B12437
000223
000584
000618
000221
000995
000599
000987
000592
001092
001063
001032
000986
000955
000921
000888
000852
000260
000440
000697
000646
000591
000551
000510
000389
000671
004990
004293
004274
004249
004217
004991
004294
004275
D A T A
S
DSPLY SCRATCH
VER. REEL ---CREATION----NO /EXT JB NAME
DATE
S
1 VSNADDFL 07/20/1997
S
1 ALTAUDIT 05/02/1997
S
1 BUMCBADJ 06/04/1997
S
1 BUMBAKUP 04/30/1997
S
1 BUMCBKUP 06/04/1997
S
1 VSNCNHST 07/20/1997
S
1 CAMMASBK 07/22/1997
S
1 CONSTR
04/30/1997
S
1 MENEMBAK 06/03/1997
S
1 BKUPLIBR 06/17/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 07/02/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 06/28/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 06/24/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 06/21/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 06/17/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 06/10/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 06/07/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 06/06/1997
S
1 NO NAME 06/05/1997
S
1 NO NAME 06/04/1997
S
1 NO NAME 06/03/1997
S
1 NO NAME 05/22/1997
S
1 NO NAME 05/21/1997
S
1 NO NAME 05/15/1997
S
1 NO NAME 05/07/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 03/14/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 02/15/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 02/14/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 02/13/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 02/09/1997
S
1 TSIBACK 02/02/1997
S
1 DCMBATCH 01/25/1997
S
2 DCMBATCH 01/25/1997
S
3 DCMBATCH 01/25/1997
S
1 MGMBAKUP 07/01/1997
S
1 FAV22BK 06/06/1997
S
1 VSNMBOOK 06/08/1997
S
1 CSNNOTBK 08/02/1997
S
1 CSNNOTBK 07/19/1997
S
1 CSNNOTBK 06/07/1997
S
1 ODEBACKP 07/18/1997
S
1 ODEBACKP 06/06/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/23/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/22/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/21/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/18/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/17/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/16/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/15/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/14/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/07/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 07/02/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 06/16/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 06/09/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 06/06/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 06/05/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 06/04/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 06/02/1997
S
1 ODESAVE 03/13/1997
S
1 FCPYD110 07/17/1997
S
1 FCPYD110 07/16/1997
S
1 FCPYD110 07/15/1997
S
1 FCPYD110 07/07/1997
S
1 FCPYD111 07/23/1997
S
1 FCPYD111 07/17/1997
S
1 FCPYD111 07/16/1997
S
1 FCPYD111 07/15/1997
E T
M A N A G E M E N T
EXPIRE
DATE
07/23/1997
05/02/1997
06/04/1997
04/30/1997
06/04/1997
07/30/1997
07/22/1997
04/30/1997
06/13/1997
06/24/1997
07/02/1997
06/28/1997
06/24/1997
06/21/1997
06/17/1997
06/10/1997
06/07/1997
06/06/1997
06/05/1997
06/04/1997
06/03/1997
05/22/1997
05/21/1997
05/15/1997
05/07/1997
03/14/1997
02/15/1997
02/14/1997
02/13/1997
02/09/1997
02/02/1997
01/25/1997
01/25/1997
01/25/1997
07/01/1997
06/08/1997
06/13/1997
08/03/1997
07/20/1997
06/08/1997
07/18/1997
06/06/1997
07/23/1997
07/22/1997
07/21/1997
07/18/1997
07/17/1997
07/16/1997
07/15/1997
07/14/1997
07/07/1997
07/02/1997
06/16/1997
06/09/1997
06/06/1997
06/05/1997
06/04/1997
06/02/1997
03/13/1997
07/17/1997
07/16/1997
07/15/1997
07/07/1997
07/23/1997
07/17/1997
07/16/1997
07/15/1997
TIME TP PT CUU
03.41
C1 610
07.20
C1 620
15.08
C1 610
07.15
C1 620
14.18
C2 610
03.33
C2 610
11.42
C2 610
07.14
C4 611
06.47
C1 611
08.06
BG 611
02.36
F2 610
02.38
F2 611
02.36
F2 610
05.48
F2 610
04.43
F6 611
02.36
F2 610
02.37
F6 610
02.37
F2 610
04.31
F2 610
04.33
F2 610
06.49
F2 620
02.36
F2 610
08.08
F6 610
02.36
F2 610
02.38
F2 611
07.04
F2 611
15.19
F6 803
05.20
F2 802
05.21
F6 802
22.36
BG 801
00.37
BG 800
15.07
W3 000
15.07
W3 000
15.07
W3 000
07.04
C3 610
12.05
BG 610
08.06
C1 611
00.58
C2 611
01.16
F5 620
01.22
F5 620
19.16
C4 621
20.35
C2 611
19.40
C1 620
19.21
C1 620
20.47
C1 610
19.13
C3 621
18.59
C3 620
19.01
C2 620
19.58
C3 611
19.33
C3 611
20.05
C1 610
19.11
F2 620
21.27
C1 611
20.52
C1 610
20.31
C3 611
20.30
C1 620
20.17
F5 610
21.24
C1 610
19.49
C1 610
23.18
F2 610
22.44
F2 610
23.07
F2 610
22.47
F2 610
00.01
F5 611
23.22
F5 611
22.46
F5 611
23.09
F5 611
S Y S T E M
BLOCK
COUNT
1508
558
641
169
994
2077
0
214
11523
0
3549
5435
5990
3684
5127
5929
4939
4930
4910
4984
5066
4500
5746
5126
5800
4654
3483
3378
3389
3194
3177
0
0
0
168
2345
2080
2225
2209
2345
216
216
804
835
809
793
736
728
741
724
815
787
642
646
630
595
585
726
665
32347
32347
32347
32347
32347
32347
32347
32347
PAGE
1
DATE 12/04/1997
---LAST ACCESS--USE CLEAN
USE
JB NAME
DATE
COUNT DATE TOTAL VLT SLT
VSNADDFL 07/20/1997
2
2
0
0
ALTAUDIT 06/03/1997
2
8
0
0
BUMCBADJ 06/04/1997
1
3
0
0
BUMBAKUP 04/30/1997
1
3
0
0
BUMCBKUP 06/04/1997
1
4
0
0
VSNCNHST 07/20/1997
2
2
0
0
CAMMASBK 07/22/1997
1
1
0
0
CONSTR
04/30/1997
1
4
0
0
MENEMRST 06/03/1997
2
5
0
0
BKUPLIBR 06/17/1997
1
2
0
0
TSIBACK 07/02/1997
1
5
0
0
TSIBACK 06/28/1997
1
8
0
0
TSIBACK 06/24/1997
1
9
0
0
TSIBACK 06/21/1997
1
9
0
0
TSIBACK 06/17/1997
1
1
0
0
TSIBACK 06/10/1997
1
2
0
0
TSIBACK 06/07/1997
1
2
0
0
TSIBACK 06/06/1997
1
2
0
0
NO NAME 06/05/1997
1
4
0
0
NO NAME 06/04/1997
1
3
0
0
NO NAME 06/03/1997
1
4
0
0
NO NAME 05/22/1997
1
4
0
0
NO NAME 05/21/1997
1
4
0
0
NO NAME 05/15/1997
1
7
0
0
NO NAME 05/07/1997
1
3
0
0
TSIBACK 03/14/1997
1
1
0
0
TSIBACK 02/15/1997
1
1
0
0
TSIBACK 02/14/1997
1
1
0
0
TSIBACK 02/13/1997
1
1
0
0
TSIBACK 02/09/1997
1
1
0
0
TSIBACK 02/02/1997
1
1
0
0
EPICRSTR 01/25/1997
1
1
0
0
DCMBATCH 01/25/1997
0
0
0
0
DCMBATCH 01/25/1997
0
0
0
0
MGMBAKUP 07/01/1997
1
6
0
0
FAV22R
06/06/1997
2
3
0
0
VSNMBOOK 06/08/1997
2
2
0
0
CSNNOTRS 08/02/1997
2
8
0
0
CSNNOTRS 07/19/1997
2
2
0
0
CSNNOTRS 06/07/1997
2
3
0
0
ODEBACKP 07/18/1997
1
1
0
0
ODEBACKP 06/06/1997
1
2
0
0
ODESAVE 07/23/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/22/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/21/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/18/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/17/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/16/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/15/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/14/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 07/07/1997
1
12
0
0
ODESAVE 07/02/1997
1
3
0
0
ODESAVE 06/16/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 06/09/1997
1
2
0
0
ODESAVE 06/06/1997
1
2
0
0
ODESAVE 06/05/1997
1
1
0
0
ODESAVE 06/04/1997
1
3
0
0
ODESAVE 06/02/1997
1
5
0
0
ODESAVE 03/13/1997
1
1
0
0
FCPYD110 07/17/1997
1
5
0
0
FCPYD110 07/16/1997
1
6
0
0
FCPYD110 07/15/1997
1
7
0
0
FCPYD110 07/07/1997
1
13
0
0
FCPYD111 07/23/1997
1
11
0
0
FCPYD111 07/17/1997
1
4
0
0
FCPYD111 07/16/1997
1
9
0
0
FCPYD111 07/15/1997
1
8
0
0
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-33
Projected Scratch (PSCRATCH) Report
Projected Scratch (PSCRATCH) Report
Description
This report lists all tapes that becomes scratch tapes by the specified date. It also reports
current DSN Catalog utilization statistics.
The projected date you requested is shown next to the report title PSCRATCH and written in
Julian format. For instance PSCRATCH 96001 indicates a projected scratch date of January
1, 1996.
At the end of the report, message EP119 is issued to report on DSN Catalog utilization.
Fields
Name
Description
SERIAL NO
Volume serial number of the tape
FILE NAME
Dataset name of the version written on this tape
CREATION DATE
Date this version was created
EXPIRATION DATE
Date retention criteria may be satisfied for this version
TAPE ERRORS
Number of temporary read/write errors encountered on this tape
while it contained this version
TOT-ERR
Total number of errors since the tape was last cleaned
TOT-USED
Total number of times the tape was used since the last cleaning
DT-CLEAN
Date the tape was last cleaned
POOL
VLT
Current vault location of the tape
SLOT
Current slot location of the tape
PSCRATCH Report
Example
TSIDUTL= 6.01.00
TIME 13.42.37
SERIAL
NO
FILE NAME
HEW001 IDCAMS.BACKUP
JA0001 IDCAMS.BACKUP
000001 ELECTRIC.METER.BK
000007 PMTHIST.BKUP
000028 P.SQL.LOG.ARC
000062 UCAT110A.BKUP
000063 UCAT111A.BKUP
000065 UCAT112A.BKUP
000067 WWSTATS.BKUP.TAPE
000070 VSAM.BKUP.TEC
000079 MBOOKFL.BACKUP
000154 P.SQL.LOG.ARC
A-34
User Reference
D A T A
S E T
M A N A G E M E N T
S Y S T E M
PAGE
DATE 12/04/1997
PSCRATCH 99095
CREATION
DATE
11/14/1997
11/14/1997
08/02/1997
08/02/1997
08/02/1997
08/03/1997
08/03/1997
08/03/1997
07/10/1997
08/03/1997
08/03/1997
07/29/1997
EXPIRATION TAPE
DATE
ERRORS TOT-ERR TOT-USED
11/14/1997
0
0
1
11/14/1997
0
0
4
08/12/1997
0
0
41
08/09/1997
0
0
42
08/09/1997
0
0
28
08/06/1997
0
0
19
08/06/1997
0
0
12
08/06/1997
0
0
12
08/09/1997
0
0
9
08/05/1997
0
0
14
08/08/1997
0
0
12
08/05/1997
0
0
16
DT-CLEAN
POOL
VLT
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
SLOT
0
0
0
0
99
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
TSIDVLT Reports
TSIDVLT Reports
Description
TSIDVLT produces two reports listing tapes which should be moved. One is a Picking List
which is sorted by the tape's current location. The other is a Distribution List which is sorted
by the tapes' new destination. Both reports list the current location of tape reels and their new
location. They are designed to assist vault workers in the physical movement of tapes from
vault to vault.
To produce these reports, see 13-8 in this manual.
Fields
Name
Description
VAULT INFORMATION & SLOT
Number and name of the vault and the number of
the slot from which the tape should be moved
SER-NO
Volume serial number of the tape
VER
Number of the version on the tape
REEL
Reel sequence number of the tape (important for
multi-volume versions)
DATASET NAME
Dataset name of the version on the tape
VAULT INFORMATION & SLOT
Number and name of the vault and the number of
the slot to which the tape should be moved
Appendix A. BIM-EPIC Report Fields and Examples
A-35
TSIDVLT Reports
Vault Movement
Report Example
TSIDVLT
DATE 12/11/1997
----------F R O M--------VAULT INFORMATION
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
TSIDVLT
DATE 12/11/1997
----------F R O M--------VAULT INFORMATION
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
TSIDVLT
DATE 12/11/1997
------------T O----------VAULT INFORMATION
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
TSIDVLT
DATE 12/11/1997
------------T O----------VAULT INFORMATION
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
2 VAULT 2
A-36
User Reference
VAULT MOVEMENT REPORT
SLOT
112
113
119
120
121
SER-NO
004207
004208
000101
004013
004014
VER REEL
DATA SET NAME
1
1
T.FCOPY.ESA212
1
1
T.FCOPY.ESA213
1
1
T.FCOPY.TST701
1
1
T.FCOPY.T21RES
1
1
T.FCOPY.T21WK1
VAULT MOVEMENT REPORT
SLOT
SER-NO
T12994
000118
000154
000220
000251
000252
000279
VER REEL
DATA SET NAME
2
1
T.ZEKE.AUDIT.BKUP
2
1
T.KCOPY.TST701
2
1
P.SQL.LOG.ARC
2
1
EPIC.DISK01.BKUP
2
1
CONSTR.JOURNAL.BK
2
1
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
2
1
P.RPFICH.MONTHLY
VAULT MOVEMENT REPORT
SLOT
SER-NO
010185
090651
010005
090653
010072
VER REEL
DATA SET NAME
1
1
PT.A011.CLM.CK.BK
2
1
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
1
1
PT.D089.NAMES
2
1
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
1
1
ST.ADABAS.FILE114.JR114UPD
VAULT MOVEMENT REPORT
1
2
3
4
5
SLOT
1
2
3
4
5
SER-NO
090529
090531
090532
090652
000432
VER REEL
DATA SET NAME
3
1
AR.PROD.NCL.ELME3BKP.GVEXPORT.OFFSITE
3
1
AR.PROD.NCL.EREXTR.EL860.OFFSITE
3
1
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPNDB.EL860.OFFSITE
3
1
AR.PROD.NCL.ERPYAJ.EL860.OFFSITE
3
1
BUDGET.SQLBKUP
TIME 15 08 50
------------T O----------VAULT INFORMATION
0 MAIN LIBRARY
0 MAIN LIBRARY
0 MAIN LIBRARY
0 MAIN LIBRARY
0 MAIN LIBRARY
SLOT
0
0
0
0
0
TIME 15 08 50
------------T O----------VAULT INFORMATION
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
1 VAULT 1
SLOT
110
98
197
106
30
8
195
TIME 15 08 50
----------F R O M--------VAULT INFORMATION
5 ________________________
2 VAULT 2
5 ________________________
2 VAULT 2
5 ________________________
SLOT
0
0
0
0
0
TIME 15 08 50
----------F R O M--------VAULT INFORMATION
3 VAULT 3
3 VAULT 3
3 VAULT 3
3 VAULT 3
3 VAULT 3
SLOT
0
0
0
0
0
Master Index
BOOK CODES:
(IS)
Installation and System Guide
(UR) User Reference
A
- - - suffix (UR) 1-14, 1-31
- - suffix (UR) 1-14, 1-31
$
$$$ datasets (UR) 7-31
$$BFCMUL (IS) 2-5
$DEFPROF user profile (UR) 2-12
$DEFSEC security profile (UR) 2-7, 2-8
$EPIC security profile (UR) 2-7, 2-8
$EPIC user profile (UR) 2-12
$JOBEXIT user exit (IS) 2-65
$SELECT file (IS) 3-15, 3-23
&
&&dsname (UR) 6-23
&dsname (UR) 6-23
&n parameter (UR) 9-12
*
** DSN DELETED ** (UR) 1-35, 2-29, 2-46, 3-22
**** AUTO CATALOGUE **** (UR) 1-19
***.VOLUME.DSN.** (UR) 2-40, 12-9
*EPIC.EVENT.DSN* (UR) 10-2
=
=== datasets (UR) 7-30
0
000000 volser (UR) 2-40
A option (UR) 5-10
Abend processing
DD statements (UR) 6-17
Abend-AID
start before BIM-EPIC (IS) 2-8
Absolute generation
accessing with DLBL option G (UR) 5-10
DD statements (UR) 6-22
Absolute track specification (UR) 6-30
ABSTR parameter (UR) 6-30
ACCEPT configuration option (IS) 5-8
Accepted Tapes Report (UR) 11-6, A-8, A-10
Accessing
absolute generation (UR) 5-10
detail records (UR) 4-11
disk volume (UR) 3-32
DSN Catalog (UR) 4-5
master records (UR) 4-11
Online Manager security (UR) 2-8
relative version (UR) 5-12
sequential and random (UR) 4-5
TOJA (UR) 11-15
VSE label area (UR) 8-21
Accounting statistics (UR) A-3
ACL support
ejecting after MOVE (UR) 3-30
ERD (IS) 2-25
no revolving tapes (UR) 1-12
overriding TSIDSMNT (IS) 2-29
scratching tapes (UR) 3-22
selecting tapes (UR) 2-41
space requirements (IS) 2-7
synchronizing scratch pools (IS) 6-7
ACL support (UR) 2-40
ACLAUTI configuration option (IS) 5-8
M-1
Master Index
ACLEJECT command (IS) 6-5
ACLIBM configuration option (IS) 5-8
ACLLeveling (IS) 5-59
ACLLIB configuration option (IS) 5-8
ACLLVLOO configuration option (IS) 5-9
ACLMEM configuration option (IS) 5-9
ACLOFFL control statement (IS) 2-27
ACLONL control statement (IS) 2-28
ACLOPT configuration option (IS) 5-9
ACLRECS configuration option (IS) 5-9
ACLSRVRI configuration option (IS) 5-10
ACLSRVRM configuration option (IS) 5-10
ACLSRVRO configuration option (IS) 5-10
ACLSRVRS configuration option (IS) 5-10
ACLSTK configuration option (IS) 5-10
ACLTIME configuration option (IS) 5-10
Activating
BIM-EPIC (IS) 5-2
IBM ACL support (IS) 5-60
Memorex ATL support (IS) 5-63
QDAS (IS) 5-52
Recorder (IS) 5-45
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
Active records, number of (UR) 3-11
Active version (UR) 1-16
Activity Log Report
cross-reference (UR) A-8
TSIDARP (UR) 11-3
Activity Log Report (UR) A-6
Add a Tape Version panel (UR) 2-34
ADD command (UR) 1-30, 2-5, 2-34, 2-40, 3-8
ADD control statement (IS) 2-29
Adding
dummy tape device (IS) 2-61
EDDs (UR) 2-23
versions (UR) 2-34
ADDRESS EPIC
decoding output from (UR) 4-12
ADDRESS EPIC (UR) 4-11
After-hours support xiii, xii
AGP See Automatic generation purge
AGP configuration option (UR) 1-26
ALERT (IS) 2-9, 5-34
Align on cylinder boundary (UR) 6-30
ALLMALL configuration option
overriding with DLBL option M (UR) 5-11
overriding with OPTION (UR) 6-27
ALLMALL configuration option (IS) 5-10
ALLMSG configuration option
overriding with DLBL option M (UR) 5-11
overriding with OPTION (UR) 6-27
ALLMSG configuration option (IS) 5-11
M-2
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
ALLMSGS subparameter (UR) 6-27
Allocating
LUBs (UR) 1-28
Allocation Also see ALR and Disk allocation
by logical records (UR) 1-14
leveling (IS) 2-43
LUBS-inhibiting (IS) 2-48
on shared volumes (IS) 2-52
Allocation messages
DD statements (UR) 6-26
DLBL option M (UR) 5-11
Allocation size
by cylinders (UR) 6-30
by logical records (UR) 6-30
by tracks (UR) 6-30
DD statements (UR) 6-27
SPACE parameter (UR) 6-30
Alpha options on TLBLs (UR) 5-3
ALR
DLBL option R (UR) 5-11
ALTMSGS configuration option (IS) 5-11
ALX parameter (UR) 6-30
AMORG DD parameter (UR) 6-12
AMP parameter (UR) 6-7
AND condition (UR) 9-9
APAR information
commenting out (IS) 3-25
APURG (IS) 6-15
AR facility (UR) 12-5
ASI procedure
adding dummy devices (IS) 2-61
modifying for BIM-EPIC (IS) 2-57
partition size requirements (IS) 2-63
size card (IS) 2-63
updating SVA size (IS) 2-63
ASSGN statements
IGNORE (UR) 7-60
required with DLBL option I (UR) 5-11
TSIDASS (UR) 8-2
uncontrolled datasets (UR) 7-7
when required (UR) 7-7
ASSGN statements (UR) 7-7
Assigning
default pools (UR) 1-14
SYS number (UR) 1-28
Assigning vaulting method (UR) A-22
Assignments
holding (UR) 6-24
releasing (UR) 6-24
Assignments (UR) 12-4
ATL See Memorex ATL support
ATTACH (UR) 12-4
(UR) = User Reference
Attention Routine
BIM-EPIC Dispatcher (IS) 5-53
Attention Routine commands (UR) 12-5
AUTOATT configuration option (IS) 3-2, 5-11
AUTOATT configuration option (UR) 1-29
Autoattach
AUTOATT (IS) 2-94, 5-11
configuration options (IS) 3-2
for VM/ESA 370 (IS) 3-41
for VM/ESA Version 1 Release 1.1 (IS) 3-27
for VM/ESA Version 1 Release 2 (IS) 3-20
for VM/ESA Version 2 Release 2 (IS) 3-10
for VM/HPO (IS) 3-41
for VM/SP (IS) 3-41
for VM/XA (IS) 3-35
installation (IS) 3-1
overview (IS) 3-2
via Dynamic Command Definition (IS) 3-4
Autoattach (UR) 1-29, 12-4
AUTOCAT configuration option (IS) 5-11
AUTOCAT configuration option (UR) 1-4, 1-19
Autodetach restrictions (UR) 1-30
AUTOLOG configuration option (IS) 5-12
AUTOLOG configuration option (UR) 1-19
Automated Cartridge Library
IBM requirements (IS) 2-5
Memorex requirements (IS) 2-5
STK requirements (IS) 2-6
Automated Cartridge Library (ACL)
ACLLeveling (IS) 5-59
activating and deactivating (IS) 5-63, 5-68
configuration options (IS) 5-8
Definition Requirements (IS) 5-54
IBM ACL (IS) 5-60
Memorex ATL support (IS) 5-63
OPTI-TAPE ACL support (IS) 5-73
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
vaulting (UR) 12-17
Vendors Supported (IS) 5-54
Automatic Cartridge Library See ACL support
Automatic cataloging
AUTOCAT (UR) 1-19
AUTOLOG (UR) 1-19
DD statements (UR) 6-17, 6-25
generation datasets (UR) 6-17, 6-22
SYSPARM (UR) 1-20
work datasets (UR) 6-17
Automatic cataloging (UR) 2-40
Automatic generation purge (UR) 1-26
Automatic volume recognition (UR) 1-29
Automatic Volume Recognition (UR) 12-4
AUTOSTP configuration option (IS) 5-12
Master Index
AUTOSTP configuration option (UR) 1-29
AUTSTPN configuration option (IS) 5-12
AUTSTPNO configuration option (IS) 5-12
AUTSTPT configuration option (IS) 5-12
AUTSTPTO configuration option (IS) 5-13
AUX control file (IS) 3-37
Available drives (UR) 12-4
Available tapes (UR) 12-4
AVAULTS (IS) 6-39
AVAULTS parameter (UR) 12-22
AVR See Automatic volume recognition
AVR (UR) 1-29
B
B option (UR) 5-10
Backed-up datasets
listing (UR) A-20
BACKUP
IDCAMS (UR) 7-43
LIBR (UR) 7-46
BACKUP command (IS) 6-6
BACKUP control statement
RFBKUP (IS) 5-46
synchronizing DSN Catalog and Recorder (IS) 5-46
BACKUP control statement (IS) 5-46
Backup/Offload (UR) 1-31
BACKUP/RESTORE (IS) 2-11
Batch catalog management (UR) 1-7
BCAT control statement (IS) 2-23, 6-21
BDSPLY command (IS) 6-7
BIM-BIM-EPIC
documentation xiv, xiii
BIM-EPIC
activating (UR) 1-34
configuration defaults (IS) 2-94
configuration options (UR) 1-2
configuring (IS) 5-2
dataset control (UR) 1-5
DD statements (UR) 6-1
deactivating (IS) 5-44
deactivating/reactivating (IS) 6-26
Dispatcher (IS) 5-53
DLBL enhancements (UR) 5-8
execution status (UR) 1-34
first-time installation (IS) 2-4
JCL enhancements (UR) 1-39
job cancellation (UR) 1-38
messages See Messages
request handling (IS) 5-53
restricting control (UR) 1-5
special options (IS) 5-31
M-3
Master Index
special options (UR) 1-22
starting (IS) 5-2
system files (IS) 2-12
TLBL enhancements (UR) 5-2
upgrading from previous release (IS) 2-3
using JCL (UR) 1-36
utility programs (UR) 8-1
vaulting (IS) 6-38
BIM-EPIC dataset definitions
allocation by logical records (UR) 1-14
automatic purge (UR) 1-26
block size (UR) 1-10
CISIZE (UR) 1-14
comment (UR) 1-9
creating (UR) 2-23
cycles retention (UR) 1-11
dataset name (UR) 1-9
days after last access (UR) 1-11
deleting (UR) 2-29, 2-39, 3-22
disk pool name (UR) 1-14
display format (UR) 2-13
displaying (UR) 2-19, 2-22
encryption password (UR) 1-9
generation dataset (UR) 1-10
locking (UR) 2-26
managing (UR) 2-21
modifying (UR) 3-43
number of secondary allocations (UR) 1-14
owner ID (UR) 1-12
password (UR) 1-9
primary extend size (UR) 1-14
prime dataset name (UR) 1-12
releasing (UR) 2-27
removing (UR) 3-33
retention (UR) 2-49
retention days (UR) 1-10
revolving tapes (UR) 1-12
secondary extent size (UR) 1-14
standard label (UR) 1-12
SYS number (UR) 1-10
System ID (UR) 1-9
tape density (UR) 1-12
tape pool ID (UR) 1-12
tape size (UR) 1-13
TSIDUTL report (UR) A-26
unlocking (UR) 2-28
updating (UR) 2-25
User ID (UR) 1-9
vault method number (UR) 1-13
BIM-EPIC Dataset Definitions
managing (UR) 2-18
BIM-EPIC dataset definitions (UR) A-17
M-4
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
BIM-EPIC Resource Dataset (IS) 2-25
BIM-FAQS/ASO
accessing Online Manager (UR) 2-3
installation (IS) 2-70
Online Manager security (UR) 2-7
BIM-FAQS/PCS (IS) 2-9
BIM-GSS
quick installation (IS) 2-2
BIM-GSS (UR) 4-11
Block size
BLKSIZE DD parameter (UR) 6-14
MAX (UR) 6-13
mutually exclusive with CISIZE (UR) 1-10
OPT (UR) 6-13
Block size (UR) 1-10
BUFSP DD parameter (UR) 6-12
Bypass datasets DD statements (UR) 6-41
BYPEXT configuration option (IS) 5-13
BYPWRKO parameter (IS) 6-42
C
C option (UR) 5-10
Caching (IS) 2-17
CA-DRIVER
start before BIM-EPIC (IS) 2-8
CA-DYNAM conversions See BIM-EPIC Conversion
Guide
CA-DYNAM conversions (IS) 5-32
CA-Easytrieve (IS) 2-9
CA-EPIC for CMS
catalog management requirements (UR) 3-5
sharing BIM-EPIC catalog (UR) 3-23, 3-27
sharing DSN Catalog on VSE (UR) 2-2
CA-LIBRARIAN (IS) 2-9
Called subroutines (UR) 10-9
Cancel codes See Job management control language
CANMSG configuration option (IS) 5-13
CAPACITY command (UR) 2-5, 3-11
CA-PANVALET (IS) 2-9
Card input (UR) 7-56
Cartridge tapes (UR) 1-30
CA-SORT (IS) 2-9, 2-11
CA-SORT (UR) 7-37
CA-Super-EPAT (IS) 5-34
CAT control statement (IS) 6-21
CAT subparameter (UR) 6-27
CATALOG
TSIDOFD (UR) 13-20
CATALOG command
REV (UR) 12-3
VLT parameter (UR) 12-19
(UR) = User Reference
CATALOG command (UR) 2-24, 2-47, 3-12
Catalog maintenance
SCRATCH (UR) 2-46
Catalog management
ADD (UR) 2-34, 2-40, 3-8
CAPACITY (UR) 3-11
CATALOG (UR) 3-12
CATALOG (UR) 2-24, 2-47
CLEAN (UR) 3-18
CLEAN (UR) 2-45
CLOSE (UR) 3-19
CLOSE (UR) 2-38
CYCLE (UR) 2-51, 3-20
DELETE (UR) 3-22
DELETE (UR) 2-29, 2-39
DEQ (UR) 3-23
DISPLAY (UR) 3-24
DISPLAY (UR) 2-21
ENQ (UR) 3-27
functions (UR) 3-3
LOCK (UR) 3-28
LOCK (UR) 2-26, 2-35
MCATALOG (UR) 3-29
MOVE (UR) 3-30
MOVE (UR) 12-22
online See Online Manager
PASSWORD (UR) 3-7
PURGE (UR) 3-33
PURGE (UR) 2-39, 2-44
RELEASE (UR) 3-35
RELEASE (UR) 2-27, 2-36
RENAME (UR) 3-36
RETAIN (UR) 3-37
RETAIN (UR) 2-49
SCRATCH (UR) 3-39
SCRATCH (UR) 2-46, 2-52
syntax (UR) 3-6
TRANSFER (UR) 3-41
UNLOCK (UR) 3-42
UNLOCK (UR) 2-28, 2-37
UPDATE (UR) 3-43
UPDATE (UR) 2-25, 2-48
vaulting (UR) 12-19
Catalog management (UR) 2-2
Catalog overrides
DD statements (UR) 6-9
Catalog recovery (IS) 4-8
Cataloging datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-9, 6-17, 6-25
CATLG DD parameter (UR) 6-17
CATMOVEn SAMPJOB (IS) 4-6
CATRT1 configuration option (IS) 5-13
Master Index
CATRT1 configuration option (UR) 1-4, 1-20
CBL RES option (IS) 2-67
Changing
EDD information (UR) 2-25
vault and slot location (UR) 3-30
version expiration date (UR) 3-37
Changing from
disk to tape (UR) 7-56
tape to disk (UR) 7-56
Check CPU See Job management control language
Check partition See JMCL
Checklists Also see Worksheets
initial installation (IS) 1-2
Pre-4.1 Upgrade (IS) 1-4
Checkpoint/restart
TSIDASS (UR) 8-4
Checkpoint/restart (UR) 7-54
Choosing offload datasets (UR) 13-17
CICS
accessing Online Manager (UR) 2-3
event posting entries (IS) 2-78
installation (IS) 2-78
label creation (UR) 12-16
PCT tables (IS) 2-76, 2-77
start-up JCL (IS) 2-86
TOJA (UR) 11-13
TOJA installation (IS) 2-87
transaction activation (IS) 2-94
transaction notes (IS) 2-84
CISIZE
DD parameter (UR) 6-26
mutually exclusive with block size (UR) 1-10
CISIZE (UR) 1-14
CISIZE subparameter (UR) 6-27
CKD devices
allocation on cylinder boundary (UR) 5-10
CKDFACT configuration option (IS) 5-14
CLEAN command (UR) 2-5, 2-43, 2-45, 3-18
CLEAR control statement (IS) 5-47
CLOSE command (UR) 2-5, 2-38, 3-19
CLOSE parameter (UR) 6-24
Close processing
disk files (UR) 1-43
CMDHELP command (UR) 2-16
CMS
accessing Online Manager (UR) 2-3
CMS, sharing catalog with (IS) 2-68
CMSTAPE configuration option (IS) 2-68, 5-14
CNTRL configuration option (IS) 5-15
CNTRL configuration option (UR) 1-5
COBOL
example (UR) 4-7
M-5
Master Index
Library Management Feature (IS) 2-67
TSIDACC2 (UR) 4-5
COBOL copybook (UR) 11-10
Coding
DD statements (UR) 6-2
Combining DSN Catalogs (IS) 6-70
Command help (UR) 2-16
Command syntax xi, x
Comment (UR) 1-9
Common work datasets
deleting (UR) 1-21
retention (UR) 1-21
Common work datasets (UR) 7-31
Compatibility with other software (IS) 2-8
Compiler work datasets (UR) 7-31, 7-33
Concatenating
not eligible for dataset drop (UR) 6-4
Concatenating datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-3
DLBL option E (UR) 5-10
multiple opens (UR) 5-12
Concatenating datasets (UR) 5-7, 7-35, 7-37
Concatenation
datasets example (UR) 7-61
DD statements (UR) 6-22
CONDCAT parameter (UR) 6-17, 7-64
Condition checking and branching See Job
management control language
Conditional cataloging
definition (UR) 1-16
DLBL option C (UR) 5-10
Conditional cataloging (UR) 5-7, 7-64
Conditionally cataloged
CONDCAT parameter (UR) 6-17
Conditions and IF (UR) 9-9
Configuration options
ACCEPT (IS) 5-8
ACLAUTI (IS) 5-8
ACLIBM (IS) 5-8
ACLLIB (IS) 5-8
ACLLVLOO (IS) 5-9
ACLMEM (IS) 5-9
ACLOPT (IS) 5-9
ACLRECS (IS) 5-9
ACLSRVRI (IS) 5-10
ACLSRVRM (IS) 5-10
ACLSRVRO (IS) 5-10
ACLSRVRS (IS) 5-10
ACLSTK (IS) 5-10
ACLTIME (IS) 5-10
AGP (UR) 1-26
ALLMALL (IS) 5-10
M-6
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
ALLMSG (IS) 5-11
ALTMSGS (IS) 5-11
AUTOATT (IS) 5-11
AUTOATT (UR) 1-29
Autoattach (IS) 3-2
AUTOCAT (IS) 5-11
AUTOCAT (UR) 1-4, 1-19
AUTOLOG (IS) 5-12
AUTOLOG (UR) 1-19
AUTOSTP (IS) 5-12
AUTOSTP (UR) 1-29
AUTSTPN (IS) 5-12
AUTSTPNO (IS) 5-12
AUTSTPT (IS) 5-12
AUTSTPTO (IS) 5-13
BYPEXT (IS) 5-13
CANMSG (IS) 5-13
CATRT1 (IS) 5-13
CATRT1 (UR) 1-4, 1-20
CKDFACT (IS) 5-14
CMSTAPE (IS) 2-68, 5-14
CNTRL (IS) 5-15
CNTRL (UR) 1-5
CPUIDS (IS) 5-15
CWDSPOL (IS) 5-15
CYCL (IS) 5-15
CYCL (UR) 1-20
DDERR (IS) 5-16
DDGEN (IS) 5-16
DDGEN (UR) 6-17, 6-22
DEBUG (IS) 5-17
defaults (IS) 2-94, 5-4
DEFEXT (UR) 1-20
DEFPOL (IS) 5-17
DEFPOL (UR) 1-14, 1-20
DEFTPL (IS) 5-17
DEFWPOL (IS) 5-17
DISKALL (IS) 5-17
DSKLUB (IS) 5-18
DSKRET (IS) 5-18
DSKRET (UR) 1-24
DSNAME (IS) 5-18
DSNWARN (IS) 5-18
DSNWMSG (IS) 5-18
EPICOFF (IS) 5-18
ERDFILE (IS) 2-25, 5-19
EURODAT (IS) 5-19
FBAFACT (IS) 5-19
FRAG (IS) 5-19
GDI (IS) 5-19
GDI (UR) 8-6, 8-9, 8-16
GDIUR (IS) 5-20
(UR) = User Reference
JCLAC (IS) 5-20
JCLLANG (IS) 5-20
JCLLANG (UR) 9-1
JCLOPT (IS) 5-20
JCLOVRDE (IS) 5-20
JCLOVRDE (UR) 6-9, 6-17
JOBACCT (IS) 5-20
JOBACCT (UR) 11-1
JQNAME (IS) 5-20
JQWARN (IS) 5-21
JQWMSG (IS) 5-21
Memorex ATL (IS) 5-63
MINDEX (IS) 5-21
MINRET (IS) 5-21
MINRET (UR) 1-4
MODE (IS) 5-21
MODE (UR) 1-30
MSG088 (IS) 5-22
MULTCPU (IS) 2-68, 5-22
NCATDSK (IS) 5-22
NCATDSK (UR) 1-4, 1-20
NOGVIS (IS) 5-23
ONLREWCD (IS) 5-23
OPTI-TAPE ACL support (IS) 5-73
overriding (IS) 6-27
PASSWD (IS) 5-23
PREFIX (IS) 5-23
PURBYP (IS) 5-23
PURBYP (UR) 1-26, 6-17
RECORD (IS) 5-23
RECORD (UR) 1-27, 11-1
Recorder File (UR) 1-27
RECSHR (IS) 5-23
RECSHR (UR) 1-27
RECWARN (UR) 1-27
RECWMSG (UR) 1-27
RERUN (IS) 5-23
RETEN (IS) 5-24
RETEN (UR) 1-20
RMNTPRT (IS) 5-24
RMNTPRT (UR) 12-16
SHARE (IS) 5-24
SHARE (UR) 1-29
SLASIZE (IS) 5-24
special (IS) 5-31
Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 1-4
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
STRTRK (IS) 5-24
STRTRK (UR) 1-4, 13-5
syntax (IS) 5-4
TAPCUU (IS) 5-24
TAPE (IS) 5-24
Master Index
TAPLUB (IS) 5-24
TAPPOL (IS) 2-44, 5-25
TPAMODE (IS) 5-25
TSTJOB (IS) 5-26
UNCDSK (IS) 5-26
UNCDSK (UR) 1-5, 6-30
UNCTAP (IS) 5-26
UNCTAP (UR) 1-5, 1-29
UNCTL (IS) 5-26
UNCTL (UR) 1-5
UNLABEL (IS) 5-26
UNLOAD (IS) 5-26
VGSFTAPE (IS) 5-27
VM (IS) 5-27
VM (UR) 9-20
VSAM (IS) 5-28
VSAM (UR) 1-5, 7-28
worksheet (IS) 1-12
Configuration options (IS) 5-8
Configuration options (UR) 1-2
Confirmation options (UR) 2-15
Console (IS) 6-29
CONTIG parameter (UR) 6-30
Continuing with a dependent task (UR) 10-6
Controlled datasets (UR) 1-3
Controlled tapes (UR) 2-40, 2-41, 8-14
Conversion issues (IS) 2-8
Converting
to BIM-EPIC See BIM-EPIC Conversion Guide
uncontrolled to controlled (UR) 13-5
Copying and merging datasets (UR) 8-9
CP command table (IS) 3-31
CP commands (UR) 9-20
CP nucleus
Autoattach installation (IS) 3-1
backing up (IS) 3-28
CP nucleus (IS) 3-18, 3-26
CPU independence
disk pools (UR) 1-14, 1-31
CPU independence (UR) 7-30
CPU/partition-independent pools (UR) 1-31
CPUID (IS) 6-15
CPUIDS configuration option (IS) 5-15
Create Date/Time Activity Report (UR) A-24
Create Job/Time Activity Report (UR) A-13
Creating
EDD (UR) 3-12
EDDs (UR) 2-23
ERD (IS) 2-34
master index (IS) 2-23
Recorder History dataset (UR) 11-2
security profiles (UR) 2-8
M-7
Master Index
tape volume labels (UR) 1-30
Creation date
changing (UR) 3-37
report listing (UR) A-30
Creation date (UR) 1-18
Creation job
changing (UR) 3-37
report listing (UR) A-30
Creation job (UR) 1-18
Creation time (UR) 1-18
Cross-Reference Report (UR) 12-23
Cross-Reference Reports
input to TSIDBRP (UR) 11-3
Cross-Reference Reports (UR) A-8
CTL control statement (IS) 2-32
Current condition code See Job management control
language
Current utilization, displaying (UR) 3-11
Customer support xii, xi
Customized data displays (UR) 2-12
Customizing
BIM-EPIC processing (UR) 1-2
confirmation options (UR) 2-15
EDD display format (UR) 2-13
version display format (UR) 2-14
CWDS See Common work datasets
CWDSPOL configuration option (IS) 5-15
CYCL configuration option (IS) 5-15
CYCL configuration option (UR) 1-20
Cycle a Version panel (UR) 2-50
CYCLE command
difference from RETAIN (UR) 2-50
versions (UR) 2-50
CYCLE command (UR) 2-5, 2-51, 3-20
Cycles retention
overriding (UR) 3-20
Cycles retention (UR) 1-11
CYL parameter (UR) 6-30
D
D option (UR) 5-10
DA datasets
secondary allocation unavailable (UR) 13-3
DA datasets (IS) 5-37
DA datasets (UR) 1-5
Daily maintenance JCL (IS) 2-91
DAILYn SAMPJOB (IS) 4-2
DATA parameter (UR) 6-39, 9-8
Database utilities (UR) 7-35
DATA-REPORTER (IS) 5-31
Dataset defaults
M-8
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
overriding (UR) 6-9
Dataset definitions See BIM-EPIC dataset definitions
Dataset drop
TLBL option 16 (UR) 5-7
Dataset drop (UR) 6-3, 7-63
Dataset fragmentation (UR) 13-2
Dataset name
DSN DD parameter (UR) 6-22
specifying on DD statement (UR) 6-7
Dataset name (UR) 1-9
Dataset names
changing (UR) 3-36
Dataset to Tape Report (UR) 12-24, A-11
DATASET.NAME (UR) 1-43
dataset-name control statement (UR) 13-29
Datasets
assigning vaulting methods (UR) 12-19
cataloging (UR) 1-3
changing retention (UR) 1-25
concatenating (UR) 6-4
concatenating with DLBL option E (UR) 5-10
concatenating with multiple opens (UR) 5-12
control (UR) 1-5
copying and merging (UR) 8-9
defining (UR) 7-5
deleting (UR) 5-10
direct access (UR) 7-25
expiration rules (UR) 1-22
generation or work (UR) 1-10
ISAM (UR) 7-26
naming (UR) 1-9
onloading (UR) 13-27
renaming (UR) 3-36
restoring (UR) 13-27
revolving (UR) 12-3
rules for naming (UR) 1-9
scratching (UR) 1-35
sequential (UR) 7-25
Start Track 1 (UR) 1-4
uncontrolled (UR) 2-41
uncontrolled disk (UR) 6-30
Date formats
European (IS) 5-19
Date time activity report
creating (UR) A-24
Days after last access (DLA) (UR) 1-11
DCB parameter (UR) 6-7
DCT entries (IS) 2-88
DD names
special (UR) 6-5
DD names (UR) 6-2
DD statements
(UR) = User Reference
ABSTR parameter (UR) 6-30
additional parameters (UR) 6-2
allocation by logical record (UR) 6-30
ALX parameter (UR) 6-30
AMORG parameter (UR) 6-12
AMP (UR) 6-7
AMP parameter (UR) 6-12
BLKSIZE parameter (UR) 6-13
BUFSP parameter (UR) 6-12
catalog override example (UR) 6-9
cataloging (UR) 7-18
CATLG parameter (UR) 6-17
CLOSE parameter (UR) 6-24
CONDCAT parameter (UR) 6-17, 7-64
CONTIG parameter (UR) 6-30
continuations (UR) 6-3
CYL parameter (UR) 6-30
DATA parameter (UR) 6-39
dataset drop (UR) 7-63
dataset fragmentation (UR) 13-2
DCB (UR) 6-7
DCB parameter (UR) 6-13
DD name (UR) 6-2
default version (UR) 7-4
DELETE parameter (UR) 6-17
DEN parameter (UR) 6-13
DISP (UR) 6-7
DISP parameter (UR) 6-15
DROP option (UR) 6-3
DSN parameter (UR) 6-7, 6-22
DSORG parameter (UR) 6-14
dummy datasets (UR) 6-41
END parameter (UR) 6-24
fragmentation (UR) 6-30
FREE parameter (UR) 1-30, 6-8, 6-24
ignoring datasets (UR) 6-41
JOBCAT (UR) 6-5
KEEP parameter (UR) 6-17
LABEL (UR) 6-8
LABEL parameter (UR) 6-25
LRECL parameter (UR) 6-14
MOD subparameter (UR) 6-15
multi-dataset coding (UR) 6-6
MXIG parameter (UR) 6-30
NEW subparameter (UR) 6-15
OLD subparameter (UR) 6-15
OPTION (UR) 6-8, 6-26
OPTION parameter (UR) 6-38
OS concatenation (UR) 6-3
parameters (UR) 6-7
PASS parameter (UR) 6-17
pool request (UR) 6-35
Master Index
printer and punch datasets (UR) 6-38
PRIVATE parameter (UR) 6-35
REF (UR) 6-35
RETAIN parameter (UR) 6-35
RLSE parameter (UR) 6-30
ROUND parameter (UR) 6-30
secondary allocation (UR) 6-30
SER parameter (UR) 6-35
SHR subparameter (UR) 6-15
SPACE (UR) 6-8, 6-30
SPACE parameter (UR) 6-27, 13-4
special ddnames (UR) 6-5
specifying (UR) 6-2, 6-9
specifying for tape (UR) 6-9
Start Track 1 example (UR) 6-9
STEPCAT (UR) 6-5
syntax checking (UR) 6-3
SYSABEND (UR) 6-5, 6-6
SYSIN (UR) 6-5
SYSMDUMP (UR) 6-5, 6-6
SYSnnn parameter (UR) 6-27
SYSOUT parameter (UR) 6-38
SYSUDUMP (UR) 6-5, 6-6
TRK parameter (UR) 6-30
uncontrolled dataset example (UR) 6-9
uncontrolled datasets (UR) 6-9
uncontrolled disk (UR) 6-30
UNIT (UR) 6-8
UNIT parameter (UR) 6-7, 6-33, 6-38
unsupported ddnames (UR) 6-5
VOL parameter (UR) 6-7
volser request (UR) 6-35
VOLUME (UR) 6-8
VOLUME parameter (UR) 6-35
VSAM example (UR) 6-10
VSAM processing (UR) 6-10, 6-26
VSAM/SAM processing (UR) 6-10
DD statements (UR) 6-1
DDERR configuration option (IS) 5-16
DDGEN configuration option (IS) 5-16
DDGEN configuration option (UR) 6-17, 6-22
Deactivating
BIM-EPIC (IS) 5-44
IBM ACL support (IS) 5-60
Memorex ATL support (IS) 5-63
QDAS (IS) 5-52
Recorder (IS) 5-45
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
TPRT transaction (UR) 12-16
TSIDBPR (UR) 12-16
DEBUG configuration option (IS) 5-17
Debugging (IS) 6-24
M-9
Master Index
Default profiles
$DEFPROF (UR) 2-12
$DEFSEC (UR) 2-7
$EPIC (UR) 2-7, 2-12
user (UR) 2-12
Defaults
density (UR) 1-12
disk pool (UR) 1-19
pools (UR) 1-14
security profiles (UR) 2-7
DEFEXT configuration option (IS) 5-17
DEFEXT configuration option (UR) 1-20
Define an EDD panel (UR) 2-23
DEFINE command (UR) 2-5
Defining
datasets (UR) 7-5
EDDs (UR) 2-23
vault locations (IS) 6-39
vaulting methods (IS) 6-40
DEFPOL configuration option (IS) 5-17
DEFPOL configuration option (UR) 1-14, 1-20
DEFTPL configuration option (IS) 5-17
DEFWPOL configuration option (IS) 5-17
DEL control statement (IS) 2-33
DELETE
DD parameter (UR) 6-17
DELETE command
TSIDVUT (IS) 6-58
DELETE command (UR) 2-5, 2-29, 2-39, 3-22
Deleting
EDD (UR) 2-29, 3-22, 3-33
EDDs (UR) 1-35
versions (UR) 3-33
volsers (UR) 3-33
VTOC entries (IS) 6-58
Deleting datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-17
DELETE DD parameter (UR) 6-17
DLBL option D (UR) 5-10
TSIDDEL (UR) 8-7
Density
DEN DD parameter (UR) 6-13
DEQ command (UR) 3-23
DETACH (UR) 12-4
Detail display (UR) A-17
Detail records
ADDRESS EPIC (UR) 4-12
Detail records (UR) 4-5
Detail report
TSIDMNT (UR) A-17
Device address (UR) 1-18
Device down (UR) 3-31
M-10
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
Device type request
DD statements (UR) 6-33
Device type, choosing (UR) 7-56
DFSORT (IS) 2-10
DFSORT (UR) 7-37
DHLDOPEN (IS) 6-15
DHLDOPEN (UR) 1-22, 1-38
Direct access datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-14
Direct access datasets (UR) 7-25
Disk allocation
aligning on cylinder boundary (UR) 5-10
defining volumes to QDAS (IS) 2-55
leveling (IS) 2-43
Disk datasets
close processing (UR) 1-43
converting to controlled (UR) 13-5
grouping (UR) 1-9
names (UR) 1-9
open processing (UR) 1-42
placing on specific volumes (UR) 13-6
removing from BIM-EPIC control (IS) 6-66
scratching (UR) 1-35, 1-38
Disk pool name (UR) 1-14
Disk pools
CPU-independent (UR) 1-14, 1-31
creating (IS) 2-39, 2-42
default pool (UR) 1-19
defining (IS) 2-43
design (IS) 2-40
leveling (IS) 2-43
leveling (UR) 1-31
locating (UR) 1-42
partition-independent (UR) 1-14, 1-31
Disk pools (UR) 1-28, 1-31
Disk space
freeing (UR) 3-22
Disk to tape (UR) 7-56
Disk volumes
dismounting (UR) 3-31
sharing (IS) 2-52, 2-68
DISKALL configuration option (IS) 5-17
Dismounting a disk volume (UR) 3-31
DISP parameter (UR) 6-7, 6-15
DISP=(x,CATLG) (UR) 1-19
Dispatcher
EP commands (IS) 5-53
Dispatcher (IS) 5-53
Display active report listing (UR) A-30
DISPLAY command (UR) 2-21, 3-24
Display NEW report listing (UR) A-30
Display PULL report listing (UR) A-30
(UR) = User Reference
Display PULL, DSN report listing (UR) A-30
Display scratch report listing (UR) A-33
Display vault report listing (UR) A-30
Displaying
DSN Catalog entries (UR) 3-24, 4-2
EDDs (UR) 2-19, 2-22
online VTOC (UR) 13-11
tape information (UR) 2-42
tapes required by a job (IS) 6-53
version attributes (UR) 2-33
version information (UR) 2-30
VTOC entries (IS) 6-56
VTOC entries (UR) 1-31, A-15
Distribution tape
loading library modules (IS) 2-12
DITTO (IS) 5-32
DITTO (UR) 7-35, 7-47
DL/1 datasets (UR) 13-4
DLAHOLD (IS) 6-15
DLAUPD= (UR) 13-23
DLBL option codes
A align on cylinder boundary (UR) 5-10
B=n reblocking (UR) 5-10, 8-9
C conditional catalog (UR) 5-10, 7-64
D delete after closed as input (UR) 5-10
E concatenation with one open (UR) 5-10
F fragmentation (UR) 5-10
G=n access absolute generation (UR) 5-10
H override FRAG=YES (UR) 5-10
I override BIM-EPIC control (UR) 5-11
L no LUB allocation (UR) 5-11
M issue allocation messages (UR) 5-11, 6-27
N inhibit truncation feature (UR) 5-11
O use EXTENT size (UR) 5-11
P purge at EOJ (UR) 5-11
R=nnn allocation by logical records (UR) 5-11
S reuse same space (UR) 5-12
T dataset drop (UR) 5-12, 7-63, 8-9
V=n access a relative version (UR) 5-12
X delete at close or EOJ (UR) 5-12
DLBL option codes (UR) 5-10
DLBL statements
automatic truncation (UR) 13-4
BIM-EPIC enhancements (UR) 5-8
default version (UR) 7-4
F option (UR) 13-2
inhibiting truncation (UR) 13-4
DLBL statements (UR) 5-8
Do not rewind (UR) 5-7
Doctor D (IS) 5-31
Documentation xiv, xiii
Master Index
DOS cancel code See Job management control
language
DOS label See VSE label
DOSCC parameter (UR) 9-9
Drive assignments (UR) 1-29
DROP options
DD statements (UR) 6-3
DSKLUB configuration option
assigning SYS number (UR) 1-28
DSKLUB configuration option (IS) 5-18
DSKRET configuration option (IS) 5-18
DSKRET configuration option (UR) 1-24
DSN Catalog
accessing (UR) 4-5, 4-11
capacity (UR) 3-11
Combining (IS) 6-70
controlled tapes (UR) 2-40
creating (IS) 2-17
daily maintenance JCL (IS) 2-91
dataset name sequence (UR) A-11
dequeuing (UR) 3-23
EDD information (UR) 1-6
efficiency (IS) 2-23
efficiency (UR) 1-4
emergency recovery (IS) 4-8
enlarging (IS) 6-13
enqueuing (UR) 3-27
entries (UR) 1-6
fast backup (IS) 6-10
fast restore (IS) 6-11
formatting (IS) 2-23, 6-21
IJSYSDS (IS) 5-2
in volume sequence (UR) A-23
labels (IS) 2-58
location (IS) 2-19
maintaining (IS) 6-2
maintenance (UR) A-5
managing in batch mode (UR) 3-1
master index (IS) 2-23
moving or changing size (IS) 4-6
online management See also Online Manager
rebuilding (IS) 6-23
record structure (UR) 4-5
removing versions (UR) 1-35
resequencing (UR) 4-5
scratching datasets automatically (IS) 6-14
searching (UR) 2-19
sequential and random access (UR) 4-5
sharing (IS) 2-68
size requirements (IS) 2-19
statistics (UR) 2-5
upgrading from version 2.x (IS) 2-92
M-11
Master Index
version information (UR) 1-6
DSN Catalog (UR) 1-3
DSN Catalog entries (UR) 1-3, 2-41
DSN DD parameter (UR) 6-22
DSN parameter (UR) 6-7
DSN/JOB Cross-Reference Report (UR) 11-6, A-8
DSNAME (IS) 6-11
DSNAME configuration option (IS) 5-18
DSNWARN configuration option (IS) 5-18
DSNWMSG configuration option (IS) 5-18
DSORG DD parameter (UR) 6-14
DSPLY command
VAULT (UR) 12-21
VLT (UR) 12-21
DSPLY command (IS) 6-7
DSPLY command (UR) 4-2
DTF names
default dataset name (IS) 5-32
excluding from BIM-EPIC control (UR) 1-5
in TLBLs (UR) 5-2
inhibiting LUB allocation (IS) 2-47, 2-48
RFBKUP (IS) 5-49
TSIDDMP (UR) 8-16
TSIDDTD (UR) 8-9
uncontrolled (IS) 1-11, 2-47
unit record (UR) 6-2
DTFCD (UR) 6-2, 7-56
DTFCP (UR) 7-56
DTFDI (UR) 7-56
DTFPR (UR) 6-2, 7-56
DTFs
TYPEFLE=WORK (UR) 7-32
DUMMY parameter (UR) 6-41
Dummy tape device (IS) 2-61
DUSP (IS) 2-11, 5-31
DVCDN (UR) 3-31
Dynamic space GETVIS (IS) 2-63
E
E option (UR) 5-10
Early Drive Release (UR) 1-30
EDD See BIM-EPIC dataset definitions
EDD Information panel (UR) 2-22
Efficiency considerations
disk allocation (UR) 1-31
master index (IS) 2-23
Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 1-4
Emergency catalog recovery (IS) 4-8
Emergency recovery
rebuilding DSN Catalog (IS) 6-23
Emergency support xiii, xii
M-12
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
Encryption password (UR) 1-9
END control statement (IS) 5-48
END parameter (IS) 2-48
END parameter (UR) 6-24
End-of-extent processing
disk (UR) 1-42
End-of-volume processing (UR) 1-40
ENQ command (UR) 3-27
EOF extent (IS) 5-31
EOF extent (UR) 1-17
EP commands
Dispatcher (IS) 5-53
EP009 message
ACCEPT response (UR) 11-6
EP038 message
DISPLAY response (IS) 6-60
FRAG response (UR) 5-10, 13-2
EP930 message (UR) 12-5
EPAT conversions See BIM-EPIC Conversion Guide
EPIC transaction (IS) 2-83
EPICAA PARTCAT file (IS) 3-23
EPICFLOW command (UR) 2-16
EPICOFF (IS) 6-26
EPICOFF configuration option (IS) 5-18
EPICON (IS) 5-52, 6-26
EPICON procedure (IS) 5-2
EPICREC.OAL (UR) 4-12
EPICTAPEPOL-x (IS) 5-72
EPLI macro (IS) 6-51
EPS022 special option (UR) 7-47
EPS043 special option (UR) 12-4
EPVAULT See Vaulting
ERD See BIM-EPIC Resource Dataset
ERDFILE configuration option (IS) 2-25, 5-19
EURODAT configuration option (IS) 5-19
European date format (IS) 5-19
Event posting
executing in batch (UR) 10-8
releasing TSIDREL AND TSIDCREL (UR) 10-4
SYSPARM value (UR) 10-8
TSIDCHK and TSIDCCHK (UR) 10-6
TSIDLOC and TSIDCLOC (UR) 10-5
TSIDUNL and TSIDCUNL (UR) 10-7
Event posting (UR) 10-11
Event posting entries (IS) 2-78
Examples
SPACE parameter (UR) 6-30
EXCLUDE (UR) 11-3
Excluding
DTF names (UR) 1-5
Executing
in batch (UR) 10-8
(UR) = User Reference
in CICS (UR) 10-11
standard processing subroutines (UR) 10-9
Exiting
Online Manager (UR) 2-4
TOJA (UR) 11-15
Expiration
LABEL parameter (UR) 6-25
Expiration date
changing (UR) 3-37
overriding (UR) 1-25
report listing (UR) A-30
EXPORT (UR) 7-45
EXTEND/VSE
start before BIM-EPIC (IS) 2-8
Extending a tape
MOD subparameter (UR) 6-15
Extent statement
reusing space (UR) 7-10
Extent statements
overriding (UR) 7-8
EXTENT statements
controlled dataset (UR) 7-25
overriding EDD size (UR) 5-11
required with DLBL option I (UR) 5-11
Start Track 1 dataset (UR) 7-25
Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 1-4
F
F option (UR) 5-10
FASTBU command (IS) 6-10
FASTRS
restrictions (IS) 6-11
FASTRS command (IS) 6-11
FAVER (UR) 7-43
FBA CISIZE (UR) 6-26
FBAFACT configuration option (IS) 5-19
FCOBOL (IS) 2-5
FCT Table (IS) 2-87
Field help (UR) 2-16
First-time installation (IS) 2-4
FMT control statement (IS) 2-34
Forced initialization (UR) 12-10
Formatting
ERD (IS) 2-34
FORTRAN (UR) 7-35
FRAG configuration option
overriding with DLBL option H (UR) 5-10
FRAG configuration option (IS) 5-19
FRAG configuration option (UR) 13-2
Fragmentation
DD statements (UR) 6-30
Master Index
DLBL option F (UR) 5-10
FREE command (UR) 12-6
FREE DD parameter (UR) 6-8
FREE parameter (UR) 1-30, 6-24
Free records, number of (UR) 3-11
G
G option (UR) 5-10
GDI
example (UR) 7-59
GDI (UR) 7-56
GDI configuration option
TSIDDMP (UR) 8-16
TSIDDTD (UR) 8-9
GDI configuration option (IS) 5-19
GDI configuration option (UR) 8-6
GDI/GDIUR (UR) 7-56
GDIUR
DD statement reset (UR) 6-26
ending (UR) 6-27
GDIUR (UR) 7-56
GDUIR configuration option (IS) 5-20
Generation datasets
autocatalog with DD statements (UR) 6-17, 6-22
dataset name in JCL (UR) 7-6
DD statements (UR) 6-22
Generation datasets (UR) 1-10
Generation number (UR) 1-16
GETVIS
dynamic space (IS) 2-63
partition size requirements (IS) 2-63
releasing (UR) 4-9
system (IS) 2-63
Global constants See Job management control
language
GOTO parameter (UR) 9-7, 9-9
GSMTA (IS) 2-9
H
H option (UR) 5-10
HCPMDLAT macro (IS) 3-29, 3-37
HDR1 labels
expiration (UR) 12-2
retention (UR) 12-2
Help, online (UR) 2-16
Highest condition code See Job management control
language
High-level assembler (IS) 3-31
HOLD parameter (UR) 9-5
Holding assignment
FREE statement (UR) 6-24
M-13
Master Index
Holding drive assignment with TLBL option 8 (UR) 57
HSC pool definitions (IS) 5-72
I
I option (UR) 5-11
IBL ACL
requirements (IS) 2-5
IBM ACL
ERD (IS) 2-25
IBM ACL support
activating and deactivating (IS) 5-60
IBM utilities
checkpoint/restart (UR) 7-54
DITTO (UR) 7-47
IBM utilities (UR) 7-35
IDCAMS
backup and restore (UR) 7-43
example (UR) 6-27
import and export (UR) 7-45
REPRO (UR) 7-44
IDCAMS (UR) 7-35
IGNORE (UR) 7-60
Ignoring datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-41
IJSYS files (UR) 7-7
IJSYSDR (IS) 2-58, 5-45, 6-21
IJSYSDS (IS) 2-58, 5-2, 6-10, 6-11, 6-21
IJSYSJQ (IS) 2-58
IJSYSNR (UR) 1-5
IJSYSPC (UR) 1-5
IJSYSSP (IS) 2-58
IJSYSxx datasets (UR) 7-33
ILIST parameter
excluding DTF names (UR) 1-5
ILIST parameter (IS) 2-48
IMODs (UR) 4-12
IMODTBP (UR) 7-43
IMPORT (UR) 7-45
INCLUDE
TSIDOFD (UR) 13-20
Increasing
partition GETVIS (IS) 2-63
system GETVIS (IS) 2-63
INDEX (IS) 6-12
INDEX (UR) 4-5
Index, resequencing (UR) 4-5
Indexed sequential
DD statements (UR) 6-14, 6-22, 6-30
Inhibiting LUB allocation
DLBL option L (UR) 5-11
M-14
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
TLBL option 64 (UR) 5-7
with SYS number (UR) 1-10
Inhibiting LUB allocation (UR) 7-7
Inhibiting truncation (UR) 5-11
Initial Installation Checklist (IS) 1-2
Initializing tapes (UR) 1-30, 2-40, 12-9
Initiating
subtasks (IS) 5-53
Input DTF names
TSIDDMP (UR) 8-16
TSIDDTD (UR) 8-9
Installation
BIM-GSS (IS) 2-2
first-time (IS) 2-4
for conversions See BIM-EPIC Conversion Guide
Installation files
VM/ESA Version 1 Release 1.1 (IS) 3-27
VM/ESA Version 1 Release 2 (IS) 3-20
VM/ESA Version 2 Release 2 (IS) 3-10
Installation procedures (IS) 2-15
Installation requirements
VM/ESA 1.1 (IS) 3-27
Installing CICS (IS) 2-78
Interactive Partition GETVIS VSE/ICCF (UR) 7-52
IOMDTRT (UR) 7-43
ISAM See Indexed sequential
ISAM datasets (UR) 1-5, 7-26
IUCV connection (IS) 5-65, 5-70
IUCV Path (IS) 5-65, 5-70
J
JCL
BIM-EPIC enhancements (UR) 1-39
BIM-EPIC maintenance (IS) 2-91
DD statements (UR) 6-9
specifying DD statements (UR) 6-2
JCL enhancements (UR) 7-15
JCLAC configuration option (IS) 5-20
JCLLANG configuration option (IS) 5-20
JCLLANG configuration option (UR) 9-1
JCLOPT configuration option
TLBL alpha options (UR) 5-3
JCLOPT configuration option (IS) 5-20
JCLOVRDE configuration option (IS) 5-20
JCLOVRDE configuration option (UR) 6-9, 6-17
JMCL See Job management control language
SCAN (UR) 6-3
JMCL parameters
AND (UR) 9-9
DATA (UR) 9-8
DOSCC (UR) 9-9
(UR) = User Reference
GOTO (UR) 9-7, 9-9
HOLD (UR) 9-5
NAME (UR) 9-7
OR (UR) 9-9
RESET (UR) 9-13
SETC (UR) 9-11
SETG (UR) 9-11
TIME (UR) 9-5
TYPRUN (UR) 9-6
Job accounting
activation (IS) 2-94
by CPU (UR) A-24
by CPU and by job (UR) A-13
by date and time (UR) A-24
database (UR) 11-13
database creation (IS) 2-85
installation (IS) 2-85
online installation (IS) 2-84
POWER (UR) 7-48
supervisor requirements (IS) 2-5
TOJA installation (IS) 2-87
TSIDJAC (UR) 11-8
TSIDJLD (UR) 11-10
TSIDTAC (UR) 11-9
Job accounting database (UR) A-3
Job cancellation (UR) 1-38
Job execution
TIME limit (UR) 9-5
Job management control language
&n (UR) 9-12
condition checking and branching (UR) 9-7
conditions and IF (UR) 9-9
CP commands (UR) 9-20
CPUID (UR) 9-9
current time (UR) 9-9
current time date (UR) 9-9
DOS cancel code (UR) 9-9
global constants (UR) 9-9
highest condition code (UR) 9-9
job cancel options and syntax checking (UR) 9-5
parameters (UR) 9-2
partition ID (UR) 9-9
preventing EOJ after cancel (UR) 9-5
symbolic replacements (UR) 9-12
Job management control language (UR) 9-1
Job Overview panel (UR) 11-13, A-3
Job scheduling
programs (IS) 6-50
TSIDFAV macro (IS) 6-44
Job scheduling (UR) 10-4
Job Selection panel (UR) 11-13
Job Time Activity Report (UR) A-13
Master Index
JOBACCT configuration option
required with DLBL option P (UR) 5-11
required with DLBL option X (UR) 5-12
JOBACCT configuration option (IS) 5-20
JOBACCT configuration option (UR) 11-1
JOBCAT statements
overriding (UR) 6-27
JOBCAT statements (UR) 6-5
JOBLIB statements
unsupported (UR) 6-5
JOBQ
creating (IS) 2-17
location (IS) 2-24
Jobs
running (UR) 7-1
Jobs in the POWER queues (UR) 10-4
JQNAME configuration option (IS) 5-20
JQWARN configuration option (IS) 5-21
JQWMSG configuration option (IS) 5-21
K
KEEP DD parameter (UR) 6-17
L
L option (UR) 5-11
Label creation (UR) 12-16
LABEL DD parameter (UR) 6-8
LABEL parameter
retention days (UR) 6-25
LABEL parameter (UR) 6-25
Label printing
installation (IS) 2-84
sample Assembler batch subroutine (IS) 6-46
sample Assembler online subroutine (IS) 6-47
sample COBOL batch subroutine (IS) 6-46
sample COBOL online subroutine (IS) 6-47
Labels
batch printing (IS) 6-46
online printing (IS) 6-47
print subroutine (IS) 6-45
Labels, disk (UR) 12-2
Labels, tape See Tape labels
Large tapes (UR) 12-3
Leveling a disk pool (UR) 1-31
LIBDEF procedures (IS) 2-64
LIBR (UR) 7-46
Library
modules (IS) 2-12
search chains (IS) 2-64
License code
in activation procedure (IS) 2-94
M-15
Master Index
Listing tapes to be moved (UR) A-35
Listing the datasets to be backed up (UR) A-19
Listing the datasets to be offloaded (UR) A-19
LMS pool definitions (IS) 5-67
Local Version Vector Table (IS) 3-15, 3-23
LOCALMOD disk (IS) 3-10, 3-20, 3-27
LOCK command (UR) 2-5, 2-26, 2-35, 3-28
Locked status (UR) 1-16
Locking
EDD (UR) 2-26
version (UR) 2-35
Locking a dataset or version (UR) 3-28
LOG option (UR) 3-4
Logging
VSAM datasets (UR) 7-28
Logical IOCS (UR) 1-17
LOGSRC option (UR) 5-4
LUB allocation
direct access files (IS) 5-37
DTFPH (UR) 7-7
inhibiting (IS) 2-47, 2-48
inhibiting with DD statements (UR) 6-27
inhibiting with DLBL option L (UR) 5-11
inhibiting with SYS number (UR) 1-10
inhibiting with TLBL option 64 (UR) 5-7
physical IOCS (UR) 7-7
SORTIN/SORTOUT (IS) 5-31
SORTWK (IS) 5-31
TSIDASS (UR) 7-7
TSIDMAP (UR) 7-7
UIN/UOUT (IS) 5-31
warning (UR) 7-7
LUB allocation (UR) 1-28, 7-7
M
M option (UR) 5-11
Main vault (UR) 3-30
MAINT
multi-CPU environment (IS) 5-46
MAINT control statement (IS) 5-49
Maintenance JCL (IS) 2-91
Maintenance procedures
DSN Catalog (IS) 6-2
Maintenance procedures (IS) 4-2, 4-7
Manage EDDs panel (UR) 2-21
Manage Tape Volumes panel (UR) 2-43
Manage Versions panel (UR) 2-32
Managing
EDDs (UR) 2-21
tape information (UR) 2-43
vaults (UR) 12-17
M-16
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
versions (UR) 2-30
Manual cataloging
explanation (UR) 1-7
Manual cataloging (UR) 2-2
Manually controlled vaults (UR) 12-22
Master index
MINDEX configuration option (IS) 5-21
Master index (IS) 2-23
Master records
ADDRESS EPIC (UR) 4-11
Master records (UR) 4-5
MAX block size (UR) 6-13
MAXBACK (IS) 2-11, 5-31
Maximum secondaries (UR) 1-14
MCAT alias (UR) 3-29
MCAT status (UR) 1-16
MCATALOG command (UR) 2-5, 3-29
Memorex ACL
ERD (IS) 2-25
requirements (IS) 2-5
Memorex ATL
configuration options (IS) 5-63
LMS definitions (IS) 5-67
scratch pools (IS) 6-7
Memorex ATL support
activating and deactivating (IS) 5-63
Merging datasets, TSIDDTD (UR) 8-9
Messages Also see Messages and Codes
allocation (UR) 6-26
TSIDVUT (IS) 6-56
METHOD macro Also see Vaulting
assembling and linking (IS) 6-41
METHOD macro (IS) 6-40
METHOD macro (UR) 12-17
Methods, vaulting (IS) 6-40
MINDEX configuration option (IS) 5-21
MINRET configuration option (IS) 5-21
MINRET configuration option (UR) 1-4
MOD subparameter (UR) 6-15
MODE configuration option
default density (UR) 1-12
MODE configuration option (IS) 5-21
MODE configuration option (UR) 1-30
Mode setting
DEN DD parameter (UR) 6-13
Modeling
security profiles (UR) 2-8
user profiles (UR) 2-12
Modifying
confirmation options (UR) 2-15
EDD display format (UR) 2-13
EDD information (UR) 2-25
(UR) = User Reference
expiration date (UR) 3-37
security profiles (UR) 2-8
standard labels (IS) 2-58
tape modes (IS) 2-61
version display format (UR) 2-14
Modifying VSE labels
TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB (UR) 8-21
Mounting tapes for output
uncontrolled (UR) 12-7
MOVE command (UR) 2-43, 3-30
MOVESER control statement (UR) 12-20
MOVESLT control statement (UR) 12-20
Moving
JCL (UR) 6-1
Moving the DSN Catalog See Maintenance procedures
Moving the Recorder File See Maintenance
procedures
MSES/E service procedures (IS) 3-27
MSG088 configuration option (IS) 5-22
MTC (UR) 7-12
MULTCPU configuration option
CPU independence (UR) 6-23
MULTCPU configuration option (IS) 2-68, 5-22
MULTCPU configuration option (UR) 3-27
Multi-CPU environment (IS) 5-46, 5-49, 5-63, 5-68
Multi-dataset groups
prime dataset name (UR) 1-12
Multi-dataset processing
autocatalog with DD statements (UR) 6-17
examples (UR) 7-18
FREE DD statement (UR) 6-24
refer-back with DD statements (UR) 6-35
scratching multi-dataset tapes (UR) 7-15
Multiple job exits (IS) 2-65
Multi-volume
DD statements (UR) 6-35
processing limits (UR) 7-13
MVS
compatibility (UR) 6-3, 6-33
dataset drop not valid under (UR) 6-3
JCL (UR) 6-1
MXIG parameter (UR) 6-30
N
N option (IS) 5-31
N option (UR) 5-11
NAME parameter (UR) 9-7
NCATDSK configuration option (IS) 5-22
NCATDSK configuration option (UR) 1-4, 1-20
NEW subparameter (UR) 6-15
NLUBDTF parameter (IS) 2-48
Master Index
NLUBPGM
worksheet (IS) 1-11
NLUBPGM parameter (IS) 2-48
No automatic cataloging (UR) 1-20
No options in effect (UR) 5-6
NOGVIS configuration option (IS) 5-23
NOLOG option (UR) 3-4
Non-BIM-EPIC datasets
deleting (IS) 6-58
Non-generation datasets See Work datasets
NOREW subparameter (UR) 6-27
NOREWIND
DD statements (UR) 6-35
NOTFND (IS) 6-15
O
O option (UR) 5-11
OF2 parameter (UR) 3-37
OFFLINE command (UR) 2-6, 3-31
Offload status (UR) 1-16
Offload system
consolidating versions (UR) 13-34
offloading datasets (UR) 13-22
onloading datasets (UR) 13-27
selecting offload datasets (UR) 13-17
OFFLOAD.DATA.SET (UR) 13-23
Offload/Backup (UR) 1-31
Offloaded datasets listing (UR) A-20
Offloading datasets (UR) 13-22
OLD subparameter (UR) 6-15
OMIT
TSIDOFD (UR) 13-20
One use only (UR) 3-35
Online access to job accounting database
TOJA (UR) 11-13
Online catalog management See Online Manager
ONLINE command (UR) 2-6, 3-32
Online Flow panel (UR) 2-16
Online help (UR) 2-4
Online Manager
accessing security (UR) 2-8
BIM-FAQS/ASO installation (IS) 2-70
catalog management (UR) 3-3
CICS installation (IS) 2-72
exiting (UR) 2-4
help (UR) 2-4, 2-16
installation requirements (IS) 2-2
Primary Option Menu (UR) 2-4
scratch tapes (UR) 12-2
user profiles (UR) 2-12
using (UR) 2-3
M-17
Master Index
VTAM access (IS) 2-71
Online Manager (UR) 1-7
Online VTOC displays (UR) 13-11
Onloaded datasets
listing (UR) A-21
Onloading datasets (UR) 13-27
ONLREWCD configuration options (IS) 5-23
OPEN command
TSIDASS (UR) 8-2
OPEN not issued (UR) 7-35
OPEN parameters (UR) 8-3
Open version (UR) 1-16
Operating system requirements (IS) 2-5
Operator console (IS) 6-29
Operator console commands (UR) 12-5
OPT block size (UR) 6-13
OPTION control statement
special options (IS) 5-29
OPTION control statement (IS) 5-4
OPTION parameter
ALLMSGS (UR) 6-27
CAT (UR) 6-27
CISIZE (UR) 6-27
NOREW (UR) 6-27
RESET (UR) 6-27
REW (UR) 6-27
RUN (UR) 6-28
SPACE (UR) 6-28
SYSnnn (UR) 6-29
TPL (UR) 6-29
OPTION parameter (UR) 6-8, 6-26, 6-38
OPTION SYSPARM (UR) 10-8
Options, special (IS) 5-29
OPTI-TAPE ACL
configuration options (IS) 5-73
OPTI-TAPE ACL support (IS) 5-73
OR condition (UR) 9-9
OS concatenation See Concatenating datasets
Output
prime dataset (UR) 2-41
subdataset (UR) 2-41
Output DTF names
TSIDDMP (UR) 8-16
TSIDDTD (UR) 8-9
Overriding
configuration options (IS) 6-27
cycles retention (UR) 3-20
dataset defaults (UR) 6-9
extent statements (UR) 7-8
revolving tape control (IS) 5-34
tape density (UR) 1-12
Overriding normal cycles retention (UR) 1-25
M-18
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
Overriding the DSN Catalog
block size (UR) 7-2
extent size (UR) 7-2
retention criteria (UR) 7-2
tape density (UR) 7-2
Owner ID
single-digit (IS) 5-34
Owner ID (UR) 1-12, 12-3
Ownership (UR) 12-3
P
P option (UR) 5-11
PACCT (UR) 7-48
PACKSCAN command (IS) 6-56
Panel help (UR) 2-16
Panel navigation help (UR) 2-16
Parameter tables xii, xi
Partition GETVIS (IS) 2-63
Partition independence
disk pools (UR) 1-14, 1-31
Partition independence (UR) 7-30
Partitions
deactivating BIM-EPIC in (IS) 5-18
deactivating/reactivating by (IS) 6-26
dynamic (IS) 5-18
starting/stopping (UR) 1-32
PASS parameter (UR) 6-17
PASSWD configuration option (IS) 5-23
PASSWD configuration option (UR) 3-7
PASSWORD command (UR) 3-7
Passwords
EDD and version use (UR) 1-9
security (UR) 2-9
PCT tables (IS) 2-76, 2-77
PDISPLAY,POFFLOAD,Printer/Punch Tape Spooling
POWER (UR) 7-49
Performance
master index (IS) 2-23
PERM command (IS) 6-60
Permanent retention (UR) 1-10
Physical IOCS
inhibiting LUB allocation (UR) 5-7, 5-11
Physical IOCS (UR) 1-17, 1-37, 7-35
Placing datasets on specific volumes (UR) 13-6
PLTPI Table (IS) 2-90
Pool ID specification
DD statements (UR) 6-35
Pool names (UR) 1-14, 1-31, 6-29
Pools See Disk pools and Tape pools
default (UR) 1-14
tape (IS) 2-39
(UR) = User Reference
POOL-x (IS) 5-67
POOL-x (UR) 2-40
Posted events See Event posting
Post-installation procedures (IS) 2-91
POWER
queued jobs (UR) 10-4
POWER (IS) 2-9
POWER job accounting (UR) 7-48
POWER PDISPLAY,POFFLOAD, Printer/Punch Tape
Spooling (UR) 7-49
Pre-4.1 Upgrade Checklist (IS) 1-4
PREFIX configuration option (IS) 5-23
Pre-Installation Worksheet (IS) 1-6
Pre-open assignment checking
TSIDSRT (UR) 8-6
Pre-open assignment checking (UR) 1-37
Pre-open checking (UR) 6-27
Pre-open processing
TSIDASS (UR) 8-2
Prevent tape rewind
DD statements (UR) 6-35
Preventing BIM-EPIC from releasing the tape drive
(UR) 5-7
Preventing rewind with TLBL option 3 (UR) 5-7
Primary extent size (UR) 1-14
Primary Option Menu (UR) 2-4
Prime datasets (UR) 1-12, 7-14
Print options
TSIDMNT (UR) 3-4
PRINT parameter (IS) 6-42
Printer datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-38
Printer output (UR) 7-56
Printing dataset labels (UR) 12-16
Printing datasets
TSIDDMP (UR) 8-16
Printing external volume labels (UR) 12-14
Printing labels See Labels
PRIVATE DD parameter (UR) 6-35
Processing multiple datasets
dataset drop (UR) 7-63
Processing options See Configuration options
Profiles
$DEFPROF (UR) 2-12
$DEFSEC (UR) 2-7
$EPIC (UR) 2-7, 2-12
security (UR) 2-7
user (UR) 2-12
Program Audit panel (UR) 11-14, A-5
Program names
no LUB allocation (IS) 1-11
reblocking with Undefined Record Format (IS) 1-11
Master Index
Program Overview panel (UR) 11-13, A-4
Programs
inhibiting LUB allocation (IS) 2-47
Projected Scratch (PSCRATCH) Report (UR) A-34
PROJSER control statement (UR) 12-20
PROJSLT control statement (UR) 12-20
PRT control statement (IS) 2-35
PSAM (IS) 5-31
PSCRATCH (UR) 1-21
Punch datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-38
PURBYP configuration option (IS) 5-23
PURBYP configuration option (UR) 1-26
PURGE command (UR) 2-5, 2-39, 2-43, 2-44, 3-33
Purging
EDD (UR) 3-33
tape volumes (UR) 2-44
versions (UR) 3-33
volsers (UR) 3-33
with DD statements (UR) 6-17
Purging (UR) 1-35
Purging datasets with JMCL (UR) 9-5
Q
QDAS
access during open/EOX (UR) 1-42
activating (IS) 5-52
and space holder records (UR) 1-43
deactivating (IS) 5-52
space requirements (IS) 2-7
TSIVDEF macro (IS) 2-55
TSIVOFF (IS) 5-52
TSIVON (IS) 5-52
QDAS (IS) 2-52, 5-44
Quick allocation with QDAS (UR) 1-42
QUIESCE command (UR) 2-6, 3-34
R
R option (UR) 5-11
Random access (UR) 4-5, 4-8
Random initialization
example (UR) 12-12
Random initialization (UR) 12-9
RBLKPGM parameter (IS) 2-48
Reading multiple datasets (UR) 7-61
Reading VSE labels
TSIDGLB and TSIDPLB (UR) 8-21
Reblocking
BLKSIZE DD parameter (UR) 6-14
datasets processed by PIOCS (UR) 7-35
DLBL option B (UR) 5-10
M-19
Master Index
EDD block size (UR) 1-10
REC control statement (IS) 6-21
Recatalog a deleted version (UR) 3-8
RECMOVEn SAMPJOB (IS) 4-7
RECORD configuration option (IS) 5-23
RECORD configuration option (UR) 1-27, 11-1
RECORD control statement (IS) 5-50
Record length
LRECL DD parameter (UR) 6-14
Recorder
activating (IS) 5-45
activation (IS) 2-94
deactivating (IS) 5-45
Recorder File
BACKUP (IS) 5-46
comments (UR) 1-27
configuration options (UR) 1-27
creating (IS) 2-17
creation of job accounting database (IS) 2-85
daily maintenance JCL (IS) 2-91
formatting (IS) 2-23, 6-21
history dataset (UR) 11-2
job accounting reports (UR) 11-1
labels (IS) 2-58
location (IS) 2-21
maintaining (IS) 5-45
moving or changing size (IS) 4-7
multi-CPU environment (IS) 5-46
sharing (IS) 2-68
size requirement (IS) 2-21
Recorder File (UR) 1-27
Recorder subsystem (UR) 1-27
RECOVERn SAMPJOB (IS) 4-8
RECSHR configuration option (IS) 5-23
RECSHR configuration option (UR) 1-27
RECWARN configuration option (UR) 1-27
RECWMSG configuration option (UR) 1-27
REF parameter (UR) 6-35
Refer-back
multi-dataset processing (UR) 6-35
space allocation (UR) 6-27
subdatasets (UR) 6-35
Regular maintenance (IS) 4-2
Re-initializing tapes (UR) 1-30
Relative version
DD statements (UR) 6-22
RELEASE command (UR) 2-5, 2-27, 2-36, 3-35
Release unused disk space
DD statements (UR) 6-30
Releasing
EDD (UR) 2-27
GETVIS (UR) 4-9
M-20
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
jobs from POWER queue (UR) 10-4
Releasing assignment
FREE statement (UR) 6-24
Remote print, installation (IS) 2-88, 2-89, 2-90
Removing
disk dataset from BIM-EPIC control (IS) 6-66
EDD (UR) 3-33
version information (UR) 2-29
versions (UR) 3-33
volsers (UR) 3-33
RENAME command
TSIDVUT (IS) 6-62
RENAME command (UR) 2-5, 3-36
Renaming datasets (UR) 3-36
RENUM command (IS) 6-64
RENUMB command (IS) 6-66
REPORT
TSIDOFD (UR) 13-20
Report listing
creation date (UR) A-30, A-33
creation job (UR) A-30
creation job sequence (UR) A-33
display active (UR) A-30, A-33
display NEW (UR) A-33
display NEW report (UR) A-30
display PULL (UR) A-33
display PULL report (UR) A-30
display PULL, DSN report (UR) A-30
display scratch report (UR) A-33
display vault report (UR) A-30
expiration date (UR) A-30, A-33
Report writers (UR) 7-35
Reports
Activity Log Report (UR) A-6
Create Date/Time Activity (UR) A-24
Create Job/Time Activity (UR) A-13
creating (UR) 1-33
customized (UR) A-2
Dataset to Tape (UR) A-11
Dataset to Tape Report (UR) 12-24
offload tape datasets (UR) 13-27
online VTOC (UR) 13-11
Projected Scratch (PSCRATCH) (UR) A-34
Tape to Dataset (UR) A-23
Tape to Dataset Report (UR) 12-25
TSIDBRP (UR) A-8
TSIDDEB (IS) 6-25
TSIDDIS (UR) A-11
TSIDJAC (UR) A-13
TSIDLVT (UR) A-15
TSIDMNT (UR) A-17
TSIDOFD (UR) A-19
(UR) = User Reference
TSIDOFL (UR) A-20
TSIDONL (UR) A-21
TSIDPRV (UR) A-22
TSIDSDS (UR) A-23
TSIDTAC (UR) A-24
TSIDUTL (IS) 6-7
TSIDUTL (UR) 4-2
TSIDVLT (UR) A-35
vaulting cross-reference (UR) 12-18
Vaulting Cross-Reference (UR) A-22
Vaulting Cross-Reference Report (UR) 12-23
VTOC (UR) 13-7
REPRO (UR) 7-44
Request handling (IS) 5-53
Requirement for DTFDA datasets (UR) 7-10
Requirements, operating system (IS) 2-5
RERUN configuration option (IS) 5-23
Resequencing dataset extents (UR) 13-5
Resequencing index (UR) 4-5
RESET parameter (UR) 9-13
RESET subparameter (UR) 6-27
Resizing the DSN Catalog See Maintenance
procedures
Resizing the Recorder File See Maintenance
procedures
RESTART subparameter (UR) 9-6
Restarting from a checkpoint (UR) 7-54
Restarting job
TYPRUN=RESTART (UR) 9-6
RESTORE
IDCAMS (UR) 7-43
LIBR (UR) 7-46
RESTORE command (IS) 6-13
Restoring datasets (UR) 13-27
Restricting BIM-EPIC control (UR) 1-5
RETAIN
TSIDVUT (IS) 6-68
Retain a Version panel (UR) 2-49
RETAIN command
difference from CYCLE (UR) 2-50
RETAIN command (UR) 2-5, 2-49, 3-37
RETAIN parameter (UR) 6-35
RETEN configuration option (IS) 5-24
RETEN configuration option (UR) 1-20
Retention
tape (UR) 12-2
Retention
concepts (UR) 2-46
cycles (UR) 1-11
days after last access (DLA) (UR) 1-11
HDR1 labels (UR) 12-2
LABEL parameter (UR) 6-25
Master Index
overriding (UR) 1-25
PERM (UR) 1-10
rules for Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 1-24
Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 1-4
TLBL statement (UR) 5-4
types of (UR) 1-10
Retention criteria
modifying (UR) 1-25
SCRATCH (UR) 1-21
Retention criteria (UR) 2-46
Retention days
LABEL parameter (UR) 6-25
Retention days (UR) 1-10
Reusing same extent
MOD subparameter (UR) 6-15
Reusing the same space (UR) 7-10
REV parameter (UR) 12-3
Revolving tape datasets (UR) 12-3
Revolving tapes (UR) 1-12
REW subparameter (UR) 6-27
Rewind and unload with TLBL option 2 (UR) 5-7
Rewind options
overriding (UR) 6-27, 6-28
Rewind tape DD statements (UR) 6-35
Rewind with TLBL option 1 (UR) 5-6
RFBKUP (IS) 5-45
RLSE parameter (UR) 6-30
RMNTPRT (IS) 2-94
RMNTPRT configuration option (IS) 5-24, 6-45
RMNTPRT configuration option (UR) 12-16
ROUND parameter (UR) 6-30
ROUTE parameter (IS) 6-42
RPG-II (UR) 7-56
RSTRT (UR) 7-54
RSTRT parameters (UR) 8-4
Rules for dataset retention
multiple criteria (UR) 1-23
open tapes (UR) 1-23
work datasets (UR) 1-23
Rules for dataset retention (UR) 1-22
RUN subparameter (UR) 6-28
Running
TVTO (UR) 13-11
Running TSIDLVT (UR) A-15
S
S option (IS) 5-33
S option (UR) 5-12
SAM datasets (UR) 1-5, 7-28
Sample jobs (IS) 2-16
SCAN subparameter (UR) 9-6
M-21
Master Index
Scanning JCL
TYPRUN parameter (UR) 6-3
Scheduling dependent tasks (UR) 10-6
Scheduling programs (IS) 6-50
SCRATCH
TSIDUTL (UR) 1-21
SCRATCH command (IS) 6-14
SCRATCH command (UR) 2-5, 2-52, 3-39
Scratch pools
synchronizing (IS) 5-67, 5-72, 6-7
Scratch processing
work datasets (UR) 1-21
Scratch processing (UR) 1-35
Scratch status (UR) 1-16, 2-41
Scratch tapes (UR) 12-2
Scratched tape versions (UR) 3-24
Scratching
ACL cartridges (UR) 3-22
at close with TLBL option 4 (IS) 5-32
at close with TLBL option 4 (UR) 5-7
DD statements (UR) 6-17
old tape versions (UR) 1-10
open versions (UR) 1-38
tapes (UR) 3-22
versions (UR) 2-52
work datasets (UR) 1-22
Scratching (UR) 2-46
Scratching a version
DD statements (UR) 6-17
Search Catalog panel (UR) 2-19, 2-30
Searching the catalog (UR) 2-19
Secondary allocations
at close (UR) 1-43
DD statement (UR) 6-35
DD statements (UR) 6-30
Secondary allocations (UR) 13-3
Secondary extent size (UR) 1-14
Secondary extents
at close (UR) 1-43
fragmentation (UR) 13-2
Secondary pooling. See Owner ID
Secured Users panel (UR) 2-8
Security
accessing (UR) 2-8
Online Manager (UR) 2-7
Security profiles
$DEFSEC (UR) 2-7
$EPIC (UR) 2-7
creating (UR) 2-8
Security profiles (UR) 2-7
Security programs (IS) 6-48
Selecting
M-22
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
offload datasets (UR) 13-17
SYS number (UR) 1-28
tapes (UR) 2-41
versions (UR) 2-32
SEQ parameter
VAULT (UR) 12-21
Sequential access
terminating
(UR) 4-9
Sequential access (UR) 4-5, 4-9
Sequential datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-14
Sequential datasets (UR) 7-25
Sequential initialization (UR) 12-9
SER DD parameter (UR) 6-35
Serial numbers (UR) 12-2
Set condition code to zero See RESET
SETC parameter (UR) 9-11
SETG parameter (UR) 9-11
SHARE configuration option (IS) 5-24
SHARE configuration option (UR) 1-29
Share files, QDAS (IS) 2-52, 2-68
Sharing a DSN Catalog (UR) 2-2
Sharing disk volumes (IS) 2-52
Sharing resources (IS) 5-63, 5-68
SHR subparameter (UR) 6-15
Sign-On panel (UR) 2-10
Silent mode (IS) 3-2
Size See Tape size
Skip JCL See Job management control language
SLASIZE configuration option (IS) 5-24
Slots
current (UR) 1-18
SM2 See Sort packages
SM-2 (UR) 7-37
Small tapes (UR) 12-3
Software compatibility (IS) 2-8
SOL/VSE
Tape Output Functions (UR) 7-51
SORT files (UR) 7-7
Sort interface
TSIDSRT (UR) 8-6
SORT packages
add dummy tape device (IS) 2-61
Sort programs
CA-SORT (UR) 7-40
DFSORT (UR) 7-40
SYNCSORT (UR) 7-40
TSSRTDEF SORT macro (IS) 6-42
Sort programs (UR) 7-35, 7-37
SORTIN
non-standard (IS) 5-31
(UR) = User Reference
SORTIN (IS) 5-31
SORTOUT (IS) 5-31
SORTWK datasets
LUB allocation (IS) 5-31
SORTWRK datasets (UR) 7-31
SPACE DD parameter (UR) 6-27
Space holder records (UR) 1-43
SPACE parameter
example (UR) 6-30
secondary extent size (UR) 13-3
SPACE parameter (UR) 6-8, 6-30
Space requirements (IS) 2-7
SPACE subparameter (UR) 6-28
Special DD names (UR) 6-5
Special options
descriptions (IS) 5-31
EPS022 (UR) 7-47
EPS043 (UR) 12-4
Special options (IS) 5-29
Special terms xi, x
Specifying
DD statements (UR) 6-2
JMCL parameters (UR) 9-2
tape size (UR) 12-3
Standard Label Area (IS) 2-37
Standard labels (IS) 2-58
Standards
JCL (UR) 7-5
START control statement (IS) 5-51
START control statement (UR) 13-29
Start Track 1 datasets
7-day default retention (UR) 1-4
backing up (IS) 5-31
configuration options (UR) 1-4
converting to controlled (UR) 13-5
DD statements (UR) 6-9
DSKRET retention (IS) 5-38
extent sequence number (UR) 7-25
TYPEFLE=WORK
(UR) 7-32
VOLUME parameter (UR) 6-27
Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 1-4, 1-24, 7-9, 8-15
Starting
BIM-EPIC (IS) 5-2
IBM ACL support (IS) 5-60
Memorex ATL support (IS) 5-63
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
Starting and stopping partitions (UR) 1-32
Start-up options See Configuration options
Status
device down (UR) 3-31
STATUS command (UR) 12-6
Master Index
STEPCAT statements
overriding (UR) 6-27
STEPCAT statements (UR) 6-5
STEPLIB statements
unsupported (UR) 6-5
STK ACL
configuration options (IS) 5-68
HSC definitions (IS) 5-72
requirements (IS) 2-6
STK ACL support
activating and deactivating (IS) 5-68
STOP
TSIDINIT (UR) 12-10
Stopping
IBM ACL support (IS) 5-60
Memorex ATL support (IS) 5-63
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
STRTRK configuration option (IS) 5-24
STRTRK configuration option (UR) 1-4, 13-5
Subdataset status (UR) 1-16
Subdatasets
autocatalog with DD statements (UR) 6-17
FREE DD statement (UR) 6-24
limitations (UR) 7-15
refer-back with DD statements (UR) 6-35
retention criteria (UR) 7-15
Subdatasets (UR) 1-12, 7-15
Subtasks
initiating (IS) 5-53
Summary display (UR) A-17
Summary report
TSIDMNT (UR) A-17
Summary Report
BIM-EPIC upgrade (IS) 2-3
Summary Report (IS) 6-30
SVA
size (IS) 2-62, 2-63
space requirements (IS) 2-7
Symbolic replacements (UR) 9-12
Synchronizing scratch pools (IS) 5-67, 5-72, 6-7
SYNCIBM command (IS) 6-17
SYNCMEM command (IS) 6-18
SYNCOPT command (IS) 6-19
SYNCSORT (IS) 2-10
SYNCSORT (UR) 7-37
SYNCSTK command (IS) 6-20
SYS number (UR) 1-10
SYS numbers
assigned by BIM-EPIC (UR) 1-28
SYS000 (UR) 7-7
SYS00n (UR) 7-33
SYSABEND statements (UR) 6-5, 6-6
M-23
Master Index
SYSCHK statements
unsupported (UR) 6-5
SYSCKEOV statements
unsupported (UR) 6-5
SYSID (IS) 6-15
SYSIN statements (UR) 6-5
SYSIPT (UR) 7-56, 7-59
SYSIPT data
JMCL parameter (UR) 9-5
SYSLNK (UR) 7-33
SYSLST (UR) 7-56, 7-59
SYSMDUMP statements (UR) 6-5, 6-6
SYSnnn DD parameter (UR) 6-27
SYSnnn subparameter (UR) 6-29
SYSOUT parameter (UR) 6-6, 6-38
SYSOUT statements
unsupported (UR) 6-5
SYSPCH (UR) 7-56, 7-59
SYSPRINT statements
unsupported (UR) 6-5
SYSSTORE macro (IS) 3-22, 3-28
System datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-26
example (UR) 6-27
open across job boundaries (UR) 5-11
VSE device independence (UR) 7-59
System GETVIS (IS) 2-63
System ID
searching by (UR) 2-19
System ID (UR) 1-9
System logical units
ASSGN (UR) 8-2
System Manager conversions See BIM-EPIC
Conversion Guide
System messages See Messages
System options See Configuration options
System performance
master index (IS) 2-23
SYSUDUMP statements (UR) 6-5, 6-6
T
T option (UR) 5-12
TAID transaction (IS) 2-82
TAPCUU configuration option (IS) 5-24
Tape
ownership (UR) 12-3
positioning (UR) 7-12
TAPE configuration option (IS) 5-24
Tape configuration options (UR) 1-29
Tape datasets
grouping (UR) 1-9
M-24
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
listing (UR) A-29
names (UR) 1-9
scratching (UR) 1-35
updating from CMS (UR) 2-2
Tape density (UR) 1-12
Tape drives
7-track (IS) 5-37
adding in ASI procedure (IS) 2-61
availability (UR) 1-29, 12-4
Tape drives (UR) 1-29
Tape error count (UR) 1-18
Tape labels
valid volume serial numbers (UR) 12-2
Tape Output Functions
SQL/VSE (UR) 7-51
Tape pool group (IS) 2-45
Tape pool ID
searching by (UR) 2-19
Tape pool ID (UR) 1-12
Tape pools
creating (IS) 2-39
DD statements (UR) 6-29
HSC definitions (IS) 5-72
LMS definitions (IS) 5-67
new datasets (UR) 6-29
TSIDPOL syntax (IS) 2-45
worksheet (IS) 1-10
Tape pools (IS) 2-44
Tape pools (UR) 2-40, 12-3
Tape Pools Worksheet (IS) 1-10
Tape processing
adding dummy tape device (IS) 2-61
label printing (IS) 2-84
labeled (UR) 7-11
multi-dataset tapes (UR) 7-15
unlabeled (UR) 7-11
Tape size (UR) 1-13, 12-3
Tape to Dataset Report (UR) 12-25, A-23
Tape to disk (UR) 7-56
Tape use count (UR) 1-18
Tape vaulting. See Vaulting
Tape Volume Information panel (UR) 2-42
Tapes
by current location/destination (UR) A-35
cartridge (UR) 1-30
cataloging (UR) 2-40
close processing (UR) 1-41
displaying information about (UR) 2-42
end-of-volume processing (UR) 1-40
error count (UR) 3-18
initializing (UR) 1-30, 2-40, 12-9
managing catalog information (UR) 2-43
(UR) = User Reference
manually controlled vaulting (UR) 12-22
moving to next vault (UR) 12-20, A-35
open processing (UR) 1-40
open status (IS) 5-31
open status (UR) 1-22
printing dataset labels (UR) 12-16
purging (UR) 2-39, 2-44
recording cleaning (UR) 2-45
reporting vault locations (UR) 12-21
required by a job (IS) 6-53
revolving (UR) 12-3
scratch (UR) 12-2
scratching (UR) 3-22
synchronizing scratch pools (IS) 6-7
use count (UR) 3-18
using Online Manager (UR) 2-40
volume labels (UR) 1-30
Tapes, output
controlled and uncontrolled (UR) 12-7
TAPLUB configuration option
assigning SYS number (UR) 1-28
TAPLUB configuration option (IS) 5-24
TAPPOL configuration option (IS) 2-44, 5-25
TCT Table (IS) 2-89
Technical support xii, xi
Terminating
sequential access (UR) 4-9
Termination options
DISP DD parameter (UR) 6-17
Test environment (IS) 2-4
Test jobs (UR) 7-64
TFVAULT See Vaulting
THLDOPEN (IS) 6-15
THLDOPEN (UR) 1-22, 1-38
TIME (IS) 6-15
TIME parameter (UR) 9-5
TLBL option codes
0 no options in effect (UR) 5-6
1 or W rewind at close (UR) 5-6
16 or D dataset drop (UR) 5-7, 7-63
2 or U unload at close (UR) 5-7
3 do not rewind (UR) 5-7
32 conditional catalog (UR) 5-7, 7-64
4 or R scratch work tape (UR) 5-7
48 concatenation (UR) 5-7
64 no LUB allocation (UR) 5-7
8 or H hold assignment (UR) 1-30, 5-7
TLBL option codes (UR) 5-6
TLBL statements
BIM-EPIC differences (UR) 5-2
default version (UR) 7-4
TLBL statements (UR) 5-2
Master Index
TOJA
navigating in (UR) 11-15
report examples (UR) A-3
TOJA transaction
installation (IS) 2-84
TOJA transaction (IS) 2-79
TOJA transaction (UR) 11-10, 11-13
Total capacity (UR) 3-11
TPAMODE configuration option (IS) 5-25
TPL subparameter (UR) 6-29
TPRE transaction (UR) 12-16
TPRT transaction
activating (IS) 2-84
activating (UR) 12-16
DCT entry (IS) 2-88
deactivating (UR) 12-16
installation (IS) 2-84
PLT entry (IS) 2-90
TPRT transaction (IS) 2-80, 6-47
TRANSFER command (UR) 2-5, 3-41
TRK parameter (UR) 6-30
Truncation
inhibiting with DLBL option N (UR) 13-4
requesting with DD statements (UR) 13-4
RLSE parameter (UR) 6-30
TSICMNT See also Catalog management
TSIDAC2
calling procedure (UR) 4-6
search arguments and calls (UR) 4-8
TSIDAC2 (UR) 4-5
TSIDAR (UR) 12-5
TSIDARP
report (UR) A-6
TSIDARP (UR) 11-3
TSIDASS
DITTO (UR) 7-47
dummy device in ASI procedure (IS) 2-61
inhibiting LUB allocation (UR) 5-7, 5-11
RSTRT (UR) 8-4
use device independence (UR) 7-59
TSIDASS (UR) 7-35, 8-2
TSIDBLD (IS) 6-23
TSIDBPR
deactivating (UR) 12-16
TSIDBPR (IS) 6-46
TSIDBPR (UR) 12-16
TSIDBRP
reports (UR) A-8
TSIDBRP (UR) 11-6
TSIDCCHK (UR) 10-6, 10-11
TSIDCDK
BCAT (IS) 2-23, 6-21
M-25
Master Index
CAT (IS) 6-21
examples (IS) 2-23
REC (IS) 6-21
TSIDCDK (IS) 4-6, 4-7, 6-21
TSIDCHK (UR) 10-6, 10-8, 10-9
TSIDCLN (IS) 2-92
TSIDCLOC (UR) 10-5, 10-11
TSIDCMRG (IS) 6-70
TSIDCREL (UR) 10-4, 10-11
TSIDCUNL (UR) 10-7, 10-11
TSIDDEB
BIM-EPIC upgrade (IS) 2-3
deactivating/reactivating BIM-EPIC (IS) 6-26
exceptions (IS) 6-27
reporting capabilities (IS) 6-25
Summary Report (IS) 6-30
TSIDDEB (IS) 5-2, 5-44, 6-24
TSIDDEL (UR) 8-7
TSIDDIS (UR) 12-24, A-11
TSIDDMP (UR) 7-47, 8-16
TSIDDTD (UR) 7-47, 8-9, 11-2
TSIDFAV (UR) 10-15
TSIDFAV macro (IS) 6-44
TSIDGLB (UR) 8-21
TSIDINIT See Tape initialization
VOLSER statements (UR) 12-11
TSIDINIT (UR) 1-30, 12-9
TSIDJAC
report (UR) A-13
TSIDJAC (UR) 11-8
TSIDJAC report examples (UR) A-13
TSIDJLD (IS) 2-85
TSIDJLD (UR) 11-10, 11-13
TSIDLBL
example (UR) 12-14
TSIDLBL (UR) 1-30, 12-14
TSIDLOC (UR) 10-5, 10-8, 10-9
TSIDLST (IS) 6-53
TSIDLVT
control statements (UR) 13-8
report (UR) A-15
VTOC data in batch (UR) A-15
TSIDLVT (UR) 1-31, 13-8
TSIDMAP
phase creation (IS) 2-39
worksheet (IS) 1-11
TSIDMAP macro
END parameter (IS) 2-48
example (IS) 2-50
ILIST parameter (IS) 2-48
ILIST parameter (UR) 1-5
NLUBDTF parameter (IS) 2-48
M-26
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
NLUBPGM parameter (IS) 2-48
RBLKPGM parameter (IS) 2-48
syntax (IS) 2-47
TSIDMAP macro (IS) 2-47
TSIDMNT See also Catalog management
JCL requirements (UR) 3-4
OFFLINE (UR) 3-31
ONLINE (UR) 3-32
print options (UR) 3-4
QUIESCE (UR) 3-34
reports (UR) A-17
TSIDOFC
examples (UR) 13-36, 13-37
TSIDOFC (UR) 13-34
TSIDOFD
CATALOG (UR) 13-20
report (UR) A-19
REPORT (UR) 13-20
report examples (UR) A-19
TSIDOFD (UR) 13-17
TSIDOFF (IS) 5-44
TSIDOFL
examples (UR) 13-25
report (UR) A-20
report examples (UR) A-20
TSIDOFL (UR) 13-22
TSIDOJA.C (UR) 11-10
TSIDON
example (IS) 2-94
OPTION (IS) 5-4
TSIDON (IS) 5-2
TSIDONL
examples (UR) 13-30
report (UR) A-21
report examples (UR) A-21
TSIDONL (UR) 13-27
TSIDPCS (IS) 6-50
TSIDPEN (UR) 12-16
TSIDPLB (UR) 8-21
TSIDPOL
designing pools (IS) 2-40
examples (IS) 2-43
phase creation (IS) 2-39
statement creation (IS) 2-40
syntax (IS) 2-42
tape pool syntax (IS) 2-45
TSIDPOL phase
TSIDMAP macro (IS) 2-47
TSIDPR (IS) 6-46
TSIDPRT (IS) 6-47
TSIDPRT (UR) 12-16
TSIDPRV
(UR) = User Reference
report (UR) A-22
report examples (UR) A-22
TSIDPRV (UR) 12-18, 12-23
TSIDREC.C (UR) A-2
TSIDREL (UR) 10-4, 10-8, 10-9
TSIDRFS
BACKUP (IS) 5-46
CLEAR (IS) 5-47
comments (UR) 1-27
END (IS) 5-48
MAINT (IS) 4-2, 5-49
moving/changing Recorder File (IS) 4-7
RECORD (IS) 5-50
required maintenance (IS) 4-2
START (IS) 5-51
TSIDRFS (IS) 5-45
TSIDSDS
report example (UR) A-23
TSIDSDS (UR) 12-25
TSIDSEC (IS) 6-48
TSIDSMNT
CTL (IS) 2-32
DEL (IS) 2-33
FMT (IS) 2-34
JCL examples (IS) 2-36
PRT (IS) 2-35
TSIDSMNT (IS) 2-26
TSIDSMNT program
ACLOFFL (IS) 2-27
ACLONL (IS) 2-28
ADD (IS) 2-29
TSIDSRT
non-standard SORTIN (IS) 5-31
TSIDSRT (UR) 7-35, 8-6
TSIDTAC
report (UR) A-24
TSIDTAC (UR) 11-9
TSIDUNL (UR) 10-7, 10-8, 10-9
TSIDUTL
ACLEJECT (IS) 6-5
BACKUP (IS) 6-6
BDSPLY (IS) 6-7
dataset requirements (IS) 6-2
DSPLY (IS) 6-7
DSPLY (UR) 4-2, 12-21, 12-23
DSPLY SCRATCH (UR) 12-2
DSPLY. Also see Reports
FASTBU (IS) 6-10
FASTRS (IS) 6-11
INDEX (IS) 6-12
INDEX (UR) 4-5
projected scratch tapes (IS) 6-14
Master Index
PSCRATCH (UR) 1-21, 12-2
reporting locations of vaulted tapes (UR) 12-23
RESTORE (IS) 6-13
SCRATCH (IS) 4-2, 6-14
SCRATCH (UR) 1-10, 1-21, 12-2
SYNCIBM (IS) 6-17
SYNCMEM (IS) 6-18
SYNCOPT (IS) 6-19
SYNCSTK (IS) 6-20
VAULT (UR) 12-23
VLT parameter (UR) 12-23
TSIDUTL (IS) 4-2, 6-2
TSIDUXI (IS) 6-51
TSIDVLT
excludes from Recorder (UR) 1-27
reports (UR) A-35
TSIDVLT (UR) 12-17, 12-20
TSIDVUT
DELETE (IS) 6-58
PACKSCAN (IS) 6-56
PERM (IS) 6-60
RENAME (IS) 6-62
RENUM (IS) 6-64
RENUM (UR) 7-47
RENUMB (IS) 6-66
resequencing extents (UR) 13-5
RETAIN command (IS) 6-68
TSIDVUT (IS) 6-54
TSIDVUT (UR) 1-25, 1-31
TSIVCLR, creating QDAS share files (IS) 2-53
TSIVDEF
defining (IS) 2-55
example (IS) 2-56
TSIVOFF (IS) 5-52
TSIVON (IS) 5-52
TSPR installation (IS) 2-89
TSSRTDEF sort macro (IS) 6-42
TSTJOB configuration option (IS) 5-26
TSTJOB configuration option (UR) 7-64
Turning off
BIM-EPIC (IS) 5-44
IBM ACL support (IS) 5-60
Memorex ATL support (IS) 5-63
QDAS (IS) 5-52
Recorder (IS) 5-45
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
Turning on
BIM-EPIC (IS) 5-2
IBM ACL support (IS) 5-60
Memorex ATL support (IS) 5-63
QDAS (IS) 5-52
Recorder (IS) 5-45
M-27
Master Index
STK ACL support (IS) 5-68
TVTO (UR) 1-31, 13-11
TVTO installation (IS) 2-84
TVTO transaction (IS) 2-81
TYPEFLE=WORK
control on disk only (UR) 1-5
DLBL option N required (UR) 5-11
do not use DLBL option F (UR) 5-10
secondary allocation unavailable (UR) 13-3
TYPEFLE=WORK (IS) 5-33
TYPEFLE=WORK (UR) 7-32
TYPRUN parameter
SCAN (UR) 6-3
TYPRUN parameter (UR) 9-6
U
UIN (IS) 5-31
UIN (UR) 7-7
UNCDSK configuration option
ISAM limitation (UR) 7-26
uncontrolled DA datasets (UR) 7-25
UNCDSK configuration option (IS) 5-26
UNCDSK configuration option (UR) 1-5, 6-30, 7-34
Uncontrolled datasets
DD statement example (UR) 6-9
DD statements (UR) 6-9, 6-30
DTF names (IS) 1-11
SAM (UR) 7-28
specifying (IS) 2-47
using DD statements (UR) 6-30
VSAM (UR) 7-28
Uncontrolled datasets (UR) 2-41, 7-34
Uncontrolled tapes
Early Drive Release (UR) 1-29
UNCTAP configuration option
Early Drive Release (UR) 1-29
UNCTAP configuration option (IS) 5-26
UNCTAP configuration option (UR) 1-5, 7-34, 12-7
UNCTL configuration option (IS) 5-26
UNCTL configuration option (UR) 1-5, 7-34
Unit Control Blocks (IS) 2-25
UNIT DD parameter (UR) 6-7
UNIT parameter (UR) 6-8, 6-33, 6-38
Unit record
DD statements (UR) 6-26
DTF (UR) 6-2
UNLABEL configuration option (IS) 5-26
Unlabeled status (UR) 1-16
UNLOAD configuration option (IS) 5-26
Unload tape
DD statements (UR) 6-35
M-28
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
UNLOCK command (UR) 2-5, 2-28, 2-37, 3-42
Unlocking
datasets or versions (UR) 3-35
EDD (UR) 2-28
Unsupported ddnames (UR) 6-5
Unsupported processing
DITTO (UR) 7-2
IJSYSNR (UR) 7-2
IJSYSPC (UR) 7-2
POWER LST (UR) 7-2
POWER offload (UR) 7-2
xxJSYSRS (UR) 7-2
UOUT (IS) 5-31
UOUT (UR) 7-7
Update an EDD panel (UR) 2-25
UPDATE command
VLT parameter (UR) 12-19
UPDATE command (UR) 2-5, 2-25, 2-48, 3-43
Updating
confirmation options (UR) 2-15
EDD display format (UR) 2-13
EDD information (UR) 2-25
version display format (UR) 2-14
VTOC entries (IS) 6-54, 6-56
VTOC entries (UR) 1-31
Updating SVA size (IS) 2-62, 2-63
Upgrading
DSN Catalog (IS) 2-92
over more than one release (IS) 2-3
preparation (IS) 2-3
UPSI values (IS) 6-2
Use device independence (UR) 7-59
User exits
supporting multiple job exits (IS) 2-65
User exits (IS) 6-48
User ID
searching by (UR) 2-19
User ID (UR) 1-9
User profiles
$DEFPROF (UR) 2-12
$EPIC (UR) 2-12
confirmation options (UR) 2-15
EDD display format (UR) 2-13
version display format (UR) 2-14
User profiles (UR) 2-12
User Profiles panel (UR) 2-12
User Security panel (UR) 2-9
USERID (IS) 6-15
V
V option (UR) 5-12
(UR) = User Reference
VATTACH (IS) 3-2
VATTACH (UR) 1-29
VATTACH, VDETACH See Autoattach
Vault locations (UR) 12-17
Vault method number (UR) 1-13
Vault Method Report (UR) 12-23
VAULT parameter (UR) 12-21
VAULT sequence (UR) 12-21
VAULTDEF macro Also see Vaulting
assembling and linking (IS) 6-41
AVAULTS (UR) 12-22
VAULTDEF macro (IS) 6-39
VAULTDEF macro (UR) 12-17
Vaulting
assembling and linking macros (IS) 6-41
assigning vaulting methods (UR) 12-19
creating methods (IS) 6-40
creating vaults (IS) 6-39
cross-reference report (UR) 12-18
Cross-Reference Report (UR) 12-23
METHOD macro (IS) 6-40
METHOD macro (UR) 12-17
MOVE (UR) 3-30
MOVESER (UR) 12-20
MOVESLT (UR) 12-20
PROJSER (UR) 12-20
PROJSLT (UR) 12-20
reporting tape location (UR) 12-21
reports (UR) A-35
TSIDVLT (UR) 12-20
VAULTDEF macro (IS) 6-39
VAULTDEF macro (UR) 12-17
Vaulting (IS) 6-38
Vaulting Cross-Reference Report (UR) 12-23, A-22
Vaulting method assignment (UR) A-22
Vaulting methods (UR) 12-17
Vaults
current (UR) 1-18
manually controlled (UR) 12-22
VDETACH (IS) 3-2
VDETACH (UR) 1-29
Version attributes
block count (UR) 1-17
block size (UR) 1-17
creating job and device (UR) 1-18
creation date and time (UR) 1-18
current vault and slot (UR) 1-18
expiration date (UR) 1-18
extent number and address (UR) 1-17
file sequence number (UR) 1-17
generation number (UR) 1-16
last access (UR) 1-18
Master Index
record format (UR) 1-17
record length (UR) 1-17
reel number (UR) 1-17
status (UR) 1-16
tape error count (UR) 1-18
tape use count (UR) 1-18
version number (UR) 1-16
volume serial number (UR) 1-17
Version Information panel (UR) 2-33
Version specification
DD statements (UR) 6-22
Version status
active (UR) 1-16
conditional catalog (UR) 1-16
lock (UR) 1-16
MCAT (UR) 1-16
offload (UR) 1-16
open (UR) 1-16
scratch (UR) 1-16
subdataset (UR) 1-16
unlabeled (UR) 1-16
work (UR) 1-16
Version-level data (UR) 1-16, A-26
Versions
adding (UR) 2-34, 3-8
changing dataset name (UR) 3-41
closing (UR) 2-38
CYCLE (UR) 2-50
default (UR) 7-4
deleting (UR) 3-22
display format (UR) 2-14
displaying (UR) 2-30, 2-33
locking (UR) 2-35
moving (UR) 3-41
online management (UR) 2-30
releasing (UR) 2-36
removing (UR) 2-39, 3-33
removing from catalog (UR) 2-29
resequencing (UR) 2-46
retention (UR) 2-49
scratching (UR) 2-52
selecting from a list (UR) 2-32
unlocking (UR) 2-37
VGSFTAPE configuration option (IS) 5-27
Viewing
job accounting database (UR) A-3
VLT parameter (UR) 12-21
VM
IUCV facility (IS) 5-63, 5-68
modifications See Autoattach
SVA requirement (IS) 2-62
VSE guests (IS) 5-65, 5-70
M-29
Master Index
VM configuration option
CP commands (UR) 9-20
VM configuration option (IS) 3-2, 5-27
VM Directory
HSC server entry (IS) 5-69
LMS server entry (IS) 5-64
VOL DD parameter (UR) 6-7
VOL parameter (UR) 6-35
VOL1 labels (UR) 12-2
Volser
TSIDLBL (UR) 12-14
VOLSER statements
TSIDINIT (UR) 12-11
VOLUME DD parameter (UR) 6-35
VOLUME parameter
number of secondary extents (UR) 13-3
Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 6-27
VOLUME parameter (UR) 6-8
Volume serial number
vault sequences (UR) A-29
Volume serial numbers
000000 (UR) 2-40
printing labels (UR) 12-14
ranges (UR) 2-40
unique (UR) 2-40
Volume serial numbers (UR) 12-2
Volume serial request DD statements (UR) 6-35
Volumes
removing
(UR) 3-33
VSAM configuration option (IS) 5-28
VSAM configuration option (UR) 1-5, 7-28
VSAM datasets
AMORG DD parameter (UR) 6-12
AMP DD parameter (UR) 6-12
BUFSP DD parameter (UR) 6-12
DD statements (UR) 6-10, 6-26
extent information (UR) 1-5
not eligible for dataset drop (UR) 6-3
VSAM datasets (UR) 7-28
VSAM/SAM datasets
DD statements (UR) 6-26
VSE
Attention Routine (UR) 12-5
DASDSHR parameter (IS) 2-5
guest machine (IS) 5-60, 5-63, 5-65, 5-68, 5-70
JA parameter (IS) 2-5
LOGSRC option (UR) 5-4
Operator console commands (UR) 12-5
system utilities (UR) 7-35
VSE label (IS) 6-51
VSE label area
M-30
(IS) = Installation & System Guide
accessing (UR) 8-21
TSIDGLB (UR) 8-21
TSIDPLB (UR) 8-21
VSE Label Area (UR) 1-40
VSE/ESA 1.3
space requirements (IS) 2-7
VSE/ESA 2.x
space requirements (IS) 2-7
VSE/ICCF Interactive Partition GETVIS (UR) 7-52
VTAM
accessing Online Manager (IS) 2-71
VTOC
access during open/EOX (UR) 1-42
generation datasets (UR) 1-16
space holder records (UR) 1-43
Start Track 1 datasets (UR) 1-4
updates during close (UR) 1-43
VTOC (UR) 1-42
VTOC entries
deleting (IS) 6-58
display and update (IS) 6-56
displaying (UR) 1-31, A-15
updating (IS) 6-54
VTOC online report, installing (IS) 2-84
VTOC utilities
batch reports (UR) 13-7
TVTO (UR) 13-11
VTOC utilities (UR) 1-31
W
Warnings
TIME overridden by SETIME (UR) 9-5
WARNINGS
ACCEPT=YES lets operator select tapes (UR) 12-8
ADD does not recover a VTOC entry (UR) 3-8
BIM-GSS must be installed before BIM-EPIC (IS)
2-2
Do not delete encrypted versions (UR) 1-9, 3-22
Do not issue VSE DVCUP for dummy device (IS)
2-61
Do not purge encrypted versions (UR) 3-33
Do not reblock a backup dataset (IS) 6-6
Do not reblock backup dataset (IS) 6-10
Do not rename prime or offload datasets (UR) 3-36
Do not use PURGE for routine deletion (UR) 3-33
EPS011=YES significantly increases BIM-EPIC
overhead (IS) 5-32
Install BIM-GSS before BIM-EPIC (IS) 1-6
Keep Recorder active (UR) 1-27
MAP values when SHARE=YES (IS) 2-55
MOVEs not shown on TSIDVLT reports (UR) 3-30
(UR) = User Reference
MOVEs nullified by auto vaulting (UR) 3-30
MULTCPU=YES to share catalog (IS) 5-22
Must have QDAS Share File on shared volume (IS)
2-53, 5-55, 6-19
No concatenation code on last label statement (UR)
7-61
No other job or CPU during FASTRS (IS) 6-11
QDAS must be active for all sharing machines (IS)
5-52
RENAME won’t check for duplicate names (IS) 662
Reset Recorder whenever catalog backed up (IS) 42
SHARE=YES to share among physical CPUs (IS)
5-24
Tape reuse before scratch (UR) 1-22
TSIDPLB doesn't validate label data (UR) 8-22
TSIDVUT for updating uncataloged only (IS) 6-54
UPSI x1 restores oldest as version 1 (UR) 13-23
Use different devices for DSN Catalog and Recorder
File (IS) 2-20
Use RECORD=YES (IS) 5-23
Without version specified, DSN concatenates (UR)
6-22
Work dataset status (UR) 1-16
Work datasets
Master Index
autocatalog with DD statements (UR) 6-17
DD statements (UR) 6-22
scratching (UR) 1-22
temporary datasets (UR) 7-29
Work datasets (UR) 1-10, 1-21
Work files
deleting (UR) 8-7
Worksheets Also see Checklists. Also see Checklists
configuration options (IS) 1-12
Initial Installation Checklist (IS) 1-2
no LUB allocation (IS) 1-11
Pre-4.1 Upgrade Checklist (IS) 1-4
Pre-Installation (IS) 1-6
tape pools (IS) 1-10
TSIDMAP (IS) 1-11
uncontrolled DTF names (IS) 1-11
X
X option (UR) 5-12
xJSYSRS (UR) 1-5
Z
Zeroing use and error counts (UR) 3-18
M-31